Conference Call Summaries


 

July 14, 2014

WHAT IS THE VALUE OF YOUR SENDOUTCARDS BUSINESS?

Why is it that some distributors can’t seem to get customers because EVERYONE wants to be a distributor? And why is it that some distributors can’t get distributors because NO ONE will pay $400 for a business? How come some people can’t even give SPs away for free? Everyone is pretty much playing in the same sandbox but we all have unique experience based on how WE perceive the business. If we think the business is expensive then it’s tough to get distributors. if we believe the cost of the business is a joke (we think it should cost $10,000 to be a distributor) then it’s easy to sign up distributors. Neither is right or wrong. It’s just how we each uniquely view it.

In 2008, I auctioned off a $100 bill on this Monday call. Megan said that’s a dumb idea. She said, “Who would ever pay more than $100 for a $100 bill?” I told her I would auction it off for $1000 within 10 minutes. She sat by her phone and took bids by text and then announced them on the call as they came in. I started by offering the $100 bill for $50. A few bids came in . . . but not everyone. Why do you think some didn’t bid on the $100 bill for $50? Well maybe some of them thought there was a trick or the $100 bill was not real. Some possibly didn’t have $50. Well the bids rolled up to $70 then $80 and a couple even bid $100 for the $100 bill! I asked myself “What value could I add to the $100 bill that would make it worth more than $100?” And then I said,

“I will sign the $100 bill”

And the bidding went to $120, then $140 and then $150!

I added, “The bill will also be signed by Kody Bateman!”

And the bidding went to $200, then $250 and eventually $350!

Again, I asked myself, “What value could I add to the $100 bill that would make it worth more?”

I then said . . . “The bill will be signed by myself, Kody AND all the Eagles!” Someone then bid $500.

I added . . . “The bill will be framed in a beautiful frame that you can proudly display on your desk or on your wall.

Someone then bid $600. Then $650 and $750!

And then I said . . . “This is a LUCKY $100 Bill! No promises, but maybe it will help you get your big promotion and your income might grow!”

Eventually the bidding went to $850 and then LINDA THOMAS who was a new Senior Manager at the time bid $1000 for the lucky, framed $100 bill!

What’s the point of all of this? Well in 10 minutes, I took a $100 bill and auctioned it off for $1000 by simply ADDING VALUE to it through the words I use.

So here’s my question to you . . .

“What VALUE can you add to your SendOutCards business that COSTS $395 to make it worth more than $395?” The value is not $395. That’s the cost. The value is what you and others perceive it to be. If I had paid $300,000 for my business, that would have been a good deal!

So I’m going to ask you to take out a notepad and begin to write down some things that you could add to your dialog with someone that can help them to see the value of what they are buying when they start a SendOutCards business.

Let’s break each thing down and consider the PREMIUM that someone might be willing to pay for each benefit that the business offer.

PREMIUM DEFINITION: “The sum above the normal par value of a thing”

So let’s break it all down and see if we can determine what exactly a SendOutCards business is worth?

Ten $31 customer accounts (100pts each) $310
Two Self replicating websites (no monthly fee) – Most companies charge $15-$24 per month $250
All your accounting is done for you $240
All money is collected for you $100
Contact Manager and ability to SEND from it. $1200
100 points $31
Get trained by people that have already made millions in the business including Kody Bateman the founder ?? $1200
HAN BRANDT – Worked the business for a few months and for the past 9 years has been receiving a check for about $900 a month. He has been paid $150,000 for the work in did 10 years ago. What’s that worth? $1000? $2000? $5000?
The ability to work the business from ANYWHERE there is an internet connection. You are not tied down. What’s that worth? $300
Residual income . . . stop working and you still get checks. What would one be willing to pay as a premium for this? $500 Let’s look at it in a different light. Let’s say you simply got paid for your work. No residuals. How much would you be willing to pay to add a residual component to your income? What if it cost $500 to have a lifetime of residuals? Would you pay it? If not, would you pay $100 or $300?
Wake up and work on the couch in your undies?? $100
Over time, have the time freedom to travel the world and experience life at a level that no one in a job can ever imagine? $500
Unlimited potential . . . there is NO CAP on your income! Build it as big as you want to! $500 Let’s put it another way. Let’s say there was a cap of $50,000 on your income. What would you pay to remove the cap? How much money out of your pocket would you be willing to part with to not have a ceiling on your income?

Conservatively, the business is worth $10,000 when this is all added up and you choose to look at it in this way.

$395 is a ridiculous amount to ask to start a business of this magnitude.

So what is the business really worth? Do you see why some people can’t get anyone to sign up and others can’t even sign up a customer because EVERYONE wants to be a distributor?

Your business is PRICELESS. $395 is the cost of a traffic ticket and gives you an opportunity to completely transform your life! Be sure and explain it to others in a way that they GET IT!

I even recommend putting this down in writing so you can read it off or show it to others as you are going over the value of the business.

See you on the Beach!
Jordan

“I could NOT have done this without SendOutCards… No One (who wasn’t already in the Luxury Market) in Cincinnati has ever listed 11 Million dollar homes in less than a year. Without question soc has rocked my Real Estate career more than any other thing, person or company has in 21 years of selling Real Estate. I’m working my way to a place I’ve never been before in my career because of soc while realizing my future is also changing my and thousands of others worlds in soc . .. Cannot thank you enough for your inspiration and support”

Jim McCord

 

July 7, 2014 –

10 BRILLIANT IDEAS TO MARKET YOUR BUSINESS:

(These are MAGNIFIERS!)

1. Three Thank you Cards a day.

2. Jimi . . . Imbed Logo and website on proprietary photos.

(exposure – Other people promote for you.) Repost selected photos on Sendcere and let others send out your images! Free promotion for you and your company!

3. 100 square grid (place names in the boxes as you present SOC to others. Reward yourself when you hit 100 (you’ll probably be an Executive!)

4. Buy $400 Super SP Trio (activate one a day!)

5. Send a Book and change someone’s life! (John Dawson).

Books inspire and change lives. SOC has many great life-changing books in the catalog!

6. www.meetup.com (become a resource)

7. Blog about appreciation, follow-up and thank you (steal ideas from FB) Become an expert!

8. Redo your list and set up appts. to SHOW Sendcere and how it works.

(hold social media training workshops – Show SendCere)

9. Run a SENDCERE PRE-LAUNCH CAMPAIGN with your team and have contests

(how many subscription customers in 30 days?)

10. REFOCUS ALL OF YOUR ENERGY on GIVING vs GETTING.

 

June 16, 2014

SOCIAL MEDIA PRELAUNCH.
(One of the biggest launches in Network Marketing History)

CLICK HERE TO HEAR AND VIEW THIS PRESENTATION:

http://instantteleseminar.com/?eventid=56607105

HERE’S THE SENDCERE PRESENTATION THAT EXPLAINS
THE NEW PLATFORM WITH VISUALS:

http://vimeo.com/sendoutcards/review/97845162/219848fb4a

SIMPLE SUCCESS SYSTEM (How to build a SendOutCards Business):
www.sendoutcards.com/simplesuccess

 

FROM PAUL SMITH:
Remember when Kody gave us his vision of the future at convention? Well hang on… here is a quote about the future from one of those economic and investment gurus that I follow, John Mauldin. http://www.mauldineconomics.com/frontlinethoughts/?utm_source=newsletter&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=frontline
“It is a tendency of ours to take our recent past and project it in a linear fashion into the future. That’s the way we are hardwired. And while we all acknowledge that change is happening faster today than it did 20 or 30 years ago, we really don’t expect the pace of change to quicken in the future. The next 20 years, we figure, will more or less unfold as the last 20 years has. Not a chance. That assumption is missing the second derivative of change – the acceleration of the pace of change.
As a thought experiment, let us assume that we were going 40 miles an hour in 1984, and by 2004 we were going 50 miles an hour. But today we’re going 60 miles per hour. It took 20 years to get that additional 10 miles per hour (from 40 to 50) but only 10 years to go from 50 to 60 miles per hour. If we continue to accelerate, we’ll be going 100 miles an hour in another 20 years!
While the impact of the internet and computers is evident, what I’m suggesting is that we are going to see multiple technologies go from deceptively hiding in the background, with the pace of change they promise frustratingly slow, to suddenly taking center stage and becoming disruptive.”

I believe this is a goldmine and that it’s going to get very big very fast.
I’m going to try and explain to you why in 30 minutes.
I’ll talk about how you can participate.
$3 million invested
23 programmers (15 inside and 8 outside)
Just under 2 years in development
Never been done before
No competition

In 2004 I told a handful of my friends that SendOutCards would be big and we went from a $2 million company to a $50 million company. I’m saying the same about this. Only this is a multi-billion dollar idea!

I’ll do my best to prove it to you.

When the wheel was invented EVERYTHING changed.
When the automobile was invented EVERYTHING changed.
When the computer was invented EVERYTHING changed.
When digital technology was invented EVERYTHING changed
When social media was invented EVERYTHING changed.

ALL THE HYPE:

GAME CHANGER
HISTORY IN THE MAKING
REVOLUTIONARY

KODY’S CALL 15 MONTHS AGO
EXPONENTIAL VS INCREMENTAL
MULTI-DIMENSIONAL VS LINEAR

SOC IS LINEAR

SENDCERE IS MULTI-DIMENSIONAL MULTI-DIRECTIONAL

REPRESENTS A QUANTUM LEAP!!
DYNAMIC VS STATIC

IN TERMS OF REACH, WHICH IS MORE POWERFUL . . .
TEXTING OR FACEBOOK?

CONSIDER THAT UP UNTIL NOW, SENDOUTCARDS IS LIKE TEXTING!

IF SENDOUTCARDS IS WORTH $50 MILLION
SENDCERE IS WORTH $1 BILLION
WHY?

THREE WORDS: REACH, ENGAGEMENT, ADDICTION!!

The internet changed the way we purchase books, music, shoes, videos and many, many other things.

This will require you to stretch the limits of your imagination . . .

Remember when we used to go down to Walgreens or Osco to have our film developed?
Digital photography changed it all. What digital technology did for photography, SendCere will do for SendOutCards.

It breaks us out of the barriers of our company walls and opens up THE WORLD to every distributor in our company.
I WANT TO EMPHASIZE THAT NO OTHER COMPANY IN THE WORLD HAS THE TECHNOLOGY THAT WE ARE GETTING READY TO LAUNCH.

June 2, 2014 - 

2014 Convention Announcements and Explanations

Our existing system was built on a platform that was rapidly becoming obsolete. Kody explained how our existing technology was built from the ground up on 1998 platform. He explained how over a 10 year life-span we began adding features and how the old technology became overloaded with data and information and was not equipped to handle the expansion into the future. He explained that 700 million file packets had to be migrated onto a new hi-tech server while everything was in motion.
It required millions of dollars of investment, 15 full-time programmers and 8 outside consultants.
The transition was painful but necessary. In the early days, we only required a contact manager, campaigns and some basic images, but to accommodate the ever expanding opportunities of elements, photos, and integrated photo/card sharing, a much more robust technology was required. The migration is nearly complete and we are positioned to take advantage of some crazy opportunities. To make a long story short, over the past few weeks we migrated from servers that would have probably crashed at 1 million customers to one that can comfortably handle up to 60 million customers.

We moved:

624,000 active accounts
128,591,489 contacts
6,200,000 photos
111,400 handwriting fonts
472,500 signatures

107,893,326 cards have been sent.
3,280,930 gifts have been sent.
$104,650,974 in commissions has been paid!

TOUGH DECISIONS:

Initially the plans were to roll out the following enhancements at the convention and although they are very close to being ready, Kody made a tough and emotional decision to delay the hard launch in lieu of additional beta testing that should only last a few weeks.

SOC 2.0 – New Modern Look and Functionality

DEVICE APPS – Our Apps will offer a modern interface with ability to have all the basic functionality, including adding points and expense and sending gifts and gift cards. We must go where the people are and they are on their devices! In any group of people at any given time, 1/2 of everyone is on their phones or note pad/ipads. And the younger generation are using their devices to navigate the Internet space so this is an important transition. The apps are weeks away and will launch with SOC 2.0

GLOBAL API – This is a big one! This gives us the ability to INTEGRATE with other contact managers and websites. It’s also the first step towards global expansion. We will be able to interface with printers in other parts of the world and have a seamless communication with other technology. For example, let’s say a company wants to have a button on their website that will allow them to send cards from THEIR contact manager. The Global API will allow them to do it seamlessly.(More to come on this.)

SENDCERE: This is the biggest announcement in our history. With Sendcere, the world is ours. I will explain this in a moment. Sendcere is a social media platform that allows all of our customers and distributors to share their card making talents with each other and the world. If you have been on Pinterest or Instagram you may have a sense as to how big this is.

ALL THE HYPE:

GAME CHANGER
HISTORY IN THE MAKING
REVOLUTIONARY

KODY’S CALL TO ME 15 MONTHS AGO:
He explained and my first thought was, “can we really do this?”
If yes, then we will become the only one in the world. The investment was significant and into the millions. We have a shot at transforming the way network marketing is done.

THE WHEEL
THE AUTOMOBILE
ELECTRICITY
THE COMPUTER
THE SMARTPHONE
SOCIAL MEDIA

ALL CHANGED EVERYTHING!!

SENDCERE CHANGES EVERYTHING!!
IT’S EXPONENTIAL VS INCREMENTAL.
IT’S MULTI-DIMENSIONAL VS LINEAR.

SOC IS LINEAR.

SENDCERE IS MULTI-DIMENSIONAL MULTI-DIRECTIONAL.
THIS REPRESENTS A QUANTUM LEAP!!
IT’S DYNAMIC VS STATIC!

IN TERMS OF REACH, WHICH IS MORE POWERFUL, TEXTING OR FACEBOOK?

CONSIDER THAT UP UNTIL NOW, SENDOUTCARDS IS LIKE TEXTING!

IF SENDOUTCARDS IS WORTH $100 MILLION SENDCERE IS WORTH $1 BILLION
WHY?

THREE WORDS: REACH, ENGAGEMENT, ADDICTION!!

WHAT MAKES FACEBOOK AND OTHER SOCIAL MEDIA SO POWERFUL AND SO SUCCESSFUL?

#1 NEED TO BE CONNECTED, FEEL EVERYONE AND EVERYTHING.
#2 NEED TO SEE WHAT OTHERS ARE DOING – WE’RE VOYEURS!
#3 NEED TO BE FAMOUS AND KNOWN!
#4 NEED TO BE VALIDATED!
#5 NEED FOR IMMEDIACY!! “I want it now!!
OUR UNIQUE ADVANTAGE:

With all the others you can:
LIKE IT!
SHARE IT!
SAVE IT!
PIN IT!

BUT YOU CAN’T SEND IT!

WITH SENDCERE, YOU CAN LIKE IT, SHARE IT, COLLECT I, AND SEND IT!

AND YOU CAN MAKE MONEY WITH SOC!

I believe Sendcere is the biggest announcement in our history. It will allow us to do in one year what it took us 10 years to do. There are three elements of leverage in our business:

1. THE HEART – You get back what you send out, 10 fold!
2. NETWORK MARKETING – You leverage yourself through the work of others. This is your ticket to freedom. It’s about a lot of people doing a little. You get to benefit from the talents of others.
3. SOCIAL NETWORKING (Sendcere) – This is new ground in business. No company has ever launched a platform like this. It’s uniquely ours. As cliché as it sounds, in our business it’s the equivalent of what the automobile did for transportation or what the computer did for business. Sendcere MAGNIFIES 1 and 2 EXPONENTIALLY.

 

JUNE SUMMER SIZZLE:

https://www.sendoutcards.com/junesummersizzle/

 

$400 you get $50 off 3 Splash Paks
Gives you enough to activate one per day.
(30 = 1 per day) BUY UNDER PURCHASE PRODUCTS
Triple qualify and your 3 shares will be matched by SOC!
(so if the share value is $100 then you will receive $600!)

2. Super Splash Pak Trio Bonus
(Coding is being paid out on Super Splash Pak Trio’s!)
• Distributor = $80
• Manager = $80
• Senior Manager = $75
• Executive = $5
• Senior Executive = $5
• Eagle = $5

1. Get to Manager and receive one share

2. After promoting to Manager:

a. Activate 10 Accounts (two must be PC’s @ $31/mo) and receive a share
b. Sponsor 3 MD’s and have them activate 2 each and receive a share

My strategy is:

1. Buy a $400 Splash Pak Trio under Purchase Products – 30 accounts (Done!)
2. Activate at least 1 per day and have each person send a card and watch the 3 videos
(I did two of these today!)
3. Teach it!

I sponsored a distributor from Wellington, OH on Thursday night and taught him how to activate a SP Account. He sponsored 3 MD’s who each had their 2 activations by Saturday Night AND he got 2 preferred customers and made Manager in 4 days. He qualified for the June Pool payment AND he bought a SP Trio for $400 and plans to go for a TRIPLE DIP in June for the July payment! He said to me on Saturday (during convention), “I’m going to buy them anyway so why not buy them at a discount?!”

SENDOUTCARDS IS A NEW COMPANY AND WE ARE IN A PRE-LAUNCH. This past weekend we became a real technology company with a heart. Get ready, if you were not there, you have no idea what is coming. It’s like nothing the network marketing profession has ever experienced. We will create a new category of company that up until now didn’t exist. Get ready. In the words of Kody Bateman, “It takes an EVOLUTION to create a REVOLUTION!”

May 12, 2014 –

SENDOUTCARDS WILL DO THE ABSURDLY IMPOSSIBLE

I made a simple yet BOLD decision years ago that sent me on a trajectory of personal growth that led me to a lifestyle that is only possible through network marketing. I chose SendOutCards for a few reasons (I got many offers to join other companies. They would pay me and offer me down-lines. I turned them all down including an offer of $1 million. I signed up with SOC and paid my money just like you to be a distributor. Kody offered me no deal and no money. We don’t buy distributors. I joined because it represented the best opportunity for all of these reasons):

1. SendOutCards is a legacy company. Legacy movements are philosophies that can change the world. The cause drives the dream. We have already done the impossible. Many companies have come and gone, yet we are still here innovating and growing. We are written about in many books and have been featured on numerous radio shows. Dr. Ivan Misner, the founder of BNI, has talked about us from the stage and suggested that all networkers consider using SendOutCards. Tom Hopkins, world renowned Sales Trainer loves our service and has recommended us on numerous conference calls to thousands. Harvey McKay, Author of “Swim with the Sharks Without Getting Eaten Alive” and “Dig Your Well Before its Dry” sings our praises regularly.

2. SendOutCards has a leader that has a vision and can communicate it. There is no one better than Kody Bateman at doing this. If you ever question our destiny, just read Kody Bateman’s book, “Promptings” or listen to the music he has produced. We feed the spirit and the soul through the expression of kind words sent out through the mail. We lift others up in a negative world. We are living in a culture of generosity and love.

3. SendOutCards offers a unique product that is very hard to reproduce by other companies due to limited economies of scale. We have almost no competition. Most nutritional and skin care companies have hundreds of competitors. Our uniqueness defines us. Like Amazon, Netflix and I-Tunes, there is only ONE SendOutCards. We are defining and expanding a market.

4. SendOutCards is blazing a trail and transforming an entire industry. The upside is huge. Every day I meet SOC users that would not be sending cards and gifts if it wasn’t for our convenient system. There are millions of others out there that have never heard of us that would be sending cards and gifts if they knew about us. We get to triple or quadruple the size of this already 7.5 Billion $$ industry. How many millions of people are not sending cards and gifts simply because it’s inconvenient? We make it easy and convenient. We bring card sending back to the people.

5. SendOutCards has a proven compensation plan. More millionaires have come from the uni-level coded hybrid breakaway plan that any other comp plan in network marketing.
No one has ever done what we have done in Greeting Cards and Gifts. As I said, Amazon did it with books, I-Tunes did it with music, Netflix did it with movies and SendOutCards is doing it in greeting cards and gifts. Did you notice that there is only ONE recognizable company in each category? We are IT in greeting cards and gifts!

Look at your life. Where are you today and what do you want to create? Does your dream for your life seem somewhat absurdly impossible. If it does, GREAT! Because the absurdly impossible is all around you. There is proof that the absurdly impossible is possible. Flying is absurdly impossible. Flying is for the birds yet millions do it daily.

Entire cities consisting of millions of people have sprouted up in the driest of deserts.
Nature is absurdly impossible. Water evaporates into the invisible, and all of existence is dependent on a fiery ball of light radiating heat from the sky. Our little dot of a planet supports the diversity and experience of millions of years of living and breathing organisms. It’s ABSURD! We have no right to even consider that creating our dreams and changing the world through kindness is absurd. So let’s just do it. Okay? Get with the person that sent you this message and have them activate an account for you and show you how to send a card and gift on the system. They’ll let you try it out. Thanks for listening!
HOW TO TURN RECTANGULAR PIECES OF CARDBOARD WORTH 5 CENTS INTO $100 BILLS:

What I’m going to teach you tonight has the potential to make you a fortune and it’s simple. Although most people that join our profession say they desperately want financial success, most don’t do the simple things necessary to attract the right people. This system is ridiculously easy to implement yet 99% of all networks don’t do it. This is what separates the amateurs from the professionals. Decide right now to become a professional and put these actions into play immediately. Do this consistently for 2 years and you’ll never have to work again!

Have you ever noticed that a great salesperson can join any sales organization and seemingly overnight they are once again at the top of their game? People who know how to build businesses can do it anywhere because of 3 things:

1. They have the skills.
2. They have the network.
3. They have the right attitude.

Master the skills (this represents about 10% of the equation). You can learn them fairly quickly. We’ll talk about this on another call. Build the network. I’m not talking about your SOC organization here. I’m referring to your personal network. Build a powerful team of people that you would consider allies to you and you’ll never have to work again. You’ll have every resource at your fingertips. When you need something done, you simply make a phone call and consider it done. This is one of the most powerful exercises you can do. Your attitude can make up for lack of skills and even the lack of a network in some cases. Although your life will become much easier once you have established a solid base of friends and associates. This is not something you do once and then forget about it. It’s an ongoing process of growing your personal power team. You can get anything done when you have the right team! Once you have your network, it will go with you for the rest of your life. If you ask me for THE BEST accountant, I can tell you who to talk to. If you ask me for THE BEST financial planner, I have one of those too. If you ask me for THE BEST personal chef, I’ll have him right at my fingertips and so on. Your power team is an extension of yourself. If you don’t have one it’s not too late. You can start now and in one year have a pretty good one built. Within 2 years you are really rockin’. You’ll be prepared for any situation. Your security is in your relationships, always!

Keep in mind, what’s the first thing someone does when they start a business? They print their business cards and they get a URL. Why do they print business cards? Because they want to give them to you! If you ask anyone that has a business for their business card, they give you 4!! A business card typically costs around a nickel. So how can we take these worthless pieces of cardboard that end up on your desk in a stack, in a shoebox or in a kitchen drawer and turn them into something of real value? The answer is foundational but so few practice it. In fact, if you look at those with huge bank accounts, it’s rare to find one that doesn’t do these things. If you are looking for a closely guarded secret, I’m about to give it to you.

First, you need to figure out the average value of a lifetime customer for you. In our business, we are going to figure out the average lifetime value of a distributor. I’m going to use VERY conservative numbers. If you sponsor 100 people over the course of your career, on the low end your residual check would be around $10,000 a month. Many make as high as $100,000 a month or more after sponsoring 100, but we’ll use $10,000. So if you sponsor 100 and are making $10,000/mo for 10 years (again, it may come in for many years after that but we’ll just say 10 years for calculation purposes). $10,000 X 120 months (10 years) = $1.2 million. And you sponsored 100 people So $1.2 Million divided by 100 = $12,000 per new personally sponsored distributor. Each time you sponsor a distributor, it’s like you just made $12,000 spread out over time. The average lifetime value of a distributor is $12,000 to you. That’s our starting point.

If you have 100 business cards that are worth a nickel each, you have $5 worth of business cards. If you do nothing, you may (by default) sponsor 1 of the 100 and make $12,000 over time which means that each card is really worth $120. You’re off to a good start! Now is where things get really interesting!

What if you could sponsor 30 of the 100 people representing each business card? That’s $360,000 for every 100 business cards that you collect! Now, you are only limited by how many people you meet that hand you a business card! This will all begin to make sense in a moment.

1. Place a call to each person just to say, “Hi, it was nice to meet you and I look forward to staying in touch. Please let me know if I can ever do anything for you . . . ”
(CALL 100 AND SPONSOR 3! You made $36,000!)

2. Send a card to each person. In the card say, “It was really nice to meet you and I hope our paths cross again soon. Let’s stay in touch! It would be fun to collaborate sometime in the future on some business ideas”. Put your picture in the card! (THIS IS IMPORTANT!!)
(SEND A CARD TO 100 AND SPONSOR 5! You made $60,000! )

3. Send a gift to each person. Brownies are a good choice. If they are health conscious choose something less decadent but meaningful like a book!
(SEND A GIFT TO 100 AND SPONSOR 10! You made $120,000!)

4. Remember their birthday! Send a birthday card!
(SEND A BIRTHDAY CARD TO 100 AND SPONSOR 15! You made $180,000!)

5. Personal Meeting – Like coffee or a lunch just to get to know them. Spend 80% of the time learning about them and their business. Ask them how you can help them grow their business.
(HAVE A PERSONAL MEETING WITH 100 AND SPONSOR 20! You make $240,000!)

6. Refer business – Look for people that could do business with them or help them reach some of their business or personal goals.
(REFER BUSINESS TO 100 AND SPONSOR 30! You made $360,000!)

How do I know this works? Because I know LOTS of people that do it and have made millions! Including me! Remember, you are not limited to just 100 business cards. Over time you could do this with 1000 business cards and make $3.6 million. I have 4000 contacts in my contact manager and have made $10 million with SendOutCards doing these 6 things.

I’m not perfect and a lot slips through the cracks. You’ll need to pick and choose who you send to. But, if you do these 6 things every day with most of the people that you meet, you’ll set yourself up for an avalanche of business. I keep notes in the notes section of my contact manager and I put people into groups. I’ll send campaigns, if necessary, to make sure everyone gets a card.

Check this out. If you’ll do this for 100 people and sponsor 30 over time, you’ll make about $360,000 paid out over the lifetime of those distributors. $360,000 divided by 100 = $3600 per business card! Every time you get a business card from someone it is like they just handed you $3600!! Don’t treat this lightly! Take that business card and nurture it by doing the six things we just talked about. Pretty cool!

Of course every chance I get I look for opportunities to set up appointments to show each person what I do but it’s so much easier to meet with people when you do these six things regularly because of the LAW OF RECIPROCITY. People want to associate and collaborate with people that truly care about them and aren’t just after their money. So consider working these six things into your daily activities and expect good things to happen!

 

April 28, 2014 –

Tough questions of SOC Leadership:

ASK JORDAN:

I have a little dilemma. After a meeting I did the other night I had a guy come over to me and say that he was invited by someone in another state that he doesn’t know well. He said he is looking for a local sponsor and would like me to sponsor him. I’m a little uncomfortable with doing that but shouldn’t he be allowed to choose his own sponsor?

As you grow and become more successful in your business, this scenario will become more and more common to you. When you start feeling uncomfortable there is a reason. I have a saying that I adopted from the Founder and President of a major airline. “When in doubt, always do the right thing”. What would happen if you sent one of your contacts to a meeting in another State and the presenter sponsored your guest? You would never trust that person ever again! The entire system breaks down when we can’t trust each other without the fear of our cross line team mates taking our referred guests. So always do the right thing! Say to that guest, “I can’t sponsor you! I can assist you in getting your business going but you were referred by someone else and that person deserves to have you as part of their organization.” (Personally, I will NEVER sponsor them even if they insist. Once trust is broken it is nearly impossible to rebuild. It’s not worth it!) Imagine a large organization where everyone works together. By doing the right thing, you will have hundreds or even thousands of allies working on your behalf. Let’s all work for each other and not against each other!

I’m having a hard time closing people. Any suggestions?

In my opinion this is an example of asking the wrong question. It’s a good question but the wrong question, if you want to get people going in your program. “Closing” is a term that comes from sales. Closing is about getting someone to sign up. Signing someone up is a very small part of the equation. What if you were to treat people as if they are already in your program even before they pull out their credit card? You begin training them the moment you’ve made contact with them. The transaction of signing them up is just one small logistic in the process of assisting them in getting their business started.

Consider viewing your potential distributor as a partner, not as a “mark” to be closed. My job is to educate them and then partner with them to grow a business. If someone shows interest, I will treat them as if they are already in the business even prior to paying their money. I train them and plug them into our conference calls. They almost always tell me when they want to sign up, so I don’t need to close.
Here are a few tips:

1. Look for signs of interest. If they are leaning towards you, asking questions, etc., ask them to come on board they will usually say “Let’s go!”

2. If they are not engaged and interested and you ask them to come on board, they will perceive it as “pressure”.

3. When people ask questions, it means they are interested.

4. When someone is ready, you can’t keep them from signing up.

5. If no one you have shown it to is interested, then you must show it to more people and keep the others in the loop with relevant product and opportunity info. Ask potential distributors to join you at events and on conference calls.

6. This is a big decision for most people. Be patient with them. Most people won’t sign up on the spot. Keep them informed and plugged in until they are ready. If you don’t stay in touch with them after showing the business, someone else will sign them up when they are ready.

You don’t need to sponsor the masses to be successful. If you can consistently sponsor 2 people per month for 2-4 years, you can be financially free.

It’s ok to ask questions like, “Are you ready to get started?” or “Do you want to be a customer or distributor?”
You can also test the waters by saying,”On a scale of 1-10, where do you see yourself?” This can help you to determine how close they are to signing up. But keep in mind, the “sign-up” is just one little step in the process.

“Closing” is rarely the problem. Following up with relevant info and persistence is usually the issue. Stay connected with people until they are ready to move forward. They will usually tell you verbally or non-verbally when the time is right.

Tell the truth. What does it really take to build a $100,000 a month income?

Four things:
1). Belief.
2). Connections.
3). Massive Action.
4). Timing.
It will be the hardest and most rewarding thing you have ever done in your life. It happens at the moment you take off the gloves and go “all in”. It’s when you shed your concerns about what other people think. It’s when you realize that YOU are the cause of the success of your company and that it’s not a lottery. It’s when you realize that it’s a simple equation that just requires a will to win, backed by massive action. A $100,000+ a month income is reserved for those that can reframe the toughest challenges and find the opportunities in them. If you don’t have connections, realize that neither did anyone else when they started. There is no room for doubt. Doubt kills dreams. Massive action means 3-5 presentations a day for a while. Not forever, just for a while. If that seems like a lot, then $100K per month is not for you right now. That’s just what it takes. Timing is important but it’s not what you think. Timing is created by your vision, your faith in an idea whose time has come. I have over 100 personal friends that have done it and therefore I know you can to. Whether you will do it is up to you. Oh, one more thing. Those that get the big prize are those that would let NOTHING stop them. Quitting is not part of the equation. In other words, there is no stop until the job is done. In the words of billionaire, Kenny Troutt, “See the job through”.

I’m not a big dreamer. In all of these network marketing workshops and books they talk about finding the “why that makes you cry”. I haven’t been able to do this. I want to build a business that will pay me a residual income but I don’t have that driving ambition that everyone talks about.

This is a “what’s wrong with me?” question. Each of us is different. We all have different interests, beliefs, ambitions and dreams. In fact, even the top network marketers in the world aren’t driven all the time. Stop beating yourself up and just have fun building your business. No need to make it such a serious thing! Who cares if you cry over your why! It doesn’t even matter if you have identified a why or not! You wouldn’t be doing it if you didn’t have one. My friend Mark Herdering (author of “Hanging Out for a Living” www.hangingoutforaliving.com) wanted to replace his cell phone bill first, then his car payment then, his rent payment, etc. Today he pays all his bills through his network marketing residual check. I highly doubt if he got teary eyed when he was fantasizing about his Verizon bill being paid for by his residual check. So maybe it’s time to lighten up and just have fun doing your business!

My up-line isn’t working the business anymore. What should I do?

Well I would recommend doing the exact same thing you would do if your up-line were working the business. You don’t get paid off what your up-line does. You get paid as a result of the customer volume you create in your down-line! Most likely if your up-line quit, they wouldn’t have been much use to you anyway! Either way, you’re in good company because most successful people in Network Marketing don’t have active up-lines. It’s YOUR business so I recommend you take FULL responsibility and not use your up-line as your reason to be idle. YOU be the leader. It always starts with you. Time to get to work, fill your calendar and stop using your up-line as a reason to fail.

What do I say to someone when I first meet them?

Focus not on what you will say to them but what you want to learn from them. What to say is about you. What to learn is about them. I recently walked into a Starbucks and I asked the spikey haired dude behind the counter how long he had worked there. He told me he was just doing it for fun and he owned two small “vapor” shops that he hired some other guys to run for him. He then told me his family owns one of the largest nail salon syndicates in the world with over 280 stores. I learned a lot about him in a short conversation. Then I simply said, “We need to get together sometime to kick around some ideas!” When you meet someone new, take your time and really get to know THEM first. Keep your business in your bag as something really special to offer only when the time is right.

If I want to sign up 3-5 distributors per month for the next 24 months, what would be a good strategy?

Well, if your company offers a way that people can try or “sample” the product, I would consider having a month to month strategy introducing it to 5 people per week (approximately one per day). It’s a three step system.
1). Ask someone from your list to try the product.
2). Tell them that you will give the sample to them if they agree to watch the video(s) with you present.
3). Ask them to introduce you to one person that would also allow you to give them product to try and watch the video(s). Do this as many times as possible going as deep as possible through referrals until someone says they want to be a distributor (eventually someone says they are interested from watching the videos). You’ll get some product users along the way as well. When someone says they are interested in a distributorship, go back up the line and ask each person above that watched the videos and tried the product if they want to be the sponsor of the person saying “yes”. Then keep going up. I have put as many as 7 people in in a weekend doing this. So over the course of a month you might introduce your business to 20 people doing this. When one says yes, go back up the line and put in everyone who wants to have an instant organization! Do this and teach this every month and watch your business go BOOM!

Who should I target in my recruiting efforts?

“Targeting” is a term that comes from the traditional business world. There are 2 problems with targeting a certain type of person in network marketing.
A). The people who think will do it won’t and the people you don’t think will do it will.
B). You never know who someone will lead you to. Targeting people in network marketing is generally a bad idea. You’ll discover that people you were pretty sure would do nothing go on to build substantial organizations. I’ve had some really awful business builders lead me to some incredible leaders. Don’t pre- judge. Even people that don’t like people know other people that don’t like people and many of them will love your product! The only thing I look for is someone who is open and a little hungry. But if given a choice I’d prefer to speak with connected, positive and entrepreneurial minded people. Maybe that’s who you should “target”.

Is a six-figure network marketing income really a possibility?

Our income tends to be a reflection of what we believe we are worth. I have over 100 close friends that now have six-figure residual incomes. About 30 make six figures monthly. Up until my early 20′s I had never met anyone that had earned more than $35,000 a year. My highest paying job paid $28,000 a year. In 1995 I sat at a table with a group of high paid network marketers and I began to believe it was possible for me. That’s when everything changed. Think about it. In a world where manned flight was considered impossible Orville and Wilbur Wright risked their lives and worldwide ridicule to prove what they already knew in their hearts. They wouldn’t have done it unless they believed. Network Marketing represents one of the biggest economies in the world and tens of billions of dollars flow through it. Just like the businesses of entertainment and professional athletics, the big names make millions. Network Marketing is no different. And every single six figure earner started as a new distributor at one point with a vision of what they could achieve. My combined total network marketing income in my first 10 years was minus $30,000. Over the past 18 years, my actions have generated almost $20 million through network marketing. And there are many others that have accomplished this and much more. Yes, big money is possible with belief, vision, focus, time and hard work.

If my company lowered the price to get in I could build much faster! Why do network marketing companies charge so much to sign up?

I could write a book on this one! At a recent generic MLM Training I auctioned off a $100 Bill. My goal was to sell it for $10,000. There were 2000 people in attendance. Why would anyone pay $10,000 for a $100 Bill?? It’s all about adding value. You can do the same with your Network Marketing Opportunity. As soon as I added a couple signatures of top networkers it went to $1000 in the bidding. Then, framed it brought $1500. As I continued to expand the offering by making the $100 bill extra special it got bid up to $10,000. I told the crowd it would be a daily reminder of what’s possible and we stopped the bidding at $10K. All in 15 min. Think about what someone gets when they buy your business. Make a list. Present each benefit slowly so your potential distributor really understands what they are getting. $500-$5000 is a small start-up fee for a business that can produce a significant passive residual income. The potential is greater than most traditional businesses that cost $100,000 to over $1 million to start. Plus, it can be started part-time without having to hire employees. No limit to growth. A $500 a month income ($6000) per year is a 600% return on a $1000 start up. Most businesses take years to break even! In Network Marketing you risk little and can potentially be profitable your first month! (See how I’m building value?) Not to mention the FREE business education one receives from leaders that have actually built something significant. True, there are no guarantees but compared to other options the start-up costs weighted against the income potential and possible lifestyle is off the charts. I would challenge you to find any traditional business costing $1,000,000 or more to start that has the potential to throw off a $100,000/mo. residual walk away, Beach Money income! $500 to $5000 is a small price to pay.

As a leader, I make a much smaller amount when someone in my group promotes. This seems counterproductive. Why should I help people promote when I’ll ultimately make LESS money??

I was told early on that I should work to push the big money into the hands of the newer people. In other words give the newer people a reason to keep working. In real terms this means working within the groups of the healthy organizations assisting them with their promotions. I was told I would get wealthy off the leftovers (which is the small difference between the total leadership commission and what they receive). And then teach the team to do the exact same thing! Most people spend so much time chasing the big money that they forget that the big money is in the small money. So they jump around chasing the dollars hoping that someday they’ll get rich not realizing that the big money is really in the dimes!

Going after the dollars is the strategy of a linear thinker. It’s trading time for money. Not bad if you want to continue to have to work hard all your life. The wealthiest people almost always make the smallest percentage of the total revenue collected. Ray Kroc’s family only gets paid a few pennies on each burger sold. But they got wealthy making sure that the franchisees got the bulk of it!

Remember what J. Paul Getty said,
“I would rather have 1% of 100 people’s efforts than 100% of my own!”

I am growing as a person each week by listening to material and advice that my amazing mentors have given me. They have been my biggest support. My biggest problem is that I am only 20 years old and I feel like I don’t have enough credibility when talking with potential prospects. As a young lady, I often feel like I won’t be taken seriously and feel like people will only see me as a girl sucked into a “pyramid scheme”. Any advice on how I can improve my credibility and posture?

A: Great question! Everyone has their story and the story empowers them, keeps them right where they are or cripples them completely. Your story is true! And as long as you continue to own it, you’ll continue to struggle. The fact is there are many young entrepreneurs in their 20′s that have built very large successful businesses. They each had a different story than yours! The internet revolution was built by kids in their 20′s! Some became billionaires. Use that to your advantage! Most kids don’t want to be like their parents. Today adults are going to the kids for advice on business (first time in history!). So how can you position yourself as a brilliant young entrepreneur with vision for your generation to not be like their parents and work for 40 years to end up broke??

I have been with my company for about 6 months and I’ve only signed up 4 people and nobody is doing anything. I’m not sure I really have what it takes to motivate people. Do you have any suggestions?

First of all, you are in the same boat as every other network marketer that has ever made money on the planet. All of them at one point had sponsored 4 that did nothing. Statistically, most people find that the magic seems to happen between 20 and 30 personally sponsored distributors. You may get lucky and sign up a mover and a shaker early on, but most people don’t. You have to pay your dues. Everyone has the same opportunity to win but few will play the game long enough. Actually, in most cases, your runners won’t be brought in by you. They’ll come in on your 3rd, 4th or 5th level. Don’t get discouraged. In my previous company I didn’t find anyone that wanted to go to work until my 16th distributor on my 20th month. So the plan becomes figuring out how many people you’ll need to show it to. Then sponsor enough people that will go out and do it. I have found that on average, for every 20-30 people you sponsor into your business, you’ll find ONE that is really serious and will go to town with it. So how fast do you want to get there?
Sponsor 4 per month and you’ll find one in 4 to 6 months. Sponsor 1 per month and it may take you 2 years. You decide. Now you’ll make good part time money along the way but the big bucks are reserved for those that can run the course and see the job through. If it were that easy, they wouldn’t pay us the big money when we get there! Oh did you notice that I said nothing about “motivating” your people? That’s because it’s not really a variable of your success. Stick with finding the right people at the right time.

When is enough, enough? In other words, at what point do you throw in the towel and try another company?

Great question! After “trying” 11 companies and 10 years, I finally figured out that I was the common denominator! I had lessons to learn. Until I redefined my focus, and buried my past “stories”, history kept repeating itself! I was done bouncing around from company to company. When is enough, enough? Read 5 biographies written by successful entrepreneurs and you’ll find that they all re-invented themselves and their companies repeatedly until they got it right. If you are looking for a lottery ticket then go buy a lottery ticket! This is business and successful business means persisting through the ups and the downs until you get it right. For example; let’s say you want to get in physical shape but you have a problem with quitting and persisting. So you join a gym and rarely go. Then you get frustrated because you are not getting physically fit. So you quit and join another gym. After 6 years you have joined 3 gyms and you are still weak and flabby. Changing gyms is not the solution. Developing a fresh focus and new habits would be a good start! Trying different companies until you make money is not the answer. Seldom is switching companies the best solution. There are some rare instances that switching companies is the right choice but there are many things to consider. If you have an active team, there is no easy way to exit without causing a lot of trouble for others. You will lose face and you will compromise your integrity in the process. And I have found that there is no way around this. There is a price to pay. I have personally found that choosing to become a partner committed to growing the company or going down with the ship is the best overall strategy for LONG TERM success. You cannot succeed with one foot in and one foot out. A leader is one who holds the vision for the team through the calm seas and the rough storms. Are you up for being a leader?

How can I get it to grow faster?

First understand “it” doesn’t grow. People do! Your group consists of people working because they want to better their lives and customers using your product or service! So when people are inspired to action you’ll experience growth!

Let’s say you have this beautiful tree that is growing a little each week. You want it to grow faster so you try a new type of plant food. That doesn’t make it grow faster so you try digging it up and replanting it in another pot. That flops so you experiment by putting the pot in a new location. The plant loses half its leaves. You try extra water and a little more plant food. Then you replant it again. It loses the rest of its leaves and you begin to wonder why. Were you doing the wrong thing by giving it extra water and plant food? Did u mess up by replanting it twice? The experts told you that you needed it to grow faster! Did they lie to you? No!! Under certain circumstances you did the right thing. However your results would have been much better if you had been patient, stuck to the plan of the fundamentals of plant care.

How do I get my unmotivated reps to go to work?

Wish I had an answer for that one! If you want to make real money in your program, let go of the need to pump your people up. Go find people better than you. 1/3 will do nothing. 1/3 will do very little. 1/3 will do a little more than a little and 1 in 30 will typically lead you to an organization of thousands. Don’t fight this. Work with it! Go sponsor 1-4 people per month for 2 to 3 years. Give everyone a chance. Train them and give them all the tools. You take two steps for every one they take. But if they are not calling you back or doing anything, go sponsor another one! There are thousands of Michael Jordan’s out there that have never picked up a basketball.

How do you handle when someone said they are interested and then they don’t call you back?

Most people have full and busy lives filled with distractions. We really rarely know what is going on in someone’s life. There are 100 possible reasons why they may not be calling you back. Most importantly don’t make it mean anything other than the timing is off. They may have been talked out of it by a friend or relative. They may have recently received some tragic news. They may be on a family trip or feeling excessive financial stress. My advice is to keep them on your list and continue to stay in touch. Don’t badger them. A card or little gift, periodic call, email, etc. just checking in is fine. If there are some special updates or news from your company, keep them in the loop. At one point they may re-engage but for now chalk it up to “not now, maybe later”. For you to have a large and growing networking marketing business, you will have to let go of the attachment to the outcome. It can be frustrating and it takes LOTS of patience. I have had people vaporize for months at a time and then come back with a vengeance!

How do I get my family to see this?

Most importantly, don’t try and get your family to “see it” if they’re not ready. If you force it on them you’ll drive them further away. Don’t push them or argue with them. That will make things much worse. Give them space. It may take time. Have patience. If your spouse is resistant then let him/her open and cash your checks for a while, even if they are small. It can be a challenge if your family is not supportive. But it’s not the end of the road. Ask for what you want but try and understand if they are not supportive. Let them know that your intention is to earn their support and that your intention is to provide a better life for the family.

When someone asks “What do you do?” what should I say?

You can say “I have an internet based greeting card and gifting business and I help people start businesses.”

 

April 21, 2014 -

KATHY PAAUW:

Kathy Paauw majored in music in college. After years of letting her passion take a back seat to more pressing priorities, her greatest joy is giving others the tools to live the life they love!  Kathy’s story:

After graduating from Macalester College, Kathy married her husband, Doug.  After spending 13 years in fundraising, Kathy parlayed her experience into creating her own business as a productivity consultant. By 1999, Kathy was certified as a personal and professional coach, leveraging her time by offering her expertise through webinars and workshops.

But Kathy’s life was out of balance. She woke up one day and thought, “I don’t own my own business – it owns me!” It was then that Kathy decided she was no longer willing to keep working “harder” to increase her income. She was tired of trading time for dollars, at the expense of her health and relationships.

In 2005, she found SendOutCards. Today, she owns her life. She is one of SendOutCards top income earners and has the freedom to travel the world and live life on her terms!

REAL LIFE ISSUES AND HOW TO HANDLE USING THE PRINCIPLES FROM YOUR BOOK:

1. From FB Today:

“I have a problem… I don’t want to sound negative. It’s time for me to admit it publicly: I know how to follow a system, so far I’ve been able to sponsor customers and distributor. I know the basics for building a massive team… But my problem is that I get distracted very easily. There’s so much information out there with building the business that I get overwhelmed, and I get paralyzed… And soon I stop talking to people. I keep thinking if I could just read another book, learn another prospecting idea…..Anyone here knows about how to maintain focus?”

2. How do I keep track of my contacts and follow up so I don’t drop the ball?

3. How do I stay motivated?

4. I always find myself getting side-tracked by things that have to get done throughout my day and I never quite get to the business. Days and then weeks go by and I look back and I’ve accomplished nothing. Any ideas?

5. I have clutter everywhere and it’s so distracting. Any tips? Things just seem to pile up! (I need help with this one!!)

KATHY’S BOOK: Music of Your Heart:

  • Tap into your own creative genius.
  • Balance nine important areas of your life.
  • Clarify priorities and put first things first.
  • Apply practical methods to be productive.

Music of Your Heart offers a great combination of exercises you can do to find your path to freedom and some amazing processes for organizing and structuring a successful network marketing business plan. For most people it takes many years to find the clarity and balance necessary to build a successful business. Doing the exercises in this book will shave years off your learning curve.

How can they order the book?

1. YOU CAN SEND KATHY’S BOOK TO YOURSELF OR SOMEONE ELSE WITH A CARD FROM THE SENDOUTCARDS SYSTEM.

2. YOU CAN GO TO WWW.THEMUSICOFYOURHEART.COM

Notes from Kathy:

HOW DO I KEEP FIRST THINGS FIRST IN MY LIFE?

The Pareto Principle (the 80/20 rule) teaches us some valuable lessons:

–20% of your team members will produce 80% of your results – the key is to identify who those 20% are and spend your time with them.  I always say that you can lead a horse to water but you can’t make it drink.  If your horses aren’t drinking, go find some thirsty horses–the 20%!

–80% of your measurable results will come from 20% of your activities – the key is to identify what activities produce the results, and focus on repeating those activities.  The good news is that SOC leaders have already identified what these activities are, so there is no guessing.

–20% of a 40-hour workweek is only 96 minutes a day.  If you did nothing else worthwhile with your day, what would be the activities you could do in 96 minutes that would yield the best outcome in your work life?  How about for your personal life?  I feel strongly about also looking at my personal life, because 8 hours a day is only 1/3 of my life.  The other two-thirds is for personal time and sleep.  So I ask myself the same question for my personal life: “What do I choose to do 96 minutes a day that will help me honor my intentions in my personal life?”

Three challenges that get in the way of putting your first things first.  Identify which one is tripping you up the most so you can start making changes.

–Being clear about your priorities: who you want to be and what you want to do (goal setting)

–Organizing your time: identifying specific activities that will help you accomplish your goals and stay focused on your priorities (planning and scheduling)

–Executing the plan: following through with your intention and doing what you say you will do (accountability)

The middle section of my book is called The 9 Environments of You, and is provided to help you drill deep into 9 different areas of your life, including health, spiritual, environmental, financial, relationships, your network, and more.  Creating life balance is essential to success in anything that you do.  Who cares if you are wealthy if you are not happy and healthy?  Do an inventory of each of the 9 environments in your life and then identify action steps you can take to upgrade each environment.

To purchase a copy of my book, visit www.TheMusicOfYourHeart.com, or you can buy a copy through the SOC gifts and send it to someone with a card.

 

 

WHAT DO YOU DO WHEN YOU LOSE MOTIVATION?

1. Remember what your WHY is for doing the business.  You need a compelling enough WHY so you don’t quit on a bad day.

2. When you are feeling down, look outside of yourself and think of all that you are grateful for.  Express that to others.  It will bring you out of your slump much faster than having a pity party for yourself!

TIPS FOR EFFECTIVE FOLLOW-UP:
Create some kind of a tickler system that helps you to manage and organize your business cards or notes. I like Jules Price’s three-ring binder system that she teaches.  If that does not work for you, try other things until you find what works.  Then use ONE system for reminding yourself of important follow-up. Each time you see that reminder, you need to identify two things:

1. What is the next action I will take?

2. When am I going to do it?

Whether you use electronic or paper, have a system to remind you of what to do and when.  Our Contact Manager has a lot of great tools built into it, and in my book I give tips about how to use our SOC system to manage everything.  Also, check your Card History for the last several months and that may remind you of people you want to follow up with who may have slipped through the cracks.

HOW DO I GET ORGANIZED?

1. Identify ONE room of the house.  Identify ONE SECTION of that room that, if it were organized, would give you the greatest satisfaction or yield the highest return on your investment of time if you were to organize it.

2. Set aside uninterrupted time to organize that space.  My definition of clutter:  Anything you own, possess or do that does not enhance your life on a regular basis.  If it does not enhance your life, get rid of it.

 

I teach a process in my “Buried in Paper” webinar so you will know how to make decisions about each item or paper.  You will either toss it, give it away (delegate), do it now, do it later (use a tickler system to identify WHEN), or file/store it away for future reference or use.

To register for my free 90-minute Buried in Paper webinar, visit http://orgcoach.net/teleclasses.html#buriedinpaper .  We need all 90 minutes because I really pack a lot of great value into that time.  I have taught this webinar since 2003 and it continues to teach it because of the high demand and great feedback about how it has changed people’s lives.

Here’s a question that was asked on the call:

 

Kathy, I have a training/coaching business and I have a list of 4,000+ subscribers to my “members only area”. I’m most interested in how best to introduce my list to SOC. I attract people interested in teamwork. They work in large companies (FedEx, Microsoft, etc.), small businesses, health care, government, education.

 

I, too, have a list of more than 4000 subscribers to a newsletter I have published online since 1999.  I continue to publish it, even though I am no longer wanting to attract paying clients.  I give away my knowledge, and in doing so, I build relationships.  Some contact me and want to hire me.  I tell them that I am not taking any clients at this time because I have found something else that I am doing that brings me great joy and financially rewards me.  Of course, most want to know what it is, so it is easy to share it.  I also weave SOC into my newsletters (without mentioning the name).  Even if I don’t mention it in the body of the article, I have some “commercials” at the end. To see how I do this, visit my Paauwer Tools Newsletters at http://orgcoach.net/newsletter.html.  The one for May has not been published yet, but the link is already up.  I have all the other articles archived there.

 

For those who want to subscribe to hear from Kathy through our SOC system, her SOC ID number is 6289.

April 14, 2014

Do something nice for someone and then they pass it on.

PAY IT FORWARD EXPLANATION:
(Inspired by Jim Pitman and Jules Price)

1. Allow you to work the network of your network
maximizing your resources.

2. Spread good will.

3. Build a new leg each month in your group adding both
width and depth to your team.

4. Offer a plan for massive and explosive growth in your business.

5. Allow you to easily approach people about the business.

The new SIMPLE SUCCESS system gives you to the tools to introduce this program.
It’s simple, fun and easy to implement.

IMPORTANT: This is a profitable activity but it will require a small investment in your business.
I’ll break down the numbers and then you can decide if you want to invest in your business in this way. This is a strategy that’s consistent with the fundamental principles of networking and building a healthy network marketing business.

INTENTION: Each month activate 10 Splash Pak Codes using the “Pay-It-Forward” Strategy.

“I’m participating in a Pay-It-Forward program and I’m wondering if you would like to help me and participate?”

1. Set up a Splash Code for the person agreeing to participate. Walk them through sending a card and some brownies to someone they love and care about. Have them watch the first 2 videos.

2. Ask them to INTRODUCE YOU to one person that may also like to participate in the Pay-It-Forward campaign.

3. Get together in person with them and tell them “I’m participating in a Pay-It-Forward campaign and ____________, told me you might want to help me and also participate. It would entail sending a card and some brownies to someone you care about. That’s it. Do you want to do it with us?” walk them through sending a box of brownies and a card to someone they care about. Then have them watch the first 2 videos.

4. Ask that person to INTRODUCE you to ONE PERSON that may also like to participate in the Pay-It-Forward Campaign.

5. Do this 10 times in one month working down through the referrals. Ask each person to introduce you to the most generous and entrepreneurial person they know.

6. When you hit someone that starts asking questions and wants to sign up for either a customer or distributor. IMMEDIATELY go back up through the group starting at the bottom.

7. Tell each person: “_______, said they want to sign up. I’m not sure what they are going to do but if they build something significant, it could really benefit you down the road. You’ll receive $50 for activating two customer codes and $140 when they get their 2 customer codes activated. So $190 of your $395 business set up cost will come back to you. Do you want to sign them up or do you want me to?”
(Tell Jim Packard Story)

8. You’ll put 2-5 people in all in one day. If you are a Manager, you’ll make $500-$1000 in one day. If you are a Sr Manager you’ll make $800-$1500 in one day based on the work you did earlier in the month.

9. Do this every month for a year and teach it and your business will be adding 1-3 new distributors per day producing a significant passive income.

IMPORTANT NOTE:
I recommend sending a 2 pack of brownies to keep costs down. Each Splash Pak Customer Code has 2 stamps in it and will require an additional $5 in postage. So each month you’ll need to budget for an additional $50 in postage if you plan to pay for the shipping on their brownies (which I recommend). I would hand them a $5 bill and tell them you’ll need to add $5 to their expense account using their credit card (explain to them how it works so they understand). You’ll need to budget 45 minutes for each person. This is a great way to introduce new people to SOC. It’s a natural process of giving and networking at it’s finest. Each person is being trained on how to use their splash pak customer account as you walk them through sending the brownies out.

Have fun with this. Keep it light and easy. It’s a PAY-IT-FORWARD opportunity so it doesn’t need to feel like work or a chore. It should feel comfortable and easy. If you are working with someone who starts to give you hard time, then they are not the right person. Find people that are excited about helping you. Each person only needs to find one that will participate for this to work. Have them pick their easiest person. Someone that has a positive and open attitude. Someone that will “gladly help”. You are not trying to sell them anything. You are simply giving them a free customer account with a $31 value that will allow them to send out kindless to at least one person that they know.

March 24, 2014

Phebe Trotman and Mark Herdering:

Rather than focusing on promotion level, measure your growth by allowing Send Out Cards residual checks to incrementally pay your bills. Better to be a well paid Senior Manager than a broke Executive!

On June 1, 2005 Send Out Cards made an adjustment to the marketing and compensation plan that propelled the company from less than $3 million in annual revenue to over $50 million in the course of about three years. That adjustment paralyzed many who were “used to things they way were”. Fortunately for me I’d only been in the business a couple of months and was still clueless about how it all worked. I just knew that I didn’t understand the old comp plan, and the new one was super simple (for me) to understand. It was really difficult for those who had become accustomed to the old plan, even though no one understood how it really worked.

We’ve now come full circle. Since 2005 there have been many enhancements to the features of our product, the site platform, the comp plan and our company culture. So many, in fact, that it had become quite complicated and challenging to keep up with constant changes.

There are two things I know to be true.

1 – Changes can be devastating to the growth of a network marketing organization.

2 -When a company pioneers a brand new idea and does something that’s never been done before, complexity and change are inevitable until the trail is blazed. This is why so few businesses ever survive the start-up phase. If it were easy, everyone would be on board. That’s why those who have the vision, strength, belief and persistence to hang in there are the ones positioned for massive success once the pieces come together and it’s easy for everyone.

When a company pioneers a brand new idea (physical, hand written, customized greeting cards sent via the internet), and merges it with a new way to distribute its product (network marketing vs retail outlets), it takes on the challenge of dealing with the unknown and the unexpected. Challenges arise that no one could have anticipated. True pioneers embrace those challenges and overcome them. They focus on the vision of the future while learning from challenges of the past.

I’ll use a metaphor for what happened at the beginning of this month. It’s very much like Columbus crossing the Atlantic. Not an easy trip, but because one person had the vision, a new world was discovered and the trail was blazed for all who would come after. Today people complain that 30 minutes is too long to stand in the security line before the five hour nap or two-movie journey across the Atlantic. They’ve forgotten that that trip once took three months, indescribable hardship and a marginal chance of survival.

Send Out Cards has just crossed the Atlantic. We’re in the new world and it’s an amazing place. We’re no longer on the high seas. We’re on dry land. In fact we didn’t just step on dry land, we’ve walked into a field of diamonds.  It’s much, much easier here. The biggest challenge now will be letting go of the old (and much more difficult) way things have been done. It’s a new world that has yet to be explored and conquered.

If you have an attitude of abundance (because we just landed in a field of diamonds) your Send Out Cards business will be fun, stupid-simple and highly profitable. If you have an attitude of lack you’ll be left on the boat, and it’s out of supplies.

Remember, just have fun!!!!

March 10, 2014

Executives Judy O’Higgins and Kathy Paauw

Kathy Paauw:
Executive, Eagle’s Nest Member since 2006, 2013 Runner-up Distributor of the Year

I spent two weeks in Australia to light a fire under my growing team. Although I have more than 600 distributors in Australia, I have not personally sponsored a single one. I have used the power of leverage to build my team there. The three biggest legs in my organization today are as a result of some significant work I did in my first two years in business. The 3800 distributors on my team today have grown out of this foundation that I consistently worked hard to build in my early days with SendOutCards.

This was my third trip to Australia over the last four years. Each trip has been fully self-funded. In other words, SOC did not pay a dime of my expenses. I believe in supporting my team wherever there is serious growth happening…even if it is halfway around the world and costs me significant time and money! During my visit, my time was spent doing a regional quarterly training event in Melbourne, offering five different workshops to the entire SendOutCards family in Brisbane and Melbourne, and also conducting private coaching sessions with team members who are serious about building a SOC business. Several of them have already reported experiencing “breakthroughs” as a result of our live coaching sessions we just had last month.

Kody, Steve and Vanessa are going to Australia in April, and we’ve created momentum as we build to the next big event there — the Road Tour and Treat ‘em Right Seminar on April 11-12 in Sydney. If you are in Australia or New Zealand, I strongly urge you to do whatever you can to attend!

One of the team members I met with while in Melbourne was Amber Kennedy. Amber told me about an email she sent out to a professional woman she knows. (I received her permission to share it with others.) This could be delivered as an email, private FB message, or a phone call or voice message. The key here is that Amber pushed herself beyond her comfort zone to share SOC with a “successful” woman rather than making the decision for her by not saying anything. Great job, Amber!

I’ve found that some of the most successful people in SOC are really busy with other things in their life. That’s often why they are attracted to SOC…because they want to leverage their time through the efforts of others so they won’t be so busy in the future and can have more free time! Important to note is that Amber has already established rapport with this person, so this is not a “cold call” but rather an invitation to someone she has a good relationship with.

Here’s Amber’s message….

Some pretty exciting things are happening with SendOutCards and my business is really starting to take off. It has made me think about who l should be sharing this opportunity with. I would hate to think that by making the assumption that you are busy, financially fine and happy with your work, that l am failing to share a chance for you to earn some residual income.

There are three new short videos on my website at www.sendoutcards.com/yourID. The first video is only 3 minutes long and if you want to learn more, you can click a link to watch the other two short videos (total of 12 minutes when combined). I would love for you to take just that much time to see what it is all about…12 minutes…that’s it!

Afterwards, let me know if you are interested in getting paid to share it with others or simply using our products.

I don’t want to stalk or hassle you. l just feel like this could be something you could benefit from.

Cheers,
Amber

There has been a lot of buzz in SendOutCards about international expansion. We are already open for sponsoring DISTRIBUTORS in 7 countries: US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, UK, Ireland, and Singapore. We can sponsor CUSTOMERS in any country. When we are ready, we will be expanding our business opportunity into additional countries. This is a very expensive legal and technical process for SOC and we’ll also need a staffed support structure in place when we expand. Currently, Paul Gerardis is the Vice President of International Expansion, and we will need more than one staff member in place to support this kind of growth. A special shout-out of appreciation to Paul for all that he is currently managing as part of our executive staff. Although there are no specific dates for WHEN we will expand, we know it will come when the time is right.

Several of my team members are originally from another country and have family and friends back in their country of origin. They can’t wait to share SendOutCards with them and would love to bring them into the business as soon as possible. I’ve been asked several questions about international expansion, both for customers and distributors.

Here’s a Q&A I created to answer the most popular questions:

Q: I HAVE FAMILY AND FRIENDS IN ___ (NAME OF COUNTRY) AND I WANT TO EXPAND MY BUSINESS THERE. CAN I DO THAT?
A: Contact people you know there and share our product with them. Some will become customers and will also want to become distributors once we are open in their country. NOTE: Please do not make any promises about which countries or WHEN we will open. We don’t have information to share about that…only that we will be expanding to many more countries over time! People all over the world can start using a customer account to send cards right now!

Q: HOW DOES IT WORK TO SEND MAIL TO A COUNTRY WE ARE NOT YET OPEN IN?
A: Although I believe we will eventually have distribution centers in other regions of the world, currently our only one is in Salt Lake City, Utah. If you are mailing cards to Canada, Australia or New Zealand, they are packaged up and express mailed to those countries with a domestic stamp from that country on the envelope. A SOC representative opens the package and places the envelopes into the domestic mail when they arrive in those countries. All other international mail is sent from Salt Lake City as international mail. For example, if you want to send a card to Toronto, Canada, SOC will express mail a box of Canadian-stamped envelopes to Canada and the envelopes will be placed into the Canadian domestic mail as soon as the package arrives. If you want to send a card to the UK, it will receive a US international stamp (current cost is $1.15) and will be sent as US international mail from Salt Lake City. This usually takes 7-10 days to arrive. I’ve found that some regions of the world (like India) can take 2-3 weeks for my card to be delivered. Because we rely on the postal service in these countries, we have no control over how long it takes. I’ve learned to let go of my attachment to WHEN my cards arrive, and I’ve found that they are opened on the date that is most meaningful to the recipient!

Q: HOW DO YOU BUILD AN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS FROM A DIFFERENT COUNTRY?
A: You build it the same way you would build your business with someone from a different geographic part of your country. I love using Time Zone Converter (http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/converter.html) to help me figure out the time difference when scheduling a call. I have set up a free Skype account and if the person I am calling does not have one, I ask them to go to Skype.com and set up a free account. Skype is free, quick and easy to set up. Once you’ve done that, you can share your Skype ID with each other and then have a FREE conversation (even video chat if you like) through your computer Internet connection. You’ll need to have built-in speakers and microphone on whatever computer or device you are using. You can also purchase an inexpensive Skype-ready headset if you prefer that, or get the Skype Mobile app on a smart phone!

Q: HOW DOES SOMEONE COMPOSE A MESSAGE IN A CARD IF THEY WANT TO WRITE IT IN A LANGUAGE THAT SOC DOES NOT SUPPORT?
A: We currently have an international keyboard for five languages besides English (Spanish, French, German, Italian and Portuguese). When in the Card Editor, click on the little globe with a T (for text) in the lower right corner, next to Insert Name. If you are talking with someone in a country that uses a different keyboard (such as Japanese, Chinese, Russian, or an Arabic language), they can write a message in their language on their computer, use a snipping tool to save the whole message as a graphic image (JPG), and load the JPG image file into Pictures in their SendOutCards account. Then the picture of their written message can be loaded into a card where the message would normally go. Although this is not optimal, it is a work-around until we expand into these countries and create the technology that allows people to type in their own language. (That’s one reason why it is premature to promise that we are ready to expand!)

Q: I HAVE A RELATIVE WHO REALLY WANTS TO DO SOC, BUT THEY LIVE IN ___ (NAME OF COUNTRY). IS THERE ANY WAY THEY CAN BECOME A DISTRIBUTOR?
A: Anyone with a green card or tax ID from a country we are open in can become a distributor and work from anywhere in the world, as long as they have a mailing address and two forms of government ID issued by one of the 7 countries listed. Here’s an example: You are a military wife of someone serving in the Australian army. You and your military spouse are stationed in Germany, which is not an open country with SOC, but you have a tax ID from Australia (one of the 7 countries we are open in). You can sponsor customers anywhere, and you can also sponsor others as distributors, provided that THEY have a tax ID from one of these countries. Military spouses often cannot get work when they move around with their military family member, but they can take their SOC business with them and work it from anywhere in the world! They often know other military spouses who are in the same situation, and these are great people to share the SOC business opportunity with!

I want to emphasize that it is really important that we not make any promises about WHEN or WHERE we will be expanding our business opportunity. We have been told that this is going to happen, but until it does, we need to focus on building our businesses with people who have a tax ID and mailing address in the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, UK, Ireland, and Singapore.

International business may or may not be for you at this time. Wherever you decide to build your business, it’s important that you consistently do the activities that are known to build a business, and follow up regularly. The basic building blocks are no different, regardless of where you are building!

If you are one who has a habit of “getting ready to get ready,” I encourage you to JUST DO IT! I am a “recovering perfectionist,” and I am so grateful that I decided to just JUMP IN and DO IT when I got started 8.5 years ago, without waiting to become “proficient” first! I made lots of mistakes, and people still signed up! You can’t say the wrong thing to the right person at the right time…and you can’t say the right thing to the wrong person at the wrong time. Your job is to share and sort, and then allow your business to grow with the people who are ready to jump on board!

There is no better time in the history of SendOutCards than NOW to build your business! I am super excited about the Simple Success System, the Splash Paks, and the Manager Bonus Pool. Our new offerings make it so easy to share SendOutCards, whether you choose to lead with the product or the opportunity. Our new videos have simplified how we share SOC, and our guests get to decide which parts they want to learn more about. There’s no pushing or selling…just using the tools provided to share our Revolution of Kindness with others, however they want to come on board.

——————————————————————————–

Judy O’ Higgins:
HELPING PEOPLE BELIEVE THEY CAN DO IT – THE #1MOST IMPORTANT
PREDICTOR OF SUCCESS!

Three things that we all can do to help those we share SOC with to believe
they can do it and be successful:

1) KEEP IT SIMPLE

Jordan is the master of this principle and has been teaching us the same 3 simple activities for 9 years.When you are sharing SOC is NOT the time to “impress” people with everything you know about our products,system, or even your own success. In their minds it’s not about what you can do, it’s about what they believe they can do. Follow the simple system – show the videos, walk them through sending a card.
Teach these 3 simple things and do them yourself:
a) Get splash paks into peoples’ hands every month.
b) Get yourself and your team to Manager.
c) Get in the Pool.

2) SHOW PEOPLE HOW TO SUCCEED BY GIVING SPLASH PAKS AWAY

A lot of people you speak with have a fear of “selling” (maybe you have it also) and negative images of what a “salesperson” is. Now we can actually give people a Splash pak to try out. It doesn’t get any better than that. Today we can all go back to our prospects that didn’t think they could be MDs because they “aren’t good at sales” and show them how to participate in our new program sharing SOC and Splash paks.
3) SHOW PEOPLE HOW TO BLOCK OUT CHUNKS OR POCKETS OF TIME TO DO SOC IN THEIR BUSY LIVES

Often busy people may think they don’t have time for a business on top of their already busy lives. Our job is to show them SOC and also show them how to fit it into pockets of time in their schedules by making a few calls a day once they have their written list.

Examples: * Karen Palmer story – built her business on the phone 1 hour a day while her 3 children were taking their afternoon nap.
* Making calls while watching your kids’ sports games (and connecting with the other parents there)
* Amy story – flight attendant making calls while in hotel on her flight schedules.
* Theresa story – blocking out 1 hour nightly after her job with goal of making 10 calls night.

WARM MARKET: Hi “INSERT PROSPECT’S NAME HERE”, how’s it going? (This is where I build rapport … the key is to not overthink it and keep the conversation flowing … you know this person, you know about their life so you’ve got “stuff” to talk about!). I know you’re really busy with all you have going on your life but I really need your help.”

You know how my husband and I have been looking for a way to (spend more time with our granddaughter, pay off debt, travel more, increase our income, etc) and I believe we have found a way! A way where we actually get paid for being nice to people! If you could just try it and help me out … test it out and let me know what you think. Do you like the concept? Do you like the cost? Do you think it will help your relationships, nurture/grow your business. Can you please let me know what you honestly think? If after a month you’re not satisfied for any reason, we’ll cancel your subscription. Great, when can we get together (THIS COULD BE A GET TOGETHER IN PERSON, OVER THE PHONE FOR VIRTUAL COFFEE, ETC)

COLD MARKET (picked up a magazine off of the free racks … like a bridal magazine):
Hi, my name is Theresa Oschmann and I came across your ad in (INSERT NAME OF PUBLICATION, FLIER, ETC) and I’m thinking it’s there to generate more business. Am I right? (WAIT FOR RESPONSE) I’m a local business owner myself and the company I’m with helps businesses just like yours grow their business. Would you be open to the idea of having a cup of coffee where I can learn about your business and see whether or not what I do would help? Great! What does your calendar look like for (INSERT POSSIBLE DATES/TIMES HERE). Thanks so much! I’m looking forward to meeting you in person at Starbucks next Tuesday at 9:30am.
NOTE: if there is time between this initial call and when we meet I’ll send a card along the lines of looking forward to meeting you.

 

February 10, 2014

ADVICE FOR NEW DISTRIBUTORS:

First I would like to personally welcome you to the SendOutCards team. You are working with an amazing group of leaders. My intention on this call is to prepare you for your journey. We could talk about the in’s and out’s of getting qualified, sending cards or the comp plan but the most important thing in preparing you for success is what to expect and how to view and handle it.

REMEMBER, EVERYONE THAT HAS EVER QUIT NETWORK MARKETING, QUIT ON A BAD DAY! When you sign up, your excitement is at an all-time high. For the first time in a while, you feel like you have something great to look forward to. You are motivated and encouraged. Your wildest dreams are going to come true. And then you talk to someone. It happens to everyone. What I want you to understand is that you will have ups and you will have downs. That’s the nature of building a business. If your personal confidence is already low and you talk to the first person on your list (if you even have a list) and they shoot you down, you’re done! I want to reassure you that virtually EVERYONE including the five and six figure monthly earners have experienced times when they felt like it’s not going to work. I don’t mean to be a “Debbie-Downer” here but it’s important to know that you are not alone and that REGARDLESS of what happens when you share your business with someone, it is no indication of
what you are capable of. Learning to navigate the negative world we live in is more than half the battle. Keep in mind that there are millions of people out there that will love this when approached. When you get hit with some negativity, it is not a gage as to whether you can have your dreams or not with this company. We have already proven that there are hundreds of thousands of people that will love this and guess what? There are many, many more. So keep this in mind. EVERYONE THAT HAS EVER QUIT NETWORK MARKETING, QUIT ON A BAD DAY.  If you haven’t had a bad day yet, you will have one! And many, many more over your career! So here’s a philosophy for you to adopt right here and right now. NEVER QUIT ON A BAD DAY! This is one of the most important philosophies for you to adopt in your new business. If you can stay plugged in to the conference calls and events and stay in action, you will have a good day and you’ll feel great about your business!
Success in network marketing is a game of “Stamina”. It’s not hard. It takes time, patience, and yes, work. You will need to adopt the mindset that, “They are not going to pay my bills! I need to be responsible for my success and make my own decisions!” Do you realize that every single person that is living a dream lifestyle today did it because they had stamina, they didn’t quit and they refused to let other people determine whether they were going to continue or not? Remember, most people sign up not because of a polished presentation, but because they saw or heard something that touched or moved them. It is so true that “You can’t do it right to the wrong person and you can’t do it wrong to the right person!”

I sent Todd Falcone cards after meeting him at an event. We really didn’t know each other. I followed up with a phone call and he asked me questions about the SERVICE. The woman that had sent him a card quite a few months prior didn’t follow up with a call. I kept sending Todd cards and he signed up with me. This was in the early days. I followed up and she didn’t. Today Todd has 16,000 people in his down-line.

Demarr sent me DVD’s (5 or so in 2 weeks) and I finally watched one. That’s what got my attention and there was virtually nothing that could stop me from signing up! But I told Demarr, I wouldn’t build it as a business! After I got going sending cards, my vision was expanded. Anyone could have signed me up. It happened to be Demarr because he was persistent.

MAKE A LIST

I wasn’t planning on doing a call about making a list but it’s so relevant to this topic that I thought we should spend a few minutes on it. It’s really not about making a list as it is about your perspective when your list is short vs long. If you have a list of 10 people or even worse, you have no written list when you start, you are doomed. I’ll say it again, you are doomed. Why? Because after a few people tell you that you’ll never succeed, or “no one ever makes money at those things!” you’ll want to quit! I get it! I’ve felt it and so has every single successful person in our field! (Which means you are just like us!) That also means you can do this! So how do you handle this?

Get your list to at least 250 people. How? Go through your FB friend list and your smart phone list. Start WRITING DOWN the names of the people you know. It’s not good enough to have it on your computer. They must be written in a notebook. Why? Because they are easy to get to. Don’t filter your list. You may not contact everyone right away but at least put their names down. Psychologically this will do wonders for you. If your list is 250 people, when 3 or 4 are negative it won’t blow you out of the water. Then, start getting updated contact info. This is a perfect reason for you to reach out and connect with each person. It’s a great first step. Simply email, call or FB inbox each person and tell them, “I’m updating my contact manager and I need to get your current address, phone #, email, etc. Oh, and by the way, I send birthday cards. Can I please have your birthday – month and day?” Do this with each person and fill your contact manager. Probably 90% of all new sign ups n
ever make a long list. So by just doing this, you’ll put yourself in the top 10%. You have a much better chance of success with a long list because your brain won’t perceive that you are about to run out of people. By the way, statistics show that the average 21 year old knows 2000 people by their first name so you should have no problem coming up with a list of 250. By the way, if you’ll show 250 people the business, you’ll most likely have a booming business!

KEEP IT LIGHT AND EASY

Most new people are so excited and nervous when they start. If you are nervous and excited this may work for you or against you! Some people do great with nervousness. It gives them energy and they channel that energy. Sometimes nervousness can be perceived as enthusiasm! Other people get frozen up with fear. So KEEP IT LIGHT AND EASY! Let the person you are showing SendOutCards to that you are not attached to whether they do it or not. Let them know that you are having fun showing it and your only goal is to show it to them. It’s 100% up to them whether they want to take it to the next step or not. I say, “I think you’ll like this but don’t feel like you have to do it. Only do it if you are as excited about it as I am. It’s okay to say no.” This takes the pressure off them and gives them the space to really look and consider the options. Give them the space to sit back and really evaluate it. Let go of the outcome. Relax and allow the process to unfold. Your only job is to s
how them. Then let them tell you how they want to proceed. It’s okay to ask, “Do you want to do this with us?” after they have watched the presentation and sent a card.

I say to myself, “No big deal”. It’s no big deal if they do it and it’s no big deal if they don’t. (However, I am keenly aware that it could be a big deal if they do it, work it and stay in the game! They could become financially free and that is a BIG DEAL!)

IMPORTANT: Just because I keep it light and easy doesn’t mean I’m not passionate and enthusiastic about the business. I believe our product and our business can change the trajectory of someone’s life. I do let them know that. I’m just not “attached” to the outcome and I like to give people the “space” to make a good decision that is right for them. I am also consistently persistent in my follow up. They will get periodic cards, emails and calls from me throughout the year. I want them to know that I’m still working the business when they are ready to go!

IT DOESN’T MATTER HOW YOU SHOW IT, JUST SHOW IT!

If you have them send a card first and then have them watch the video that’s great! If you have them watch the video and then have them send a card, that’s great too! If you invite them to a business presentation or a home meeting, that works well! The key is to keep track of each person and stay with them until they see it, however they see it. Then stay in touch! And make sure you stay in touch with your customers as well, because many will become distributors over time. I like to send my customers a DVD at least once per year for 2 reasons. a). The DVD has probably changed since the last one they saw b). Their situation has probably changed since the last one they watched! It really doesn’t matter how you do this. Your job is to show them. They might read Beach Money first and then be interested (like the guy from the bank I talked to today – referral from BNI. We’re meeting tomorrow). You might loan them a copy of SOCStars and that might get their attention. Everyone has
a story about how they were introduced and everyone’s story is different. Don’t over think it. Just show it!

ONE STEP AT A TIME

If you were to go into a dojo and tell the sensei that you want to know everything you need to know to become a third degree black belt do you think they would tell you? Do you think they would give you all the details? In fact, if they did tell you, you would be so overwhelmed you might even quit! They will give you one step at a time. First you’ll need to master your kicks and your punches. Then you’ll go on to get your first belt, etc. If I had heard all the things I would need to know to get my helicopter pilot’s license I may have gotten pretty overwhelmed! So I take it ONE STEP AT A TIME! I suggest you treat your business the same way. Ask your sponsor, “What’s the very first thing I need to do?”
“Okay, got it done! Now what’s the second thing?”

When I signed up Kory Edwards, I told him to do two things.

1). Watch the videos.
2). Find someone that will try SendOutCards for $31 + $5 in Expense ($43 total with tax).

Then I told him to make his list of 250 and begin to give each person a gift account and show them how to use it. By the way, make sure each person also watches the 11 min video. That’s it. Call me when someone starts asking questions.

Kory and his wife Andrea showed up at the Seattle SCT School with 3 guests!

So, when you train a new person help them to focus on ONE STEP AT A TIME!

IT’S ALL ABOUT TIMING!

Lawrencene and Joe Musico and their daughter Asha signed up with me about 6 years ago. They went to two Treat ‘Em Right Seminars and her husband came down with a serious illness that almost took his life. He received lots of cards from the SendOutCards family. I’m more than happy to say that he is doing great! They had a couple of home parties back then and had very little success. Just recently they came to the Las Vegas Treat ‘Em Right Seminar and then the Phoenix Road Tour. They had 5 guests with them in Phoenix and then did a home party. They have signed up 2 distributors and 4 customers in the past week and one of their new distributors set up a home party and already has 60 confirmations for March 1st. Although I have had many conversations with them over the years, it was all about THEIR TIMING and not mine! They are now ready and in massive action!

As a new person, you will be tempted to try and motivate people and get them moving. You must remember that sometimes it’s not the right time for them (even though they signed up!) I try and create opportunities for them to build like suggest we schedule a get-together at their home or office. I also make sure they know how to navigate the site. Don’t take it too personally if they don’t do much. Remember we all experience the same things! I have sponsored 2-4 people per month since I signed up back in late 2004. I show the business about once per day for myself and for people in my group. I do one on ones, two on ones, small home parties, office meetings and I invite people to the events. I have found that about 3 out of 4 people I sign up don’t do much of anything. And do you know that every single top money earner in every single company deals with the same thing? You are no different! Years ago I gave up on trying to figure people out and trying to make them do the busine
ss. Remember, if they need you to do the business, then you will never have a very large team because you can only work with 3-5 people at a time. Each person must take responsibility for his/her own personal business! I just keep sharing and sponsoring until I find someone that is ready to go to work. I get them started and then get out of the way!

I get that sometimes it’s frustrating and discouraging. That’s a part of building the business. Pat Hinze asked Steve Schulz, “Do you really, really think they are going to pay us $30K, $50K or 100K a month if it was going to be easy?” after he was rejected by his sister in the very early days of his career.

You can learn the ins and outs of the business by watching the training videos and following the 7/30/Q Guide. That’s not the purpose of this call. The purpose of this info is to help you to focus and navigate through the challenges you may face along the way. Anyone can learn the “how-to’s” of the business in a couple of hours. It’s the games we must play with our thinking when things get tough that make the difference. I think the #1 skill you must possess to achieve in this business is “Stamina”. You build your stamina by adopting a “no-tolerance-threshold” mindset. Don’t ever let crisis turn into ruin and don’t ever quit on a bad day. The day you sign up is always a happy day! You will have way more good times than not if you are sending cards and sharing the business. Fortunately we have a product that people love! That gives us a huge head start! By being around winners in the business and listening to the mentors who have gone before you, you can establish a level of e
nergy that will keep you moving through the good times and the tough times.

I can’t tell you it will be easy. But I will tell you it will be worth it!

February 4, 2014

Telling the story-

Each Monday afternoon about 4pm, I sit down at my keyboard with very little idea what I’m going to say on the Monday webcast. I typically have a topic that I randomly selected the night before and sent out to the entire team. So, I know the realm of my subject matter but have no idea of the details. As I sit down, I am faced with lots and lots of decisions. What do I talk about that will be the most meaningful topic for a diverse crowd of SOC distributors for the week? As I’m writing things out, I am consciously aware that my message will stick and people will be more likely to remember the message if it’s told in a story. The reason Beach Money has been such a hit is because it touches people at an emotional level. It’s just a bunch of stories. People connect with stories. The reason Steve Schulz’s book is so good is because it is laced with stories. The reader can relate. There is little specific “how to” training in the book, however it’s a great how-to book because the lessons are in the stories. I try and spin a story that is compelling, fun, relevant, personal, emotional, dramatic, fresh, etc.

One of the things I do is keep a file on my computer called NCC’s. NCC stands for “National Conference Calls”. When a story that is engaging pops up on FB or in a blog or email, I create page and put it in my file called NCC’s to use on a Monday night call. I always give credit for the story.

I’m going to start with an example that you may have seen on FB. I received this message yesterday morning while I was in LA:

Message from Paula Foeller:

“Hey Jordan, I have no idea if you will get this message. I just saw you on FB. I saw you at an event years ago at a Mastermind event. You were on stage and you told the story of how you wrote your story (in your journal). That you had put it (the journal) away because you were frustrated with it. Then years later you pulled it out after moving and read it. That everything you had written had happened in your life. I am sure that was about 5 or 6 years ago now. Well on the flight home I wrote my story. My husband had just left me. I was in an MLM but not making a lot at the time. I had no idea how I was going to support myself. I wrote about what it would feel like to be with a man who treated me right. I wrote about how my kids were. I wrote about what my business was doing. I cried as I wrote it. I wanted you to know that you were the person who set a whole course of events into action in my life. I am with a man who is exactly like I wrote about. My kids are doing amazing and are so happy in life. In the last 3 years I have made over $700,000 in personal income in my current MLM. I want you to know that your story changed my life and you have impacted the lives of my 3 children. Not only that, you have impacted the lives of every generation who will follow after me. Thank you. I only hope that this makes its way to you and not into your spam.
It’s funny a few days ago I wrote a new story. It occurred to me that I had accomplished everything in the original one. Don’t ever stop sharing your story. Every time you impact a person’s life, they in turn will impact others. My prayer for you is that what you gave away to me will be returned back to you 10 fold. I in turn will keep sharing it with others. I look forward to meeting you in person someday.”

I want to share a couple of things about this. Paula was compelled to write out her perfect life because of a STORY I told on stage at the MLM Mastermind Event. IF I HAD JUST TOLD THE GROUP WHAT TO DO, SHE PROBABLY WOULDN’T HAVE DONE IT. Because I shared my personal story and the impact it had on my life, she was moved to take action. The story was meaningful to me and many people in the crowd connected with it. She tried it out and created her own personal story that she shared with me in a post. Now I have shared that story with you.

The story is in Beach Money, Chapter 3. It’s called “It rained on my dreams that day”.
I was at a low point in my life. Nothing was working. I was feeling so depressed, discouraged and broken that I decided to walk the railroad tracks behind my rental on Mill Ave that I was living in. It was raining and cold. I wasn’t going to take any desperate action but was trying to figure things out.
I had remembered reading in some books the importance of writing out your perfect life as if it had already happened. I had never done this. The next day I took the day off work at the airline and I went to the Grand Canyon. I had never been there. The beauty of the canyon inspired me. (You get the idea. You can read the whole story in Beach Money).

When Paula heard me tell this story it moved her to want to do the same thing. The next day, she took the same action that I took. Just over 3 years later, her life and the life of her kids were transformed forever. Do you see how I’m stealing her story here? (With her permission). People remember stories.

Let’s talk about some of the components of a good story. You don’t need all of these things in a story to make it good. 2 or 3 of these components will create a great story.

1. Share the DRAMA.
2. Make it PERSONAL.
3. Stimulate all 5 SENSES.
4. ALIGN and CHALLENGE.
5. What’s THE POINT?
6. Use METAPHORS.
7. AMAZING but TRUE!
8. MEANINGFUL to you.
9. RELEVANT to the listener/reader.

I ask questions of myself like;
“Is this relevant?”
“What point am I trying to convey?”
“Can I give an example that will help people see something they may not have seen before?” (Metaphor)
“Am I emotionally moved by the story?”
“Am I stimulating the senses so that the listener/reader can EXPERIENCE what I experienced?”

Let’s quickly go through each one of the components of a good story:

HOW DO YOU CREATE YOUR OWN STORY?

When I first got started in SOC, I sent out 81 cards in 2 days on dial-up phone service (There was no high speed internet in the mountains in AZ) – Can you hear the story in this statement? What components did I use just in this one phrase?

1. A little drama (I sent 81 cards on dial up!!)
2. Its personal.
3. What’s the point? (I took massive action!)
4. 100% Relevant to my audience!

What happened because I sent out so many cards is I CREATED a number of stories that I was able to tell others!

For example (get ready, here comes another story);

I pulled a business card out of a box. I had no idea who the guy was. I know I had met him because I had his business card!
His name was Mick Fetty and it was a pest control business card. I wrote in the card to him:

“Mick, I have no idea who you are but I know we have met because I have your business card! I would love to reconnect with you when you have moment. Please give me a call sometime!
Jordan
My Phone #.”

I put my picture inside the card on the left panel.

About a week later he called me and said he remembered meeting me. He said I was in the lobby of the Embassy Suites Hotel on Rural Rd and the US60 in AZ. He said I was wearing a suit and talking to another guy. He came over and handed me his business card (over 3 years ago) and said, “Here’s my card. You might need this someday.” He then walked away. Well, we had a nice conversation 3 years later after I sent him a SendOutCards, card and 2 weeks later he became one of my representatives! I have used this story many times. Can you FEEL the leverage you create by creating stories and telling them?

So let’s go over each component and talk about specifics:
1. Share the DRAMA – People are riveted by drama!
“She has never experienced success in network marketing!”
“He was in 11 companies in 10 years and never signed up a single distributor!”
“She took the bus to work for 3 years because she couldn’t afford to fix her car!”

2. Make it PERSONAL
“I didn’t have the money to sign up, so I had a garage sale!”
“I sold my TV which was the best decision I have ever made!”
“I received a check and I knew that it would work!”
“My whole family told me no!” (There is drama in this one too!)
3. Stimulate all 5 SENSES (Venice Beach Story)
When I wrote this, my intention was to stimulate your senses so you could experience the FULL DRAMA of the moment:

If you haven’t been there, Venice Beach is quite a unique and unusual place. Last night at 5:30pm, something happened that had us speechless, moved and in awe. I’m not even sure I can describe it. As the sun was setting an intensely cold wind started wildly blowing the palm trees around. In moments the weather went from warm and calm to cold and windy. The strong, gusty wind was filling the cold air with dust from the beach. The sun was faded and orange as it made contact with the ocean. Two homeless men, one on a grand piano and another on a guitar soulfully and loudly played “Hallelujah.” The air was intense and electric. A crowd of about 500 people gathered around some sort of event on the boardwalk that had attracted four police cars and what seemed like the entire Venice Police Department. And as all of this was occurring, a loud helicopter hovered in a few hundred feet off the ground circling the whole event. We experienced the deepest feeling of life upon us as a mixture of music, weather, machine and humanity converged in a moment of intensity like neither of us had ever witnessed. We stopped and just looked at each other and said, “whoa . . . what was that?” I guess you had to be there!

 

4. ALIGN and CHALLENGE – I like to align myself with the listener or reader so that they know I am just like them. I have found people to be more engaged and related if they feel like I know them. I also like to challenge the listener/reader with new ideas or concepts.

“I felt discouraged and defeated. None of my friends were supportive of my decision.
Every business I started failed. I bounced 10 checks that week and was wondering if
I was going to lose my job. ”

“I decided that the plan I had been working for over 10 years wasn’t working. The model that
I had been taught in high school and in college was a complete flop. I just began to study those people that had college degrees and had been working jobs for 40 years. Their lives were a financial mess.”

First, ALIGN with the reader/listener then CHALLENGE their way of thinking.

5. What’s the point? Ask yourself, “What message am I trying to convey?”

For example: My story needs to convey that A STORY IS THE BEST WAY TO GET MY MESSAGE ACROSS!

For tonight’s call, I wanted to do 2 things:

1. Convey that a story is the best way to get a message across.
2. Describe what components can help to make up a great story.
6. Use METAPHORS – Metaphors are examples that are similar in meaning.
A metaphor is a figure of speech that describes a subject by asserting that it is, on some point of comparison, the same as another otherwise unrelated object or subject.

“Your business grows like an oak tree grows. It starts as an acorn. And not all acorns germinate. If you sow enough seeds and the ground is fertile, a few will take root. Some will turn into giant oak trees and others will wither and die. With enough sowing, you may end up with a forest. You can count the acorns in a tree but you can’t count the trees in an acorn!”

7. AMAZING but TRUE! This one is similar to drama. When you experience something amazing, share it. People love “amazing but true” stories. The formula Ron Howard uses to determine if he is going to do a movie is an “amazing but true” formula. I heard him in an interview and he said he holds focus groups with young people that don’t know the true story he is thinking about directing.
If they tell him the story sounds too good to be true, then he directs it. If it’s not believable, then he feels like it will be dramatic enough to take on. (For example; Apollo 13 and Rush.) These stories seemed so unrealistic to the young people that didn’t know the real story yet they were true, Ron felt like they would make great movies. Amazing but true always makes for a good story!

8. MEANINGFUL to you!
If a story is meaningful to you then you’ll have passion for it. Passion is always a component of a great story. When something MOVES ME, I share it if it’s relevant to the person or people I want to share it with.

9. RELEVANT to the listener/reader: If I tell a group of young people that SendOutCards is a great vehicle to prepare for retirement, that’s not relevant to them. But if I tell them that SendOutCards is a great way of retiring before they hit the age of 26 years old so they don’t have to be in a rocking chair before they can enjoy life that may be more relevant! Consider your audience when you are telling a story!

I want to finish with a story, SURPRISE!!

I figured out a way to get people to lean forward before I tell a story. Do you want to hear it? Seriously, would you like to hear how to get people to stop what they are doing so they are fully engaged in your story? You will not even believe what I’m going to tell you. It will blow you away. You’ve never heard anything like it. Ready?

Ha ha.

January 27, 2014

BE THOUGHTFUL AND CREATE MIRACLES!

Who wouldn’t want to be part of a company that has that mission? Be thoughtful and create miracles. Yesterday someone posted on my Facebook wall a response to a post about our new gift offering, “SOC Gardens”. It said, “yeah, so you can get rich!” Let it be known right here and right now that I have no problem making money from an idea that creates miracles for people and gives them a true mechanism for being thoughtful. And I don’t believe you should have a problem with that for yourself either! Money can be a result of doing good in the world. Especially, when it has to do with network marketing.

From when I was a very young boy, my mother taught me the importance of being generous and thoughtful. I will never be as good as she was, but I try. I had no idea what I was setting up for myself for throughout the many years that I practiced what my mother taught me. Today, I have a miraculous life. Kody suggests that you get back what you send out, 10 fold! I can attest to that! There are days that I question the abundance that comes my way. I observe this all around me every day.

Have you noticed that Kody and the magnificent SOC team keeps coming up with more and more ways for us to reach out in kindness and make a meaningful contribution to another human being? Kody is currently investing millions of dollars into enriching the customer experience.

I was on stage at the TER in Las Vegas on Saturday and it hit me like a freight train. SendOutCards doesn’t just give me a mechanism to be kind. SendOutCards gives me a REASON to be kind! Wow. What a concept!? We are creating meaningful moments for people all over the world!

Bob and Betty Ann met a couple of nice magicians in Las Vegas. One of them introduced them to a retired rock star. Bob inspired this guy and he invited Bob and Betty Ann into his circle of friends. Bob and Betty Ann are back stage at many of the mainstream shows in Vegas now as a result of a couple of meetings and their generous character. If you talked to them they will tell you it’s all about networking and being nice to people. They have brought literally HUNDREDS of people to many Las Vegas shows. They have become connectors of some major talent in the city. You have heard me say when you introduce people to other people, you enrich their lives! So over the past few months, many lives have been enriched as a result of introductions created by Bob and Betty Ann. What do you think the unintended result of all of this was?
Bob and Betty Ann have sponsored 7 people personally over the past 30 days and their team is growing like crazy!
Miracles are happening all around them! Tammy Shaw and Seth Grabel got married on the Grammy’s last night. Bob and Betty Ann took over 100 SOC Distributors to see The Frankie Moreno Show at the Stratosphere and Frankie toasted to their Anniversary from the stage in the middle of the show! Bob and Betty Ann sponsored 2 Grammy Award winning rock stars and also had a part in a rock video that is being distributed by Universal! Bob and Betty Ann are creating miracles and you can too.

Use SOC the way it was intended. Take pictures. Celebrate lives. Send chocolate covered strawberries. Send Flowers. By the way, our flowers aren’t cheap. They are designed for a VERY SPECIAL OCCASION. These are at the level of Nordstom’s or Saks. They are HIGH END. When someone receives them they will FEEL the impact of your generosity.

RIGHT NOW, you can become the person that is known for being kind, generous and giving. By being generous you become attractive. That means you attract nice and appreciative people into your life! There is no other company in the world that has the culture of giving like SOC. Be proud of that!

Will you inspire people with your generosity or will you suffer? It’s your choice. You are growing through giving or dying through withholding. You can succeed and party or fail and ponder.

This is your chance to really make a difference in the world. Focus on what you can’t control and you’ll be pissed and depressed. Focus on what you can control (who you contribute to) and you’ll be alive and inspired! Wallow in it OR rise to a level of spirituality that allows you to help others. Sending cards and gifts magnifies all the beauty in your life. It’s too easy to get focused on the negative, ugly and depressing things. Magnify the beauty of your life.

Let’s talk about your strategy and your story. If strategy was all there was, then everyone would be rich! We all know the strategy. It’s your story that holds us back or propels us forward. We all know HOW to build a business but that usually doesn’t make a difference. Why? Because, our STORY is empowering us or inhibiting us. What’s the solution? Be aware of the story you are telling yourself. If you are not happy with the result of your actions or lack of actions, then examine your story. Strategy works but only if it is fed by the right story! Strategy fed with a disempowering story is useless! A great way to examine your story and develop a more empowering one is to READ STEVE SCHULZ’S NEW BOOK, “Yes, Sometimes it is about the Money!” (www.yessometimesitisaboutthemoney.com)

See, we are all about CREATING A COMPELLING FUTURE. We can take immediate action by sending cards and gifts and then sharing this mechanism with others. But again, the mechanism is MEANINGLESS WITHOUT YOUR HEART. Add heart and meaning to your message and you have everything you need to change the world!

I heard a quote recently that I love and has much of our message in it.

“Every action we take is a cry for help or an expression of love.”

Take a moment to think about this one.

 

January 20, 2014-

One of the most common complaints I hear from distributors is, “I want to build the business but my up-line quit!” In fact, Steve Schulz talks about the simple instruction added to the 7/30/Q plan that says, “Plug into your up-line” and he suggests that it might be a mistake to have it on there because it gives new distributors a reason to quit. The excuse that so many people give is, “I don’t have an up-line so how can I succeed?”

Let’s start here:

1. Most successful people in network marketing have up-lines that quit the business, so if you want to succeed, you are in good company.

2. Many times, having a strong up-line serves as a detriment because the down-line tends to lean on the up-line for support and is never required to develop the leadership skills necessary to build a strong team.

3. Your up-line’s responsibility ends once they get you started. Their only job is to sign you up and point you in the right direction. If you expect your up-line to build your business for you, then you most likely will flounder in the business.

4. You have EVERYTHING you need to build the business.

I’m going to give you one of the greatest gifts an up-line can give you in the business. I am going to give you the power to build the business without an up-line. I am declaring you self-sufficient and giving you full permission to build the business without a strong up-line. If you have a strong up-line, that’s just great. But, not only do you not need a strong up-line, having one could work to your detriment. It’s time to take 100% responsibility and not blame your up-line for your lack of success. If you wait on your up-line to help you, you could be waiting for a long time. If you don’t need your up-line (which you don’t), then you’ll go to work today to build your business.

If you believe that a strong up-line is essential to building a team, then YOU become the strong up-line to your down-line that you believe you are missing. Rather than blaming your up-line, take responsibility for your down-line! Again, most people that have built large incomes in network marketing, do not have an active up-line.

You are in entrepreneur. Nowhere in the leadership books does it say, “For you to be successful, you must make someone else responsible for your success.” So, I’m giving you permission to take 100% responsibility for your business and your success.

You may be asking;

“Yeah, but who do I do 3 way calls with?”

A: You do 3 way calls with your down-line when they need help introducing the business to new people.

“Yeah but, who will do 3 way calls with me?”

A: If you need a 3 way call, you can pull in a cross line team member or someone further up in your success line, but if there is no one to do it, then get resourceful! For example, try forwarding one of the links for the replays of the Monday Night calls. Tell them its 20 minutes and ask them to listen to it right away. Do anything to build additional credibility. Videos and audio recordings can accomplish the same thing as a 3 way call.

My sponsor in my last company wore polyester leisure suits and white patent leather shoes. He was a great guy but not my idea of instant credibility. I had never signed up a single distributor in any network marketing company in my life. So what I did was attend as many events as possible and I always sat in the front row. I introduced myself and my guests to the speakers as if I knew them. I kept doing this until I had my own credibility built up.

I’m going to say it again, YOU DO NOT NEED AN ACTIVE UPLINE TO BUILD A SUCCESSFUL BUSINESS. Everyone has access to the same info. There is 10 times more information and resources available to build the business than you could ever need. Please, please, please, stop blaming your up-line for your lack of success. “If it is to be, it’s up to me!!” YOU become a conduit for disseminating the essential information to those you are sharing the business with and those in your down-line.

Kenny Troutt, the billionaire founder of our last company got kicked out of college twice. His 98 lb. mom would grab him by the ear and drag him into the bathroom in front of the mirror. She would then shout, “Say it!!” And he would have to say, “Mirror, Mirror on the wall, who’s the cause of all my problems??” Then he would say to himself ,”Dear God please don’t let it be me!!”

If you come to me and say, “My up-line quit and I don’t have anyone to help me.” Please be prepared for my answer, you know what it’s going to be! No disrespect intended here, but when you do that I hear,”whaa whah, waaa whaah waaaaa wha!”

My answer to you will be:

1. Are you listening into the training call each week?
2. Are you attending at least 3 Treat ‘Em Right Seminars a year and convention?
3. Are you showing the business every day?
4. Are you reading at least 30 minutes a day from a personal development book?
5. Have you unplugged your TV set or at the very least limited your TV time to 1 hour a week?
6. Are you sending out a minimum of 3 cards a day and one gift a week?
7. Is your calendar FULL of appointments?
8. Are you promoting each event to the people in your circle of influence?

Let’s say for purposes of example that you have the strongest up-line available in the marketplace today. Do you realize that they are so busy working with so many people they probably wouldn’t have much time to help you personally? What does a strong up-line do? They have weekly conference calls for you to plug into and they give you permission to build the business without their help. Now let’s say you have an active up-line that has very little going on in their business. They may not be much help because they have had little to no success! They may be there but they aren’t a great example. An active and successful up-line is doing live events every weekend. They are signing up new distributors and helping them get started. They are promoting the next big event. Rarely, will they have time to work with you individually on a daily basis. Do you see the key here to getting things going is to go to work each day building the business until you have a growing team of distributors?

Here are some things that I do:

1. I’ll say for example; “I really want you to come out to the Treat ‘Em Right Seminar in Vegas this weekend. I would love to introduce you to the guy that brought me into the business and also introduce you to the founder of the company.” Even if it’s simply an opportunity to shake their hands, that can have a huge impact.

2. I’ll say, “I’m going to forward you a replay of a call that I heard last week that was done by one of the top people in our company. At some point I can introduce you to them after you listen to this replay. It’s only 20 minutes and it will answer lots of your questions about where we are going. If I send it to you will you listen to it? ”

3. I’ll say, “I’m going to send you to a website that has a handful of 8-10 minute videos. Each video explains a different aspect of our business. I think you’ll get everything you need to decide if this is for you. If I send over a link will you find time to watch them before the weekend?”

I’ve had people say, “Jordan, if you were my sponsor I would be killing this!” By the way, this is the same as saying, “My sponsor is a loser and if I had a sponsor that helped me I would be doing great in the business!” Here’s the reality, I speak with my personally sponsored distributors about once or twice a month. And when we talk, guess what I tell them?? I tell them what I’m telling you on this call. Set appointments. Fill your calendar. Show the video. Follow up with cards and gifts. Have them send a card on the system. Invite them to listen in on the calls and come to the events. I tell them to take 100% responsibility for their business and then bring them to the Treat ‘Em Right and have them come over and say “hello”!

You may not like what I’m telling you on this call. Most people are “part-timers” or “sometimers” in the business. Most people don’t have the commitment or interest in helping the people they bring in. That’s just the way it is. It has NOTHING to do with SendOutCards or you as their down-line. People are people. I’m just being straight with you. If you want a residual income that will pay you for years, you’ll need to make things happen and not depend on the person or people that brought you in. By the way, this condition exists in all companies with all up-lines. You are not the exception. You are the rule. Most people do not have an active up-line. What I’m saying without saying, “suck it up”, is “suck it up!”

The kiss of death in your business is waiting for someone to help you. The way you get good at the business is by doing it and not by waiting. The more you do it, the better you get. As you grow a team and you have more and more active members, you’ll have opportunities to do three way calls with your down-line but don’t wait for your up-line to help you. Any time you find yourself waiting to build the business because you don’t have anyone to help you, then you might as well just hang it up. Seriously. It’s YOUR business. You are simply a subset of Kody’s team. What if Kody waited for someone to help him? Who anointed him as the only one that could build without an active up-line? Who is Kody’s up-line? Exactly. You are Kody starting your own business. The only difference is that you didn’t have to invest a few million $$ of your own money to start the business. Kody sponsored over 160 people without an active up-line to help him or do three way calls!

Now let’s talk about a plan that can guarantee that you’ll have a large residual income. Do you realize that if everyone got to Manager and then just got 3 distributors that got qualified, EVERYONE would have a residual check of over $27,000/mo? No time limit here. What if we tell each new distributor that signs up that they can’t quit until they at least get to Manager and then sponsors 3 people that get qualified no matter how long it takes? We get that commitment up front AND we commit to helping each new person do this. If we notice a GAP in the system, we go in and assist our down-lines in getting this done. So EVERYONE gets to Manager and EVERYONE gets 3 more who get qualified. What if we made that commitment to each other? Can you see the power in this? The key is to get a commitment UP FRONT. In other words, don’t sign someone up until they commit to doing their part in the plan. Each new person must at least get to Manager and then sponsor 3 that get qualified. That’s it. After that they can choose to continue or to stop. But the minimum requirement is what I just stated. Can you envision what that would mean to your team and to everyone on it? What if we hold each other accountable to this? When someone disappears or loses steam we say, “Now you committed to hanging around long enough to do the basics. I’m going to hold you to that. Why? Because I committed to you to help you get a residual check that will allow you to have your dreams. So are you ready to go back to work?? Let’s do the work no matter how long it takes so that you are in position.” Do you see how simple this really is? With a little bit of effort and commitment, anyone can get to Manager and then find 3 to be qualified.
By the way, if you are reading this and you are the up-line that left (I know many of you still read these emails), there are 2 things I want to say:

1). I wish you the best in your new endeavor. Everyone must find their niche. I personally don’t believe that changing companies is the answer but that is a personal decision. At some point everyone experiences a letdown or leveling off of their income and chasing a residual check by going from company to company rarely results in a happy ending.

2). If you do decide to move on, I would hope that you honor your legal contract with SOC and also have respect for those you called your friends by not attempting to recruit SendOutCards distributors into your new company regardless of how excited you are about it.

3). Consider that when you choose to leave a company there will be people that put their faith in you and feel let down that you left them on their journey. There is a long term impact to this decision. There is more to it than just the impact on your own personal situation. Many people’s lives are affected.

 

January 13, 2014 –

YOUR BUSINESS WANTS TO GROW!

I want your permission to tell it like it is. I’m going to speak from the heart here. What I am going to share with you could completely transform your life and your business. We make it way tougher than it is. The growth of your network is a natural thing. Your business is meant to grow. Let’s break it down. The story is the same no matter where you go.
Field research (Russ Devann and the top earners)
A simple formula -

For every 20-30 that you sponsor over time, typically, 10 will do absolutely nothing, 10 will do a little, and 10 will do a little more than a little and ONE will go out and build a BIG business. These numbers seem to hold true across the board and I have never seen anyone able to change the numbers. I have spoken to top earners from over 100 companies and they all seem to have the same numbers.
Here is what I have found about the top earners ($50K-$200K per month)

1. They have sponsored over 100 people.
2. They have been with their company for 3 years or more (up to 25 years).
3. 95% of their income comes from 1-5 legs.

The business is easy. WE make it hard!
These are the things that get in the way of growth:
-We get distracted.
-We add complex tools.
-We let our past get in the way.
-We let what others say get in the way.
-We “re-invent the wheel”.

REMEMBER, YOUR BUSINESS WANTS TO GROW!

Word of mouth works!
GOOD PRODUCT WITH A GOOD STORY!

KEYS TO A VIRAL PRODUCT:

The Secrets of What Makes a Product Go Viral
by Nadia Goodman

Ten years ago, had you ever heard of the hand sanitizer Purell? It existed, but nobody really used it. Then one day, it was everywhere. Grocery stores placed dispensers at the door, nail salons gave it to clients, and people started carrying travel size bottles in their bags. With little advertising, how did Purell catch on?

Jonah Berger, an assistant professor of marketing at the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business, has dedicated his career to answering that question. As he explains in his new book, Contagious: Why Things Catch On (Simon & Schuster, 2013), every viral product has six key features in common — features that can be replicated to make any product go viral.

“People often think that contagious products just get lucky,” Berger says. “But it’s not luck and it’s not random. It’s science.”

According to Berger’s research, specific circumstances and attributes empower consumers to share a given product. Any business can leverage those insights to create a viral hit. “You don’t need a huge advertising budget,” Berger says.

As many as half of consumers’ purchasing decisions are driven by word of mouth marketing — it’s trustworthy and far more targeted than traditional advertising. Plus, the majority of those interactions happen offline, where advertisements can’t reach. “Authenticity is a big reason word of mouth impacts behavior,” Berger says.

To create a viral product that consumers are inspired to share authentically, incorporate these key elements.

1. Social currency. Consumers are more likely to adopt a product if it makes them feel special.

2. Triggers. Products that catch on become part of our everyday lives, so successful products create reasons and reminders to return on a regular basis.

3. Emotional impact. People tend to evangelize a product if it affected them emotionally, whether it solved a stressful problem or brightened a bad day.

4. Visibility. Giving a product a distinctive feature, such as a standout logo or color, helps consumers notice when others are using it. For example, you immediately recognize iPods because Apple made the headphones white when other companies all used black.

5. Practical value. A truly useful product that helps the user become more effective is more likely to be recommended often.

6. Stories. If people are going to share your product, they need to be able to tell its story. That can be as simple as a clear statement about what the product does, or as complicated as a really interesting origin story. For example, people who buy TOMS shoes love telling others how one pair is donated for every pair you buy.

Read more: http://www.entrepreneur.com/article/226114#ixzz2RCVRobwb
YOU CAN’T COUNT THE APPLES IN A SEED:

When you lose steam, complain or quit, that impacts the morale of those in your business and out-side your business – Your attitude matters! When others see you as SOLID, they will get solid!

One will turn to 10 will turn to 100 will turn to thousands!

SIMPLICITY – It’s time for SHOW AND TELL!
SHOW THEM – TELL THEM – LET THEM TRY IT OUT!

SYSTEM OVER AND OVER AGAIN!
1). Meet them and add them to your list.
2). Set them up and show them.
3). Follow up.
4). Rinse and repeat!!

Use love and generosity as your follow-up!

Your GENUINE-NESS will determine your EFFECTIVENESS (Get real!)
SendOutCards is a business of giving! Sure we all want money but the real power of what we do is that we are a generous community that focuses on contribution and growth. Money is a result of doing the right things. Our paychecks will reflect the value we infuse into the community!

Goals of the company (Kody and staff)
1). Make $$ flow faster.
2). Create a sense of urgency.

There is nothing out there that is easier or better. It’s a simple compelling product with a simple compelling story. We just need to tell it. Because of a lower subscription price and an appealing product that people will use whether they are involved in the opportunity or not, we get the benefit of incredible retention. Here’s the bottom line and here’s the reason why we will attract the biggest earners over time ; very simply, there are millions of people that will use us for the long haul. This equates to revenue and residuals. Period.
The money is there for those who share the story.

 

 

December 30, 2013

2014 – Making the most of it!
Here are a few of my goals and plans for 2014

(This is my 10th Year in SendOutCards):
PERSONAL BUSINESS SOC:

1. Meet 2 new people per day – Be friendly and inquisitive.

2. Sponsor at least 2 new distributors average per month.

3. Double my income ($300,000/mo).

4. Help 5 personally sponsored distributors reach $10,000/mo.

5. Do 4 SOC major/regional events per month.

 

** This will require adding 200 new distributors per day in 2014

 

COMPANY BUSINESS SOC:

 

1. $100,000,000 in Sales

 

PROFESSIONAL:

 

1. Speak at four major Network Marketing Professional events.

2. Launch Beach Money Website and Videoblog.

3. Launch Beach Money App.

4. Launch “Making Beach Money” Book 2.

5. 100,000 fans.

 

PERSONAL:

1. Obtain private helicopter license.

2. Purchase an estate home.

3. 2 Bikram Yoga classes per week.

4. Lose 15 lbs (please don’t contact me with a weight loss program!).

5. Other (it’s personal!).

 

SPIRITUAL:

 

1. Connect with nature at least once per month.

2. Four hours of “quiet” once a week for meditation and prayer.

3. Read 30 minutes per day.

10 Years Ago:

1. Beach Money did not even exist as a concept.

2. I would have never in a million years considered doing Bikram Yoga!

(After I found out I had 4 torn meniscuses – 2 in each knee, I had to quit running. I was told I needed surgery. Hot Yoga was my last resort. I’m pain free now and have a new addiction!)

3. Flying Helicopters was something that was considered by me to be something only “cool” people did. (It became a concept when sitting in my living room on the 24th floor of the Mandarin Oriental watching the Helicopter Tour companies circle the strip.)

4. Living in Vegas was not on my radar.

5. I would have never met Sierra if my accountant hadn’t called and planted the seed about the idea of getting a place in Vegas to save money on my taxes (he warned me that it probably would not be a good idea if I have a problem with gambling and drinking).

 

After 10 years in Network Marketing my goals were:

 

1. Buy a fax machine, a suit and cell phone (only rich doctors and attorneys had cell phones back then).

2. Earn $5,000 a month in my business (I had never earned even $100 a month after 10 years in the profession).

A few months ago I attended an Anthony Robbins event and during the event we wrote a short letter to ourselves and then addressed an envelope that would be mailed to us 6 months later. I received mine last week. Here’s what I wrote:
“I’m connected to 100,000 entrepreneurs. I send out messages that inspire. The stories from the Beach continue to pour in. The business is finally gaining massive traction – Not flash in the pan but true momentum. I envision 2 million users within 2 years. I educate – we educate real facts. People choose to be on our team because we’re winners. The team is committed to the highest standards of contribution and generosity. We are attracting some of the greatest entrepreneurs in business. I bring together the strongest entrepreneurs in business today. We have cracked the code of true leadership.

 

EDUCATION

GENEROSITY

TEAMWORK

TECHNOLOGY

SALES

RELATIONSHIPS

 

This is the foundation of our growth. We are the very best. We listen and live for feedback.”

Seven Steps to achieving what YOU want in 2014:

I don’t really know if this is true, but I have been referred to as the “Master Manifestor”. I love the moniker but there have been countless things that I have “put out there” that haven’t manifested themselves into my life. I have found a few things that seem to work well for me and I still struggle with a few things. For many years I read about how to achieve anything you want in life in books like “Think and Grow Rich” by Napoleon Hill (I think it’s time to re-read this book!) but I had never put any of it into action until the mid-80′s when I began to write things down and keep lists. I have always been a dreamer and at the same time I spent countless hours each year feeling frustrated and let down by my results. I had a few mentors that I learned from over the years and some of their philosophies I live by today.

1. DREAM – Most people shrink their dreams down to meet their income. I have learned that“master manifestors” build their income to meet their dreams! Try to catch yourself rationalizing your dreams away. STOP DOING THAT! It always starts with a dream! People will call you crazy. Not a single worthwhile innovation happened until someone dreamt about it! Your life as you envision it to be is a manifestation of your dreams! If you can dream it, you have the ability to achieve it. Dream it! Believe it! Achieve it! Think of something that has occurred in history that seems miraculous to you. Didn’t it always start with a dream! So there you go! You must have a dream.

 

2. FOCUS – Kody Bateman (Check out www.kodyb.com) in his latest Blog Post talks about “The One Thing” Here’s an excerpt from his post:

” recently watched a four-minute video of Tyler Perry talking about his key to success. Tyler Perry was the highest paid man in entertainment in 2011. He earned an estimated $120 million in one year. As with most highly successful people, Tyler overcame extreme obstacles to get to where he is today.

In this video, Tyler talks about finding your one thing. He says most people are not focused enough — they choose multiple things to be involved with and they change up those things too often. He suggests that we should find one thing and stick to it with everything you have. That is what he did. He wanted to produce plays and movies. He learned everything he could about producing plays and movies and focused on nothing else.

Because he was so focused on one thing, he never lost faith in where he would go with it. He tells the story about booking a 1,200 seat auditorium to debut one of his early productions. He was so excited. He invested everything he had into that event. He promoted it heavily for months. He was sure he would have a standing room only audience. The night came for the big event and 30 people showed up. They were all close family members or friends.

Tyler said this happened on many occasions. He was told “no” thousands of times. He was told that he was crazy to keep pursuing his ridiculous dream. He kept going because he was focused on his one thing.”

There have been entire books written on the power of focus. The sun heats the earth but on the coldest part of the planet during a sunny day, it can instantaneously burn a leaf when focused with a magnifying glass. You have the ability to do that with your mind. Your thoughts create the energy of focus.

3. LET GO – This was a lesson I learned years ago at the lowest point in my life after I wrote down my life story in a journal. It was the future that I wrote, not the past. After a year of reading from my journal as instructed to do, NOTHING had come to fruition. I felt defeated and let down. I threw the journal in a box in the closet. A number of years later I was unloading a vehicle as I moved into my first dream home in the mountains of Arizona. I opened the box and sitting on top was that journal. As I opened it and turned each page, I was overtaken with emotion because every last detail in the book had come to pass. Expect big things but be attached to nothing. The skill (emotion) of letting go (allowing) will bring you great riches. Holding on tight to what you want will actually drive it further and further away. Get clear about what you want and then let the forces of the universe work their wonders. More often than not, the manifestation of your dreams will occur in a way that you least expect it. Frustration and struggle are forms of holding on too tight. Letting go and allowing things to happen exactly the way they are supposed to, is an essential element of success. It usually doesn’t happen as fast as you like but it also usually doesn’t take as long as you think it could.

4. SEE THE JOB THROUGH – This means never give up on your dreams. Finish what you started. The reason most people never achieve what they are looking for is because they let their emotions get in the way of completion. I did that for years! They get excited. They get discouraged. They are weak and then they get enticed by someone to jump for greener pastures. I know hundreds of people that have been jumping around like fleas and most of the time they end up desperate with anemic bank accounts. Listen to those that have done it. The result of jumping around is usually dismal. It’s a habit that wealthy and successful people do not possess. Pick your home. Focus and see the job through. Learn the lessons you need to learn in a place that feels like home so you don’t have to keep repeating the past over and over again. I’m speaking from experience here!

5. WRITE IT DOWN AND SCHEDULE IT! You may have heard me talk about this before. Write it all down and put it on your calendar. For 10 years I said I was going to the Virgin Islands but I never went! Then someone said, “consider that it doesn’t exist until it’s scheduled on your calendar”. At least schedule the first step! Right then and there, I wrote down a date that I would be going. That sets the ball in motion. Your actions and thoughts transform once something is written down and scheduled. That October, I went to the Virgin Islands and I have been there 5 times since then! I know a Mom with 3 kids that ran 12 marathons in one year (the last one she ran pregnant with her 4th child!) She’s in SendOutCards and it was this one thing that inspired her to do it! Write it down and schedule it! I like making lists. For 25 years now I have kept running lists of all the things I want to accomplish in my life. I’m constantly adding to them. I’ll pick 3 and schedule them. I work on achieving them and then once I have accomplished my goal, I schedule more. This is a powerful exercise! :)

6. TAKE BOLD ACTION – Do I need to say more? What is “Bold Action”? Do the things you have been afraid of doing that YOU KNOW are keeping you from growing in the business. BOLD action.

7. WORK HARD – How long have you been thinking about doing it or talking about doing it? Finally now, in 2014. “Git Er Done!” Just Do it! Isn’t it funny how these little cliché sayings seem to stick! Why?Because they are true! It will be hard but it’s worth it! Once in for all, there is nothing you still need to learn.

Imagine a plank suspended between two buildings in downtown NYC. (you’ll have to listen to the recording to get the rest!)

Happy 2014! Let’s do this!

December 16, 2013- Jordan’s 3 secret weapons

Tonight I’ve decided to share my three secret weapons that have consistently allowed me to bring on an average of 3-4 distributors per month. You must do all three. Leaving one or more out is like trying to call a phone number and leaving out one or two numbers and expecting the number to go through. If I give you my phone number: 602 850 484 and ask you to call me, the number won’t go through because I left one out and switched a couple of them around. You must dial ALL the numbers and the sequence is pretty important too! There IS a formula to building the business. Most people only do the things they like to do or the things they are comfortable with. Everything is important. So here we go. What are my 3 secret weapons? I’m going to explain each one and then talk to you about how I apply them.

Secret Weapon #1: GENEROSITY – You must develop the HABIT of being generous every day. What goes around – comes around. Be generous without the intention of getting something back, (in other words you give with the sole intention to give. No agenda. You must be generous with your time, your money and your words. The law of reciprocity says that if you give without the intention of getting, then people will want to give back. As I said, this must become a habit. People will begin to view you as a generous person that truly cares.

Secret Weapon #2: CURIOSITY – Be curious. Ask questions. Say, “I’m just curious . . . ?

Be inquisitive and sincerely interested. I probably say “I’m just curious” at least 20 times a day.

So here are some examples:

“So, I’m just curious, do you keep your options open for other ways to make money?”

“I’m curious, do you like what you do?”

“I was just wondering, what are your ultimate goals working here?”

“I’m curious, do you like money?”

“I’m curious, how would you like to get paid for being nice to people?”

“I was wondering if this is your career or if you have something else in the works?”

“I’m curious, what do you do for fun?”

You get the idea. Be inquisitive and curious all the time. Really listen to the responses you get. This is the most powerful secret weapon for building rapport.

Practice doing this 5 times a day and then increase it as you go.

Secret Weapon #3 – INCLUSIVITY The easiest way to get people interested in what we do is to INCLUDE them in things that we do together as a team. INCLUDE everyone. For example, invite people you meet to a conference call where others will be present. Invite them to a dinner or party or for a night out. Invite them to a meeting or to get together for coffee. The more you involve them, the more likely they will be to want to work with you and the team. If there is not much of a team at this point, start small. Your team of three can quickly turn to a team of ten if you can get people together either on a conference call that is already scheduled or a get together. It doesn’t even have to be SOC related. Any event that brings people together creates a relationship that anchors the possibilities of working together.

Let me give you some examples how to use generosity, curiosity and inclusivity in building a team.

1). I sent a thank you card to my auto detailer with pictures of my 2 cars on the front of the card along with a $5 Starbucks card. (Generosity)

2). I had a holiday get together with the members of my BNI group. (I chose to host the party – if money is an issue, make it a potluck!) It was fun and I got to meet many of the extended family members of each person at the party. We talked no business. It was just conversation and networking. I had a guest logbook that asked for NAME, ADDRESS, PHONE, EMAIL AND BIRTHDAY. I took LOTS of pictures and put together a COLLAGE BIG CARD. I sent it to all that attended (about 20). They LOVED the card (GENEROSITY AND INCLUSIVITY).

3). I set up appointments with people I meet for a one-to-one over coffee. I ask “I’m just curious, why did you choose to do what you do? Were you hoping it would give you freedom by working for yourself? How is that working out??” I did this with the auto detailer and he said that the business owns him and there is really no exit strategy yet he started in to own his own life and his own time! I then said, “I would love to show you something that might help to relieve some of the pressure of a maxed out schedule!” (CURIOSITY)

 

4). I Invited him and his wife to an opportunity meeting we had in Vegas last week. I said, “I would love for you to come out to learn more about what we do and how you might be able to free up some time.” He showed up with his wife and they are now planning on signing up. I personally introduced them to Steve Schulz and Bob and Betty Ann Golden. (INCLUSIVITY)

I do this over and over again, every day. It’s a formula that works most of the time. Generosity, curiosity and inclusivity. Giving without the expectation of getting anything in return. Being curious, inquisitive and genuinely interested in others. Including others and bringing people together. It’s like a phone number. When you do all 3 of these things in this order and you do a lot of it, then you’ll get a positive result that leads to more business.

These 3 secret weapons anchor the relationship and make it really easy to invite someone to take a look at the business. The reason it’s so difficult for most people to ask is because there is no basis for relationship so it becomes very uncomfortable.

So let’s say you call someone that you don’t know so well. How can you work in the three secret weapons?

“The reason I’m calling is I would like to send you something to thank you for . . .   What’s the best address to mail it to?” (Generosity)

“The reason I’m calling is because I was CURIOUS about something I wanted to ask you. Are you possibly looking for ways to diversify your income?” (CURIOSITY)

“The reason I’m calling is I am having a little get together at The Perfect Cup coffee house to go over an idea that will help you get more business (or make more money) and I wanted to invite you out. Are you available on Tuesday evening for about an hour?” (INCLUSIVITY)

 

NO MONEY IN GREETING CARDS -

Really? That’s like saying there is no money in anything that costs a dollar. No money in fast food? No money in Q-Tips? No money in Macaroni and Cheese? No money in anything sold in the dollar store?

Anything that sells millions that has a profit margin has the potential to make big money.

Harvey McKay made hundreds of millions of dollars selling envelopes!

Actually, Kody Bateman paid out $350,000 yesterday. And about $250,000 today and about $300,000 the day before yesterday. That’s a lot of money! How much of it do you want? It’s yours when you build it. We’re just getting started. There is tons of profit in paper and ink the last time I checked!  I have friends that have made millions in this company that sells greeting cards and gifts.

How do you put a price tag on love and appreciation? Will it run out? Or can we create more of it? Will people pay $1 to express it and touch another human being in a way that makes a difference for them? How often? How many people are out there who deserve to receive this? How many are out there who crave to express it? Are we limited to just a few or is there an abundant opportunity? Do you believe there exists the opportunity for people to express love and appreciation to the tune of millions of cards per day? I do. I can see an opportunity here. Can you?

This business is not a lottery. As an entrepreneur, we are given the opportunity to see something that others don’t yet see. We cast a vision so others may see what we see. That’s what it means to build a business.  Mark Zuckerburg built Facebook for years before he ever monetized it. Today it is worth billions. You get to make money out of the gate in SOC. Can you look out beyond your bank account and your immediate circle of friends and envision attracting many thousands of people to a good idea that serves people?

When I was introduced to SOC, virtually everyone I knew that were considered the “experts” told me there was no money in SendOutCards. But I saw it differently and I set up to prove them wrong. They have all apologized to me since then.

When someone tells me there is no money in SendOutCards they have told me something important about themselves.  Vision is a quality of a leader. VISION. What is vision? It’s the ability to see something that others cannot yet see. It’s easy to get excited about something that has already happened. But after it has a happened it is not nearly as good as of an opportunity! The key is to be the creator of the movement. Are you up for it?

 

December 9, 2013-What’s the cost of playing small?

The Business Simple!

Just do these three things every day!

(I go over these 3 things with every new prospective distributor before they sign up. Their response is always . . . “I can do that!!”)

 

1. Send out at least 1 personal card a day.

2. Send out at least 1 DVD each day (365 a year).

3. Show the business once a day! (Show video and have them send a card WITH YOU PRESENT!

Lead with Product or Lead with the Opportunity??

Jeff Roberti has made $80 million in his network marketing company over the past 25 years. Kody met him on Thursday night in Las Vegas. He has 1 million people on autoship paying $40 a month! He leads with the product! However, he also said that he has people in his downline that lead with the opportunity! There are many people that lead with the opportunity that have significant incomes in network marketing as well. Whatever you do, show the opportunity DVD to each person that takes a look. DETACH YOURSELF FROM THE OUTCOME AND JUST SHOW IT! Let the system do the work. Look at it like “adult show and tell.” Have them send a card and watch the video OR have them watch the video and send a card.

Everyone you meet has a rolodex (or contact manager) that consists of a minimum of 250 names and numbers. If they have a cell phone or FB account, you can be assured that they know a bunch of people. It doesn’t matter whether THEY are a good prospect for the business. Become friends and they will introduce you to the people they know. I recently went to the office of a dentist that I know. He had an open house and his office was filled with patients and friends. I got a personal introduction from him. If you know 10 people that own businesses, you are once removed from a group of 10,000 people (1000 each). Simply get to know them and let them introduce you to the people they know.

In its simplest form -

I share something I love with people and I find others that would want to do the same thing. That’s it.

I am personally challenging myself to ask 2 people a day if they  keep their options open. “Do you keep your options open to look at opportunities that come along? Are you opposed to getting paid for being nice to people?”  2 per day is 700 a year. A minimum of 350 people will say yes and an average of 2 a month will sign up. This will set you on a pace to become financially free in 2 years. Do it. Just do it (I didn’t make this up).

Simon Sinek – “Start with Why” (Check out his TED talk on YouTube).

People who drive Harley’s would NEVER drive Hondas.

People who use a Mac would NEVER use a PC!!

People who snowboard would NEVER ski!

People who buy Mercedez would NEVER drive a BMW!

WHY? Because they are attracted to a culture and that culture is in perfect alignment with who they are!

We represent a culture of giving and kindness in SendOutCards. Do you see that Harley and Apple have NO COMPETITION?? We have no competition when we seek to find people that are perfectly aligned with our culture. There is a fortune to be made by simple finding those that resonate with who we are. You only have competition if you are not in complete alignment with our mission.

Have you considered what will happen if you didn’t build SendOutCards? What will it cost you? What’s the impact of not sending cards of appreciation and gratitude? What will your life be like if SendOutCards doesn’t work for you?

There are 36 inches on a yardstick, let’s assume each inch represents 2 years of your life. That means a yardstick is a typical life of 72 years. How old are you now? Where would you be on the yardstick? If you are 40 years old, you have already hit the 20 inch mark on the yardstick. If you are 50 you are at 25 inches. How much more of your life do you have to live? What if we could show you how to invest the next 2 inches (4 years) on the yardstick being nice to people so that you can live the rest of your life on YOUR TERMS? How has what you have been doing worked for the first 20-30 inches of the yardstick? Maybe it’s time to engage and plug in and really go to work? Are your fears keeping you from having the life of your dreams? Let’s talk about what will happen if you don’t engage now verses what your life could look like if you really get busy for the next 2 inches of your life. It’s YOUR LIFE. What do you want to do with it that is really meaningful to you?

Tonight I wore a shirt that was a little snug around the middle. I complained about the shirt as I was eating at a buffet in Vegas with some friends tonight. It occurred to me that it might not be the shirt that is the problem! Yet when I sat down I was blaming my shirt for the uncomfortable feeling around my middle section! Actually the problem is not even the extra few pounds. The problem is what I have been consuming over the past few weeks. If we are going to blame, let’s place the blame with the person that’s actually causing the problem. So, if you are not where you want to be after the time, energy and attention you have given to your business maybe it’s time to put the blame where it belongs. The formula is quite simple. What will it cost you to not do this business and what do you need to do NOW to significantly cause a breakthrough in your life?

What’s it costing you to play small -

Your health? Are you stressing about money every day? Are you stressing about not doing what you say you are going to do every day? Is it wearing away at your soul that you go day in and day out, week after week, month after month not getting the results that you want because you are not doing what you say you are going to do? This is a stressful way to live and one that will ultimately affect your health and your vitality.

How do your kids view you? I’m going to be fairly direct here? Just consider that your kids are watching you. When they ask for something and you have to say “no” because you don’t have the time or the money, what does that cost you? What if you were finally willing to pay the price and do the work so you and your family can have the life that you deserve? Or the promises you have made to your family that you haven’t fulfilled on, what impact does that have on the way they view you? Ouch.

Your life is NOW. You have an opportunity to pay a small price now so that you can live your dreams and not just think about them. The cost of not doing the business can be easily summed up in the reasons you signed up in the first place (for most of you!) Take a look at the yardstick. You will have NO REGRETS if you do it now but you may have many regrets if you don’t. Most people give up on their dreams and they spend their entire lives rationalizing that it was really not that important to them. They lie to themselves and to others. It’s time to tell the truth and then live into your greatness. The business is simple. You love it. You use it. You share it. You help find others that want to use it and share it. That’s it.

So what is it really costing you NOT to do this?

Your self-esteem?

Your pride?

Your health?

Your well-being?

How you are viewed by your family and friends?

Your dreams?

Your integrity? (you said you would do it and you are not doing it!)

Imagine the lifestyle you want. Exotic Travel? Walking the beaches of the world? Time with your family? Freedom from struggle? No more credit card bills? Friends all over the world? No more alarm clock! Raise your own kids!

Now imagine your life if you don’t get these things. Everything will be fine. It’s not the end of the world. But if you are telling the truth, things would be much better if you were living your dreams.

Isn’t it time to make your dreams come true? 2015 is coming whether you do this or not. 24 months from now your life could be completely transformed. It’s up to you.

Action neutralizes negative emotions. When you are in action, you will be making progress and those self-defeating thoughts will go away. Progress is the key to growth. Fill your calendar. Schedule your business. No more excuses. Run your day or your day runs you!

 

Here’s the deal. Two contacts a day, ask the question:

“Do you keep your options open to look at opportunities that come along? Are you opposed to getting paid for being nice to people?”

Keep track. Do this EVERY DAY. It takes seconds per day. Don’t filter. Be friendly. Be personable. Connect with people and DETACH YOURSELF from the outcome. Two years for financial freedom. You will get better and better as you go. Remember what Travis told me when he was teaching me to “hover” in the helicopter? “I can’t teach you how to do it, you just have to do it until you get it!” Richard Brooke says that all the training you get won’t mean a thing until you weigh it against the work you do out there in the world.  Do the work and the training will become invaluable.

I keep a supply of “The Four Year Career” by Richard Brooke on hand. You don’t need the book to do the business, but I like it as a prospecting tool. I have my label on them with my phone number and email address. If someone says “yes”, I give them that book and a DVD. I get their contact info (email and phone number at the very least). I do 2 per day and I ask for the book back after they are done. I get a commitment from them to read it and watch the DVD. It works! If your budget won’t allow you to give them anything, then just get their contact info and call them to invite them onto a call with you to view the video. Recognize that about 1/2 the people you contact won’t follow through at all. Again, detach yourself from the outcome. Stay grounded in your dream and the success of others that went before you. Really internalize the significant impact not doing this will have on your life. Think about all the people that will miss out because you didn’t do this. Think about all the fun and freedom that you’ll miss out on if you don’t follow through with this. Think about the acknowledgement and appreciation that goes out through a team of thousands. Do you realize that the energy of gratitude will not happen unless you build the business? You have a lot of power in what you have in your hands.

Why put yourself through all the stress and the pain of not making this happen now?Thinking about doing it is painful. Have you ever sat on a fence? It hurts until you get off the fence. If you are living in doubt, you are on the fence. If you are stressed out, you are on the fence. If you are talking about it and not doing it, you are on the fence. ACTION WILL TAKE YOU OUT OF DOUBT. Its time to make your dreams come true.

December 2, 2013 - CLEANING UP THE MESSES:

You drive home and pull up the driveway. You open the garage door with full intention to park your car in the garage. When the door opens you realize that the garage is full of stuff. Lots and lots of stuff that you have collected over the years is piled up and leaving no room for a car. So, you park your car in the driveway. The next day you pull up into the driveway and open the garage once again only to find the same mess. Rather than trying to tackle the clutter, you close the garage door and park in the driveway. For the next 12 months, the thought of cleaning up the garage consumes you. Every day you pull into the driveway you are stressed out about not being able to pull into the garage. You think about it incessantly. In fact, it almost speaks to you each day, “I need to handle the mess in the garage!” Ugh. Day after day, week after week, you are not able to pull your car into the garage because of the mess you have created. A simple solution would be to clean out the garage and that would give you the FREEDOM to pull into it. Until it gets cleaned up, you will not be able to experience that freedom.

For the past 9 years, I have been carrying around something that has been bothering me. I’ve been lying to myself that it really didn’t matter much. I’ve swept it under the rug. To tell the truth, it has consumed me and made me bitter and angry. (I’m baring my soul here.) In November of 2004, my best friend, Russell Johnson and I decided to go our separate ways. Well actually, I chose to go my separate way. He chose one path and I chose another. We used to work the business together. He got mad at me and I was really mad at him for not excepting my decision. We had a blowout and exchanged some nasty emails. We used to talk daily and from then on out, I pretended that his friendship didn’t matter that much. I would think about him all the time and ask about him whenever I ran into someone that knew him. He has since moved to the East Coast and had a child. We have not been in each other’s lives for 9 years.

I didn’t realize how much stress this was causing me and how much my pride was costing me. In all honesty, it was devastating. I would pretend that it really didn’t matter that much. I would tell myself that I was numb to it all. But in reality, it was eating away at my soul.

As I continued to look deeper I began to realize that I had other messes I had created that were costing me peace of mind and freedom. Not accepting my dad’s girlfriend, holding on to anger about people that had left our company, etc. In fact, everywhere I looked I was expressing dissatisfaction with things that had gone wrong. I could blame them for doing something that I didn’t agree with and completely avoid responsibility for the situation OR I could choose to clean up the messes that were keeping me from being free of the constraints of the past. I could take full responsibility and once and for all make them whole.

All the messes we create in our lives affect ALL areas of our lives. Personal conflicts we carry around with us affect our relationships and our business.

I’m committed to you experiencing a new sense of power and freedom around your relationships and your business. In a minute I’m going to ask you to reflect on the people in your life. For some of you this will be easy. For others, it may be difficult and represent a blind spot (an area that may be invisible or challenging for you to see). It takes courage to admit when we have messed some things up. I had to dig deep to begin to see where I had screwed up. This is not about who’s right and who’s wrong. Everyone has a reason for their story. We always think that we are right and they are wrong. In fact, they feel the same way as you do! As long as these messes are in your life don’t expect things to work too well.

I’m no expert when it comes to the dynamics of the human condition. I’m just asking you to consider this conversation as an opportunity to clear out some of the clutter that may be keeping you from experiencing your life to the fullest without the constraints of the past.

In a program that I recently attended, the leader said, “It’s like we are born and begin to grow up and we are moving through this beautiful warm clear liquid as we go through life. And then we poop in the water. No big deal. A little while later we poop in the water again. The water becomes a little murky. Then we poop in it again, and again and again, you get the idea. After a while we just kind of live with it all cloudy, smelly and murky. We begin to say to ourselves that’s just the way it is.”

Actually it’s not the way it is and it’s not the way it’s meant to be! The water is murky because we pooped in it!!

It takes some real courage to see the messes we have created in our lives. So the garage is a mess and it talks to you every day (well IT really doesn’t talk to you, YOU talk to you). And then you go into the kitchen and notice a huge stack of stuff that has been piling up. You say to yourself, “Oh man, I really need to get to that. It’s been driving me crazy!!” Again YOU are talking to YOU! You open your emails and notice you have 250 unread emails and again you beat yourself up. This goes on and on, day after day. Beating yourself up for unfinished business.

These all represent messes that we have created keeping us from being fully present and free. Do you think that if you felt free and unrestrained that things might work a little better?

I made a list last week of people that I had made messes with over the years and began to clean them up. I’m not done but I can tell you that I have a renewed sense of freedom. The neck and shoulder pain that I thought was physical and has persisted for years has completely dissipated. I haven’t been pre-occupied with all the self-chatter that has been keeping me from being present with the people important to me in my life.

THE HEALING BEGINS WHEN YOU HIT THE SEND BUTTON:

Grab a notepad and a pen. I’m going to begin asking some questions and I would like you to write the names of the people who come to mind. Try not to filter this list. Please write the names as they come to you. Again, it may take some courage to be 100% honest with yourself here. It doesn’t matter if you think you are right or wrong here. The question is, where do you see that you are experiencing a loss of power or freedom over a person or a situation. So here we go:

Who has wronged you?

Who have you wronged?

Who hurt you?

Who have you hurt?

Who are you out of communication with?

Who have you lied to?

Who have you lied to over and over again?

Who bugs you?

Who are you constantly in disagreement with?

Who are you pissed at?

Who do you obsess about because of a messed up situation?

Now here is where the rubber hits the road. Are you ready to have a cathartic experience that will set you free and allow you to move forward removing the restraints from your life and from your business? Are you ready to zap the negative energy from your life? It’s time to clean out the garage so you can park there again. It’s time to remove the poop from the water.

I’m going to ask you to send a card to the people on this list of people. You’ll feel a feeling of freedom the moment you hit the send button. I want to hear your stories. We’re going to end this call early so you can take the next 10 minutes and send 2 cards to people on your list. This will take courage for some of you. It will be freeing in a way that you may have never experienced before. I want to hear your stories after the people you send to receive your cards. Be bold with this exercise. I did this last week and have experienced a sense of freedom like I haven’t felt in years. This is your chance to really say you are sorry and to clean up messes that have been around for years.

Here are some people to think about sending cards to:

One or both of your parents?

A former or current close relative?

A former or current close friend?

An estranged brother or sister?

A former or current co-worker?

A former or current boss?

Who are you mad at?

Who are you carrying a grudge for?

Who used to be in your life that is no longer in your life?

So circle the names of 2 people you are going to send your cards to.

You may want to start by saying:

“I’m really, really sorry. . . ”

“I owe you an apology. . . ”

“I’ve been lying to you . . . ”

“I’ve been an idiot . . . ”

“I’ve been holding you accountable for my being upset with you . . . ”

“I’ve been pretending that your friendship is not important to me . . . ”

There is probably no better gift that you can give yourself, your friends and your family than healing some of those troubled relationships. It’s as simple as an apology. This is your chance to clean up something that may have been haunting you for years.

Let’s hear your stories. You can send them to www.emailjordan.com.

 

November 11, 2013

CRAM/kram/

1. To study intensely over a short period of time.

This is the first “Cram Class” that I will be teaching on our Monday night training call.

If these were my last 30 minutes with you and you wanted to build a successful SendOutCards business, what would I teach you? I’m calling this a “Cram Class” because I will attempt to cram everything you need to know and do into the next 30 minutes.

So, you want to build a successful SendOutCards business? You want to make a difference in the world and create a residual income that can pay you monthly for the customer volume you create?
There are a few beliefs that are essential to quickly building a business:

You must believe:

1. That there are millions of people in the world that can, and will use SendOutCards if they know about it.

2. That you have what it takes to learn a simple system for sharing SendOutCards with others in a way that the right people will “get it.”

3. That we are being guided by a source bigger than ourselves. That means that you are being guided by a source bigger than yourself.

4. That something good is going to happen for you as long as you stay in the flow of positive action and don’t quit.

5. That complaining to your up line, down line or cross line in person, email or on Facebook is counterproductive to the results you desire.

6. You only need a few who get a few to create massive results. The key is finding the right few.

7. That if thousands of others can do it, you can do it to.

8. That what others say or do has no bearing on your success. That you and only you are responsible of your success.

9. That your SendOutCards business is designed to grow. People will tell other people about a good thing that can make a difference in their lives.

10. That you, in fact will get back what you send out. When you consistently send out positives to the world, positives will come back to you at a rate that is almost inconceivable.

Beliefs are arbitrary. You either choose to believe or not. You don’t need evidence or proof. You must be 110% in to have the success you say you want. The action required to create success in your business must be consistent with the belief that this is going to happen for you. If you doubt or question the possibility of success, your journey will be disappointing at the least and painful at the most. If you base your belief on the opinions of others, you will never make it. I only have 30 minutes so I’m going to be brutally honest. You must have full resolve and you must act with confidence. Or you may simply get lucky and sponsor the right person at the right time. That can happen too.

The mechanics of building the business are quite simple. You’ve heard them over and over again (and you’ll continue to hear them).

1. WRITE DOWN YOUR DREAMS – (have you really done this???). Forget about what you think is possible at this point. Make a list of everything you would like to see happen in your life. It may seem painful at times because you don’t currently see how you will get them, but put your trust in your higher power and just write them down.

2. MAKE A LIST – (have you done THIS??) If you haven’t done it, do it now. Go through your Facebook friends and your phone list and write down the names of everyone that you know on a really long list.

3. INVITE PEOPLE TO TAKE A LOOK – Get a YES or a NO. YES, I want to take a look for NO, I don’t want to take a look. At any given moment, some people are looking and most are not. When someone is looking they will jump at the chance to learn more. Go into it with the attitude of “I don’t care whether I get a yes or a no. I just want an answer one way or another.” Ask the question, “If I could show you a way to make money for being nice to people would you like to learn more?” Get a YES or a NO. YES IS GOOD AND NO IS GOOD. Just collect answers.

4. SHOW A SIMPLE PRESENTATION – Validate with real stories and real people. I came in because I watched the DVD and it got me excited enough to email my sponsor. Have someone watch the DVD and send a card on the system. I don’t know of how many more ways I can tell someone how to do this. OR you can have them send a card on the system and then have them watch the Video. Which video? Any video! Go to www.sendoutcards.com/YOURID#. Have them click on WATCH THE VIDEO. Get them to an event or create an event. A one-on-one presentation counts as an event. Demarr showed me over the phone and then I flew to Corporate from Arizona.

5. FOLLOW UP – Be unreasonably patient with people! Your top leaders will probably come from people that said no in the beginning. Embrace this. Stay in touch with calls, emails, CARDS, GIFTS and phone calls. Make sure the people on your list know that you are still engaged and working the business. This is the step that most people drop the ball. Todd Falcone was contacted by a woman that fell off the face of the earth and then I sponsored him when he was ready. Today he has over 15,000 distributors on his team.

6. SIGN THEM UP AND TEACH THE 7/30/Q – It’s important to know that it’s not about going to GET customers and distributors. Yes, we talk about GETTING your 7/30/Q and GETTING your promotions. However, SendOutCards is a philosophy of GIVING. If what Kody Bateman teaches is true, then we must be focused on giving without the expectation of getting. The getting will take care of itself. Give abundantly and you will receive abundance. GIVE PEOPLE THE GIFT OF ACTING ON PROMPTINGS. GIVE PEOPLE THE GIFT OF OPPORTUNITY. When I show someone SendOutCards, I am offering them the gift of financial freedom if they choose to embrace it. We all have the same opportunity. It’s what WE choose to do with it that will determine where it takes us. Put yourself in the mindset of giving abundantly. GIVE out DVDs. GIVE out gift accounts. GIVE gifts. GIVE people a chance to break out of a rut.

“I ONLY HAVE 30 MINUTES A DAY TO PROMOTE MY BUSINESS!”

Okay let’s now assume that you only have 30 minutes a day to do all of this. That’s okay!
Some days you might find you can work 2-3 hours and other days not at all. What can you do in 30 minutes per day to get things going?

First of all you must know that you CAN do the business successfully on 30 minutes a day.
You’ll need to massively leverage the tools and stay laser focused and consistent because 30 minutes is not a lot of time.

First of all you must be 100% committed to productivity. You have no time to read emails and dilly-dally around on the internet. The FB and TV are your enemies if you have limited time. I cannot over-emphasize this.

If I had 30 minutes a day, my target activities would be:

1. Send 1 personal card every day. (5 min)
2. Send 1 card a day with a DVD in it. Set up as a campaign so you can send it in seconds vs. having to type everything out. (2 min)
3. Introduce 2 people per day, 3 days a week to SOC. (10 minutes each)
4. Follow up for 20 minutes a day twice a week (call, email and send cards to people that have looked at the business).

It’s okay to let people know you only have 10 minutes. They will respect the fact that you are really busy building a business.

Throughout your week connect with people as you are out and about. Be inquisitive and interested in others. Ask the question, “If I could show you a way to make money by being nice to people would you be interested in learning more?” Get contact info (Name, email address and phone number). Email them and ask for their mailing address. Mail a card and a DVD. Email the new business presentation: http://vimeo.com/79142748

You can also just ask people what they are up to and what some of their goals are. In other words, ask people what they want. When they tell you say, “If I could show you how to get that would you be interested in taking a look?” If they say,”yes”, then get their name, email address and phone number. Email them and ask for their mailing address(tell them you want to mail them something). Send them a “nice to meet you” card with a DVD and then email them the new business presentation.

So here would be a typical schedule on 30 minutes per day:

Monday: Send 1 personal card, Send 1 card with a DVD. Email out 3 links with Video to people on your list.

Tuesday: Send 1 personal card. Send 1 card with a DVD. Follow up with those that you have sent videos and DVDs.

Wednesday: Send 1 personal card. Send 1 card with a DVD. Email out 3 links with Video to people on your list.

Thursday: Send 1 personal card. Send 1 card with a DVD. Follow up with those that you have sent videos and DVDs.

Friday: Send 1 personal card. Send 1 card with a DVD. Email out 3 links with video to people on your list.

Saturday: Listen to recording of training call from the past week (30 minutes).

IMPORTANT NOTE: Answering questions, signing someone up as a customer or distributor, or training someone on the 7/30/Q always takes priority over other business building activities. When someone signs up, use your 30 minutes that day to train them using the 7/30/Q Fast Start Guide. Spend the next day teaching them to do EXACTLY what you are doing.

This is a very condensed schedule and requires extreme focus and belief. You can build it on a limited schedule but you must be VERY efficient and deliberate. Let people know that your time is very limited and valuable. They will appreciate it. Some will take the ball and run with it knowing that you are somewhat unavailable. After someone gets started and has others to show it to, make yourself available to do QUICK 3 way calls. Let the potential distributor know that you only have 10 minutes to chat. 3-way calls with potential distributors should always take precedent over any other scheduled activities.

Here is how to prioritize your activities on a 30 minute schedule (from highest priority to lowest priority):

1. Signing up a new distributor. (10 minutes)
2. Group conference call with guests. (20 minutes)
3. 3-way call with a guest. (10 minutes)
4. Teaching the 7/30/Q to a brand new distributor. (10 minutes)
5. Signing up a customer. (10 minutes)
6. Sending out a DVD with a card. (2 minutes)
7. Sending out personal cards. (5 minutes)
8. Attending a training event with new distributors. (30 minutes)
9. Listening in on training conference calls. (30 minutes)
10. Reading emails. (Limit to 5 minutes a day – focus on important emails that have to do with building the business.)
11. Facebook (only on your free time)

If you only have 30 minutes a day, you’ll want to spend most of your time doing things at the top of this list. If you find yourself doing things at the bottom of the list, you will never have the success you want.


November 4, 2013

10 Steps to Mastering the Business of Network Marketing

The mechanics of network marketing are quite simple. They can be learned in a matter of a few short hours. Most people that have been around the business for even a few months can spout off the simple steps to building a network marketing business. Then why do so few make it? You must pass through failure to find success. There are no short cuts. Building the business is less about the skills and more about a way of thinking. If I were to line 30 top money earners from 30 different companies side by side on the stage and asked each one of them how they built their businesses, the mechanics would have similarities but there would be differences in their approaches and techniques.

At SendOutCards we have a very simple system for building the business that is laid out for us:

Establish your why.
Build your list.
Make contact and invite.
Show the business.
Follow up.
Train your new distributor.
Repeat the process.

So why is it that most people have trouble doing these simple things?
If every person that signed up in the business did these 7 things every day, we would become a billion dollar company overnight! And many residual entrepreneurs would be born!

The key to our future success is to inspire EVERYONE to do these 7 simple things every day! There is BIG money in SendOutCards. If the money isn’t flowing, it’s because you and your team are not doing these 7 things every day. If you know them and you are not doing them, you are burning daylight! It’s time to light a fire and get to work so you can have the life that you say you want.

Let’s talk about 10 STEPS that can break you loose on your journey and help you begin the cycle of momentum in your business. You already know the mechanics of building. Now it’s time to unlock the steps to mastery and speed.

STEP #1 – Make your excuses for not doing the business your REASONS for doing the business!
What is it for you? Are you working too many hours at your job? Are you tired and grumpy at night? Do you have financial troubles that are stressing you out? Do you live in a remote area? Are you too young, too old? Are you afraid of public speaking? Is your car broken down? All of these can be excuses for not doing the business OR they can become your reasons for doing the business. It’s up to you! In fact, you might find that your very excuse is the catalyst for you to inspire others like you to join the team and grow.

STEP #2 – Commit to doing the business as you go rather than going out to do the business. People that make it in the network marketing profession adopt the business as part of their lives. You don’t need to be one of those crazy people that talks about it all the time, but you do want to be on the lookout for people that have “life-force”. Become acutely aware of the people around you throughout your day. Be curious, fascinated and interested in others. Be prepared if someone starts asking lots of questions. I always have sample cards, my laptop, some DVD’s and some Beach Money books with me at all times just in case someone wants to see the business right then and there. If you only do the business when you have time to do the business, you will probably never get to it. The world is my “Opportunityland” (like the various lands in Disneyland).

STEP #3 – Become partners with Kody in his mission to make the world a better place instead of just a rep trying to do the business. The only difference between you and Kody is that he is more committed to the dream than you are. Everything will change for you the moment you become a partner on this mission of personal growth. Find out who you are and give yourself away. You have something that the world needs that only you can do. Send out your gifts to the world. Become a catalyst for positive change. Set off a chain of events that will make the world a better place. Pay it forward. Mr Simonett gave this assignment to his 5th grade class, “Think of something to change the world and then put it into action.” 10 year old Trevor took on the assignment and started the pay it forward movement. He died in a school yard gang fight and never saw his “Pay it Forward” come to fruition. But this little boy changed the world. A few simple acts of kindness today has become one of the greatest movements in human history. What could you do with your SendOutCards account and an opportunity to create financial freedom?

STEP #4 – FIND OUT WHAT PEOPLE WANT and then show them how they can have it by being part of our program. This is simple and profound. Find out what people want!! Simply ask them. What do you want in your life that you don’t currently have? If I can show you something that could help you get it, would you be willing to look? Keep an open mind.

STEP #5 – Master the art of telling a story. Keep your story simple and clear. Every successful business without exception has a story attached to it. You can tell your story or someone else’s. “Do you have 2 minutes to hear a quick story?” According to Tom “Big Al” Schreiter, “stories are like crack to the human brain”. When you offer a story, people lean forward. Why do you think the tabloids are so successful? Simply say, “I have a story to tell you, ” and people lean forward. What a great way to get people to lean in and say “Tell me more!”

STEP #6 – Become the creator of MOVEMENT in your business. Your list should be changing daily. Your calendar is the pre-curser to growth. A full calendar means growth is coming. An empty calendar means don’t expect much. As a leader, you are the catalyst for creating opportunities for you and your team to expose the business to more people. You must show your team progress. Otherwise why should they bother? You are responsible for the progress you want to see on your team. EVERYONE must take on this responsibility. Book get-togethers for you and the people you know. Start small and grow from there. Host one get together with another person each day. Teach your team to do exactly the same thing. Tell your new personally sponsored distributors that you would like to be in on their get-togethers. Movement is always the key to growth. What do you do if you want a muscle to grow? Did you know that money doesn’t grow unless it moves? Money sitting around gets stagnant. People sitting around get stagnant. Create life in your business by moving things along. Find the others that want to move with you.

STEP #7 – Learn to work your list and the list of others that you sponsor. If you have 100 friends and they each have 100 friends, you have access to 10,000 people through simple introductions. It’s okay to ask. Your pay becomes effective when you do. Remember this is not a lottery. It’s a business. Business growth involves people. I once had someone say to me, “is this one of those businesses that you have to deal with people?” Ha ha ha! I answered, “being in business is probably not for you!”

STEP #8 – Do what you can. But do SOMETHING to build your business EVERY DAY! There are many people in our profession that joined and built big businesses because of watching a DVD. I am one of them. If you are working a job 12 hours a day and have a family, a). Make THAT your reason for doing the business and not your excuse. b). Give out 3 DVD’s per day with your name and number on them. Ask each person to watch it and give you feedback.

STEP #9 – Create “Sliding Doors” moments in your life. Do you remember the movie Sliding Doors? It is two movies in one. Gweneth Paltrow is running in the city to catch a train. In one scenario she gets sidetracked for a few seconds and the train doors close in front of her. In the second scenario she makes the train. The two movies show how radically different her life becomes because of a split second decision.

STEP #10 – Step into your intention. In other words, HOW you get there doesn’t matter as much as that you get there. The closer you can align yourself with your intention the easier everything becomes. If you are struggling, you have inserted all kinds of imaginary obstacles between you and your goal. The act of DOING the business is simple. Managing what you say to yourself will be as hard as you make it. You must pass through struggle to get to success. Art Jonak says, “If they only knew how great it is they would walk through broken glass to get it”. To put it bluntly, you are always the one CREATING the obstacles standing between you and your dreams. Go through them, around them, eliminate them or let them fuel you. Make them your reason to win. Stop using them as an excuse to fail.

Quitting is a solution to a temporary problem. Chris Brady told a memorable story at the MLM Mastermind this weekend in Orlando. He talked about a guy who was changing his new baby boy’s diaper and in the middle of it all decided to pick his nose. Well about five minutes later he goes into the kitchen and says to himself, “it smells like poop in here!” Later that night he walks into the bedroom and notices that the bedroom smells like poop too! What’s the point? Where ever he goes, it still smells like poop! Everywhere you go, there you are! People who quit never achieve mastery. Usually when you are challenged with something it means there is something you need to master that is holding you back. So here are three things you can do to keep from quitting:

a. Don’t quit on a bad day. If you are having a bad day, week or month, stay in the game until things turn around (and they always do). You won’t want to quit.

b. Make decisions based on your commitments and never on your emotions. Emotions are like waves in the ocean. They ebb and flow. True commitments are rock solid and unwavering. Commit to the cause and to your dream. Let nothing stop you from accomplishing your dream. You are 100% responsible for achieving it or not.

c. When you are feeling down, take action. For example if you are feeling tired and lethargic, the best cure is to go for a run or take a walk. Don’t wallow in your misery. The only people that will want to be around you are other miserable people.

When you feel yourself beginning to doubt, turn up the volume! Doubt needs to be right! Doubt wants to justify quitting! Doubt seeks company! Shift your energy of doubt to energy of hope. Doubt and hope cannot live in the same space. By the way, doubt has little to do with what is really going on. Doubt is simply the absence of hope. For every person that is doubting there are many that are hopeful. You just need to choose which will serve you best. Doubt has never resulted in a successful growing business. Choose hope over doubt.

If you learned something here, teach it to the others on your team, especially to your brand new distributors.


October 28, 2013

LOOKING FORWARD AND NOT BACK!

Regardless of where you are in your business (as a brand new distributor or as an Executive wanting to take your business to a whole new level), the next 24 months can find you in a whole new place. I had been in my company for 3 years and was making less than $2000 a month after I had quit my job prematurely. There were already 60,000 distributors in the company. 24 months later I was earning in excess of $34,000 a month and went on to make $8 million.

I believe that the greatest skill you will need to adopt if you are to make it as an entrepreneur is the ability to look forward and not back. After our last company (which was a billion $$ company) went away as a result of a major shift in technology, many people got stuck blaming our founder. Ten years later, I still have to listen to some of them whine and complain about the way they had been slighted and cheated and mistreated. Many of them are financially destitute. These are people that were earning $500,000 to $1,000,000 per year. They got stuck and jaded. Some people continue to look back and not forward. In fact, I have a friend that had 450,000 people in his organization in another company and for 10 years he has been stuck and jaded. He continues to blame the leader of that company for his troubles. He can’t let go of the past and his bank account shows it.

Today -right now, decide that you will only look forward. Let go of the past. The past DOES NOT EQUAL THE FUTURE! The proof of this is that every major breakthrough that has ever occurred in business was a result of a shift that occurred, a revolution that changed everything. I have seen this repeated over and over again in business. Simple changes are implemented and, usually without warning, something clicks. There is a breakthrough. In the beginning you are told, “it can’t be done.” Then, once things begin to happen, you are told you are “lucky”. After you have had success for a while people begin to classify you as a “genius”. There is not a single billion dollar company on the planet that hasn’t gone through multiple significant transitions over time. Most people are not true entrepreneurs and the blaming begins. A true entrepreneur has an ability to see the invisible. They are creators. They are not victims of their circumstances. Read Tony Hseis book, Delivering Happiness – This is the story of Zappos. Zappos is one of the most admired billion $$ companies in the world. Many people lost faith that they could do it. They went through years of transition. Lots of people left because they doubted Tony’s ability to lead. Today they are sought out as an industry leader. SendOutCards’ story is very similar. Read it! The past does not equal the future. Look forward and not back. As companies evolve, in many cases, the players change. Some people move on and others stay the course. This is normal and healthy.

In Puerto Rico, Jodi Bateman said from the stage as she held Kody’s hand with tears in her eyes, “I feel like this is a new beginning for SendOutCards”.

I see myself as a partner with Kody. I share his vision. I want to challenge you to do the same. Most people jump around and eventually quit the business of network marketing. AND most people never make money in network marketing. Most people consider themselves “reps” that are going to “try” things out for a while. Most people spend their entire career doubting and questioning. They are never fully engaged as a partner in the mission. I have seen this attitude at ALL levels of leadership. One’s title and income make little difference. I’m on a mission to see the job through. We have come a long way and we have LOTS of ground to cover. We are good and getting better. There are some ground breaking innovations going on at headquarters right now. Be patient. Keep being generous by sending cards and then share this gift with others.

TAKE INVENTORY.

Regardless of where you are, take a look at what you have at your fingertips. If you are a Manager, Senior Manager, Executive or above, you have a position that has significant value regardless of whether your business is currently growing. You have a “coded” starting point. If you are not there yet, get there. Kody has invested millions and millions of dollars putting the infrastructure in place. You get to benefit from that. When you paid your money to start your SendOutCards business, you gain access to that infrastructure. You get the technology for sending cards and gifts. You get the warehousing. You get a customer service team. You get a payroll, accounting and HR department. You get a meeting and training infrastructure that supports and pays you for simply plugging your people in. In traditional franchising you would pay $100,000-$1.5 million to gain the same infrastructure and support system.

Take stock of what you have at your fingertips. You have THE MOST POWERFUL RELATIONSHIP BUILDING TOOL ON THE PLANET! Plus, you didn’t have to pay to get it set up! Whether you want to increase sales, be happier, add more value, be more popular, get more referrals, or just be a better friend, brother, sister, aunt, uncle, cousin, parent, child, etc., SendOutCards is for you. And it was all set up in advance to the tune of millions of dollars for you to take full advantage of.

Let’s look forward and not back.

 

SUCCESS TIP: NETWORK THE NETWORK.

I have heard people say this about networking groups, “They won’t let me talk about the opportunity so I only get customers. It’s a waste of my time. I spend more money than I make because I only make $1.55 per customer per month.” I could do a four hour seminar on this statement. The person that says this has a lot of growing to do as it relates to networking. First of all, the big money is in the small money. A $100,000 a month or more check in almost all cases in our profession comes from thousands of $1.55 per month checks. J. Paul Getty said, “I would rather have 1% of 100 people’s efforts than 100% of my own.” Do only what’s worth duplicating. If you want thousands of $1.55/month checks being deposited into your bank account each month, then sign up customers and be the best example to your team that you can be! What do you want your down-line to do? Do that!

There is a bigger lesson I learned years ago; I wasn’t born with it. In a networking environment you must always look beyond the people you meet. When someone says, “I don’t get referrals from my networking group and I never get any distributors because I’m not allowed to talk about my opportunity,” they are missing a key principle of networking. You see, everyone in your group knows at least 2000 people on a first name basis. The people THEY know are the ones that could introduce you to the right people in the right setting. From my first networking group of 12 people in Scottsdale, AZ back in 2005, I make about $21,000 a month or more. Sure, I got a few customers out of the group and once in a while I got a customer referral from a member. But the real value came in the form of introductions to the people they know. Here’s a real life example: I am part of a networking organization in Las Vegas. There are 40 members in the group and 18 of them have signed up as customers in the past 60 days. I have also received referrals for about 10 more that I’m working on getting to. I have gotten to know each member of the group and have sent cards and gifts to everyone in the group. They do unsolicited testimonials for me at the meetings each week (because they love the brownies). I recently found out that the group is considering doing a holiday party. Well, I know that each one of my members knows at least 1000 others. So that means there are in excess of 40,000 people that my group could introduce to me. I have a feeling that at least 5000 of them are open to making some money by being nice to people. I’m not going to jump the gun! I offered to “host” the holiday party. I’ll suggest everyone bring a friend or two if they like. I won’t be talking business, but I’ll be asking a lot of questions and listening intently. Some will directly and indirectly tell me that they are looking for something. I’ll take note and get their contact info. These are all personal introductions. I can work down very deep into a network like this and build a team of thousands over time. Do you see how a small group of people can lead you to a big group of people? It’s like mining for gold. You’ll find that in network marketing you are either growing like crazy or your group is pretty stagnant. That’s normal. Did you know that the vast majority of people that came to California during the gold rush went home empty handed? Most miners quit before they found the gold. Many died broke. Others persisted and weathered the harshest of environments and circumstances and became wealthy beyond belief. Look at networking as mining for gold. You paid $395 for a pick, a shovel and a wheel barrel. But you can’t go for the throat. You must enter into your relationships with a spirit of giving. The more you give the more you get, as long as your giving is genuine. Create opportunities to meet others that they know. For example, you might consider planning a lunch for salespeople where you each share tips. Invite the members of your networking organization that are involved in sales and ask them to bring 2 others that aren’t part of the group that are also involved in sales. You’ll get 20-30 personal quality introductions that could turn into possible business builders. The ideas are endless. Network the Network.


 

October 14, 2013

I was recently contacted by a gentleman from Russia that has purchased a few hundred copies of Beach Money. He asked me if I would contribute to his blog. Here are the answers to some of the questions he asked me:

Residual income in network marketing – It is possible or is it a myth?

A: It’s very real. I have hundreds of friends that receive a residual check from their network marketing businesses each month. Many of them have not worked the business in years. I have received a residual check that exceeds $1,000,000 per year for the past four years. I started from scratch as a distributor. But it’s important to know that Network Marketing is not a lottery. You don’t just sign up and then wait for the money to roll in. The volume flowing through your organization will determine the size of your residual check. I have traveled the world with friends that have very large residual checks from their network marketing businesses. I suggest reading, “The Greatest Networkers in the World” by John Milton Fogg. (21 stories of real people that have become millionaires in network marketing).
To do the work once and then receive money over and over – this is the dream of many distributors. What do you think about this?

A: Putting action and belief behind the dream is the formula for success in network marketing. I am a dream broker. Most people stop dreaming at a fairly young age. I help people recapture their dreams and especially the belief in those dreams and then show them how they can achieve them through belief and hard work.

What is your greatest achievement in network marketing ?

A: I have helped thousands of people create residual checks of $200-$40,000 per month. In fact, right now, my team is paid over $1,000,000 per month in residual income. I’m proud of that. But most of all, helping my family (I bought a new car for my father and I have taken my family on many trips together). 100% of the profits from Beach Money™ go to charity (www.kiva.org). To date, I have contributed almost $300,000 to this organization and helped hundreds of entrepreneurs in developing countries launch businesses through the program.

What is the most important secret to success in network marketing?

A: I get asked this question all the time. Unfortunately it’s different for everyone. There is no ONE most important thing. But I do believe the answer is simple for everyone. It’s just finding out what will drive you to run the course. There are 4 steps to achieving any dream:
1). Determine what you want – YOUR DREAM. 2). SCHEDULE the first steps on your calendar. 3). Trust the process – Others have done it before you. 4). See the job through – Don’t stop until you achieve your dream.

Skills? Grow leaders? Duplication? Discipline? Or something else?
What do you think about this?

A: Yes! All of the above. Skills are the least important in my opinion. If you are hungry enough, you’ll figure out what to do with almost no training at all. 50% Hunger. 40% Belief. 8% Skills. 2% other. Duplication is a result of teaching the same thing over and over throughout your organization. Apply the 8 year old test. “If an 8 year old and do it and an 8 year old can teach it NOW, then do it. Otherwise don’t do it.” Only do what’s worth duplicating. People get confused because many times their up-line do things that may work for them but are very difficult to replicate. That’s like a plugged garden hose. It doesn’t matter if the water is running.

Apparently your working day lasts 1 or 2 hours a day. It is a reality or a myth? What do you usually do? How is your day?

A: I probably average 4 hours a day of actual work. In the beginning I worked 14 hours per day for about 6 months. Today I have thousands of people on my team and each put in 1-2 hours a day, so I benefit from the work of thousands of hours. But in the beginning I needed to put the work in myself to get it going. Today I still show the business 3-4 times a week and I sponsor 1 person every 2 weeks. I also do team training and opportunity meetings each week. I take way too many vacations as well. One of my goals was to take one week of vacation per month and I have been doing that for years!

What qualities do you look for in a candidate?

A: Hunger is #1. How bad can they taste success? It’s impossible to measure the size of someone’s heart so I will give anyone a shot with one exception; I don’t have time to take on whiners, complainers or defeatists. We are all independent entrepreneurs. My job is to give someone the tools they need to succeed. But in the end, it’s up to them. I’ll be a support anchor but I don’t need to hear excuses about why it won’t work.

What do you say to the candidate?

A: Let’s go! And then I see what they actually do. If they don’t do anything, then I’m off to the next person. I don’t spend a minute trying to get them to go to work. They have to find that within themselves. I like my free time. One of the reasons they got involved in network marketing is to create some free time. So I must set a good example. If I find myself babysitting, then I am not setting a good example.

What are the commitments you take from candidates for start?

A: Every leader has their own style. I have never been one to ask for a commitment from someone. They need to be accountable to themselves first. I’m looking for SELF starters.

What are the commitments you give him? (If you sponsor).

A: I will take 3 steps for every one that they take. If they are not moving, then I am off working with someone who is.

What books would you recommend distributor?

A: Check out the back few pages of Beach Money™. I have some recommendation there.
I also love the book I recommended earlier in this interview “The Greatest Networkers in the World”. Here are a few of my favorites:

You2 by Price Pritchett
The 45 Second Presentation by Don Failla
Big Al Tells All by Tom Shreiter
The Magic of Thinking Big by David Schwartz
Go Pro by Eric Worre
The Go Giver by Bob Burg
Delivering Happiness by Tony Hseih
Before Happiness by Shawn Achor
Start with Why by Simon Sinek
Your First Year in Network Marketing by Mark Yarnell
The Four Year Career by Richard Brooke

Do you like pizza? You are meeting in a coffee shop or at home? Office? Is it possible to do an interview with the candidate and presentation at the beach?

A: All of the above. I meet at all the places you have mentioned including the beach. I also do meetings in office conference rooms, hotel meeting rooms, garden courtyards, airplanes, etc. I set up appointments to meet with people.

Many distributors are asking, “Do I need to be sociable, active and influential in order to achieve success in network marketing?”

A: If you are not sociable you will need to find people that are. Ultimately someone needs to talk to someone else. But I have friends that are somewhat anti-social, one lady even dislikes people! But she found a few that are good networkers and the rest is history. A friend of mine Philip Echart is a six figure monthly earner for years. He does not speak in front of groups and is very nervous around people. But one-on-one he can communicate his plan and he sponsors like crazy. He has a group of thousands. But most successful network marketers are social and love people.

Many distributors are asking “Do I work better with friends or with strangers?” Which method is more efficient? Why?

A: A friend is just a stranger that you got to know. You’ll always work better with friends. If you can figure out how to sponsor a stranger, don’t expect them to stick around long. People continue to work with people they like. Network Marketing is built on relationships. Period.

What do you say to people who won’t make a decision to do it or not.

A: I tell them to think about it and then let me know when they’ve decided what they want to do. In the meantime I continue to stay in touch. They are in my contact manager and I stay in touch with them with periodic calls, emails, cards, etc. I don’t bug them but they know I still think about them from time to time. They will let me know what they are ready or not. I don’t try and convince someone to do it if they are not ready. I want people that lean towards me, not away from me.

What are the main 2 – 3 benefits in network marketing?

Time Freedom. Forge Great Friendships. Travel the World. Dream again.

How long does it take to train a new distributor in your system? Days, weeks, or months?

A: I give them 1 hour of personal training up front and then see what they do. I give them 2 or 3 simple assignments and see if they follow through. I also invite them to a team training and see if they show up. I apply little “tests” to see if they are really ready to get going. I will give someone as much training as they need as long as they are doing something to advance the business (i.e.; inviting people to take a look, using the product, signing up customers, etc).

How you are using the internet to sponsor or to sell products? Or for training people?

A: I use the internet to share our presentation, but almost 95% of the time, I am with them over the phone or in person when I do it. I also use the internet to share my life on Facebook. I don’t do any internet marketing or lead programs. I have observed that most people who build their network marketing businesses over the internet are constantly having to rebuild. Relationships are the glue that hold an organization together. Without those, there is no long term organization.

What can you wish to beginners who came into the business and start? And in the end, what can you wish the readers of my blog and distributors (Oriflame, Amway, Agel, NSP, Vision, Herbalife and other companies). What would you wish MLM-distributors in Russia, Ukraine?

A: Most of the population of the world has never heard of network marketing. We are in a very elite and small community of entrepreneurs. As a network marketing profession we need to support each other on our quest to bring opportunity to the world. Most traditional avenues for financial growth are not within the reach of the average working person. We offer a vehicle that can change someone’s life for the better in many ways. Investing money takes money. Succeeding in a traditional business takes lots of money and specialized knowledge and skill. A college degree or advanced degree will rarely provide a vehicle for financial freedom. Network Marketing offers a way to learn business from the ground up and produce an income stream that almost no other opportunity can offer. The only way you lose is if you quit. Become a real student of this profession and then PRACTICE what you learn. You’ll get paid while you work. You’ll get paid while you play. You’ll get paid while you learn. You’ll get paid what you’re worth AND you’ll get paid while you sleep.

Jordan Adler
Network Marketing Millionaire
Author of Beach Money™


 

September 9, 2013

TIPS, TRICKS AND SHORTCUTS.

You may have heard me say in the past that “The long way is the short way”. Sometimes on the surface, what would appear to be a shortcut is actually the long hard road and in most cases it leads to ultimate failure. On the other hand, what appears to take a long time, can actually create explosive growth.

Dr. Ivan Misner (the founder of BNI) trademarked a formula for massive success in networking. It’s called the VCP Formula.

V stands for VISIBILITY (people need to know who you are).

C stands for CREDIBILITY (people need to trust and respect you and your business enough to want to do business with you).

P stands for PROFITABILITY V+C = Profitability.

If you find that most people know who you are and what you do but few people get involved with you, you may have a credibility issue. Or it may be possible that most of the people in your contact manager don’t have a clue what you do. You may have a VISIBILITY issue.

We create visibility by sending cards and introducing people to our program. Let’s talk about how we can improve our credibility with people so that over time they are more likely to work with us.

A table with 3 legs won’t stand. You must have all 4 legs. So here is the “L.E.G.S. System”.

How to QUICKLY build an organization:

THE L.E.G.S. SYSTEM

1. LEVERAGE TOOLS, TECHNOLOGY AND PEOPLE.

2. EDUCATE OTHERS.

3. GENEROSITY.

4. SIMPLICITY.

LEVERAGE TOOLS, TECHNOLOGY and PEOPLE:
Here are some things that can help you accelerate the growth of your team.

a.Three way calls.

b.conference calling.

c.testimonials.

d.video.

e.conference calls.

f.audio postcards.

I was told in the mid-90s that if I would master 3-way calling, I would increase my annual pay by $80,000 a year. At the time I was making $14,000 a year at my job, so this was significant. I can remember my first 3- way call. It was with my rep Lisa Kneller and we did a 3-way call with a woman named Annette Dizino. I remember exactly where I was sitting at my home in the mountains. I was nervous and I had written out some notes on a little index card. I got through it and have since done HUNDREDS of them. Your new rep has the trust and you bring the credibility. I ask each person I do a three-way call with to have already sent a card on the system and watched the BRICK AND MORTAR DVD. After that, I can then simply answer questions and expand their vision. Two people are better than one person. 3-way calling and conference calling are simply a way to bring more and more people together. Four people are better than two people. Ten people are better than four people. Synergy and growth are typically a result of more and more people coming together and sharing a common vision. This can be done in person or over the phone. You can become the catalyst for bringing people together. More meetings mean more money. Technology is simply another way to bring more people together. The business is built around live, personal conversations and stories. So allow more and more people to experience the story using technology. The conference call is just an example of this (keep in mind you must have something to say). Campaigns are another way to reach people quickly and powerfully. Send at least 2 or 3 campaigns per year. Campaigns are less personal but they do allow you to connect with more people in less time. Do your best to make your campaigns meaningful and fun.

2. EDUCATE – I have a friend who is a Culligan water man. He set me up with water. I’ve noticed that he “SELLS” water. It dawned on me that

I have an idea that may help him exponentially grow his water business. Water is probably the #1 preventer of disease. There is so much written on this subject. He could sell 10 x as much water if he focused on the diseases that occur when someone is dehydrated because they don’t drink enough water each day. Then he could show people studies that prove that water will prevent those diseases. Why don’t people drink enough clean and fresh water? Because it’s not readily available to them. He needs to become an expert on how water can help someone’s health and what happens when you don’t drink enough water. Now this isn’t directly related to my SendOutCards business, but it builds CREDIBILITY with him and he is 100X more likely to want to hear what I have if I have made a sincere effort to contribute value. Teach and educate people vs. trying to “sell” them. We must do the same thing. You’ll accelerate your growth curve if you educate people vs. sell them. Offer them information that will be valuable to them in their lives.

3. GENEROSITY – Be generous with your time, words and money – Give gifts without expecting anything in return (small gifts are fine – it’s the thought that counts). Pay sincere compliments to people. Over-tip. When you find a book that you love, order 2 copies and give one away. When someone is in need, make a donation. It doesn’t have to be big, just do what you can. Become a generous person. Look for ways to escalate your generosity to a new level all the time. Become the most generous person you know. How can you rally others to do the same. Be the catalyst for the expansion of generosity and kindness.

4. SIMPLICITY – Here is the simplicity of what we do. You get A FEW loyal customers. (In your lifetime you really only need 2 customer points although, I recommend getting about 10). Then, we show others how to do the same. We teach people to get in the habit of reaching out in kindness at least once a day by sending cards and gifts. That’s pretty much it. It’s a pretty simple formula. We tend to overcomplicate it. We can then show people what is possible by just duplicating this same thing over and over again. The numbers get pretty crazy. Even when we scale them back they can be quite significant. If you’ll keep it this simple and strive to EDUCATE vs. SELL, the rest will fall into place. The BRICK AND MORTAR TO CLICK AND ORDER REVOLUTION is a pretty simple concept. We are taking an OFFLINE PRODUCT and bringing it ONLINE to make it accessible to everyone (and less expensive) thus EXPANDING the market!

2 questions: “Can you find a few people to try and use SendOutCards? Can you find a few others that want to make some extra money doing the same thing?” If the answers to these two questions is YES, then we want to welcome you to the SendOutCards team!

THE L.E.G.S. SYSTEM

1. LEVERAGE TOOLS, TECHNOLOGY AND PEOPLE.

2. EDUCATE OTHERS.

3. GENEROSITY.

4. SIMPLICITY.

TIPS, TRICKS AND SHORTCUTS

a. Give away free accounts and show people how to use them.

“I want to give you a free account and show you how to use it”.

(You can set it up by 1). Pulling up contact 2). Clicking on VIEW CONTACT 3). Clicking on ENABLE GIFT ACCOUNT

You’ll be able to assign, points, expense, a user name and password that will allow someone to log in and try it out.

b. Make your cards cool. Drag a picture into the center of the card (right between the fold) and click the SPAN button on the editor. Your picture will span both panels. Consider adding ELEMENTS. For example, you can drag a piece of notebook paper and pen from the DESK section of the ELEMENTS and then place your message on the paper in your handwriting font. Be creative and have fun!!

c. If you have never made a campaign, watch the 3-minute campaign tutorial and just do it. Make one. I have over 200 campaigns now after doing this for 8 years. This represents massive leverage.

d. Did you know you can send a campaign card to a bunch of people all at the same time and then go back and modify individual cards before they have been printed? The cards get printed at midnight Mountain Time. Up until that time, you can click on card history, pull up all the cards that you sent that day in the campaign and then go in a edit/modify the cards and gifts in each campaign. For example let’s say you sent a campaign to 25 people and you wanted 3 of them to receive gifts. Send the campaign, pull up the cards that are in queue to go out (under card history) and then EDIT the cards you want to add gifts to.

e. Almost 100% of those that attend a Treat ‘Em Right Seminar sign up as distributors. Start small if you need to. Take a look at the seminars coming up and then send a card to those that are in the surrounding area that are in your contact manager. For example, Hartford is coming up. Today I created an invitation card and sent it to everyone in ME, NY, CT, MA, NH, RI. I simply put the state code into the STATE box and hit FIND CONTACT.

All the contacts from that State come up in my Contact Manager and then I sent them my HARTFORD TER 2013 card (that I just created). – Australians, you can apply the same principle to any event you have coming up in any city.

f. TIP FROM DEMARR: 1). Put a blank white CD label over the BRICK AND MORTAR DVD and write on it in a black magic marker $100,000. 2). Then when you give it to someone say “This DVD could be worth $100,000 to you”.

g. ANOTHER TIP FROM DEMARR: Say “My company will pay me $100,000 if I can get 1000 people to watch this DVD. Would you please watch it for me?” You could also say, “If after you watch it, you want to do the same thing I am doing, let me know!”

h. Compress Time frames – If you would normally do it in a month, do it in a week. If you would normally do it in a week, do it in a day. If you would normally do it in a day, do it in an hour. I did this when I came in from my last company and started doing in a day what I would normally do in a week and my business EXPLODED in my 5th month instead of taking 3 – 4 years.

i. When you become frustrated or discouraged, send a card of encouragement to someone else.

j. Multipliers: Read a personal development book per month x10. Show the business every day regardless of how you are feeling X10. Be involved in an industry revolutionizing trend x10. Attend and promote at least 4 major events a year X10.

How many distributors do you have?? Apply the formula.

Think about the story of the fly. One direction leads to death and the other to freedom. Success is effortless when you focus on the right thing. If you are struggling you are most likely focusing on something that is leading you towards your ultimate death. It’s time to SHIFT your focus. Come up with a better mental strategy that will give you power vs. take it away.

The most valuable skill of the entrepreneur is the skill to TRANSFORM your perspective to be able to find power vs. weakness in times of challenge.


August 26, 2013

HAVE WE BEEN SOLD A BILL OF GOODS?

A JOB
40 hrs/wk X 50 wks/year = 2000 hours per year
X 40 years = 80,000 hours
FULL TIME
BOSS
2 WEEK VACATION
NO RESIDUAL

Compare this to:

NETWORK MARKETING (SendOutCards)
20 hrs/wk X 50 wks/year = 1000 hours per year
x 5 years = 5000 hours
PT
NO BOSS
TAKE OFF WHENEVER YOU WANT TO!
RESIDUAL INCOME
RAY KROCS PHILOSOPHY OF SUCCESS
(Open “Outlets”)

Ray Kroc was the founder of McDonalds. McDonalds sold burgers, fries, cokes and shakes.
His “experts” came to him and said “Ray! We need to starting selling chicken and fish! Burger King is doing it!”Ray said, “Noooooooo! We need to focus on OUTLETS. We must sell more franchises! When we have more franchises than all the other fast food restaurants combined, THEN and only then will we sell chicken and fish. They waited and continued to open up OUTLETS. Once they had enough franchise restaurants, they launched chicken and fish and became #1 in the world!

We are in the DISTRIBUTION business. We are in the business of opening OUTLETS. The more OUTLETS (distributors) you have, the more customers you’ll have and the more cards and gifts will be sent!

Have someone send a free card to get a customer.
Have someone watch the DVD to get a distributor.
Have someone do both to get both!
THE WHOLE TRUTH

“The internet is the best way to build the business because you can get to thousands of people at the click of a mouse!”

“Simply attend networking meetings as the most effective way to build solid relationships and then call people and set up appointments”

“Invite people to the opportunity meeting and let the top people close them from the front of the room!”

“Give us $600 and you can be part of our advertising co-op and well split the leads with you.”

“For $200 per month, we will give you 300 fresh leads per month. Simply load them in to the auto-responder and let the work be done for you. Why waste your valuable time calling uninterested people!”

How do you sift through all the noise and how do you determine who is telling you the truth and who is lying to you?

There are even people out there telling you that your upline is lying to you and that what they do and what they teach you to do are two different things!

Here’s the bottom line.

A. Your upline will usually tell you the best they know because they want you to be successful. The more successful you become, the more successful they will become. The problem is, sometimes THEY don’t know what’s best for long term sustainable growth.

B. Be careful you to take advice from. There are many people out there that are trying to cause you to doubt your system so you will buy support systems and leads from them. Many times they are not looking out for your best interests. Usually, they are not making money at the business they are trying to “help” you build. Ask yourself ,”where’s the fruit on the tree”?

Today I had a great conversation with a young entrepreneur from another company that is having great success but is looking for more growth than he is already having.

He asked me what I thought of “co-op” advertising. There is nothing wrong with co-op advertising campaigns. However, they don’t pass my test for building a long term sustainable self-generating residual income.

Ask yourself:

1. Can an 8 year do it and can an 8 year old teach it? If “no”, it’s not duplicable.

2. If I disappear will it continue to grow? If no, don’t do it.

Many systems are great for bringing people in quickly, but unless they are simple and duplicable, they won’t be long lasting.

All of this being said, realize that as your team grows and gets very large, you will be getting paid from the efforts of people doing all the things that work well and the things that don’t work so well. In other words, I am not an internet marketer and I would have no idea where to start if I were to put a campaign together. However, I get paid off the work of hundreds of internet marketers.

I won’t teach or promote advertising campaigns or co-ops because they don’t pass my test. When I go to the beach for a month, I want my business to continue to grow. I have found out that without personal contact with other human beings, the system slows down.

Imagine that you have 1000 people on your team and imagine them all connected to each other like the branches on a tree. Now, imagine that each one did a presentation today and each one sent out brownies and a card to someone that didn’t know anything about SOC. Now imagine that 2 out of 10 wanted to sign up. You did very little today but your team of a thousand sprouted 200 new seeds waiting to drop to the ground. Also, do you realize the 1000 boxes of brownies went out in your group today to people that know nothing about SOC? Do see how much more effective this is than you coordinating and running an advertising campaign which depends on YOU to run it?

CREATING AN AUDIENCE

You must master a few simple things to become a great success in Network Marketing. I can remember getting started thinking to myself, “Self, if I can simply learn a quick 20 minute presentation and then find others to show it to, I can be a huge success! I was only partially right. I also needed to teach my team to be able to do the same thing! It’s really a pretty simple formula!

In order to do this on a consistent basis, you must consistently create an audience for yourself to do your presentations and you must learn to ask them to “take a look!” There are many ways to create an audience. I recommend looking for ways to add 2-6 contacts a day to your contact manager each day. It’s even better if you meet them in person. You must now learn how to contact and invite them to take a look. I say, “I would like you to take a look at something that I think you will find interesting and pretty unique. When can I have 30 minutes with you in front of your computer over the phone?”

So, is your upline lying to you? The answer is no, but many people are grasping for the right way to build it. They really don’t know how to build it but they want to help so they make stuff up. It’s not so much that what is being taught is bad. It’s just that it’s not simple and it’s not duplicable.

Let’s say you have this beautiful tree that is growing each week. You want it to grow faster so you try a new type of plant food. The food doesn’t make it grow faster so you try digging it up and replanting it in another pot. That doesn’t seem to work so you try moving the pot to a new location. The plant loses half its leaves. You try extra water and a little more plant food. Then you replant it again. It loses all of its leaves and you wonder why. Were you doing the wrong thing by giving it extra food and water? Did you mess up by replanting it twice? The experts told you that’s what you needed to do to get it to grow faster! Did they lie to you? No!! Under certain circumstances, you did the right thing. However, your results would have been much better if you had been patient and stuck with the fundamentals of plant care.
WHAT IF I’M FINANCIALLY STRAPPED?
Someone recently handed me an entrepreneurial newsletter. In it I read a short article called “The Truth about Corporate America”.
This is directly from the article:

“You’ve dreamed about your first paycheck, your cushy office and being on your own. Your game plan is to wow the top execs and move your way up the ladder at warp speed. Armed with your degree, sense of self-worth and optimism you can’t wait to join the ranks of Corporate America.

But what if it isn’t what it’s all cracked up to be? Is there a reason the business world is often referred to as the “Rat Race” or the “Grind”? Yes. In the face of layoffs, low pay and stingy raises, the reality of Corporate America, well . . . might be different than what you pictured.”

According to Parade Magazine in April of 2007, Workers only saw a 1.1% raise in the past year. The average paycheck in Corporate America stayed flat between 1990 and 2004 at $27,000. Wages are falling but layoff fears keep employees working more hours for the same pay. More people than ever are worried about being laid off. Job security is quickly becoming an urban legend. Between 70,000 and 80,000 corporate employees are laid off each month . . . about 30,000 more than just six years ago according to CNNMoney.com.

As I pick up the local paper today, page after page paints a dismal picture of the real estate, mortgage and financial markets. For years, the average American watched their home value sky-rocket and many borrowed thousands out of their homes to finance an ever expanding appetite for living the good life. Kim Butler, on one of our past calls, described a stalled economy that stops spending money out of fear. Each newspaper and news station paints a picture that instills fear and doubt. More layoffs, tight lending practices, plummeting real estate prices, failing banks, company losses, a stagnant stock market all contributed to the fear. The tendency is to want to give in to this fear and really pull in the reigns. I understand!

How do successful entrepreneurs respond to these conditions?

First, I want to say that being an entrepreneur starts with your identity, not your bank account. Most all entrepreneurs started off with no money. Being an entrepreneur is a state of mind. Entrepreneurs see opportunity while others see doom and gloom. Entrepreneurs are resourceful. Entrepreneurs create opportunity. Let’s look at the human body as a system. What happens if we, as human beings, stop moving our bodies? We begin to decay. Movement keeps us healthy. By walking, running, biking, swimming, etc. our system stays healthy because we are moving the lymph and blood through our system and keep our muscles in tune. By breathing we get oxygen into our bloodstream and then to our brain and organ tissues. What happens when we get too sedentary? We begin to die. The same is true for an economy. A stagnant economy dies. Your personal economy is just like the human body. When you are green, you grow and when you are ripe, you rot. You must keep your system alive, vibrant and in motion.

What does this mean in real terms?

Keeping your economic system alive means sending cards each day. Investing money in yourself and your business and being in action. As an entrepreneur in this environment, the challenge becomes staying abundant and not getting sucked in to the scarcity mindset that is all around us. We must learn to recognize the amazing opportunities being presented to us in this environment. The tendency is to want to pull in tight and wait it out. In my opinion this is a big mistake. The biggest opportunity to grow a monster business since we began is occurring right now. I see two different types of people. I see the person that cancels their subscription because money is tight. I see another type that increases their subscription and starts sending 5-10 cards a day because they know that more people are looking for ways to make money than ever before in the history of our country. The small business revolution is on and more and more people have been trained to recognize network marketing as the best way to break in to entrepreneurship than ever before.

RETURN ON INVESTMENT

Again I want to emphasize that most entrepreneurs started off dead-flat broke. Many struggled to pay bills and many have actually filed for bankruptcy more than once. I’m not advising bankruptcy, but I am saying that if you are struggling, you are in good company. It’s hard to find successful entrepreneurs that haven’t struggled for months, and sometimes years, before breaking out.

All of this being said, as an entrepreneur you must look at your business as a combination of ideas, money and people. Great entrepreneurs look for ways to creatively put ideas, money and people together to create opportunity for others. The absolute worst decision you can make for your business is to shut down any one of these three. You must continuously generate ideas, infuse your business with money and build your team.

Yes, there is always an element of risk when you invest in your business. However, we need to look for ways to minimize the risk and increase our chances for success. Fortunately we have a team of people that have already done it.

If I were to give you steps to succeed in a tough financial environment, here’s what I would say:

1. If your ship is sinking, plug the leaks right away! Find a source of income right now that will allow you to pay your basic expenses and meet your basic needs.
2. If you have to have a job, look for something that will allow you to meet lots of great positive and successful people.
3. Network Marketing is designed as a part time business. If you want to build a successful business, work your business part time until you can do it full time. Don’t wait to do it full time. I’ve seen people try to get themselves in position before doing anything. You are already in position. Each day that goes by costs you money. Organizations take time to mature. You’ll make more money on the 24th month of a mature organization than in the first 18 months combined. Don’t wait!
4. Your $31 per month pays for cards and gifts each month. When sent out in the form of cards and gifts, each $31 you spend can pay you back hundreds or even thousands of dollars over time when used effectively. Remember that you ultimately get paid for adding value to the lives of others. Your points are simply workers that have the potential to add tons of value to the lives of others.
“Do nice things for others with your points and nice things will come back to you partially in the form of money.”
5. If you have to cut back, cut back on things that you really don’t need or care about first. If you are serious about being a successful entrepreneur, don’t cut back on the resources necessary to build your business. $1000 wisely invested in your business today can produce returns that can’t be measured over time.

A. You must have your basic living needs covered for you and your family (food, shelter, clothing, reliable transportation).
B. You must have a working computer.
C. You must have a high speed internet connection.
D. You must have a phone.
E. You must have some points and postage each month.
F. You must be able to meet people daily either offline or online.

Talk is cheap. Everyone says they want to be an entrepreneur, but few are willing to do what’s necessary. In traditional business start-ups you must come up with between $25,000 and 1 million to open a business. Most businesses won’t even break even for 3-5 years. We offer a business that allows you to start-up with a few hundred dollars and break even in your first few days, weeks or months. We offer a business that you can start without giving up what you are currently doing. Our business gives you a true chance for residual income. Most traditional businesses have conventions and trade-shows that cost thousands to attend. It’s usually not an option to not attend if you want to stay on the cutting edge. The best thing about our business is it’s so inexpensive to get in to and run. The worst thing about our business is it’s so inexpensive to get in to and run.

There has never been a better time to build a networking marketing business. More and more people are coming to the realization that they won’t be able to retire on their current investments and savings. Most people are beginning to see that the equity in their home isn’t going to provide the financial buffer they once thought. Options are limited without large amounts of capital required to start a traditional business. We provide the business model, company infrastructure and leadership support necessary for anyone with ambition to succeed.

IMAGINE

Your business starts with your imagination. In fact, all successful manifestations start with the imagination. Imagine what your life will be like. In “Willy Wonka and the Chocolate Factory”, Willy sings, the song “Pure Imagination”. He sings, “If you want to view paradise, simply look around and view it, anything you want to do it. You can change the world there’s nothing to it!”

There is “nothing to it”, as long as you are able to imagine a compelling future, believe it and put some action behind it. When it’s so real that you can’t tell the difference between your imagination and your reality, your life transforms seemingly overnight. I know this because I have done it many times. Many of you have experienced the same thing and brought your dreams to fruition.

For example, maybe you dreamt about taking your family on a great vacation. 6 months later, you are on the trip. Maybe the trip involved hammocks and palm trees in the winter. Possibly, you spotted your dream car on the road and visited the dealership. You may have looked it up on the internet or checked out some cool photos in a car magazine. 1 year later, the dream car may be yours. You started by imagining what it would be like to drive that car.

At one point in your life, you may have envisioned a dream job or business for yourself. You researched it, met the right people, prepared yourself and, “BANG”! The job was yours! It all started with your IMAGINATION.

Almost every modern convenience we enjoy today started with one person’s imagination. Someone sat there and said, “imagine what it would be like if…”

From the time Orville and Wilbur flew in the first manned aircraft until the time we put someone on the moon was only 60 years. All because of imagination!

As a child, I used to have visions that were so real, I couldn’t tell the difference between my dreams and my reality. I used to dream that I could fly. In fact, I can remember going into my backyard and closing my eyes. With the right thoughts, I could lift myself off the ground and float for a few seconds. This may sound crazy to you, but as I child, it was as real as actually flying. With some practice (I used to exercise my mind), I could stay in the air for 30 seconds to a minute. Over the next few years, I was able to go into my backyard and lift myself off the ground almost effortlessly. I can remember the feel and smell of the grass below my feet and the feel of the air on my face. I would float above the houses in my neighborhood. Everyone thought I was crazy when I told them my stories of flying. I practiced flying for years.

25 years later, I found myself camping with some close friends on Mingus Mountain in Central
Arizona. We took a short hike to the top of the mountain and as we walked out of the forest up to an opening in the woods, we looked in awe at 150 or so colorful hang gliders all assembled and spread out adjacent to tents and pickup trucks. As the wind picked up, one by one each hang glider pilot positioned himself up on the top of the ramp leading off the mountain. A short dirt ramp tilted slightly downward was a launching pad for a magical flying carpet ride into the clouds. As each pilot stepped off the ramp into the air, I was instantly brought back to my childhood. They were being lifted off the mountain in much the same way as I was lifted off my lawn as a child. This was it. This was my real chance to fly. One by one, each pilot was lifted into the air until a gaggle of triangles floated in sky above me. It took my breath away.

On Monday, I started doing my research and made a few phone calls. I found out that a glider costs about $5000 and you need to take lessons and also have good reliable transportation. I had none of the above. No truck and no money. But I did have my imagination. And I continued to imagine, believe and I took action. For me it seemed impossible, but I’m not opposed to doing the impossible.

Over the next 6 months, I saved up $500 to take my first 3 lessons. I was the least likely candidate to fly hang gliders. From the day that I saw the gliders flying off that mountain to the day I had my first 3 hour flight, was 2 years. I paid for 1 lesson at a time and bought a used glider for $500. I picked up and old jeep and rigged it to handle the glider and I met some of the wives of the other pilots that could drive for me. I took 6 months of grueling lessons out in the desert and eventually on a cloudy day in September of 1995, I stepped off Mingus Mountain for my first mountain flight. Although it was only about 20 minutes long and the weather was less than perfect, it was a day that changed my life. I went on to fly hundreds of times all over the US and Mexico. My imagination led me to experience what it felt like to be an eagle, to soar above the mountain and feel the wind in my face, to lose myself in the experience of flying.

Let’s talk about doubt. There was no place for doubt in my journey to flying. Dreams and doubt really don’t live in the same place for those that succeed. Doubt would have killed my dream. Doubt is like a cancer that limits what’s possible. Doubt kills. Dreams send out positive energy and doubt sends out negative energy. Imagine what path my journey would have taken if I had begun to doubt? A doubting person doesn’t continue to take the necessary actions. A doubting person puts their bright future at risk. Doubt is a disease that kills growth.

Can you see that flying and doubt don’t work well together?? What if flying represented your success in business? Flying without doubt is easy. Flying with doubt is scary!!!!

Our business is painless and fun, when doubt is not present. Our business is painful when doubt is present.

As I said on a previous message, people will doubt at different stages of growth. As doubt creeps in, I can see the impact it has on their business. Do you see that there is no space for doubt in Kody Bateman’s life? We are simply a microcosm of Kody’s business.

Let’s talk real life now. Back in late 2004, when I was considering doing SendOutCards as a business, I had people tell me that they had heard of SendOutCards and that there were already people doing it. There were 2000 people in the company at the time. They were doubtful and I was not. I went on to build a group of 35,000 distributors. They didn’t. When no one has done it, many people doubt if it can be done. Once in a while someone comes along and they have no doubt. They just have a dream. Once it’s been done, then doubters will ask, “yes, but can it be done again?” Usually the people that ask this question, as a skeptic, won’t do it. The one that will do it is the one that had the dream. In my last company, there were 18 or so people that had more distributors in their group than I do today. I plan on building my group to over 1,000,000 people. Do you know that daily I have people ask me if I think it’s possible for others to do what I have done? These questions usually come from doubters. The dreamers are actually already doing it! They are on their way!

Many people get to a certain point and begin to doubt. I know who they are because typically their incomes will plateau. Sometimes they plateau at $1000 per month. Sometimes they plateau at $8000 per month. I’ve even seen some plateau at $50,000 per month. And then I get a call with all the questions. Usually I want to get off the phone because that energy conflicts with my energy as a dreamer. It hurts me. I want them to see what I see, but all they see is doubt and fear. Will the company be around? What will Kody do with the company? Is the market saturated? How big can this actually get? Is there still room for me? What about this and what about that? Do you see that unfulfilled, unrealistic dreams don’t live in the same space as these questions?

When no one has done it, the big question is “can it be done?” Once someone has done it, the question becomes, “is there room for someone else to do it?” There are those that see it and those that don’t.

Here’s where I am with all of this. No one believed it was possible to earn money in greeting cards. All the experts in Network Marketing said, “It sounds like a great idea but there’s no money in it.” Today, some of our leaders are earning $10,000-$50,000 per month. My income this month in a company that virtually everyone said “there’s no money” is about $170,000 (for the month). If you have a dream, you might see an opportunity for you to do the same thing if you go out and build a team of 35,000 people. Is it possible?
I know it is, but not for someone who doubts. Doubting will not get you off the mountain! Dreaming will.

You must dream.
You must prepare.
You must act.

“Imagine what my life will be like if…. ”

What if our company grows to 5 million users in many countries around the world?

What if I just had 1 distributor in every town in the US?

What if 20,000 or 30,000 of them are in my downline?

What if I get checks each month totaling $5000/mo.? $10,000/mo.? $30,000/mo.?

Where will I be living?

Who will I spend time with?

What charitable causes will I be supporting?

Where will I travel to?

What will I do with all my free time?

What will I drive?

Where will my kids go to school?

Where will I invest my money?

What will my mornings be like?

How will I spend my evenings?

Imagine what your life will be like!

 

TURNING STAGNATION INTO POWERFUL ACTION

Just the title conjures up power. Keep this in your mind and it can empower you daily to take meaningful action. Meaningful action leads to results. Sometimes it’s just getting started. Have you ever noticed that when you get in motion, you tend to stay in motion? Have you also noticed that when you get stuck you tend to stay stuck? Your success in business may require you to consciously break that cycle of inertia by doing something positive even when you don’t feel like it. There are many days that I don’t feel like working. All I need to do is, get started. Once I start I’m off to the races! There may be tougher weeks that require daily jumpstarts just to keep going. Other times you’ll just be on a roll!

I have a friend named Alistair Humphreys. He’s from the UK and when he was 24 years old he decided to ride his bicycle around the world www.roundtheworldbybike.com. Alastair rode from England to South Africa, crossed the Atlantic by yacht and then cycled from Patagonia to Alaska. Crossing the Pacific by freighter, Alastair completed his expedition by cycling back to England from eastern Siberia. He traveled through 60 countries, on 5 continents and covered 46,000 miles in 4 years! His trip was self-funded and 100% of the donations went to “Hope and Homes for Children”.

When Alistair was riding through Arizona up from Mexico, the local news station picked up the story that his bicycle was falling apart and he needed a new one to continue his trip. I believe he went through 5 bicycles on his journey. My good friend Casandra Smith saw the news story and called me. I got in touch with Alistair and met with him at the AJ’s on Camelback and Central Ave in Phoenix. The special cycle he needed cost $2000 and I decided to buy one for him so he could continue his journey. We have been in touch with each other ever since then.

As we sat at the coffee bar at AJ’s that morning, Alistair shared with me some details about his journey through the jungles of Africa. He said that there were many times that the ground was so soft that he couldn’t ride on it and had to walk for miles in the scalding heat. He also shared about times at higher elevations that he could coast down the mountain roads for hours.

Your business is much the same way. The question is, how bad do you want to complete the journey and is your commitment to the crusade worthy of the time you are spending on it? Think about your life, your family, the lives you will touch and the fun of it all. There were many days that Alistair had to wake up in the morning and re-start his journey. Other times he could coast for hours. Sometimes starting is all you need to get you through the day.

This leads me to the topic of “Promptings”. Your promptings are your inner voice. I have noticed, that when I am out of practice listening to my promptings, I begin to question myself. My promptings guide me on my journey. Your promptings will keep you safe and when you truly act on them out of love and not fear, they will always lead you in the right direction. Other people cannot give you your promptings. In other words, when you doubt yourself and ask others for advice, you’ll typically be lead in a different direction. Kody says, “If you act on YOUR promptings it will lead you to your genius!” It’s so true. Everyone told me not to go with SendOutCards as a business. They told me that there is no money in it! I consulted what many of you would consider to be industry experts. They ALL said that there is not a long term future here. That was 4 1/2 years ago and man, were they wrong! I followed my promptings to go for it. It felt right and I knew that if it felt this right for me it would probably feel this right for millions of others! And were just getting started! I can easily see us going from a $50 million dollar company to $100 million, $500 million and then a billion. It’s in the cards!

I have seen many people from other companies recruit on the basis of “fear of loss”. Recruiting on the basis of scarcity, never leads to long term success. Success is short-lived when the basis of it is about what you’ll lose if you don’t get in now. It usually sounds like this; “Get in early if you want to make a lot of money! You’ll miss out if you don’t sign up now!” You always get what you focus on. I choose to focus on abundance. I can indefinitely attract hundreds of thousands of people in a world of abundance.
Abundance is forever and is based in love. Scarcity is about fear of losing out and the result is short lived. Your team will be on to something else that offers a better promise when you recruit this way. If you find yourself being lured by “fear of loss”, I suggest your re-evaluate your values and motivation.

I was offered $1 million dollars to join another company 4 1/2 years ago after having success in my last company. I was told that if I didn’t sign up right away, I would LOSE OUT on the opportunity to recruit thousands of people that were looking for a home from my last company. I was patient and looked inward for the answer. I listened to that voice that told me the right thing to do. I turned down that $1 million dollar offer. I joined SendOutCards. No one in SendOutCards had made 10K in a month. There was no track record for success in this company when I joined. I followed my promptings.

You’ll have many questions on your journey. These are questions that only YOU can answer. Write them down and sleep on them. LISTEN for the answers. You’ll know if you listen. In fact, you already know the answers. They just need to come to you. Here are some of the questions you may ask yourself on your journey. Again, don’t look for someone else to give you the answers, because you’ll end up on a journey that is not yours. LET GO of having to KNOW everything now. Simply stay in action, ask and listen to your inner promptings.

Usually if you are struggling, it’s because you are holding on too tight and trying too hard. You must define your life (who you are) through your “I am” statements, stay in action and let go of the result. Listen to your inner promptings and they will guide you. Here are some of the questions you may be seeking answers too. It’s great to ask the questions, but let go of having to know the answers now.
Write the questions down and listen for the answers. They will come to you:

What do I say in the card?
What do I say to someone when I call them?
How long do I wait to follow up?
Should I jump in full time?
Should I send a card first or should I call them first?
How much money can I make?
How many people should I contact each day?

There are hundreds of questions that could be asked here. You’ll have your own. Let the answers come to you and most importantly, LISTEN. The reason I emphasize this is because most of us have stopped listening and that’s what causes us to doubt. ACT on your promptings. I am in the habit of sending cards daily. I jump on my computer,look in my contact manager and listen for that voice that tells me who to send cards to today. I KNOW what to say in the cards to the people that are important to me. No one else can do that for me. Those are my relationships and mine only!

Here are a few key points from tonight’s call
(Turning stagnation into powerful action):

1. Meaningful daily action leads to positive results. Take action each day even when you don’t feel like it. Let your commitments and your promptings guide you.

2. Your “I am” statements will define who you are.

3. RE-START as many times as you need to. Sometimes you’ll need to re-start daily until things get moving. This is not unusual even for the top producers in our profession (or any profession!).

4. ALLOW your promptings to guide you on your journey. Advice from others can be helpful, but make sure and listen to what your gut is telling you. Doubt happens when you stop listening to your own promptings.

5. Make your choices out of love and not fear. Choices based in scarcity almost always lead to ruin. If you are deciding to do something because of what you will lose if you don’t, your success will be short lived. Choose your life path from a place of abundance. There is no urgency or fear on this path. It’s a path of a never-ending flow of goodness. You’ll attract what you focus on.


August 19, 2013 -

HE BEST OF MONDAY NIGHTS:

Q: I’m busy, can I make this work with a family and another career or do I need to do this full time to make money?

A: It is a total myth that one needs to put 100% of their time in to their network marketing business if they want to be successful. Believing that you need to do this is the first obstacle you must overcome. In my last company, I had a full time job and I built an organization that ultimately paid me millions of dollars over time. I also have many friends that work only a few hours per week (under 10) and have what most people would consider “full time” income. The real value of Network Marketing is that it provides leverage. I have met people with families and jobs that consistently spend 2-4 hours per day in front of the television. The AVERAGE family spends 30-40 hours PER WEEK in front of the TV. Someone could build a business that replaces their current income by simply scaling back their TV time to 10 hours per week and using the remaining 20 hours per week to introduce SendOutCards to 10 people per week. Leveraging time and people can give you the power to invest limi
ted time and money in your business and produce extraordinary results. You’ve heard me say that if you can invest 5 hours per week and find 4 other people that can invest 5 hours per week, you now get to benefit from 20 hours worth of work a week, but you are only putting in 5! Imagine getting paid for thousands of hours worth of work a week and you’re only putting in a few! You can build a successful enterprise on just a few hours a week.

Without being blunt, even if you are busy, please don’t use that as an excuse. If you are busy, you need the business more than ever. You need passive residual income. You need to free yourself from the shackles of linear income.

Most people that earn great money in our business were already busy when they joined us. For most of them, that’s why they did it! In fact, I have found that busy people are well connected and they get things done. I look for busy people to sponsor in to the business. So if you are busy, congratulations! You’ll do great!

Q: How do you actually make money on a $0.62 greeting card?

A: Actually, it is difficult to see the money in SendOutCards for most people. I do know that when millions of people use a service that generates a revenue of $50 per person, even if someone only makes a few cents per use, lots of revenue is created. Imagine getting paid every time someone drinks a can of coke. It’s hard to believe you can make lots of money unless LOTS of people are drinking a few sodas each. Many products generate millions of dollars for their respective companies yet we only spend a few pennies a day on them. Tooth paste, Q-Tips, chewing gum, etc. We spend PENNIES per day generating MILLIONS OF DOLLARS. There is a lot of PROFIT in a 62 cent card! It is paper and ink. The average person using SOC spends 5 times more on our greeting cards than they did using the other companies yet our cards are 1/5th the price! How is this possible? We have made it so much easier.  One card with Hallmark is $4 and that average person spends $3 per month. Our customers aver
age $40 per month (over the entire year). I don’t care how you slice it, any product that attracts millions of users at $40 a month will be big! In fact Netflix is a $10 billion company with the bulk of their customers spending $10 a month! In most businesses, you must become an expert at marketing to attract a large amount of business. In network marketing, you must get good enough to attract just a few people and teach others to do the same. Over time, you can have thousands of users. It’s more about keeping it simple than learning complex systems and processes designed to get lots and lots of people. In all network marketing companies there are many people that make great residual income on just a few pennies per use. I have many close friends that make enough money to cover their house and car payments with their residuals and many others that earn in one month what many make in a year at their traditional jobs.

Q: What ‘Markets’ should I focus on and which areas are least saturated?

A: I get this question regularly. Generally, there are 4 groups of people that I would consider to be the ‘low hanging fruit’. These groups are:

1. Entrepreneurs.
2. Small Business Owners.
3. Independent Salespeople.
4. Network Marketers.
5. EMPLOYEES!! (90% OF THE POPULATION!)

But, here’s the problem: traditional demographic strategy doesn’t work in network marketing. Can you figure out why? Let’s say that your small town has LOTS of SendOutCards distributors in it but all the surrounding towns have few. Does this mean that you can’t succeed in your town? Absolutely not. If 1% of your town is signed up, there are 99% that are not. If you sign up a few in the 99%, there is a good chance that they know some people in the adjacent towns!

Also, you may not approach someone because they don’t fit your ‘mold’ for a good distributor. However they may know someone that is perfect. That person may become the next big player in SOC and you would have never connected with them because you limited yourself only to those in your limited range of vision.

SOLVING PROBLEMS -

Most problems can be solved using the same simple 2 step plan. Take a break. Clear your mind. Breathe. Free yourself of the burden of your draining circumstances. Then, reframe (refocus) on the great things that will come from your problem.

1. REFRESH
2. REFOCUS

I don’t watch much TV, but 2 nights ago I saw a commercial for a cable company. Their slogan was “Get connected”. I love this because it has so many great interpretations.

GET CONNECTED:

1. Get connected with your source.
2. Get connected with yourself.
3. Get connected with others.

We all have a need to get connected. SendOutCards is a perfect mechanism for getting connected on all levels. Kody says, “Act on your promptings and it will lead you to your genius.” Listening to promptings is listening to your source. It’s connecting with your higher power. Sending cards is connecting with your heart. The receiving of a card connects you with others on a spiritual level (not religious, but the need to feel and be connected).

Refresh and Refocus.

NO ONE IS DOING ANYTHING IN MY GROUP!

Refresh and refocus. Do you feel the draining energy in this? You are focusing on the problem which creates more of a problem. By trying to fix it you actually cause more pain for yourself because you are sending the message that ‘something is wrong!’ Refresh and refocus. You’re attached to the outcome so much so that when it doesn’t happen the way you expect it to, you get really frustrated. You get stuck. Let go and refocus on something that inspires you to take positive action. Refresh: Take a break. Refocus: Find 3 of the people in your group that are inspired and form a team with them. Go to the convention together and plan to turn your power team of 3 into thousands. That’s refocusing.

HOW TO HANDLE THE “PYRAMID” THING.

This is one that I never get because I just don’t attract it. I love network marketing and I’m proud of it. I have zero concerns about the type of business it is because I believe it offers the best opportunity in the marketplace today for someone who has little money but has the desire to grow a large residual income. So with no concerns, I don’t attract that concern. If you are concerned about it, you’ll probably attract it. You might try reading my book, Beach Money (www.beachmoney.com) or ‘The New Professionals’ by Dr. Charles King. Also, Paul Zane Pilzers book, ‘The Next Millionaires’ does a great job of explaining why Network Marketing is so powerful.

Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki wrote a book together called, “So you want to be
Rich?” They are really hot on Network marketing as well.

If it comes up, you can ask:

“What do you know about Network Marketing?” Let them tell you. Usually they really don’t know what it is and many times they are just asking and really don’t have any concerns around it.

Back in the 80s, 90% of the population was very skeptical of it but today, it has become a well- accepted way of doing business. There are hundreds of thousands of successful entrepreneurs in our field making money selling over 35 billion $$ worth of product world-wide.

Just for your information, there are laws that govern our profession. We are monitored quite closely by a few regulatory agencies including the FTC and the Attorney Generals.

The laws are similar to the laws that govern the franchise industry.

Here are the basic regulatory guidelines that determine whether a company is legal or not:

1. MAKING AN INCOME CLAIM IS TYPICALLY ILLEGAL ” It’s illegal to talk to people about how much money they will make as a lure to get them to sign up. The regulators call this “enticement”. You can certainly show them our compensation plan but make no claims about how much money they will make. Companies that make it a practice to show checks usually end up in trouble down the road. Lifestyle claims are also illegal. Most MLM attorneys discourage companies to show checks even with an income disclosure. We have a policy prohibiting our distributors from using checks or income to recruit new distributors.

2. YOU MUST HAVE A PRODUCT OR SERVICE THAT’S IN DEMAND -
In other words, people would buy it whether it was sold through network marketing or not. You cannot have a product that has little or no value to the end user in the marketplace.

3. THE PLAN MUST ALLOW FOR AN INDIVIDUAL TO POTENTIALLY EARN
MORE THAN THE PEOPLE ABOVE THEM IN THE PLAN – If not, it’s a pyramid and is illegal. I make more money than my sponsor. Demarr makes more money than his sponsor. Legally you must be able to pass your sponsor in the marketing plan.

4. FRONT END LOADING IS ILLEGAL – Front end loading is the purchase of product just to make more money or to get a promotion. This is where the phrase “Garage Qualified” comes from. If members of the organization are encouraged to buy more product than they can sell just to get promoted or qualify for a higher bonus level, the organization may be exposed to possible regulatory risks.

5. GETTING PAID TO RECRUIT IS ILLEGAL – An individual can get paid for customer acquisition or training a new distributor but getting paid for the sole act of recruiting is frowned upon by the regulators. This is why it’s essential that each new person gets trained on how to use the system. We do not get paid until our new distributor gets 1 preferred customer or 2 retail customers.

THE BEST WAY TO HANDLE THE PYRAMID QUESTION IS TO GIVE SOMEONE
A THIRD PARTY TOOL OR SHOW THEM A VIDEO. I love “The Four Year Career” by
Richard Brooke (You can get it through the SOC System. Most people are usually just skeptical and need just a little more validation.

BREAKING LOOSE!

There are exactly 4 months left in the year, about 120 days. The next 120 days can be just like the last 120 days or they can launch you in to 2014 with so much momentum that your life will never be the same. In my last company, my income grew from $2800 per month to over $34,000 between my 33rd month and my 40th month.

Truthfully, this will not happen for you if you simply treat the next 120 days the way you treated the last 120 days. You must become the person that deserves and expects this kind of growth to attract it. You must change. Money will not make you the person you need to become. We teach the importance of ‘I am’ statements in the Treat ‘Em Right Seminars. Your ‘I am’ statements will transform you into the person you’ll need to be to create the massive shift we are talking about here.

If you are fearful, doubtful, apprehensive, unsure, impatient, desperate, anxious, greedy or distracted, you will probably not get the momentum you are looking for. You must re-invent yourself tonight. You must immediately become the person that is worthy of attracting success and being a leader. These are all feelings that we move in and out of all the time. The key is to be aware of these feelings and then reframe them. Flip them around and turn them into empowering feelings that will serve you over the next 120 days.

You must start here. When you go into massive action before creating yourself as a person that deserves success, you’ll get frustrated because you will be spinning your wheels. Remember, affirmation first – then action. Affirmation without action leads to delusion. Action without affirmation leads to frustration. How many of you know someone that says their affirmations daily, but they never DO anything??!! They are delusional. How many of you know someone that works, and works and works and works, but gets poor results. They may be in action with no empowering affirmations! This is frustrating! Action without affirmation leads to frustration!

So who are you that deserve and expect success? Are you confident? Are you empowered? Are you empowering? Are you a leader of leaders? Are you lucky? Are you blessed? Are you loving? Are you charismatic? Are you friendly? Are you fun to be around? Are you healthy?

Do not skip this step! Keep it simple, write down three things that you ARE that will empower you. Put them where you can see them every day. Read them daily. When you find yourself going ‘South’, immediately re-invent yourself by reading your 3 ‘I am’ Statements.

Breaking loose will require a little extra time and a little extra effort. There is a misnomer that to make twice as much money you must work twice as hard. Actually the difference between being #1 and being #2 is just a little bit of extra effort. Tonight will be about a personal challenge to do just a little more. It’s crystal clear to me and others that are winning in the game of life. We say to ourselves, “If they only knew, they would just do a little more”.  It’s not that tough, actually it’s really tough if you are not being the person you need to be to find and lead people. It’s easy once you become that person. You become that person in an instant. Once you become that person, success flows to you quickly and easily at whatever you put your mind to!

In my last company, I had just purchased my first dream home in the mountains of Arizona. It was a beautiful mountain home in the forest with tall cathedral ceilings and huge picture windows that framed the valley below. The sky and the mountains were like a beautiful painting. The pine trees came right up through the decks and when the wind blew, they sounded just like the ocean. My network marketing income allows me to come and go as I please. Every day is Saturday in my world.

One Sunday night in October, I was cruising up to Pine in my convertible. The top was down and the night breeze was cool. The sun had set and the mountain roads snaked up through the pine forests. What I noticed that night taught me a valuable lesson. As I drove up the mountain, I noticed a chain of car lights that went on for 50 miles on the southbound road that led back down to Phoenix. I was the only one going UP the mountain that night and thousands of cars were coming down the mountain. The mountains were a weekend vacation retreat for the masses, but I LIVED there!

I was driving UP on Sunday night while everyone else was driving down. You see what happened on Saturday night, was, the boss started to rattle the chain that was attached to the ankles of all those that had to go to work on Mondaymorning. “Time to pack it up!” I guarantee that if that chain didn’t get rattled, the majority of them would have stayed on vacation!

Winning as an entrepreneur means THINKING DIFFERENTLY. It means going against the grain. It means driving in the other direction. It means standing up for what you believe in. Here’s how I see it; We are not average. We will do what average people won’t do.

So tonight we are talking about busting loose in 2014. That means doing more of the right activities than the average distributor does. We are not going to talk about doing more than the average couch potato, this would just get you better than average results. We are going to talk about the extra 5% that will make the difference as to whether you plod along or whether you have a banner, kick-some-butt 2014! But we are not talking about burning yourself out or being a work-a-holic. Remember the difference is simply doing a little extra.

What does this mean?

If the average distributor is sending about 1 card per day, send out 3 heartfelt cards per day.

If the average distributor never makes it to a Treat ‘em right Seminar, go to 4 per year.

If the average distributor meets one new person per day, meet 3 new people per day.

If the average distributor does one gift account walk-through per week, do one per day. Do 2-5 per day to break-loose quickly!

If the average distributor usually doesn’t make it to the Monday night call, be on all of them!

If the average distributor is afraid to share Sendoutcards, make sure everyone you know at least knows what you are up to.

If the average distributor does SendOutCards ‘on the side’, consider doing SendOutCards as a major positive force in your life.

If the average distributor doesn’t follow up, make sure you follow up with everyone you meet with cards, e-mails, phone calls. Become a valuable resource to the people you meet. Following up to me means making friends with everyone I like and keeping them friends over my lifetime by nurturing our relationship.

If the average distributor gives up easily, never give up.

Very simply, stand out as a leader of leaders. Become great at what you do. The rewards will astound you.

I have heard it said that the difference between water boiling or not is just 1 degree! Just 1 degree more heat makes a huge difference. Have you ever wondered what would happen if on take-off in a Boeing 757, the pilot was just 1 knot short of take-off speed? What would happen? That 1 extra knot makes the difference as to whether an airplane takes off or crashes. Do you get the point? It’s not a huge shift! It’s just doing a little more that makes a huge difference!

My challenge to you beginning tonight is to define yourself as someone who wins. Not just someone who gets by or makes a living, but someone who wins in a big way. Starting tonight, own your power. Recognize that your actions today can potentially impact many thousands of people as your team grows. You have the opportunity to change many lives and impact thousands or even 10′s of thousands of people by who you introduce SendOutCards to. My challenge to you is to do just a little more each day, for the next 120 days. Make SendOutCards a top priority in your life for the next 120 days. Instead of trying to work SendOutCards into your life as a side business, make your life about the crusade to change lives and make a difference for many others for the next 4 months.

SENDOUTCARDS

For many reasons, SendOutCards has the best opportunity in the marketplace today. About 95% of startup network marketing companies fail due to mis-management, poor leadership, product fulfillment issues, legal problems or growing pains. Managing growth is a huge challenge in a company’s first 2-5 years. We now have a performance model and track record that has gotten us through the toughest phase of growth. We are now poised for explosive expansion. We have a compensation plan that is outpacing the top companies in our profession without the risk of front end loading (this is a practice that is involving purchasing large quantities of product up front – it drives big checks but has some huge legal, ethical ramifications). We have a product that is unique and has virtually no competition, we are the only company of its kind in network marketing. This is important because we don’t have the challenges that many of the nutritional companies face due to increased competition in th
eir market class. We have a product that people love regardless of what profession they are in and anyone can find a use for it. We are in the early phases of movement that will transform relationships and bring out the best in people. SendOutCards is a once in a lifetime opportunity. Don’t wait around. This is the time to establish your base to prepare for the wave that’s coming! By the way, there are only 10 companies that are $100 million + companies that have been around for 10 years or more. THOUSANDS have come and gone. We are on our way.


July 23, 2013 – The Mountain Doesn’t Care
THE MOUNTAIN DOESN’T CARE!

Back my early days of flying hang gliders I adopted a saying, “The mountain doesn’t care”, after a friend of mine crashed his glider and almost died. He had been flying for years and was beginning to feel invincible. He tried to launch off the mountain with a tailwind, which is nearly impossible. He went into an immediate stall and crashed on the side of the mountain. He had to be airlifted off the mountain and fortunately he survived, at the cost of sustaining severe injuries.
“The mountain doesn’t care.” It’s a mountain and there are certain laws you must follow to fly safely. Each pilot gets treated equally by the mountain.

One of the things I love about network marketing is that everyone gets treated equally. We all play by the same set of rules and in our case, “The computer doesn’t care.” Each week a virtual “snapshot” is taken and a check is sent to the address attached to the ID# that coincides with that account activity. The check amount is based the activity of your account. The computer doesn’t look at the color of your skin, your muscle tone, your age, how much hair you have (or don’t have) or whether you have a college degree. It’s a level playing field! In fact, the only difference between $1,000 a month and $10,000 a month is one zero. It’s simply numbers. Network Marketing is the great equalizer!

I had someone with 5,000 distributors on his team come to me upset because he wasn’t earning what I’m earning in the business. If I had 5,000 distributors, I would be making what he is making. The numbers are the numbers. If I want to earn 10 times as much as I’m earning now, I’ll need to increase my volume by 10X (which means I’ll need to increase my distributor count to reflect my desire). It’s a very simple formula.

You can stand on the mountain all day long and yell, “It’s not fair”. The mountain doesn’t care.
There are laws to follow. If you can crack the simple code, then you’ll get to play in the game at whatever level you choose. If you break the laws on the mountain, you can die or get seriously injured. At the least, you won’t have an enjoyable flight at all. In our business, you won’t die but your excuses won’t pay the bills! For example, saying “I don’t know anyone” is implying that somehow the people that make money have some magical advantage over you. Like they miraculously were born knowing a lot of people!

The people making a significant residual check don’t have a magic wand or pixie dust that they wave over others. They are just like you! In fact, their stories and backgrounds are so varied that it’s nearly impossible to say that one type of person is more likely to succeed than another. The computer system is simply a measuring device that evaluates a bunch of data to determine how much money your faceless ID# is to receive.

So, how do you get a bigger check? Find people that will get a few customers and teach them to do the same. Each person only needs a few to qualify. We find people by sorting. Make a list. Ask people to watch the video and send a free card on us. Look for the ones that want to join us, then train them to get their 7/30/Q qualification met. Do this over and over.

ALL of us are playing in the same sandbox. In fact, if you will replicate what I have done, our company will send YOU checks of over $100,000 a month. I have not been ordained to receive big checks. I have many friends in many other companies that have done the same thing. We are all very different! Sarah Robbins is a pretty, young, married woman in her 20′s that had never done network marketing. Donna Johnson was a single mom when she reached the pinnacle of her success making six figures a month. I’m about as different from Randy Gage as they come. We are great friends, we both understand the fundamental rules to the game but, our lifestyles are nothing alike. Phillip Eckart and Simon Aboud are both six figure earners and I don’t have much in common with either of them other than we all love network marketing. These people are not extra lucky. We have all paid dues.

So here are some things that I hear people say that keep them from having what they say they want in the business:

“I don’t have what it takes to do this.” – THE MOUNTAIN DOESN’T CARE!
“I don’t know anyone.” – THE MOUNTAIN DOESN’T CARE!
“I’m too young.” – THE MOUNTAIN DOESN’T CARE!
“I’m too old.” – THE MOUNTAIN DOESN’T CARE!
“You need money to make money.” – THE MOUNTAIN DOESN’T CARE!
“The people in my town are different!” – THE MOUNTAIN DOESN’T CARE!

I JUST RECEIVED THIS TEXT FROM LYNN SELWA:

“I don’t have to wonder if I’m being paid less or being held back from a promotion simply because I’m female. Nor am I worried about being laid off or not taken seriously because I need flextime to take care of my family. The computer doesn’t care!!” Thank goodness!!

PEOPLE ARE PEOPLE ARE PEOPLE

It doesn’t matter where in the world we go. People are people. People need appreciation and love.
People crave freedom and lifestyle. People want more money to do the things they are passionate about.
We offer all of these things! There is no better gift.

Here’s an example of someone that doesn’t get it. I received a Facebook message yesterday from a guy that I haven’t heard from in 3 years. I can’t even remember the last time I received a phone call, card or message from this guy. Then out of the blue, I get a message in my FB inbox asking me to take a look at something that he is doing. This is an example of someone that wants something from me but at the same time has not made effort, even once, to contribute to my life in any way. How can he expect me to want to consider his proposal if he hasn’t reached out to me in 3 years? There are takers and there are givers. Givers have the world at their fingertips. Become a giver in all aspects of your life and you will be blessed with an abundance of people that want to hear what you have going on in your life!

SendOutCards is the ultimate giving machine!

Here are just a few things you can do to align yourself with the rules to play this game successfully:

1. Be likable and agreeable. People love to be around likable and agreeable people.
2. Don’t push. If someone is not interested, then keep the doors open for them to join you sometime in the future.
3. Get permission to show someone the business first. Ask, “Would it be okay if I showed you something that you may like?”
4. Get passionate about our mission. Become a true warrior for kindness and appreciation.
5. Give to give.
6. Love people.
7. Dream big and help others to dream big.
8. Push yourself to do a little more.
9. Get a little competitive.
10. Grow and keep a LONG list.
11. Meet new people every day.
12. Freely compliment others.
13. Stay in touch; place a call, send a card, send a message, etc. regularly so that others know you are still around and that you care.
14. Schedule time to get together with your friends and connections on a regular basis.
15. Get personal with the members of your team.
16. Stop chasing people. Work with the few that are working.
17. Be friendly.
18. Send personal cards daily.
19. Schedule appointments/meetings on your calendar, (phone appointments, in-person appointments, individual and group).
20. Present your business daily.
21. Read your “I am” statements daily. (I have mine on a white board.)

Remember, “The Mountain Doesn’t Care”. Any excuse you give to not do these things is just a reason why you probably won’t get what you want out of the business. When you find yourself rationalizing and coming up with reasons not to do these things say to yourself, “The Mountain Doesn’t Care!


July 15, 2013 – Mindset and Mechanics

MINDSET AND MECHANICS

I want to start with a story. Back in about 2000, the founder of my last company made an announcement on a live videocast that was piped into theaters across the US. I was sitting in a theater on the East Coast after doing an event with about 500 people. The company had just announced a new position (Ambassador) and laid out the requirements to get there. As I sat in the theater hearing the announcement for the first time, I immediately thought to myself, “there is absolutely no way I can get this done”. It would require me to get 5 people promoted to the equivalent to of Senior Manager (called Regional Director) in 90 days. I decided in that moment that I would NOT go for it because it was impossible. I had a completely full schedule and the commitment was way bigger than I could see myself taking on. Well, about 30 days later, Jimmy Dick and Brian McClue were in Arizona and they sat me down. They told me that Kenny Troutt had created this “window” that I needed to step through. This one meeting changed my life forever. They said, “Jordan, you don’t have a choice. You have to get this done. You MUST get promoted to Ambassador!” In other words, they gave me an attitude adjustment!

I was scared and unsure about how I could make it happen but that night I got on the phone and started clearing my schedule. I needed to find 5 people in my highest coded group that wanted to go for it. I had 2 (one was a female attorney and the other was a stay-at-home mom). I called them both and got them excited about the prospect of getting all the way to Regional Director in the next 60 days. I also needed to find 3 others that would want to do the same thing. Each person would need a minimum of 24 new distributors in their groups to get the promotion. Our convention was now 60 days away and I needed to add about 100 new distributors, in all the right places, to get this promotion done. I needed to help 5 people each build a group of 24 to get promoted to Regional Director for me to get my Ambassador promotion. The next day I bought an airline ticket to Chicago and literally camped out there for the next 60 days. I ran newspaper ads, talked to people in restaurants and grocery stores and scheduled appointments morning, noon and night. Our group had breakfast, lunch and dinner meetings 6 days a week. Some meetings had 5 or 10 people and some had none. I ate pizza at Giordina’s Pizza on State Street in Chicago for lunch and dinner 6 days a week for 2 months (we offered free pizza to anyone that would attend). We found the other 3 people in the groups of the two women that agreed to help us make this happen. They each got their Regional Director promotions and I got my Ambassador promotion the day of our convention. In fact, I became the first one (because my last name started with “A”). It also kicked my income up to over $50,000 a month. This one promotion put me on the radar screen and changed my life (thank you, Jimmy Dick!) I became friends with a billionaire because of this one promotion. I got to fly on private jets all over the world because I went for it! I was even invited to many private meetings at the billionaires home! This one move got me on the “inside”. To think, initially I wrote the whole thing off and almost didn’t go for it!

Why am I telling you all of this? Because I know what you are capable of if you will just decide. It’s so easy to say “Oh, I could never do that”. Or, “There are so many people better than me!” NOOOOOO!! You can do it if you will just decide and commit. That little voice that convinces you that you can’t do something is a lie. It is THE THING that is holding you back. The carrot that Kody Bateman put out there, (“the heat is on” promotion) is an opportunity to make yourself known and have some fun. The thoughts that run through your head that are keeping you from going for it are the very REASONS why you must go for it! This is the thing that is holding you back in the business. Now is the time for you to break through to the next level. The worst thing that will happen is that you will be much further along than you are now. Just think about the best thing that could happen!

This is all about MINDSET and MECHANICS. (What you focus on and what you do). Jimmy and Brian helped me to change my focus. Then I went to work!

I’m going to do my best to describe the mindset and mechanics necessary to create your legacy business. But before I do, I must clarify a few things. Listening to me rant each week won’t do this for you. Trying to “get” what I share week in and week out is simply an excuse not to do it. This has little to do with your abilities. Most of you RIGHT NOW have all the skills and tools necessary to build a successful business. I was the person that tried to figure it out for years and then once I decided, (it happened in a moment) everything changed. Save yourself many years of stress and just make the decision! You have everything you need. SendOutCards is a recognized jewel in the network marketing profession. There is no other company that has a product like ours and our compensation plan is proven many times over. It all comes down to mindset and mechanics. The mechanics of the business are the easy part! Most of you know exactly what to do. Meet new people online and offline. Keep adding people to your list. Invite people to take a look. Follow up with them. Sign them up. Train them and teach them to do exactly the same thing! We all know exactly what to do to build a business.

Mindset is the biggest obstacle to success! This is true and we all know it to be true! Any great endeavor is met with HUGE opposition. There is opposition on the outside and on the inside (yes, even on the inside of our company)! Think about the biggest accomplishments of our time and then simply research what went into making them happen. The greater the challenge – the greater the opportunity! Knowing it and saying it doesn’t make it any easier when you are in it, does it? That’s the opportunity. You’ll earn your check many times over! Re-read “Think and Grow Rich” and then read “The War of Art” by Pressfield. HERE’S A KEY SECRET: Your biggest opposition is not on the outside. It has to do with you and your thinking. I know this because once I got my mind right, things took off! The reason SOC is even here today as a company is because a couple of people joined at a time when everything was flat. These people BELIEVED that SOC had a mission worth sharing with the world. I was one of those people. I (along with others) began to SPEAK this truth into the world and we attracted others. We can either speak hope and optimism into the world or we can speak fear and doubt into the world. One attracts and the other repels. We hold the future in our hands (I know I didn’t make up this phase).

I was listening to “The War of Art” today on Audible and once again reminding myself of the greatness of SOC and what it will take to make SOC a billion $$$ company. Do you want to be part of the celebration that will come with doing impossible things? Walt Disney’s famous quote, “It feels good to do the impossible!” says it all. How would you like to be there when we achieve the impossible? Since I joined SOC in 2004 I’ve been hearing over and over again how “It can’t be done”. And you know what? We are doing it!

If you know that giving out and picking up 5 DVDs a day will help to build your business and you are not doing it, then it must mean one thing. Your mindset is off.
Knowing your mindset is off and trying to figure things out is just an excuse for not doing it! Doubt will take you out of action and action will take you out of doubt!! Okay, so your mindset is off. Do you know the best way to get your mindset right? Do something! Start sharing the business every day and you’ll notice your mindset will get 300% better! As soon as you get off of Facebook and out sharing this with BRAND NEW PEOPLE, you’ll begin to experience a brand new lease on life. What if the Oak tree sat around and tried to convince the leaves that have fallen off the tree that they were wrong? The Oak tree drops new acorns, that’s how it grows.

Let’s get real. What is the mindset of a winner? Ask yourself, do you currently have this mindset?

A winner has vision.
A winner has a positive attitude.
A winner feels hope.
A winner sees a solution.
A winner views challenge as an opportunity to prove something to others.
A winner is optimistic.
A winner is in DAILY action.
A winner is personally growing.
A winner spreads good will.
A winner embraces life.
A winner is a dreamer.
A winner is surrounded by POSITIVE people.

Doing a call like this is somewhat cliché because most of the things I talk about are things you already know.
I know it helps me to refocus and be reminded of the attributes of a winner once again. However, it really doesn’t make much of a difference to be made aware of it unless that awareness leads to positive action. Action is the key to changing your state of mind. A positive result always comes from positive action. A positive result will always take you out of doubt.

Here’s an example that you may be able to relate to. You wake up on Saturday morning with the intention to go to the gym and get a good workout. You wake up at the crack of dawn and it is cloudy and drizzly outside. Your soft pillow and 1000 thread count sheets feel so good on your skin and quite frankly, it’s cold outside. Your comfort begins to overshadow your commitment at that moment in time. Then you start beating yourself up with your thoughts. You know exactly what I’m talking about. It’s that argument that you have with yourself. Back and forth you go and usually the concept of “an object at rest tends to remain at rest” wins out! However, if you can get yourself to just GO, after your one-hour workout, you feel great! You feel accomplished. Action is the key. Nike coined the phrase, “Just do it!” This is probably one of the greatest phrases of all times for those that begin to question or doubt themselves.

So what should you do?

1. Refresh your list.
2. If you don’t have a list, TOMORROW go somewhere where you will meet 10 new people (do something!).
3. Set up 3 appointments!
4. Follow up with 10 people.
5. Send a campaign with the new DVD to 10 people that looked at SOC that haven’t gotten started yet.
6. Send 3 heartfelt cards.
7. Show the business to at least one person.

Do all of this with the intention of helping a couple of people get involved with us. I promise you that this will calm any doubt or apprehension you have. It really is that simple. The enemy is in you. Remember, you don’t need proof or outside validation. Nothing great has ever occurred on that plane. If something is happening on the outside that you don’t like then it’s time to take action and change your reality. This is EXACTLY what I did 8 years ago.

That’s pretty much it. There is not one person on this call that cannot do at least a few of the things we’ve talked about.
I would love to see your name at the top of the list! :)

 


June 25, 2013 – The Power of Connecting

THE POWER OF CONNECTING

There is no question that SendOutCards is, by far, the best tool for building relationships and connecting on a personal level available in the marketplace today. There is nothing that beats going to the mailbox and getting the gift of a personalized card that expresses appreciation or gratitude. We’ve all experienced the feeling of a kind word expressed in a card. Most of us have cards we have saved that are especially important to us.

The permeation of technology into our lives makes SendOutCards even more valuable. Everything is being digitized so a card has more impact than ever before. Anyone that has ever received a gift with a photo or a card, and a personal message knows the power of what we have at our fingertips.

Tonight’s call is about “The Power of Connecting”. I want to start with a story.

Story of Joel Bez (Listen to recording).

DOTS

Every time you add a dot, it exponentially increases the number of positive connections. Every time you add a positive connection with another human being in your network it exponentially increases the number of possible opportunities. Miracles happen. This explains a lot. It explains why people with large networks seem to get all the breaks. It explains why people with large networks seem to have all the luck. It explains why people with large networks get more done in less time. It explains why people with large networks make more money!

1. Freely offer sincere compliments.

2. Focus on quality over quantity. Large numbers of quality relationships is even better.

3. Seek out opportunities to praise and appreciate (make it a conscious thing).

4. Give to give – Seek nothing in return.

5. Be a “Connector”. You become more valuable when you help others get value in their relationships with each other. INTRODUCE PEOPLE, then get out of the way.

6. Stay in touch over a lifetime! Each time you break off positive communication and then re-connect, the relationship becomes stronger (Law of familiarity). TELL POST OFFICE STORY. “We’re like old friends..”, “it’s been 10 years but it seems like yesterday that . . . “, etc.

7. Put it in writing, in a card. This anchors the relationship and MAGNIFIES it!

You are making deposits in your social bank account with others when:

1). Others know you were thinking about them in a positive way.
2). You help to make others feel great about themselves.
3). You seek ways to make others look good in the eyes of their peers.
4). You seek out ways to help others be more valuable to those they serve.

HOW TO USE CONTACT MANAGER TO POWERFULLY CONNECT WITH OTHERS:

1. GROUP COMPLIMENT AND EDIFICATION (Example of handyman in BNI Chapter). People will talk to each other!!

2. PARTY/SPORTING EVENT CARDS, GIFTS WITH PHOTOS – Take lots of pictures at a party or sporting event and send everyone from the event a card with all the pictures (learn to use your campaigns for this). OR use SOC playing cards in the Photostore to send decks of cards to those that attended the party or event. They will appreciate and remember this!

3. SEND AT LEAST ONE PERSONAL CARD DAILY – Send a sincere gratitude card each day. There is little that is more powerful than the 30 day gratitude challenge.
a. Explain what you are grateful for.
b. Explain why your thankful (what does it mean to you).

EXAMPLE:

“Neil, you were by far the most influential teacher I had growing up. You didn’t just teach me, you made me think. The thing I appreciate most about you is that you were willing to challenge authority and you were a non-conformist. I believe that my career choice was partly because you caused me to challenge the norm and choose my own path. Thanks for being the best 6th grade teacher a guy ever dream of. ”
(I have stayed in touch with my 6th grade teacher for 44 years. He is my SendOutCards customer. I was with him yesterday in Chicago for my sister’s 50th birthday party. This was an actual card I sent him).

4. SEND TRAINING TIPS AND IDEAS – When you are inspired by an idea, tip or strategy, create a campaign card and send it to your team or customers (you should have a group created with your distributors and customers.)

EXAMPLES: “The Bicycle”, “Hovering”, “Acorns”

You can find MANY examples in the conference call summaries that I send out.

5. SEND ACCOLADES FROM FACEBOOK – If someone gets a promotion or award, has a new baby or any life changing event, grab a picture and write a nice message and send it in a card!

EXAMPLE: Whitney Bateman successfully produced the most successful convention in our history. I sent her a card with photos congratulating her. When Max Fleisher received his Gratitude Award I sent a picture of Kody handing him the award along with a message congratulating him and letting him know how proud I am of him.

6. CREATE A “POTENTIAL DISTRIBUTOR” GROUP – Groups are a powerful relationship building tool. I have a group of all the people that I have ever introduced the business to that didn’t get involved. Then whenever there is a new tool that comes out (i.e.; ASEND Magazine, the new DVD, etc.), I send it with a card to those in the group. I have a long term perspective and I don’t send it hoping that everyone will call me back when they get it. Most don’t. In fact some will let it sit for weeks or months. I just got a call from a guy I sent a birthday card to 2 weeks ago that I haven’t heard from in 3 years. I met him on an airplane. He gets 2 or 3 cards from me each year because he is in my POTENTIAL DISTRIBUTOR group. He said, “I’m interested in talking about becoming a distributor.

These are the things that differentiate the dabblers from the pros. Often times the dabblers complain that it’s not going fast enough or they don’t know who to talk to about the business. The pros create opportunities to connect with others. Networks run deep. People will build you up and talk about you in a positive light amongst their peers when you look for ways to elevate them.

I never seek recognition but I have found that when I send compliments and gifts to others they tend to tell others about it. When you do it they will show off the cards you send and spread positivity about you. They will tell everyone what a nice guy/girl you are. They will know that you are still in the business. They will consider you a friend.

SendOutCards is bigger than any one of us. There is a flurry of activity at corporate right now and our staff and programmers are developing and working on things that will be launched in the coming months that will blow your mind. There will be people that have lost faith that I believe will regret it. I also know that those of you that stay focused on our mission will be richly rewarded.

There will be an upgraded contact manager and card editor (it’s in the works). The phone app will be integrated with it and will take us fully into the future (100% device friendly on ALL devices). You’ll see “SendSation” come to fruition over the coming months. We are a small company that has gone through a monumental evolution. I was on a call with Kody and your Eagles earlier today. I got to hear about the strategic rollout plans for the SendOutCards of the future. We will continue to focus on getting better and being innovative. Our programmers are young, innovative and world-class. Remember, there is no other company like SendOutCards in the world. Our goals include becoming so unique and so special that all the right people want to be part of our crusade. We already have the culture. Never forget that the money is the result, not the goal. The money will be significant when you focus on the right things.


June 17, 2013 – Q & A with Jordan

Q and A with Jordan:

Dan – entityfs@sympatico.ca – Toronto (Incoming)

7h 17m 23s – Hi from Dan in Toronto.. What is a good first message to put into a card that you want to send to someone that you feel could use the send out card system? Would you include a DVD with that or would you wait and perhaps do a 2nd mailing with a DVD in there… Also does the cool buzz site have some suggestions for things to put into a 1st, 2nd 3rd mailing etc to someone you are prospecting… thanks!

A: There really is no good first message. It’s about authenticity. What would you say to someone if you wanted them to take a look at something that you really like? Say THAT in the card. I would personally say “I have come across something that I think you will like that would probably make a significant difference in your life. But I don’t know that for sure. Would you mind watching this 16 minute DVD and telling me what you think? I believe it’s the best relationship building tool in the marketplace today but I would like you to be the judge of that. Please let me know!” (make sure and put your number in the card!)

I have found that WHEN I SEND DVD’S TO PEOPLE I DON’T KNOW, ONLY ABOUT 1 IN 100 ARE VIEWED. WHEN I SEND DVD’S TO PEOPLE I KNOW ABOUT 1 IN 10 GET WATCHED. WHEN I CALL PEOPLE THAT I KNOW (OR THAT I HAVE MET) AND ASK THEM TO WATCH IT ABOUT 1 IN 3 GET WATCHED. IF I FOLLOW UP, 2 IN 3 GET WATCHED. IF I WATCH IT WITH THEM 10 IN 10 GET WATCHED.

Andy Cohen – andyscardsandgifts@gmail.com – Los Angeles (Incoming)

7h 40m 15s – There have been lots of changes to the site, videos and training. If you were getting someone started TODAY, what are the action steps you would take with them?

A: Hey Andy . . . it really hasn’t changed a thing for me:

1). I build rapport (ask them questions: i.e.; Background? What are they looking for? How their current business will set them up for life, etc)

2). I tell them how I was introduced to SOC (2 min or less)

3). I tell them what we are going to do – i.e.; I will be having you test drive the system first and then if you like it I’m going to have you watch a short video. OR you can do it the other way around . . . I’ve going to have you watch a short video and then if you like it I’m going to have you test-drive the system.

4). I ask, “can you see yourself using a system like this?” “Do you know others that you think would use a system like this?”

5). I go over the 3 options and I have them write them down

6). I sign them up and train them OR I put them in the system for ongoing follow-up

THIS IS EXACTLY THE SAME WAY I HAVE BEEN DOING IT FOR 8 YEARS AND IT STILL WORKS. I signed up 3 distributors (personally) in the last 45 days

Mike Bass – Winter Springs, FL (Incoming)

8h 32m 2s – Jordan, Given some of the changes in the videos we have, what is your sequence in doing a GAW? Send a card first, what video or videos do you show someone and in what sequence.? I have always felt it important to introduce the product & the opportunity in every GAW, but they deleted the 4 minute opportunity video. The new Brick & Mortar video seems a bit long to use in a GAW. Just like to hear your thoughts.

A: I don’t think it’s unreasonable to ask someone for 30-45 min to present something to them that can drastically change their life for the better. Schedule time on their calendar. Ask for 30-45 minutes of uninterrupted time and have them watch the 16 min video and send a card. After that they will know whether they want to proceed or not. Everyone makes decisions differently and everyone works at a different pace. Have patience with people. They will do it on their schedule and not yours. Make sure they have all the info and then stay in touch with them.

Donna Burst – donnacbi@att.net – St Louis (Incoming)

8h 58m 7s – Jordan, I have been doing SOC for 3 or 4 years now and have gotten 17 distributors. I have not gotten anyone in over 2 years now:( I have tried calling wedding and event planners as well as seen some of them. I was in BNI and never got a referral for anyone, but I signed up a ton of users myself. I want to be an Executive by 2015 and in order for that to happen I need to make it to Sr. Manger by the end of this year. I do not know what I am not doing or maybe what I am doing incorrectly if there is an incorrectly. I read inspirational books as if I was a bee on honey. I have been doing that for 5 years now as part of my morning routine. How do I find distributors please. Is it where I live :( in archaic St Louis? Thanks Jordan, any help would be appreciated. Donna

A: Donna . . . it’s not your area. You MUST get that out of your head right now. You’ll never build it if you think there is something wrong in your area. I have seen areas go completely stagnant for YEARS until the right person came in and built it. In my last email I talked about exactly this topic regarding Sacramento. EVERYONE said it was saturated until a group of 3 guys started working like crazy and built 40,000 distributors in 3 years. People are people. There are people in St Louis that can’t wait to hear about SOC and WILL build it as a business once you show it to them. It’s all about leadership. You must become a leader in your area before people will follow. OR you must pursue a leader. You started by saying you have been DOING SOC for 3-4 years. If you were honest with me and told me how many hours per week you actually spent doing productive activities and you compressed it down into the weeks or months your were actually working the business, you would probably find out that you have actually WORKED the business for 6 months or less. If you’ll re-read Beach Money you’ll read that most people don’t find their first really runner until after they have personally sponsored 20-30 people. You’ve sponsored 17 (or I suspect you may have 17 in your group). My advice would be this:

1). Come up with a plan where you are SHOWING THE BUSINESS (That means scheduling appointments to go all the way through it) at least 2-4 times per week.

2). Expand your vision: Begin to see yourself as the leader in your state. Share things with others to help them see what they don’t currently see. Explain it to others as if Kody was explaining it. Do you think the people in St Louis would listen to Kody? By the way, this is the EXACT same conversation Jay Smith had with me in 1993 when I had signed up 14 distributors and no one was doing anything. I blamed it on Phoenix. Phoenix was the problem

3). Focus on sponsoring 100 people in the next 3 years. That’s 33 per year. You income will explode. You can do this if you put your mind to it.

Perry – prestigemarketingetc@comcast.net – Nashville (Incoming)

11h 43m 25s – Is it okay to use send out cards as a fund raiser vehicle for non-profit causes, schools-churches etc

A: Of course it’s okay. The organization may be concerned with their 503B status but that is between them and their attorneys. Personally I stay away from them because they look good on paper but rarely make money and they will almost always want you to do all the work. Here’s what I tell people.

1). Fund Raisers are GREAT if you want to help the organization and you have a lot of free time on your hands. Most likely you will do most to all of the work regardless of what they tell you. Once you have committed there is no turning back. They are very time consuming and you make little money because there is no duplication.

2). They always “pencil out” but in reality they don’t work on paper they way they do in real life.

The only time I would commit to doing a fund raising project is if I was doing it 100% because I wanted to help the organization and I had no interest in making money from it.

Kerry Pomponio – kerry@pomponio.ca – Victoria BC (Incoming)

14h 2m 1s – I want to help 5 managers get to Senior Manager a year from now. How can I motivate them? I am re- reading Beach Money chapter 10. I am working 3-4 hours per day.

A: That is very doable with some hard work and a little bit of luck (just to be honest here). The problem is you will never get there if you have to motivate them. Your quest must be do find people that want to get their on their own and they are willing to work hard to do it. By becoming a Sr Manager they will be getting recognition for their promotion and they will be positioning themselves for higher earners.
And if you are working closely with them, sometimes they will even do it because they know it will help you get promoted as well. The biggest obstacle to fast growth is the need to motivate people to go to work. Your job is to find people that are ready to do it now that don’t need to be motivated. You won’t get there trying to do it with people that need motivation.

Megan – soc.kiwicards@gmail.com – Lower Hutt, New Zealand (Incoming)

16h 54m 19s – I’m in a women’s business networking group; how can I make the transition from promoting the product to use in their business, to the opportunity?

A: Schedule appointments to meet with each woman from the group individually over coffee or tea. Get to know them and ask them how you can help them in their business. All of my distributors that came through networking groups were a result of one on one meetings.
Don’t go with the intention to show the business but have your computer handy just in case they ask. Mostly learn as much as you can about them. If they start asking you questions, ask if you can show them a short video. The video explains it all. Most of the people that I signed up through networking were people that wanted to work SOC on the side . . . here’s how I would position it.

“You may want to be a distributor just in case you run across others that want to do it. It could become a little side income stream. I know that your (current) business is your primary focus but I know that you know many others that could benefit from this. For $400 I could set you up as a distributor so that you can refer it as those opportunities come along. Do you think you might want to do this?”

Many people want to take advantage of this opportunity. Most businesses will sign up their business on a Distributor Preferred Account and then set up their wife, husband or home on a preferred account ($31) just to keep in separate. This gets them their $50 check and promotes them to Sr Distributor right out of the gate!

Ray – rayjnap@gmail.com – Bloomfield (Incoming)

23h 17m 35s – 1-How can a newbie get to earning $4,000 per month within 9 months-a suggested plan?

A: You’ll need to sponsor 2 people per week for at least 6 months to LAUNCH your business. This is not easy. It’s A LOT of work but it will be worth it. Most likely your income will be significantly better than $4000 a month. To do this you’ll need to show the business to 1-3 people per day. That’s the plan. There are no short cuts. The presentations can be for you or for people on your team but you’ll need to FILL YOUR CALENDAR. Learn a simple 45 minute presentation like the one I described a few minutes ago (see above) and then become a master networker. “I have something I have to show you. When can we set up a time to talk?”

Bob Harris – Robertbharris@frontier.com – Kennewick, WA (Incoming)

23h 25m 15s – I have Preferred customers at ($31.00) and they have accumulated to many points so they end up canceling their subscription. How can I encourage them to use more points by send more cards and gifts. Should I have them go to the $9.80 subscription. Thank you, Bob

A: Even we have people that cancel their subscriptions. That’s just part of business. After 8 years I still haven’t found anything that will keep some people from canceling. People cancel magazine subscriptions, gym memberships, Netflix subscriptions and some even stop making their payments on their homes and cars. However from what I can see we have the highest retention in the network marketing profession. Even people that cancel don’t go away. Their accounts stay active . . . many will use their points over the holidays and even buy more! Most nutritional companies lose their customers when a distributor leaves. Overall, we don’t. Most of our distributors continue to send cards and gifts even after they leave. Let people do what they want to do and then go get 3 more customers.

Carollyn – cdmuir@tpg.com.au – Hervey Bay Qld (Incoming)

1d 31m 56s – What tips can you give that will help an introvert personality type be successful at network marketing.

A: That is really the beauty of network marketing. I have a good friend from another network marketing company that is very shy and quiet. In fact for many, many years he never spoke in front of a group. He would sit in the back row of every meeting but his team was always in the front of the room doing the presentations! He has been a $100,000/mo earner in his last 2 companies. He looks for people that are better than him and he lets them know that he is shy and introverted. He lets them know that he is looking for people that are outgoing that would be willing to do what he is not able to do. Carollyn, you probably have some strengths that an extrovert doesn’t have. You’ll be able to relate to others like you. Most people are not charismatic “front of the room” type personalities. You’ll be able to speak to those people at a level they can relate to. The beauty of our business model is that we get to benefit from the strengths of others and they get to benefit from our qualities as well. My friend Jana doesn’t ever speak with anyone about our business any more yet she has 11,000 people on her team because she sponsored a few early on. Use the tools . . . let them work for you so you don’t have to talk much. Acknowledge to others that you are shy and quiet. It’s even okay to say that you have a low self-confidence (if you do) because most people have a pretty low level of self-confidence and others will relate to that!

 


May 6, 2013

HERE’S WHY I KNOW WHERE WE ARE GOING!

INTERNATIONAL EXPANSION – I know many of you are wondering when it will happen. We have a new executive staff member at corporate, you’ll hear more about this at convention. However, let’s discuss leverage and why you want it to come later vs. sooner. Leverage is a funny thing. Here’s my question: When we officially open Spain would you rather have 10 people in your group or

1000? Why? Well, if you have 1000 people and you don’t know anyone in Spain there is a good likelihood that someone in your group will. The longer it takes for international expansion, the better it is for all of us. I currently have about 4000 distributors in Australia. Guess how many I have signed up there? ZERO! That’s right, because I have a substantial team, members of my group had contacts over there and the result is a down line down under!

The way I view it, we are already open all over the world! Why? Because we live in a country (same applies to Australia, Singapore and Canada) that represents many cultures and languages. If you really want to prepare for international expansion, build a healthy team where you live! If you don’t already have an active group of 1000+ people, you are really not ready for international expansion!

THE NUMBERS HAVE NOT CHANGED!

I highly recommend going back to read Beach Money. People are people! I have found that despite the speed of technology and the overall pace of life, the only thing that has changed is the impatience of people. Everyone wants it faster. This is generally how things are being served up to us. We have become more and more intolerant to taking the time to practice the fundamental principles of building a solid business. What’s interesting is that most people are broker than ever! In our quest for “faster” we have forgotten what it means to nurture relationships! The numbers have not changed. If you begin to notice this, you can really stack the deck in your favor. So few people understand the value of time as it relates to communication and business building. People crave to be listened to, understood and “gotten”. Just like in everything else, most people do little to nothing when starting a business of their own. Why? Most people are impatient and have a LOW TOLERANCE THRESHOLD. There are so many companies flashing big checks now and making outrageous income claims that people are treating network marketing like a lottery rather than a legitimate business. Sure there is big money to be made in network marketing, but there are many things that go into becoming a top earner in this profession. Thousands don’t make money in network marketing (by the way, this has little to do with the company or our profession). Thousands don’t make money in Real Estate. Thousands don’t make money in movies. Thousands don’t make money in music. Thousands don’t make money in pro sports. This does not make these professions bad. The top slots are reserved for those willing to pay the price! What’s the price of a $1 million per year income? Ask ANYONE who has done it. When it comes too easy, it’s usually gone in a heartbeat.

BELIEF IS THE KEY

As cliché as it sounds, you will not pay the price until you have belief at a level of knowing. You won’t risk the time, money or ridicule until you no longer have doubt. In the early 1900′s if you asked 1000 people, “Is it possible to fly?” how many would say, “yes!” Probably two and they would be hauled off in straight-jackets! Today, if you asked 1000 people “is it possible to fly?” only about two would say it’s not possible and THEY would be considered crazy! Yet between 1900 and 1903, Orville and Wilbur decided it was possible. If you have seen the films, you know that they risked DEATH and WORLD-WIDE RIDICULE! But because they knew it was possible, they were willing to take the chances. If they did not believe it, they would not have done the work!

When I ask the question, “Why don’t more people make $100,000 per month in network marketing?”, (you could also ask the question, “Why don’t more people make $100,000 a month in SendOuCards?”) the answer is simple and clear. Most people don’t believe it’s possible so they don’t do the work. It’s not as simple as just trying it for a couple of years. Look what the Wright brothers went through! Interestingly, millions of people have made $100,000 a month in our modern society (it’s only $1.2 million per year). Yet, if you ask 1000 people “Is it possible to make $100,000 a month?” only about 20 or 30 will say yes. Then if followed up with the question, “Is it possible for YOU to make $100,000 a month?”, only about 2 out of 1000 will say yes. Therein lies the problem. This is the #1 reason why more people don’t do it. How can you attract others when you don’t believe it yourself?

29 years ago, I wrote down that I would make $100,000 a month. It took me 25 years and I have not had a month under $100,000 in almost 5 years. Why? Because I believed it (actually I KNEW IT!) and therefore I did the work. I believed I could do it in SendOutCards. By the way, I also know that many others can do it in SendOutCards as well. Here’s why:

A WALK DOWN THE STRIP:

The Las Vegas strip is filled with thousands of people from all over the world. There are successful business owners and people that live in manufactured homes. I am probably the highest profile distributor in SendOutCards, due to Beach Money and speaking on stages all over North America and Australia. I can go walking on the strip for 3 or 4 hours with my girlfriend Sierra and I won’t get recognized once! What does that tell me? The strip is a cross section of the world. We haven’t even scratched the surface. The only way people will know about us is through distributors (you!). The new video www.socinterview.com has not been seen by many. This and the new DVD coming out is our ticket to mass exposure. “CLICK AND ORDER” is the revolution that everyone understands when they hear the story. They get that there is a major trend in the world that is shaping the way we do business. They have all witnessed the phenomenon of i-Tunes and the disappearance of bookstores and video rental stores. Everyone gets it! We just need to show them the opportunity to create wealth by plugging into this trend! We have already proven that it works! It’s not up for debate. We have the golden ticket! There is no limit to what you can do with this business. Remember, the past does not equal the future. That’s why you are here! If the past was equal to the future, then you may as well just lay down your sword now! You are here because you believe that you can do something significant with your life that hasn’t happened before!

REALITY

The reality is; not everyone will see it now.
Remember this:
Technology Adoption Life Cycles:
The demographic and psychological (or “psychographic”) profiles of each adoption group were originally specified by the North Central Rural Sociology Committee, Subcommittee for the Study of the Diffusion of Farm Practices (as cited by Beal and Bohlen in their study above).

The report summarized the categories as:

  • Innovators – are risk-oriented. Came up with and developed the ideas (Kody Bateman and the Orig SOC Team).
  • Early adopters
  • – Demarr Zimmerman, Diane Walker and 8 others that are no longer around represented the top 10 in the first few years of SOC’s growth. Then the wave of people that came in from 2005-2013. We were all part of the early adopters.
  • Early majority – We are at the very beginning stages of this phase (this represents 30% of our growth). This stage has never happened in our company.
  • Late majority – This group needs proof and must see LOTS of people doing it before they participate. This group represents the other 68% (early majority and late majority represent 98% of our growth).
  • Laggards – Too little too late.

By the way, companies go through cycles that represent all five of these stages. After completing a full cycle, a company can re-invent itself and start all over at the “Innovation Phase”.

People are people. The numbers don’t change. You’ll find that most people that you show our business to will not be interested. Stay in touch with them! Some will come around later! People will quit and people will leave! Have you noticed that people leave sports teams all the time? New people replace those that become distracted or tired. It’s the cycle of life and it occurs in our business as well! Some will run the course and some will share our vision and be willing to see the job through.

I’m looking for the “Michael Jordan’s” that have never picked up a basketball! There are thousands of them out there. My quest is to find them!

HOW TO MAKE $24 PER HOUR, PLUS RESIDUAL INCOME:

Did you realize that once you hit Manager (3 personally sponsored MD’s that promote to SD and being “Q” qualified), anyone you personally get started pays you $240? That’s $24 an hour if it takes you 10 full hours of work to find, sponsor and train that new distributor. With focused energy that’s more than achievable! When you make Sr. Manager, you now receive $290 when you get a new distributor started. That means $29 an hour if it takes you 10 full hours to find, sponsor and train a new distributor! But it even gets better. Some of those distributors will find others that get their customer requirement met over time. It’s not inconceivable to get $100 – $300 per hour for the work you do in this business. Most attorneys that bill $100-$300 per hour must go to law schools for many years and spend in excess of $100,000 to get their degree. We don’t have a bad gig here! Oh, and we haven’t even talked about the ongoing residual income!

Network marketing is a business. People must treat it like a business and not a lottery. On a side note – those companies that promote flashing checks and all the hype really cheapen our profession. Besides being blatantly illegal and frowned upon by the regulators, it gives our profession a bad name. I get sick to my stomach when I see posts like “My friend made $24,000 last week!” or “We do the work for you! You do nothing and you’ll collect checks of $20,000 a month!” If you are looking for a real business and not a “scheme”, then make your choices carefully! Becoming successful requires leadership, patience, diplomacy, masterful communication, relationship building and even a little luck. It takes time to establish a solid base and like any other business, there are a few things to master. Network marketing is one of the most rewarding and challenging professions out there. The uniqueness is that it offers a level of freedom and potential that most other professions don’t.

EXCERPT FROM “GIVE AND TAKE” BY ADAM GRANT

A couple of weeks ago I did a call on GIVING and the impact that giving can have on your business. Right now I’m reading GIVE AND TAKE “A revolutionary approach to success”:

“There is something distinctive that happens when givers succeed. It spreads and cascades. When takers win, there’s usually someone else who loses. Research shows that people tend to envy successful takers and look for ways to knock them down a notch. In contrast, when givers win, people are rooting for them and supporting them rather than gunning for them.”

We are going to begin to see the cascading of the years of giving that our distributors and customers at SendOutCards have been sending out to the world. It’s inevitable. I pray that you are here to experience it. Our game has just begun. There will be people that will doubt and lose faith. There will be many others that have the vision and character to see the job through with us.

There are technological innovations in the works that will position us for an avalanche of success. So much of embracing the future is letting go of the past. Whatever is holding you back, now is the time to let go of it and step into your new future with SendOutCards.


April 30, 2013

You can’t count the apples in a seed.
We are all looking for quick results. We live in a fast-food, microwave society and business is moving at the speed of thought. With our hand-held devices, we can now do in 5 minutes what used to take weeks to do (literally). I can get a message to the other side of the world in less than a second! Meals are served up in 2 minutes or less and the expectation for immediate results is becoming the norm. In the past, if I wanted to meet with someone face to face, I had to get in a car or get in an airplane. Today we just open our computer! Have you noticed that the more connected we become, the less connected we become? It’s the great paradox of technology. It conjures up visions of the family of 5 sitting around the dinner table all on their “smart” devices texting. We have a greater need for human interaction than ever before. Kody Bateman says that our #1 human need is the need to love and be loved and I don’t think anyone would dispute that!

I find it interesting that most people that have the desperate mindset of wanting or needing it now, are also the same ones that struggle financially year after year. If it’s not going fast enough they change companies, then they do it over and over and over again. Most of them never attain what they are looking for. I learned some fundamental lessons in business years ago that I believe still apply today. In fact, I would wager that these principles will withstand the test of time regardless of how fast things go. I would even go so far to say that the faster things move because of technology, the greater the need for human interaction and relationships.

DR IVAN MISNER, “The Father of Modern Networking” and author of multiple New York Times Best-Selling books. Ivan is the Founder of BNI. He is the leading expert on networking:

When asked why so many people resist taking the time to network one reason given is:

“You’re impatient for results.
Often people don’t network because they expect immediate results. They deny the fact that networking works because they personally don’t follow up with the people they connect with and get no results. They are impatient and don’t understand the value of taking the time to build fruitful relationships. It hasn’t worked for them in the past, because they go for the “close” as opposed to establishing trust and the relationship first.”
We live in such a rushed society these days, expecting – even demanding – immediate results for our efforts. Networking is not a “get-rich-quick” scheme. As I’ve often said, a successful networking effort is much more like farming than hunting. We have to cultivate good relationships that pay us back over the long term, year after year.

Most movements (things that go viral) are a result of people telling people about something they like to people they like. Who do you listen to? Who do you trust? Who are you most likely to follow through with? When you find something that you love, who do you want to immediately share it with?

In a few minutes I’m going to reveal six things that cause ideas and businesses to go viral. But before I do, let’s talk about networking and networks.

I tell you, then you tell a few others, then they tell a few others and so on and so on. That’s how networks are built. Some people are more connected than others. We don’t always know who will resonate with our idea and who will not. A good idea can travel fast when it enters the right network of people.

I know of and have experienced many circumstances of interactions and relationships that resulted in huge networks of people and business that would not have developed if the person or people introducing the idea were impatient and desperate. Most importantly, when business becomes #1 and the relationship becomes #2, most of the time the business never happens. You’ve heard the phrase, “People don’t care how much you know until they know how much you care!”

When I hear the phrase, “Why should I take the time to sign up a preferred customer when I only make $1.55 per month?”, this tells me that the person doesn’t get networking at all. This is the phrase that comes from a salesperson, not a network marketer. If you want to be a salesperson, then Network Marketing is probably not for you! There are many things you can go sell and make money. You’ll probably never walk away with a large residual income, but you can make money. It’s the difference between buying liter bottles of soda for 25 cents each knowing you can resell them for $1.25 vs. placing vending machines that sell soda in multiple locations around your town. One provides massive leverage and the other doesn’t. It shouldn’t matter whether you sign someone up on a FREE GIFT ACCOUNT, a retail customer account, a preferred customer account or as a distributor. YOU CAN’T COUNT THE APPLES IN A SEED! I didn’t know if Jim Packard would be interested in being a customer or a distributor. I could have said, “why should I even meet with him?! He doesn’t even know how to use a computer!!” I could have viewed it as a waste of my time! Networking is about building personal connections with people. Getting to know them. Understanding their needs. Listening. Offering them something that will make their life better. It doesn’t even matter to me whether someone knows how to use a computer. Jim had a big network of people that already trusted him! I am looking for 1). People that have a network of people that trust them. 2). People that are looking for an opportunity to improve their lives in some way.

There is a woman in another network marketing company that had an event planned for her company in another city that was 2 hours away. At the last minute, the person in her downline that planned the event cancelled, but one of the guests that was planning on coming still wanted to meet. The upline was trying to decide whether she should take this 2 hour trip just to meet with one woman. She decided to go. The woman went on to become her top performer with thousands of distributors in her organization. YOU CAN’T COUNT THE APPLES IN A SEED!

Here are a few things you can do that can help you in mining the gold in your network:

  • FOCUS ON THE RELATIONSHIP FIRST – Make people, not business, your priority. We are a “People First” company! It’s what sets our culture apart from the rest.
  • RECOGNIZE THAT PEOPLE ARE MORE LIKELY TO DO BUSINESS WITH YOU IF YOU HAVE INVESTED SOME TIME AND SOME INTEREST IN THEM.
  • ASK YOURSELF THE QUESTION, “WHO DOES BUSINESS WITH PEOPLE WHO WOULD DO BUSINESS WITH ME?”
    They typically already have a network of people that they are connected with that would be good potential business builders.
  • ONCE YOU GET DOWN TO BUSINESS, GIVE PEOPLE ALL THE OPTIONS BUT SIGN THEM UP FOR THE OPTION THAT IS BEST FOR THEM – Be more concerned about serving them vs. what you are going to get. These are the people that will be with you for the long haul.
  • PEOPLE WILL DO THIS ON THEIR SCHEDULE AND NOT YOURS – People will sign up when they are ready and not when you want them to.
  • BUILD A LIFETIME NETWORK – When you serve people, your network will be with you for life!
  • SEND PERSONAL CARDS – It’s one of the best ways to build lasting relationships.
  • PLAY YOUR BEST GAME – Learn the business of networking inside and out and always play at your highest level. Over the long haul, no one will ever be able to compete with that.
  • USE TECHNOLOGY TO YOUR BENEFIT ” Also recognize when you are hiding behind technology to avoid doing the fundamentals of relationship building. Technology gives us the tools to get to the relationship quicker but understand that trust is built over time and destroyed in seconds. By giving, staying in touch, being more interested in the person than getting their business, etc. you build trust. The technology simply helps you to connect with more people sooner. How do you like to be treated? Would you prefer to business with people who treat you like a number and a prospect or with people that treat you like a valued human being?
  • FOLLOWING UP, CARING ABOUT PEOPLE AND STAYING IN TOUCH ARE KEY – In ALL cases a successful business is built on the foundation of these principles.

When an individual joins any network marketing business and their income explodes, it is because of one of two reasons:

a. They joined and they already had a LARGE network of people that trusted them (a large list) and they approached that group about the business.

b. They quickly sponsored someone that already had a LARGE network of people (a large list) that trusted them and they approached that group about the business

This seems to be true in ALL cases.

The fundamentals of networking will never change. People connected to people through a common bond will outperform any technological scheme over time. Imagine muscles that are injected with steroids. In the short run the muscles will appear to outperform those that follow a stringent fitness regime however, the healthy person will always win over the chemically induced performer in the long run. Some technology schemes create massive growth but in the long-run they fall apart because they aren’t built on the basis of relationships.

Think about you and your friends. When a trusted friend asks you to check something out, are you more or less likely to consider it (if it’s a good idea) than if a stranger approaches you on the internet?

WHAT MAKES AN IDEA OR COMPANY GO VIRAL?
(As we go through these, ask yourself if we are well positioned to go viral?)

by Nadia Goodman

Ten years ago, had you ever heard of the hand sanitizer Purell? It existed, but nobody really used it. Then one day, it was everywhere. Grocery stores placed dispensers at the door, nail salons gave it to clients, and people started carrying travel size bottles in their bags. With little advertising, how did Purell catch on?

Jonah Berger, an assistant professor of marketing at the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business, has dedicated his career to answering that question. As he explains in his new book, Contagious: Why Things Catch On (Simon & Schuster, 2013), every viral product has six key features in common — features that can be replicated to make any product go viral.

“People often think that contagious products just get lucky,” Berger says. “But it’s not luck and it’s not random. It’s science.”

According to Berger’s research, specific circumstances and attributes empower consumers to share a given product. Any business can leverage those insights to create a viral hit. “You don’t need a huge advertising budget,” Berger says.

Related: Creative Problem-Solving Strategies to Test Your Business Idea

As many as half of consumers’ purchasing decisions are driven by word of mouth marketing — it’s trustworthy and far more targeted than traditional advertising. Plus, the majority of those interactions happen offline, where advertisements can’t reach. “Authenticity is a big reason word of mouth impacts behavior,” Berger says.

To create a viral product that consumers are inspired to share authentically, incorporate these key elements.

  • Social currency. Consumers are more likely to adopt a product if it makes them feel special or ahead of the curve. For example, Gilt’s exclusive sales helped it become one of the hottest online shopping sites.
  • Triggers. Products that catch on become part of our everyday lives, so successful products create reasons and reminders to return on a regular basis. For example, Facebook and Twitter drive you back to their sites every time they email you to say you have a new message or mention.
  • Emotional impact. People tend to evangelize a product if it affected them emotionally, whether it solved a stressful problem or brightened a bad day. For example, if a Buzzfeed article makes you laugh, you’ll likely share it with friends who need a lift.
  • Visibility. Giving a product a distinctive feature, such as a standout logo or color, helps consumers notice when others are using it. For example, you immediately recognize iPods because Apple made the headphones white when other companies all used black.
  • Practical value. A truly useful product that helps the user become more effective is more likely to be recommended often. For example, Evernote is very good at helping users remember and organize information, so it’s often recommended for research.
  • Stories. If people are going to share your product, they need to be able to tell its story. That can be as simple as a clear statement about what the product does, or as complicated as a really interesting origin story. For example, people who buy TOMS shoes love telling others how one pair is donated for every pair you buy.

Read more: http://www.entrepreneur.com/article/226114#ixzz2RCVRobwb


January 21, 2013

THE COMP PLAN
The $50 Refundable Deposit-

This program exists to satisfy the regulators. It does not include training by a certified trainer and it does not include any points. Most importantly, I would never sign someone up at this level because I want them to get the full benefit of the program. We are asking someone to start a business that has unlimited potential and a residual benefit that can far exceed any traditional business. This is a business that has no boundaries and can be worked from virtually anywhere. I tell people to save their $50. Sign up as a customer and use SendOutCards until they have the $395. If $395 is a challenge, they NEED us more than they even know!

HOW MUCH SHOULD YOU SHARE WITH A POTENTIAL DISTRIBUTOR?

Demarr signed me up without ever going over a compensation plan. I signed up my first 100+ distributors without ever sharing a compensation plan. After the comp plan training in Anaheim (Demarr did a great job), I had a handful of newer representatives come up to me afterwards and tell me how confused they were. In fact, two of them felt like they needed to figure it all out before they could really get things going. To give Demarr the benefit of the doubt, this training was an SCT (Senior Certified Trainer) Training and was designed for seasoned business builders. All distributors (including the newer ones) were invited to attend. It’s important to know the BENEFITS of the comp plan however, if you attempt to learn the comp plan in order to teach it, I believe you will seriously paralyze the growth of your group. Each new person you teach the comp plan to will attempt to tell their closest friends and family members about it. A confused mind is a paralyzed mind. Keep this in mind as I go over all of this.

I recommend using the tools provided by corporate (The Opportunity Video, The Compensation Plan Description and The Compensation Plan Chart – you’ll find these under DOWNLOADS on your MAIN MENU) to explain these things. When someone asks me about the comp plan, I give them THE BASICS and then I send them the “Compensation Plan Chart” and “Compensation Plan Details” which I pull from my DOWNLOADS. Usually this is more than enough to satisfy them if they need the details.

NOTE: I do not pass along the details unless they INSIST. I show the Opportunity Video and that satisfies most people.

Here are the things about the Compensation Plan that are IMPORTANT TO KNOW:

When a new Marketing Distributor gets one $31 subscription customer signed up or 2 $9.80 subscription customers signed up, they get promoted to Senior Distributor (SD). When they do it within their first 7 days, they get an additional $50.

When that new Marketing Distributor gets 3 others to do the same AND they get their “Q”, they get promoted to MANAGER.

When they do this within their first 30 days they get a Certified Trainer position and they are eligible to be trained as a Certified Trainer.

Getting the “Q” means turning your dashboard GREEN. When you have $31 in PCV (Personal Customer Volume), the circle on the upper left of your dashboard turns green. This means you are qualified for levels 0 and 1 (Zero level is YOU and first level are the DISTRIBUTORS you sign up personally). In other words, to get paid on levels zero and one, you’ll need at least $31 in Personal Customer Volume, which can be yours (monthly auto order).

To turn the big circle on the left of your dashboard green, you’ll need 2 subscription customers. A $31 subscription customer counts as 2. Once this big circle is green, you are now qualified to get paid on levels 2-7. Levels are like “families” or generations. Your first level are your kids. Your second level are your grandkids. Your third level are your great-grandkids, etc. By turning the big circle on the left green, you are qualified through 7 generations (think family tree).

To turn the big circle on the right of your dashboard green, you’ll need $93 in total Personal Customer Volume (PCV). This includes your customer volume and the customer volume of those you have signed up. So if you are short, you can go in and buy more points or purchase products from the photo store.

*Expense account (postage and shipping) does not count towards your volume (it’s not commissionable).

Once you have the one small circle on the upper left turned green and the two big circles turned green, you have your “Q”. With focus, you should be able to do this in 1 hour. The small circle on the upper right is to get YOUR FREE POINTS (100) each month. When you have $93 in Customer Subscription Volume (CSV), your

points are FREE! This means that your customers (not including you) are paying at least $93 per month in subscriptions.

You receive $100 for each new PERSONALLY SPONSORED distributor when they get their customers.

AS A SENIOR DISTRIBUTOR (SD), WHAT DO YOU GET PAID?

You’ll receive an additional $40 for each new Marketing Distributor that enters your Senior Distributor Code, when they get started by getting their customers. This is potentially paid to unlimited levels.

AS A CERTIFIED TRAINER WHAT DO YOU GET PAID?

The company pays a certified trainer $40 for each new Marketing Distributor that joins SendOutCards. The Certified Trainers (CT’s) that do this training are entitled to this $40. You are not limited to just those in your organization or to those you personally sponsor. As a certified trainer, you are certified to train any new Marketing Distributor regardless of where they are in the business. Typically, you will be training those in your organization. However, you may get referrals from other MD’s that are not certified as CTs. This fosters an environment of cooperation and teamwork.

AS A MANAGER WHAT DO YOU GET PAID?

You’ll receive an additional $140 for each new Marketing Distributor that enters your Manager Code when they get started by getting their customers. This is potentially paid to unlimited levels.

You’ll also receive an additional 5% (on top of the percentages in the distributor group of 2-5%). This 5% is potentially paid to unlimited levels.

Here are the things about the Compensation Plan that are NICE TO KNOW:

The compensation plan rewards both width and depth. In other words, you are encouraged to find motivated people in your organization and help them to get started, regardless of what level they are on. You’ll be rewarded with increased residuals and bonuses as you grow your business.

You have 20 different ways you can get paid in the SendOutCards Compensation Plan.

-Customer Acquisition Bonus ($100)
-Leadership Bonuses – $40 to $235 (SD, M, SM, E, SE, EAGLE). These are 6 different groups that grow independently of each other!
-Unilevel Residual Commissions 2%-5% (7 levels)
-Residuals 5% – 25% (SD, M, SM, E, SE, EAGLE) %’s. These are 6 different groups that grow independently of each other!
-CT Training Fees ($40 per MD).
-SCT Training Fees ($80 per CT).
-ECT Training Fees ($100 per CT).
-ECT Training Over-rides ($20 for each SCT that gets certified).

You also get commissions off recertification fees when a Certified Trainer gets re-certified.

When you become a Senior Manager, you can then get certified as a Senior Certified Trainer (SCT). The SCT Schools are held the day before each Treat ‘Em Right Seminar. Anyone can attend however you must be a Senior Manager to officially be paid as a Senior Certified Trainer. SCT’s get paid $80 to certify Certified Trainers.

Once you become an Executive, you can then get certified as an Executive Certified Trainer (ECT). The ECT Schools are held during convention. Anyone can attend however you must be an Executive to officially be paid as an Executive Certified Trainer. ECT’s get paid $100 to train Certified Trainers.

HOW TO MAXIMIZE THE COMPENSATION PLAN:

One of my original mentors had no financial interest in me. I thought I had “figured out” the compensation plan. I had never made a penny in any program I had ever been in. I told him that I wanted to “hold” my best people until I got promoted. He laughed out loud and said, “Jordan, what I’m going to tell you next will determine what you do in this business. You’ve been in 11 different companies and you’ve never made a penny! So listen very carefully to what I’m going to say. Only do what you want your downline to do after you get promoted! If you had 1,000 people in your group and everyone said they had figured out the comp plan and they decided to hold their best people until after getting promoted, what would happen??”

I said, “Well I suppose everything would come to a dead stop”. He said, “Yes! And you would have a dead, lifeless, group.”

He then asked, “What would happen if you had 1,000 people in your business and they all decided to put their best people in first?”

I said, “It would explode??”

He said, “Exactly and so what you want to do is; only do what is worth duplicating! In other words, do what you want your downline to do. Put your best people in first and teach everyone to do the same. This is the formula for an exploding group!”

So, that’s what I did. I started showing the business 3 times a week and signing people up when THEY were ready to sign up. I didn’t try and outsmart the compensation plan.

As a result of consistently bringing in new people, my business grew and I became #11 out of 2.5 million distributors. By the way, I did the same thing in SendOutCards although, I upped the numbers. I started showing my business 3-5 times a day and signing up people each week. Within a matter of months I was #1 in the company. There were already over 2,000 people signed up in the company.

Here’s the bottom line: all of this detail is nice to know and you can see how confusing it could be to a new person. The good news is; you don’t need to know it and you don’t need to be able to explain it.

There are 3 things that will determine how big your business gets and how fast:

  • How much you show SendOutCards. The linchpin is the Gift Account Walk-Through. If you want people to be excited about the business, have them send a card on the system. Have THEM do it and you sit with them while they send it.
  • Whether they believe it’s true. (Use the videos and the daily call to show them that it’s legit).
  • Whether they believe THEY can do it. (Keep it simple. Follow the 3 steps).

Become an expert SORTER. In other words, if you are chasing people or trying to convince them to do it, you are burning daylight. Your job is to find the ones that light up when you have them send a card. If they are not excited, move on and send them a card. Just be sure and stay in touch because many of them will become your distributors later as long as you are still engaged! Pat Hinz used to repeat a phrase that his father used to use. “Only kiss the girls that lean towards you!” I know, I know, but you get the point! If they are being unresponsive or despondent, move on! Find the ones that LIGHT UP!!

Here’s a tip from virtually everyone that has ever achieved greatness in our profession:

  • Get obsessed with your cause. How important is this to you? I’m not talking about building a SendOutCards business, I’m talking about having your dreams. Are you ready to really make them come true?
  • Stop planning to do it and start doing it! The only way you’ll learn to do it is by DOING IT! The way to overcome your fears is to face them. Make your dreams more important than your fears. What is the cost of not doing it?

Honestly, we have done a terrible job of sharing SendOutCards with the world. I’m grateful for where we are but we haven’t even scratched the surface. We’ve come a long way, but I’m almost embarrassed by where we are as compared to where we could be. I’m looking for those of you that want to help me take SOC to a whole new level. We’re perfectly positioned for worldwide growth and expansion. Let’s do this!


January 14, 2013

HOW TO MAKE MONEY WITH SENDOUTCARDS IN 2013:

    1. CREATE SOME “MOTION” IN YOUR BUSINESS: If your life is stagnant, your business will be stagnant. Think of it as water. Water in motion creates life. Water that’s stagnant begins to decay and smell. You are like water. You are a source of life. You can feed others by offering appreciation and encouragement. You can bring new life to people by offering them value through the SendOutCards system and business. The more movement you create the more your business and your life will grow. Think “conversations, stories and exposures”. Exposures are like “show-and-tell”.
    2. DO IT NOW! Many of you have been waiting for some magical moment. Now, is the magical moment. You’re here for a reason. The world needs you. Some of you have been coming back to this call each week for months and you really haven’t done much. But you know why you are here and you know why you are in SendOutCards. It’s time to stop thinking about doing it. It’s time to stop planning to do it. This is your time. This is your year. 18 months from now you could be sitting on a healthy residual income. There is nothing more to figure out. You can’t learn to ride a bicycle by studying it. You have to get on the bike! You can’t learn network marketing by just going to trainings and being on calls. You must do it.
    3. MOST IMPORTANT STRATEGY: REPLACE YOURSELF! If I could identify just one thing that will make or break you in the business, it’s this: the faster you replace yourself, the faster your income will grow. Network Marketing is all about duplication. In our business model we make money by 1). getting a few customers, in order to get qualified. 2). Building a team of “customer gathers”. You can make a little money getting customers, but you can make a lot of money by building a team of customer gatherers. My boss’s boss at America West Airlines taught me one of the most valuable lessons I have ever learned, “Each time you replace yourself, you become more valuable”. This concept is almost counterintuitive in conventional business. You might think that if you do such a great job training others, someday you won’t be needed any more. In actuality, you will become more valuable and in greater demand. In real life terms, you must begin to train people about the business even before they are part of the organization. I like to treat people as if they are already in. I have found that when someone feels like they are already part of our cause, they end up joining it. Replacing yourself is probably the most critical skill for making money that I know.
    4. LEVERAGE THE TOOLS, TECHNOLOGY and EVENTS: If you want to have the strength of 100 people TODAY, use the tools that are at your fingertips TODAY. At your immediate disposal, you have access to (for almost nothing) a resource that is worth thousands, if not 10′s of thousands of dollars. Each day you don’t do something for your business, you are flushing money down the toilet. By using your three-way calling (you all have it on your phone), you can three-way someone into a LIVE daily opportunity call. Your top leaders have committed to being on these calls each week for your benefit. This represents pure leverage. By leveraging the tools and technology that is available to you, you can accomplish in one day what you couldn’t possibly do in a month. I would not be where I am today if I had not leveraged the tools, technology and events. I rarely talk about the business. I use the tools, technology and events to SHOW people the business. Here are some examples:

a. After someone has sent a card on a gift account, three-way them into the daily call. Nothing is more powerful to moving someone to action.

b. If someone is on the fence, copy a link from one of the weekly training calls and send it over to them. Tell them it’s only 20 minutes and that it will help to instill confidence in them regarding our company and the business.

c. Do a calling and mailing campaign to invite 100 people to an event when you know it’s coming to town (you don’t have to wait until an event comes to your town). You can pick any event! Let people know that you have an inside track and will arrange to have a free ticket waiting for them at the door. Do your best to be at the event and sit with your group. There is little that is more powerful to building a team than having people at an event and being with them to experience it.

Here’s what I say, “Were having an event next weekend that I really think will help you with xyz. You’ll get so much out of it. I would like to invite YOU to be my guest. The seminar is worth at least $300 in my eyes but because I’m a distributor, I can get you a complimentary ticket. Would you want to come with me?” Did you notice that I don’t invite them as part of a group? When I invite someone to an event, I invite them as if they are the only one coming as my guest. I want them to feel really special, which they are. Also, I let them know that I want to sit with them.

Always think about ways you can maximize the exposure of the business to your community. Most importantly, do it in a way that will add value. Speak to them about how the business or service will be of benefit to them.

Here’s an example: “Julie, as a Realtor, when someone buys a home from you, can you imagine how they will feel when you send them a personalized card with their picture on the front standing in front of their new home? They’ll save that card forever. If you really want them to talk about you, include a $5 Starbucks gift card or a box of brownies! Oh and by the way, you probably know at least 50 others that could use a service like this. Just by referring it, you could create a nice residual income that could become quite substantial over time!”

    1. YOU CAN MAKE BIG MONEY IN SENDOUTCARDS: Yes, there is big money in SendOutCards if you have big volume going through your organization. How do you create that? The formula is simple.

a). Get yourself qualified! That means getting at least 2 subscription customers and $93 in personal customer volume. I think it’s a good idea to continue to sign up customers. I have 25 subscription customers.

b). Show the business to others and find a few others that want to do the same. Sponsor 1-4 people per month for 2-4 years. Your income will gradually grow into something worth talking about. Most of all, you’ll have a residual income (something that 99% of the population will never experience). Don’t take this lightly. Residual income is a gift that is indescribable. When you offer this business to someone, you are offering them something that is priceless. Ask anyone who gets a residual check each month. Yes, it will take work and time, but there is nothing else like it.

  1. PROMOTE, PROMOTE, PROMOTE: You are a promoter. You’ll need to promote the dream. You’ll need to promote the product. You’ll need to promote the process. You’ll need to promote the system. This includes promoting the 7/30/Q plan and the events. I don’t push, I promote. I don’t tell people they have to do something. I highly recommend that they do for their own good. I don’t chase people, I lead people.

Now, I want to speak from the heart here. I’m going to talk to you as a close friend. Many of you are my close friends. If you want to make money, you’ll need to hold yourself accountable at a higher level. If you were your boss, would you get promoted or fired for your level of activity? Conceptually, the business is ridiculously simple. If everyone did it, the opportunity wouldn’t be as great as it is. I want to see each of you live your dreams. Each day I have people coming to me wanting to know what they are doing wrong. There are a few key indicators that will determine whether you are going to make it. Here are some of them:

  1. Are you meeting new people each week? If not, figure out something (this is YOUR job as an entrepreneur) that you can do each week to meet new people. Focus on making friends and CONNECTING with those you meet.
  2. Are you sending out PERSONAL cards each day? You get back what you send out. Make sure your cards touch others in a meaningful way.
  3. Are you FILLING YOUR CALENDAR with APPOINTMENTS? It’s not enough to just talk to people. If you are talking to people on the run, most of those you talk to are making a decision before getting all the info they need. Set aside time on the calendar where both of you will be 100% focused on looking at everything – Be honest with yourself here. Take a look at your calendar right now. Is it FULL of appointments to meet with new people over the next 2-3 weeks?
  4. Are you scheduling yourself to attend at least 3 Treat ‘Em Right Seminars per year in addition to the Convention? I’m going to be honest here. I know this is possibly a real stretch for you. I’ve been there. I was the person staying at budget motels sharing with 6 other people in the early days. I had $36,000 in debt on 22 credit cards. I took the bus to work for 2 years. The reality is, LEADERS ATTEND THE EVENTS. If you don’t attend how can you ever expect the members of your team to attend? And if your team is not there, you don’t have a business. I stepped out in faith and I believed. In light of MANY HUGE SETBACKS, I didn’t quit. I’m the same guy that had my bank card confiscated for bouncing checks. I’m the same guy that never made more than $28,000 in a year at my job for 17 years. This MONTH my SendOutCards residual check was almost $200,000. I had a goal to make $100,000 a month for 25 years before I got there. I haven’t had a check under $100,000 a month in 4 years. I don’t take this lightly. I recognize that it’s because of many great people (most that have become my closest friends) that this is possible. It would be no fun if I couldn’t take others with me. I lose sleep trying to figure out ways to communicate all of this so that you may someday experience the same thing.
  5. Are you on MOST of the LIVE DAILY OPPORTUNITY CALLS? Set a goal to have a guest on all of the daily calls. Do everything you can to fill your week with new people looking at the business. This is one of the greatest catalysts to growth that we have available today.

As a friend I would like to tell you that any doubt you have about whether this is possible for you or whether you can do this is unfounded. There are thousands that have done it. Most people think that there is some secret formula. Yes, there are skills to learn and some phrases that work better than others. But in the end, nothing will ever replace being sincerely excited about what you have in your hands. When you share your excitement like a kid that just opened an Wii or X-Box for the first time, others will sense that and some will want to be part of it. We have one of the coolest products in the entire profession. I have seen companies with really weak products sign up 50,000 people in 60 days because their distributors were excited.

MAKING MONEY WITH SENDOUTCARDS IS A SIMPLE FORMULA THAT MAKES SENSE.

a). Sign up a few customers and get yourself qualified.

b). Use the tools, technology and events to share SendOutCards with others. Be excited about what you have in your hands and most importantly embrace the gift that only network marketing and SendOutCards can offer.

RESIDUAL INCOME

NO PRODUCTS TO PURCHASE
NOTHING TO STOCK
NO PRODUCTS TO DELIVER
NO INVENTORY
NO QUOTAS

UNLIMITED INCOME POTENTIAL

A UNIQUE ONCE-IN-A-LIFETIME PRODUCT THAT CHANGES LIVES

WE ARE THE ONLY COMPANY WHERE YOU DON’T EVEN HAVE TO BUY OR USE OUR PRODUCT TO BENEFIT FROM IT!

My business is what it is today because of the things I have talked about in this call. I live this stuff. Try and let go of the past. Much of success has to do with unlearning the way we are used to doing things and embracing a NEW MINDSET. This business requires a shift in focus, attitude and language.

We (as a company) are not victim to any set of circumstances regarding our size or growth. We create our future. The ENERGY of this team will determine who comes in and how fast we grow. Please take this to heart. WE will determine our future. We will determine our growth. We will determine who joins us from here on out. SendOutCards is unique and special. It’s not for everyone. But there are millions that will resonate with our cause and want to be part of growing with us. Our job is to find them and let them experience who we are.

HOW TO MAKE MONEY with SOC in 2013

Review of email I sent out-

YOUR BUSINESS BUILDING STRATEGY:

Here’s a very simple strategy that I am using to build my business. It’s almost identical to what I have been doing for years but makes it even simpler and easier using the DAILY OPPORTUNITY CALL.

  1. Send out AT LEAST one personal card daily (no sales agenda, just reach out in kindness).
  2. Walk AT LEAST one person each day through sending a card to someone they care about and then show them the OPPORTUNITY VIDEO (on the right side of your .biz site (i.e.: www.sendoutcards.biz/YOURID#). This is the 3 minute video that has the penciled hand drawing out the plan.
  3. Three-way someone into the DAILY OPPORTUNITY CALL (At least one per day!)

DO THIS EVERY DAY AND YOUR BUSINESS WILL GROW!

This is the daily strategy-

LAUNCHING YOUR BUSINESS:

Make a list of 100 names and do the above in your first 30 days with each of the 100 people on your list. You’ll earn all the qualifications, bonuses, promotions, etc. and you’ll make more than your money back. That means you are profitable!! You’ll be qualified. You’ll make the 7/30/Q club. You’ll be a certified trainer and you’ll get recognized! Simply call each person and say, “I found something I want to show you. It’s really cool and I think you’ll like it. It may not be for you but I at least want to show you”. Then follow the 3 steps above.


December 30, 2012

EMERGENCY! EMERGENCY!
Have you ever noticed that when you are in trouble financially, you have to take desperate measures?
Unless you are ready, (which usually you are not), decision making can get clouded. Also, when you are desperate and in trouble, you tend to make choices that are much more “expensive”.

For example, if you go to the bank to get a loan when you are dead flat broke, the bank will most likely reject the request. The only place you can go to get money when you are broke are places that will cost you dearly in the long run (title loan places, borrow money from friends, etc.).
But, if you go to the bank for a loan when you don’t need one (because you are financially stable and you have lots of savings), they can’t wait to give you one! The better your credit, the lower your interest rate.

Who typically goes into check cashing centers? Typically someone using a check cashing
center is someone who is desperate for money. They get charged up to 30% of their check just to cash it! Why? Because, they are desperate.

In network marketing when someone is struggling, they tend to take desperate measures that
can ultimately lead to “ruin”. People have been known to compromise their values, make rash and
destructive decisions and abuse their relationships in the interest of quick money. Most network marketing companies that tell you that you will make quick money are doing one of the following:

  1. Front-End Loading: (encouraging people to buy or “front load” $1500-$5000 in product so that they can qualify for a higher bonus level or promotion). This practice is frowned upon by the regulatory agencies and can get a company shut down. Many companies have been investigated and shut down for the practice of front-end loading.
  2. Using enticement: Grossly exaggerating income possibilities or using “smoke and mirrors” tactics to entice you to come on board with them.

In the long run, these desperate measures almost always lead to financial ruin.

Your business will suffer and you’ll most likely struggle if you are emotionally or financially desperate. Desperation is a tough place to be when you are trying to build a business. Most of us have found ourselves in a place of desperation from time to time in our lives. I equate a state of desperation a state of EMERGENCY. You must act quickly and decisively. You’re going to drown. Your ship is sinking. If you find yourself broke or desperate, here are a few things you can do to prevent a crisis:

  1. QUICKLY get yourself out of the emotional state of desperation. Your state of mind has little to do with the physicality of your situation. We have all felt desperate fear only to learn that our fear was completely unwarranted. Fear and desperation are both “states of mind” and not connected to the actual situation. They are our physical response to a surprise event. As entrepreneurs we must learn to adjust our “state” to remain calm when things are out of whack. Have you ever heard the phase, “Don’t ever let them see you sweat”? Adjust your focus and language and reclaim your power. This is the only state of mind that will serve you in a situation like this. Breathe.
  2. QUICKLY stabilize your financially situation. It’s okay to temporarily get a job that can help you pay the bills while you are building your network marketing business. I have had to take many steps back over my career to ultimately get to where I am today. At one point I had to rent out my primary residence, sell both my cars and take out a second mortgage. I even took the bus to work for 2 years because I couldn’t come up with the money to fix the alternator on my car.
  3. PEDAL TO THE METAL – There is not time to waste. Put on your blinders, turn off the TV and work your tail off. Steps one and two will help you to survive. Step three will get you out of this mess you have created for yourself. Follow the plan. Be vigilant in your mission. FILL your calendar with appointments. Plug in. Be creative and resourceful. Expand your list. Be passionate.

Network marketing is DESIGNED as a part-time business. OVER TIME you can create a substantial residual income that will replace or even exceed a job income. Even great wealth is possible. However it takes time, patience, work, vision, faith, commitment and resourcefulness. Be cautious of the promise of quick money. It typically won’t happen as fast as you want it
to and as long as you are in action, it won’t take as long as you think it might.

As I learn to fly helicopters, I must master the autorotation. An autorotation is a maneuver that is required if there is ever an engine or drive failure while in flight. If the “LOW ROTOR RPM” warning siren sounds (not good!), I must IMMEDIATELY take EMERGENCY measures. There is not time for thought. It’s a desperate situation! A crash is imminent unless I follow the steps to “glide” the helicopter down. I must take immediate measures if I am to land safely.

Here’s the good news; you have a vehicle that can fix the problem. Your situation can be completely solved within the next 18 months if you will commit, focus and work.


December 17, 2012

What would Jim and Jordan do?
“Jordan Adler and Jim Packard get dropped off in a city where they know no one. They are asked by Kody, “Get the city going”. They are going to train you on this call what they would do to create a SendOutCards MOVEMENT in their “new town.” Who would they talk to? What would they say? How would they get people started? Let’s get into their heads tonight and talk about building a team in a place where you know no one.

JORDAN’S NOTES:

Start pulling out business cards, calling people I know and asking, “Who do you know in _________?” Then tell them why you are asking.

  1. GOAL: QUICKLY build relationships with some of the most well connected people in the city – Who do I need to meet?
    Networking Groups?
    Associations?
    Clubs?
    Business Journal – List of Networking Opportunities in the back of the Journal. Find at local bookstore or online. LOOK FOR PEOPLE WHO KNOW PEOPLE THAT WOULD DO BUSINESS WITH US.
    The quickest way to a large network is to get INTRODUCTIONS to the right people. I need to go places where I can get those introductions. Also, I need to go places where there are people that want to meet me right away and that will willingly give me their contact info. Mostly you’ll find these people at business networking functions. They ALL have business cards and they can’t wait to give them to me!
  2. 2-4 Trade Shows per month as an attendee. Look at local Chamber, Civic Center or online. Why? It’s a great place to meet people.
  3. Ask my existing network for business referrals in the city. Ask for 3-way call introductions. I’m not looking for business, as much as I am looking for connections to local groups and meetings.
  4. Goal is to meet 30-50 new people per week. (Add to Contact Manager and send a card WITH MY PICTURE. – “Nice to meet you!”).
  5. Set appointments: “We’re bringing a new service to town and were asking for people to “test drive” it and give us feedback”. Do three appointments per day.
  6. Dial at least ONE PERSON PER DAY into the NEW LIVE DAILY CALL!

How to show someone:

  1. Have them send a card to SOMEONE THEY CARE ABOUT. (I usually have them watch the 3 minute video first at www.sendoutcards.com/YOURID#).
  2. Have them watch the 4 videos on the www.sendoutcards.biz/YOURID# website (in person is best if possible).
  3. Sign them up or follow up with 2 cards (An SOC promotion card AND a “THANKS FOR TAKING A LOOK AND OFFERING YOUR FEEDBACK” card). In the “SOC promotion card”, I talk about our service and what it will do for them. I also include some photo images of the site or a list of features. You can find some of these cards under MY CARDS/SendOutCards in the CARD CATALOG.

“Dear __________,
I enjoyed talking with you and showing you the SendOutCards system. I have a feeling you’ll love the system once you start using it. Either way, I would love to stay in touch. (Add something personal like a photo, a quote or an invitation to a future event or conference call).

JIM PACKARD’S NOTES

WHO DO YOU TALK TO?

-Mindset-must have the correct attitude.
-Not looking for 300 people, just 3.
-You attract people like yourself, “like attract like”.
-Take an inventory of yourself, (ie., businessman, salesperson, personal growth junkie, U Maine graduate, Dale Carnegie).
-Seek out where the above hang out, go after your target market.
-Go to seminars, fundraisers, service clubs, networking events, chamber functions.
-Develop the skill of asking and giving referrals.

WHAT WOULD I SAY?
Keep in mind; people don’t care how much you know until they know how much you care.
Ask open ended questions.
“How’s the economy affecting you?”
“What’s the biggest challenge that you’re facing?”
“How would I know if I’m talking to someone who is a good referral for you?”
“How do you differentiate yourself from your competitors?”
At some point, they will ask you what you do?

“DO YOU KNOW HOW HARD YOU WORK TO FIND CUSTOMERS?
WELL, WHAT I DO IS HELP YOU KEEP THEM”. (Sorry about the caps).
They tell me what they do, “I sell Real Estate.” Then I say, “Really? We should talk some time.”
Getting people started- I pretend that they are my best friend. This approach takes on a whole new demeanor.

Need to develop BELIEF.

In product: Send 10 cards in 48 hours (make me the 10th).
In company: Get on the new opportunity calls and attend any event.
In industry: Start reading a book(MLM or business), if only a page a day.
In your sponsor/leadership: Make a commitment to connect every day.
In yourself: Find a book (personal development), read a page a day.


December 3, 2012

FINISHING STRONG:

I like to use December as a launching pad for the new year. Besides sending out my Holiday Cards (and I send a lot), I refresh my list and introduce as many people as possible to our program. Remember, I signed up on December 26th (the day after Christmas). Demarr was communicating with me all throughout the holidays and I saw SendOutCards as a way to start the New Year out right! There is someone out there praying for an opportunity right now. You could be their angel.

IN THE SPIRIT OF THE TEAM:

Todd Falcone called me a few weeks ago and said, “We have such amazing leaders in our company. Many are making six-figures a year and we are all pretty much out there doing our own thing. Can you imagine what would happen if we all worked together?” He painted a picture of live, daily calls that would introduce the SendOutCards opportunity to potential distributors. He said, “Imagine hundreds and hundreds of people calling in each day to hear the story of SendOutCards (live), followed by 4 or 5 testimonials by those who had already achieved impressive incomes and lifestyles.

What if there was a field-run program that would build the real excitement of our program on a daily basis, kind of like a team 3-way call?”

Can you imagine if you had Todd Falcone, Jim Packard, Jeff Packard, Adam Packard, Bob and Betty Ann Golden, Tommy Wyatt, Curtis Lewsey, Jules Price, Jackie Ulmer, Kathy Paauw, Demarr Zimmerman, Jimmy Dick and many, many others all working for you to help bring people into the business each day!? Well it’s happening, beginning on Thursday! Stay tuned for details! The call will help you to sponsor new distributors into the business. You’ll simply 3-way people into the call. I highly recommend having them send a card first so they have an idea how the system works and then simply dial them in! Imagine what will happen as they hear hundreds of others calling in to learn about our amazing opportunity?

Also, instead of having many different team calls, what if all the team calls offered a weekly format that promoted all of our leadership teams together? TEAM stands for TOGETHER EVERYONE ACHIEVES MORE! Stay tuned for the schedule. This program will help you to end the year strong and take you into the new year with some forward momentum.

SENDING OUT YOUR HOLIDAY CARD:

Back in 2004, I signed up 7 days before the end of the year. I think I sent out 35 cards that year. I committed to sending a card to EVERYONE in my contact manager each year. So, my list has grown and this year I will be sending out over 4000 holiday cards! This week I’m completing my card and sending out my campaign. I’m also setting appointments with a few of my newer customers and distributors to assist them in getting their cards out. If you have never done it, I recommend keeping it simple. A simple card is better than no card!

Here are some tips:

  1. 1. If you are unsure what to do, start by watching this HOW TO CREATE AND SEND A CAMPAIGN tutorial. It’s VERY short.
    https://www.sendoutcards.com/support/media/tutorials/creating-and-sending-campaign/
  2. Create your card. Add photos and elements. A simple card can be created in 5-10 minutes. A more complex card may take up to an hour.
  3. Add everyone you want to send a card to into your contact manager (CM).
  4. Pull up all of your CONTACTS from your “CONTACTS” tab, on the red bar of your MAIN MENU. Everyone who is CHECKED will receive your card.
  5. Select the CAMPAIGN card that you want to send (the one you created) in the “SELECT CAMPAIGN” drop down menu and hit the button that says,
    “SEND CAMPAIGN TO ALL”. Confirm it and you are done!
  6. If you need to add funds, you can do that by clicking on PURCHASE POINTS AND EXPENSE on the left side of your MAIN MENU. A postcard will cost 1 point, a greeting card will cost 2 points and a greeting card with photos will cost 3 points. You can add another “panel” to your card for a 4th point. Your stamps come from your EXPENSE ACCOUNT so make sure you have enough in there to send all of your cards. A simple 2 panel card costs $0 .45 in postage to send.
  7. Cards may be printed multiple times per day during the busy days of the Holidays. Remember that if you send a group of cards and you want to go in and add a gift to a few of them or modify some of the ones you sent, you can do that as long as the cards haven’t been printed. Simply pull up the card under your CARD HISTORY tab and hit “EDIT”. You’ll be able to modify any of the cards that are waiting to go out as long as they haven’t been printed.

YOU ARE WELL POSITIONED. (Better than ever before!!)

Here are seven reasons why network marketing is the place to be in 2013. YOU have never been better positioned for the biggest year of your career, than right now. Are you ready to make your DREAMS more important than your fears? Are you tired of talking about it but not doing it? This call is for you.

  1. THE BIGGER THE PROBLEM, THE BIGGER THE OPPORTUNITY. – Graduating college students have few options for work. There are more job seekers than there are jobs to fill them. Most graduate with $50,000 to $100,000 in debt and no plan or vehicle to pay it off.
  2. MORE PEOPLE ARE STRESSED OUT BECAUSE OF MONEY. – Home values have not significantly increased since the mortgage crisis and most people continue to be uncertain and fearful about their financial futures. We are faced with a looming “financial cliff” that could potentially put millions of more people out of work. Network Marketing may become one of the only viable options. Now is the time to get ahead of the curve.
  3. NETWORK MARKETING GIVES ONE CONTROL OVER HIS OR HER FUTURE. – Options for financial growth are limited. Successful investing is a skill and requires money. A traditional business or franchise opportunity is financially prohibitive for most people and has a very high failure rate. Network Marketing gives someone a real chance to succeed by investing time and sweat equity.
  4. THE GRATITUDE REVOLUTION IS A MOVEMENT THAT EVERYONE CAN GET BEHIND. – Because of the mainstream authors and speakers that have written and spoken about the virtues and principles of “giving”, most people understand the concept of “you can get anything in life you want if you help enough other people get what they want”. This is the premise of building a successful network marketing business.
  5. THERE ARE HUNDREDS OF SUCCESS STORIES. – In the 80′s and 90′s, it was tough to find people that had built successful careers in network marketing. Today there are many people that have had lucrative careers in our field. Our profession is no longer up for debate.
  6. THE TRAINING AND EDUCATION IN NETWORK MARKETING IS THE BEST IT HAS EVER BEEN. – Many successful network marketing entrepreneurs have written books on how to build a business. There are seminars and proven curriculums to teach you how to build a thriving business. Never before in our history, have there been better resources and training to get someone started.
  7. YOUNG PEOPLE UNDERSTAND NETWORKING BECAUSE OF THE SOCIAL MEDIA AND INTERNET REVOLUTION. – They typically don’t want to be like their parents and actually are now giving their parents advice about business because the traditional job model is failing miserably and many of the “fast company” organizations have been built by a younger generation of entrepreneurs.

HOW TO POSITION YOURSELF FOR YOUR BEST YEAR EVER:

1. Set aside 1-3 hours to work on your plan.

2. Your business plan should include:
A. DREAMS.
B. GOALS.
C. LIST.
D. STRATEGY.
E. SYSTEM.

This does not need to be sophisticated or fancy. In fact, it should be very simple. It should be short and easy to quickly digest. It should inspire you to take immediate action. It should be written on paper and also on a white board or somewhere where you know you will see it every day (this is important).

I think that if you can do this as a team exercise it will even be more powerful.

I will give ideas on this call, but you’ll need to develop your own business plan that inspires you.

DREAMS:
1. Develop your LIST OF DREAMS. Keep them in front of you at all times. You might consider having some “realistic” dreams and some OUTRAGEOUS dreams. I mix mine all together because I now realize that “realistic” is a relative term and sometimes the outrageous dreams are easier to achieve because they are WAY more inspiring.

I will be reviewing my dream list from last year and refreshing it for the new year.

HERE ARE A FEW OF MY DREAMS FROM 2012 THAT I ACCOMPLISHED:

  1. Tour Europe with Sierra.
  2. Buy an Electric Sports Car (Fisker Karma).
  3. Become the #1 contributor within the Kiva Organization.
  4. Fly on a private jet once per quarter and bring members of my team.
  5. Learn to fly a helicopter.
  6. Hire someone to organize the walk-in closet in the master bedroom in Vegas
    (it was a disaster).
  7. Participate in Tony Robbins’ Basket Brigade.

There were many, many more that I didn’t accomplish. Here are some additional dreams that are on my list that I will be carrying forth into 2013:

  1. Live a “front row” life – Buy tickets in the front row when I attend sporting events, theatre and concerts.
  2. Attend Carnival in Rio.
  3. Smoke a cigar in Cuba.
  4. Become friends with Steven Tyler.
  5. Remodel my Jerome home.
  6. Get “ripped” physically.

These are some of my own personal examples. Establish your own. Make sure they are clear, simple and most importantly they INSPIRE YOU! Start where you are, most importantly, START!

GOALS:

When I list my goals, they are more about accomplishments and achievements vs. lifestyle. There is no right or wrong answer. Don’t worry about whether what you are writing is right or wrong. Again, start where you are. At the very least, if you are working the business, one of your 2013 goals should be to ACHIEVE THE RANK OF EXECUTIVE. To reach many of your dreams, it will help to be at least an EXECUTIVE. A goal could be to help 10 people a month in your organization earn the rank of CERTIFIED TRAINER. Another example could be, $5000 a month in income. Here are a list of possible goals:

  1. Achieve Senior Manager by Feb 1st. Achieve Executive by May 1st.
  2. Break $10,000 a month in income.
  3. Personally sponsor 1 person per week.
  4. Increase my income by $500 a month for the entire year.
  5. Attend one Treat ‘Em Right Seminar, per quarter.
  6. Quit my job by July 31st.
  7. Attend Convention.

Make sure you write your dreams and goals on a board where you can see them EVERY DAY. This is really important. Don’t miss this step. Your subconscious mind will go to work if you position yourself by putting your dreams and goals out in front of you.
Your subconscious mind is designed to find answers and solutions while you are sleeping but YOU must give it something to work on.
By putting these things out in front of you, you are giving it a job to do. And it will do the job!!

LIST

Your list is your inventory. You MUST have a written list that grows EVERY DAY!! I am going to describe for you a SIMPLE SYSTEM that anyone can do NOW. Apply the 8 year old test. “If an 8 year old can do it and an 8 year old can teach it NOW, then it’s worth doing”. This is, by far the most simple and valuable system for building a business that I have ever seen:

1. THE BLACK BOOK – Your “list” book.
2. THE GREEN BOOK – Your “money” book.

For $2 each you can buy “composition” books at the drug store in a variety of colors.
Keep your list in ONE PLACE in these books. EVERYONE goes in your BLACK BOOK.

1. DATE NAME PHONE NUMBER EMAIL COMMENTS/STATUS

Use this book to set your appointments. Also keep people in your contact manager and send them cards. I use my LIST BOOK, my CONTACT MANAGER and MY iCal (Calendar) to manage my business.

When someone is INTERESTED BUT, DOESN’T SIGN UP they get transferred into my MONEY BOOK (Green). I keep the same info in my MONEY BOOK.

1. DATE NAME PHONE NUMBER EMAIL COMMENTS/STATUS

This is BY FAR, MY MOST VALUABLE BOOK!! I follow up with CARDS, GIFTS, CALLS, EMAILS, ETC from this book. When someone signs up as a customer, I highlight them in yellow. When someone signs up as a distributor, I highlight them in red. It’s simple and it keeps everyone in one place. I’ve gone through about 20 sets of books in my career.

RIGHT NOW, REFRESH YOUR LIST! You should hit the ground running with a REFRESHED LIST.

STRATEGY (What is your overall business building strategy?):

Here is mine:

  1. Meet people every day.
  2. Send cards and set appointments to show the business.
  3. Focus on sponsoring 1 per week for 2-3 years.
  4. Look for “Hot Spots” and help them do presentations, calls and meetings.
  5. Teach fundamentals.
  6. Drive depth in active groups.
  7. Relationships before business.

List
Share
Sponsor

PT – Sponsor 1-2 per month
FT – Sponsor 1 per week

Have fun
Build depth by teaching and promoting the system.

SYSTEM (Plug people in!):

Do it – Promote it!
BUILT AROUND 7-30-Q. URGENCY IS BUILT IN!

  1. THE SENDOUTCARDS SYSTEM (SendOut positives every day).
  2. THE 30 DAY GRATITUDE CHALLENGE.
  3. THE DAILY SPONSORING CALLS.
  4. SOC TV.
  5. BT AND CT TRAINING.
  6. TREAT ‘EM RIGHT SEMINARS.
  7. CONVENTION.
  8. HOME MEETINGS.
  9. 3-WAY CALLS.
  10. PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT.

6 LEVELS OF COMMUNICATION FOR PRESENTATIONS:

  1. LEVEL 1 EMAIL (LEAST EFFECTIVE)
  2. LEVEL 2 CARD
  3. LEVEL 3 PHONE CALL
  4. LEVEL 4 VIDEO SKYPE
  5. LEVEL 5 FACE TO FACE
  6. LEVEL 6 MEETING WITH FOOD (MOST EFFECTIVE)

November 19, 2012- Jackie Ulmer

The Harvest Can’t Be Prevented – Defining Moments in Your Business.

Recently, Jordan and I were speakers at the Real Savvy Success Event, and we shared the stage with a very dynamic, motivational speaker – Tiffany Peterson. In her encouraging talk, she shared this statement – The Harvest Can’t Be Prevented. She was not referring specifically to network marketing, but to anything we pursue in life, if we keep at it.

It struck a chord with me, Jordan and most everyone in the room! So, tonight, I want to share a little about how this statement, and this philosophy fits into your business

My story – listen in to some details on my story and see how it plays into the topic!

So, back to tonight’s topic -
What does it mean – the harvest can’t be prevented? Think about a farm and the crops in the field. If the seeds are planted, tended to, watered and given TIME, the harvest ALWAYS comes, right?

A farmer doesn’t stop watering, tending, pulling the weeds and so on just because he doesn’t see any small shoots coming up in the first few days or weeks. He continues on because he trusts, he knows, he believes.

Trust, know and believe in the process in your business, too.

There are 4 keys to an ongoing harvest in your business, so if you have a pen, write these down.

The Dream

The System

The Action Steps or Daily, Weekly, Monthly Business Plan

The Defining Moments

Key# 1
Dream – define your why, create dream/vision boards ; take pictures, collect magazines. A billionaire I know once shared with me that he has a dream book and flips through it daily and adds to it.
Surround yourself with things that expand your vision – this includes people, magazines, books, CDs, DVDs and events. Especially EVENTS! They build belief, culture, and defining moments. More on events in a minute.

Jordan’s Helicopter Lessons

My Home at the Beach

So, what is on your list? What things do you WANT, that may stretch you a little now? Get them written down and into your psyche. Feel within your soul what it will be like when you achieve that.

Key # 2

System – its so simple – it’s the daily process and the tools/events we have in place with SOC.
Never lose sight of how simple it is.
Pick your 3 tools that you use most often.
Pick your tools for follow up.
Tools include the cards themselves, the GAW, DVDs, Asend Magazine, our 4 websites.
Anything except your mouth, ha ha! Remember, the more you say, the less you make!
Launch or re-launch your business with an in home Gratitude party. Or do one at a local coffee shop where you can have some seclusion but also create some possible interest with cards, photo store products, brownies and laptops set up!
Plug into calls and events. Plan to travel/attend events 3-4 times a year in your business.
Convention – non negotiable
Regional events and TERs
Super Saturdays

Key #3
Action – do productive activity every day. Income producing activities.
These are the income producing action steps you must be doing consistently.

Contacting new people daily. I share my commitments

Follow up – my own story shares the power in this.

GAW – this is a showing business, not a TELLING business.

Sponsor, train and duplicate – prepare for this.

Gratitude and business launch parties – leverage your time by getting your message out to groups of people at once.

Events – events change lives, get people inspired and grow your business. I’m going to share some ideas for how to REALLY make events count. Listen up!

What is the next event you have on your calendar?

Speaking of the calendar, how does yours look? Do you know what the first thing is I ask my team when they come to me, sharing their struggles? Listen in and I’m going to share!

Another activity that must be done daily is sending cards. The second thing I ask those who are struggling is…how many cards did you send in the last 30 days?

There are a few indisputable facts about Network Marketing that will lead you to a bountiful harvest that you simply can’t prevent! Sending cards and engaging in the product itself is a BIG part of that.

If you want to test this, pick out 5 people within SOC who have the success you want. Ask them how long they have been in the business and how many cards they have sent. You will find a similar story with them all.

Finally, let’s talk about the 4th key Defining moments Who you become as you grow, and you WILL grow.

Success in this business comes down to defining moments. And, there usually are more than one. Jordan calls it – the day you get your swagger.

I’m going to share a few of my defining moments.

So, here are some final thoughts.

For 2013, get to a TER early in the upcoming year. Meet the people who live the lifestyle you want.

Leadership in this business is about learning to generate and manage your own emotions. I was just sharing with my daughter that happiness is a choice, allowing other people to affect your belief is a choice.

Develop an unlimited tolerance threshold.

Belief + thoughts + feelings + actions = RESULTS – if you aren’t getting the results you want but you are taking action steps, weigh in on your beliefs and see if something is holding you back!

Let’s finish the holiday season STRONG and let’s make 2013 a time of amazing growth, abundance and gratitude for us all, and reach out and touch the lives of others.

Thanks for your time.
EXPECT Success!


November 12, 2012

GET RICH WITHOUT WINNING THE LOTTERY??

Tonight I would like to talk about things that you can do to position yourself for rapid growth in the upcoming year. I don’t know much, but I do know how to create massive LEVERAGE in a Network Marketing Business. There are some very simple things you can do that may not seem like a big deal, but when you apply them WITH ENERGY, they can dramatically expand the reach of your business. Did you ever stop to think that Subway has 37,000 locations in 98 countries? They do $16 billion in $5 foot longs! Do you see why it’s so tough for a sub shop on the corner to compete? Subway has LEVERAGE. Yet to own a Subway franchise, you must come up with $150,000-$180,000. According to the investment package, you’ll break even in 3-5 years. Most of the franchises average $50,000 to $75,000 in profit after expenses. And if you own a franchise with Subway, you must do it their way or you are out of business.

I have figured out a few things over the years that work to INCREASE your leverage. In concept, these are not negotiable if you want to have a large business and possibly even get rich:

  1. YOU MUST LEVERAGE TOOLS – I rarely try and explain things. I use the available tools to gain maximum reach in my business building efforts. One thing that I do is MAIL tools to people that I want to expose the business. The tools will do a much better job of explaining it than I will. A conversation is over the minute were done talking, but a magazine, book or CD will be around for months or years. I always have ASEND MAGAZINES with me. I ordered the CUSTOMIZABLE ones with my photo and contact info on them. You can add your own sticker with your phone number and email address. I leave them in places that people will pick them up and read them. I do at least 2 per day. I also hand them to people and engage in conversation. This is ONE example of a tool. There are many tools available.Recently, I have been showing people how I send a postcard with a photo from my iPhone. This is a great conversation starter. The Droid app should be available in the upgraded format within 2 weeks. The current iPhone app is undergoing another facelift, but it works great for simply showing someone how to send a postcard with an on-the-fly photo. Even if you don’t have an iPhone, you are around people all day long that have their noses pressed up against them. This represents one of the biggest on the run opportunities you have to show SOC.If you are in Canada or Australia, keep doing it the way you have been doing it and there will be good news in the relatively near future!Again, these are simply tools that you can use to LEVERAGE the exposure that you get with the people you cross paths with every day.My goal is to leave or give away 2 ASEND magazines per day, and send 4 photo postcards a day (with a gratitude message). It takes me about 2 minutes per card.I also send out 2-10 greeting cards from my computer every day and set up at least ONE GIFT ACCOUNT DAILY. My point is, I USE THE TOOLS AND DON’T TRY AND EXPLAIN IT.
  2. YOU MUST LEVERAGE THE NETWORK – When I got started with SendOutCards, I was invited to attend a small networking event in Scottsdale, Arizona. There were 12 people in attendance. This was 8 years ago. The name of the organization was BNI (Business Network International). I got to know all 12 over the next few weeks. I gave a quick 60 second commercial each week and got to understand the philosophy of “Giver’s Gain”. I looked for ways to SERVE the group using my contacts and SendOutCards. Within a few weeks, all members of the group became a customer and for the next few years I received many referrals from the group. I set up to PROMOTE BNI to other members of the community and I met HUNDREDS of small business owners that wanted to hear about our company. Over the next few years, we had distributors in about 800 chapters (out of over 4000). Today there are almost 7000 chapters and we are in less than 500. This represents PURE LEVERAGE. It’s not for everyone. You must commit to join ONE CHAPTER and ATTEND WEEKLY. This is a great way to learn the business of networking and to have a constant flow of new people to introduce SOC to. It’s not the only thing you should be doing but it provides a supplemental avenue to growth. My good friend, Nate Dominguez is on the phone with me right now. He is an Area Director for BNI Southwest and he and his wife run 55 BNI Chapters. His father is Norm Dominguez the CEO of BNI. BNI is the largest private networking organization in the world.
  3. YOU MUST LEVERAGE THE EVENTS – You can accomplish more in 1-2 days by having people on your team at events than you can trying to motivate them on your own all year long. Please take what I’m saying seriously here. Each time an event comes to your area that your team misses, you are missing the biggest opportunity to leverage your group into the thousands. An event will do more for you than anything I can ever do for you. I was told this piece of advice years ago by my mentor, Jay Smith. Jay told me that I can multiply my group by 100 each time I got someone on my team to a major event. I believed him and then started promoting as if my life depended on it! I was tired of “plodding” along. I would send invitations and MAKE CALLS to people to invite them. I arrange to meet people in advance and take them with me. If I don’t go to the event, there is a good chance my team won’t go. If I am a leader and I don’t lead by example, why should I expect them to!? The Phoenix Treat ‘Em Right seminar is coming up. This is a lost opportunity if it comes and goes and you don’t have your people there. One can turn to thousands! It’s a “make or break” event for some people. You must become a MASTER PROMOTER in order to get rich in network marketing. Even if you have 5 people in your group and none of them have been active in a while, see if you can get one or more of them there. It can restart your group and turn things around. This represents MASSIVE LEVERAGE!
  4. YOU MUST LEVERAGE THE TIMING – This one is interesting because about 20% of our business builders get it and about 80% don’t. The last quarter of the year (which we are 1/2 into) most network marketers stop working. They say, “people are too busy and stressed out to worry about a business”. In reality, SendOutCards is a program that supports the holidays better than any other program in our profession. We DOUBLE between October and January! Think about why people join a network marketing opportunity. STRESS, due to lack of time and money. We solve both of those problems while making it easy for them to fulfill on their desire to be giving during the holidays. You miss out on the greatest time to build the business, if you take a break during this season. I signed up on Dec 26th, 2004. What if Demarr had said that he was too busy and not sent me cards or called me? That would have been the WORST FINANCIAL DECISION of his life!! NOW is the time to be introducing SendOutCards to new people and TRAINING THEM ON HOW TO USE THE SYSTEM. The more training you do this time of year, the more customers and distributors you will get.Last week I signed up 2 new personally sponsored business partners. Marc (I invited him to be my guest at the MLM Mastermind – LEVERAGING EVENTS) and my good friend James. We’ve been friends for years and he just now decided to sign up after watching me for over 7 years! My goal is to sign up 2 new business partners per month (sometimes I sign up 4 and sometimes I sign up 1). I would never ask someone to do something that I’m not willing to do.
  5. YOU MUST LEVERAGE THE SYSTEM – The SendOutCards system offers ways to send many cards with one click. It also offers a way to send gifts and gift cards with the cards that you send. You can add your own photos and handwriting to a card. These are features that must be used DAILY to gain maximum benefit from your network. People will do what you do. By maximizing the use of the system, you can get exponentially more exposure. People that you send cards to will show the cards to others if they are cool and feature rich! Make your cards dynamic! Use the campaign feature and at least once a month, send a creative campaign card to a group of people. Have fun doing this, others will sense that you are enjoying the process and will be much more likely to want to join you. Give people something to talk about! When you send brownies, people talk about the brownies. When you put your handwriting into the cards they want to know how you did it. Personally, if you want to grow a large residual income, you should be sending 3-10 cards per day. Boring cards get thrown away. Cards with photos get talked about and shown!

I can’t guarantee that you’ll get rich. If someone does promise you big money, run for the hills because that company won’t be around long. We offer an opportunity to grow something substantial over time. We have a SYSTEM. There are a few simple things that you can do to EXPONENTIALLY increase your LEVERAGE. Compounded over time, your results can be staggering. These are just a few things that you can do NOW to start growing a large and expanding business.


November 5, 2012

THE DAY THAT SWAGGER STRUCK!

In every successful network marketer’s life there is a defining moment that changes everything. It’s the day you get your “swagger”. Swagger is your strut, your confidence, your “knowing”. It’s the day that your life goes into overdrive and NOTHING can stop you. Others see a transformation in you that they can’t exactly put their finger on. They are not sure if they like the change, but they know that something is very different about you. You know from that point on, life will never be the same.

I noticed that regardless of who you talk to; network marketers, authors, business owners, athletes, professional entertainers, those that have reached the top of their game have all experienced struggle in the process. It’s part of the equation. DREAM, STRUGGLE, VICTORY was the name of the MLM Mastermind 8 this year. It wasn’t called DREAM, VICTORY! Struggle is a key component in achieving greatness in virtually all disciplines! Yet for some reason people think they are going to sign up in Network Marketing and all of a sudden they are going to win the lottery. It’s not like that! Winning in our business is possible but it’s going to take some time and it’s going to take some work!

In most cases, when someone achieves success without the struggle part, they are not prepared to handle it. Struggle is a key competent in not just making money but keeping it. Think about all of the child actors and actresses that self-destructed after hitting it big in their younger years. Most professional athletes that make millions in their 20′s have lost all of their money within 5 years of retiring. I have a friend who went on to become a billionaire. He told me that if he hadn’t gone through 15 years of intense struggle, he would have lost all his money. He said there were many lessons he had to learn about success before he was ready to take on the responsibility of being a billionaire.

Most of you don’t want to be billionaires. You just want to make $500, $5000 or $10,000 a month. A few of you are going for the big time! That’s great! The amazing thing about our profession is that you have an opportunity to achieve any level of success you desire! There is a team of people that will encourage you. The best part of all is that, as you achieve your goals and dreams you are lifting others up and helping them do the same. You are truly making a difference and significantly influencing the lives of others. Orrin Woodward, who is a Network Marketing Millionaire, said it best: “People say all the time, ‘Yeah, only those at the top make money!’ Isn’t that how it is in everything? Those that win the championships in athletics, make the money. Those that fly big jets, make the big money. Those attorneys that win big cases, make the big money. Those that get the blockbuster movies, make the big money. Those that run big companies, make the big money. Those that sell lots of “tickets”, make the big money AND those that build large organizations, make the big money!”

Isn’t this how it is in everything? We are no different in that respect.

The difference is, in network marketing you have a chance. Unless you are a world class entertainer, a great writer or star athlete, you probably won’t ever have a chance at creating a large residual income. As a team working together, we all get to benefit from the will, energy, work, time and money of others. It’s called leverage! And it will be tough. You can have a lot of fun, make great friends, produce some nice income, etc. but the big money will take, time, work and YES, STRUGGLE at times!

I’m not exactly sure when I got my “swagger”. When did it hit? How did I get here? When did Richard Brooke get his swagger? Was it when he was cutting up chickens at the chicken plant, coming home each night smelling like chicken with chicken parts stuck to all parts of his body? I’m not sure.

When did Demarr get his swagger? Who knows? Maybe it was when his wife, Evelyn gave him a hard time about doing network marketing. How about David Frey or Todd Falcone? How about Tommy Wyatt? Was Tommy Wyatt born with swagger?

I know for me, when I was working for America West airlines, I walked down to the ATM and the machine ate my card. I went into the bank and Brent Pasloe (the teller) took my bank card! He was a friend of mine (because I used to go into that bank each week to deposit my $400 America West check). He laughed at me. I said, “Seriously Brent, I need my card back”. He laughed again and said he can’t give it back! Maybe this is when my swagger struck! I don’t know! About 3 years later my business had taken off and in 7 months my checks went from just over $2500 a month to $34,000 a month. I was at my PO Box and pulled out the check. I had never seen a check anywhere near this big in my life. I walked down to the bank to deposit it and guess who my teller was?? Yep! Brent Pasloe! Maybe this is when I got my swagger! I’m not even sure!

It could have been when I was down at a credit union applying for a car loan. The application asked for my monthly income. I wrote it in. When I met with the loan officer she tried to correct me. She said, “This is asking for your monthly income not your annual income.” I said, “That IS my monthly income!!” Boom! Maybe that’s when I got my swagger! I’m not sure.

It could have been back in 1989 when my Pontiac Sunbird broke down and I tried to replace the alternator myself. I apparently put it in backwards and blew up a bunch of electronics in the car. Well I didn’t have the money to buy a new car or fix the one I had for over 2 years. I took the bus to work and met a lot of interesting bus people! I was a bus person!

It’s possible that my swagger came as a result of my father taking our family to Denny’s for Thanksgiving. Denny’s is my Dad’s favorite restaurant and we ate there A LOT growing up! Today I’m thankful that I had those experiences because there is a part of me that thinks that may this is what gave me my “swagger”. Like a bolt of lightning, BOOM! I GOT MY SWAGGER!

Or possibly, it could have been when I was back in Chicago about 2 years ago and my father’s old Buick had failing brakes. His car had 175,000 miles. He was 79 years old at the time and I visited him in the dead of winter. I couldn’t bear to watch him continue to drive this car, so when I was back in AZ, I bought him a brand new Buick Lucerne. I had it delivered to his home in Park Forest, IL. I wasn’t able to be there but when the big truck brought his new car to the front door of his home and the delivery guy handed him the keys. But, he called to thank me and he said, “I wasn’t sure if I was supposed to tip the guy so I gave him 5 bucks!!” Maybe this is what gave me my swagger? I don’t know!!

It’s possible that none of these things really caused me to have “swagger. I think maybe it was when I threw a party at my place in Vegas and invited some friends in the building. About 1/2 way through the night, Michael Jackson’s dad walked in the door! Seriously, Michael Jackson’s dad (Joe Jackson) was standing in my condo! I looked in disbelief like “How did I get here??” Under what set of circumstances did I go from eating at Denny’s for Thanksgiving to having Joe Jackson in my condo?? I spoke with him for about an hour. Crazy. Boom! Swagger.

Is it possible that after living the life of a rock star, when it all goes away and you find yourself wondering where your next dollar is going to come from, maybe that’s when the swagger hits? Does your swagger happen on the way up or on the way down? When my last company vaporized in the shadow of an analog industry converting to a digital industry, I found myself without a residual check. I went from making over $50,000 a month to zero. Unfortunately, my overhead was still there. I went through $80,000 in savings in four months. I rented out my primary residence. I sold 2 cars and bought a little Mini Cooper to save money on gas. I felt the gripping fear of not knowing where I would be living or how I would be making money from that point on. I know you may have felt the same at some point in your life. I was bleeding fast.

I joined SendOutCards in 2004. They already had about 2000 distributors and no one was making money. The top earner was making 1/2 of what I needed to pay my bills. But I loved Kody’s vision and I knew that SOC would grow to become a major company in the network marketing profession. I worked 8-10 hours a day in my first 6 months of working the business. I showed the program to 3-5 people per day. I sent 5-10 cards and day and followed up with people all day long. I joined networking groups and pulled out all the stops. Within a year my income was back to a level that allowed me to pay my bills. To date, I have made almost $9 million with SendOutCards. Maybe now I have my swagger??

I don’t know where or when you’ll get yours. You won’t know it either. You will be faced with seemingly insurmountable challenges that will test you. Everyone is faced with these tests. Most people fail. I would never fault you if you quit. At times it’s really tough. But, the reward that awaits you on the other side of this struggle is the greatest reward of all. I have found that I would not be in a position to serve people the way I do if I hadn’t stretched beyond limits of what I believed I was capable of. When you are faced with a difficult situation, ask yourself, “is this the day I earn my swagger?” Chris Brady said it best when he said, “You’ll either; sign up a distributor, sign up a customer or come away with a really good story”. Each time you have a setback, that creates a break-through, you’ll be creating a story that will inspire someone else to break through their obstacles. The stories are more valuable than the income. It may be hard to see it now but on the other side of your struggle is VICTORY. There is nothing sweeter. You will earn the respect of your peers, your family and your associates when you can prove that what you have been saying all along is true. At first you’ll be ridiculed. Then others may get mad at you for breaking out of the status quo. Be prepared because after this you’ll be called “lucky”. Then, after a while, others will hold you up as a role model and a mentor. I’m not sure when your swagger will hit, but you’ll have it and everyone will want to take a picture with you and want your autograph.


October 29, 2012

Getting Going or Getting Unstuck:

You’ve been talking about getting your business going for some time now. You love network marketing and you love SendOutCards. You say you are doing the business but when it really comes down to it, you’re not doing much of anything.

Or, you are doing something, but not much seems to be happening. It’s a roller coaster ride of emotion. You’re up and you’re down. You question yourself. You wonder if you really have what it takes. You’ve been hearing the stories, but you also know a lot of people that have done network marketing that have never made any money. And to top matters off, you’ve been knocked off track as a result of all the changes and promotions recently. Your upline is doing little to nothing and you have no support. Where to start? What to do? What is it really going to take to move the needle in your favor and begin a rapid growth curve in the business.

Before we get too far here, I want to say that I have been where you are. Without even knowing where you are, I know I have been there. I have shown the business to 28 people consecutively without signing up a single person. I have lost faith and then regained it more times than I can even count. I have put together plans that have bombed. I have found momentum and then lost it over and over again. One of the biggest differences between you and me is that I have had way more people quit my business than you have. Why? I have a bigger team. I’ve had more cancellations, more no-shows, more rejection than you because I have shown it to more people. That’s the biggest difference between you and me.

Getting going or getting unstuck starts with shifting your focus and daily pattern of behavior. Were used to doing things a certain way. If you are not getting the results you are looking for and you keep doing the same thing over and over again, don’t expect much difference in your results. For example, you probably have a certain daily routine and if that routine is not producing the growth you are looking for in your business, you’ll probably need to change it. I can’t motivate you to take action. I can draw your attention to certain things that may help you to have a more productive focus but your motivation to do the work must come from within you.

Let’s go over some simple things you can do NOW to get off balance again and into productive action. You’ll notice that I said “off balance”. You’ll need to start falling forward to gain some momentum in your life and in your business. Being balanced isn’t the key. Being off-balance means creating a vacuum between where you are and where you want to be. This is where the growth comes from. Business growth follows personal growth. Flying helicopters to me is uncomfortable but I know I am growing. Each time that I do it, I get a little better. But I can’t get better unless I place myself in those situations that make me uncomfortable. That vacuum will pull you into productive action. Most people will work for weeks, months and even years to find balance before they feel like they can go to work in a business. These are the people that wait for everything to be just right before they can start building. NEWS FLASH! Things will never be just right. In fact, there will never be a better time to get going than now. If you wait to find balance, you’ll be waiting forever because it doesn’t exist. I’m suggesting here that it’s being off balance that will give you the drive and energy to find the success you are looking for. So some of the things I’ll be suggesting here are about CREATING the GAP between where you are and where you want to go RIGHT NOW so that you can be called into action today. The reason you joined SendOutCards was because you saw something that it could provide that you don’t currently have. So, let’s maximize the impact of that feeling and use it to grow a successful business. Pick 5 of these things and do them all this week. Make a list and just get going.

  1. Restart the Gratitude Challenge, only multiply it times 3. Start sending 3 Gratitude Cards per day.
  2. Refresh your dream list. Grab a journal or notepad and write/re-write at least 25 things you would like to accomplish in your life in the next 24 months. Do this in the next 24 hours. This along with a belief that SendOutCards is a great vehicle is the KEY to motivation.
  3. Refresh your list. If your list is a little lean, go online and find a networking group in your community tonight. Schedule yourself to attend a couple within the next 7 days. I know I have hashed over this time and time again. One of the greatest sources energy will come from meeting new people. It doesn’t matter if some of the members of the group have heard of SendOutCards. 70-80% in even the most “saturated” groups don’t really know who we are. If they did, they would be sending cards or building the business. Your goal is to have fun and make friends. Get business cards and add new people to your list and then to your contact manager.
  4. Schedule a Treat ‘Em Right Seminar. Start making the arrangements. I have found that the seminar begins to work on people the day they begin to put into action the plans to go. There is something magical about making a commitment to go to a personal development seminar. Make your plans now. Just the awareness that you are going will have a positive impact on your business. Even if you don’t see the money available to go now, schedule it and plan on the money showing up. Make plans first . “Boldly go in the direction of your dreams and unseen forces will come to your aid”.
  5. Schedule 20 minutes per day and listen to one of the archived conference calls on www.thecoolbuzz.com (PASSWORD: thecoolbuzz).
  6. Write or re-write 10 “I am” statements. Remember, “I am” statements don’t start with “I plan to” or “I am going to” or “I don’t want to”. They start with, “I am. “”I am meeting and signing up motivated, well connected business builders each week”. “I am living the life of my dreams.” “I am healthy and strong”. This is a very important part of success.
  7. Call 3 people per day that are not in your business just to say “hi” and check in
  8. Send out 3 tools per day to potential distributors (ASEND MAGAZINE, THE FOUR YEAR CAREER, BEACH MONEY, ETC).
  9. Schedule 1-2 Gift account walk-throughs per day (Have them send a card to someone they care about and then watch one or two of the videos on .biz).
  10. Go through this list each day and make sure you are doing at least 5 of these things per week.

If you’ll:

  1. Block time on your calendar to do 5 of these things each week REGARDLESS of whether you are ready or not. You will never be completely ready. Life has its twists and turns. You’ll find that once your residual income increases to a point where it replaces your living expenses, things will get quite a bit easier for you. Until that time, just be okay with things feeling a little (or a lot) out of balance. Use that feeling of imbalance to DRIVE YOU to take action now. Don’t wait. Each day you wait costs you months or years of freedom because in network marketing, your efforts are multiplied by the work of others.
  2. Stay in action regardless of how you feel or whether you are seeing immediate results. Your friends and associates are watching you. They are testing you to see how serious you are. Most people miss out on huge opportunities because they are somewhat flakey (start and stop, switching companies over and over, quitting) and others don’t take them so seriously. The longer you do it and the more consistent you are the more others will take you seriously.
  3. Make a drastic move NOW. You are on this call because you said you are tired of being stuck. You want to get results and you want to make a shift. If this is really the case then it’s time to prove it. Prove it to your wife and kids. Prove it to your business associates. Prove it to your friends. Stop piddling around with the business. No successful entrepreneur has done it “piddling”. One of my pet peeves is when people that tell me they are “plugging away”. Can you imagine Steve Jobs “plugging away” at the business? Would Kody ever “plug away”? That’s not an energy that attracts people. You’ll need to create some massive action. You’ll need to do it with energy. You can do this starting now by simple doing 5 of the things listed above each week. It’s really pretty simple.

Get off balance. Start falling forward. Eliminate time wasting activities. Make your dreams more important than your fears. Take massive daily action. Prove it. Stop whining and blaming. Network Marketing is the greatest financial opportunity available today in this marketplace. SendOutCards is unique, special and lucrative.

You’ve heard the phrase, “Doubt will take you out of action and action will take you out of doubt.” There is a reason this phrase is cliché. Clichés are cliché because they are true. Take this to heart. If you will start DOING the business every day, your doubt, if you have any, will begin to dissipate.

THREE THINGS YOU CAN IMMEDIATELY DO TO CHANGE THE TRAJECTORY OF YOUR LIFE AND CREATE THE TIME YOU NEED TO MOVE YOUR LIFE INTO MOMENTUM NOW.

  1. Turn off or unplug the TV. If you must keep a TV, ration your TV time and give yourself no more than 2 hours of TV a WEEK.
  2. Ration your FB Time. Limit FB to one hour a day late at night. I know this is tough to do, but you MUST do it if you want to be successful. Successful entrepreneurs are not spending 2-3 hours a day on Facebook.
  3. Don’t check your emails in the morning. Spend no more than one hour on your emails late at night after everyone is in bed.

Make your financial future more important than watching TV, checking FB and clearing your inbox. These are the 3 things that are most destructive to a building a successful business in today’s environment. Because we are a virtual business and so much of it is done online, there is a tendency to get sucked in to social media. This is an income reducer and a time killer. Not to mention, it’s typically a portal for negative information.

THE MAIN REASON MOST PEOPLE ARE STRUGGLING WITH THEIR BUSINESSES IS BECAUSE THEY ARE NOT DOING THE PRODUCTIVE ACTIVITIES DAILY. THE AVERAGE PERSON IN OUR BUSINESS SPENDS 1-2 HOURS A DAY ON FB, 3-5 HOURS A DAY IN FRONT OF THE TV AND 1-2 HOURS A DAY CHECKING AND ANSWERING EMAILS. At the very least, do these things late at night when everyone else is sleeping. I suggest cutting the time you spend online and on TV to 20% of what you are currently doing. This will give you more than enough time to create financial freedom in 2-3 years. I sometimes think that FB, TV and emails become a good excuse for not doing the things that make us uncomfortable. And it’s these things we are avoiding that will ultimately give us the time freedom we are looking for! What are you avoiding by spending all your time in front of the TV set and on FB?? Do those things you are avoiding so you can begin to fly in your life and experience true freedom. If I am going to fly helicopters, I must face my fears and do the things that I want to avoid. The things that are uncomfortable are the things I must do and get comfortable with before they will give me a license to fly. The same holds true in your business. Until you can get comfortable with the things that make you uncomfortable, you have not yet earned the ticket to gain full entry to a life of financial freedom. Do the things on this call and you’ll be on your way.


October 22, 2012

NO SHOWS, CANCELLATIONS AND INCONSIDERATE PEOPLE:

Have you had a tough time scheduling Gift Account Walk-Throughs or a business

presentation? Does it seem like everyone is so busy that they won’t commit to a set time? Do you have cancellations and no shows? Do you find that people are just not that dependable. Are you strapped for time and the little time you do have gets sucked up by inconsiderate people?

No shows, cancellations, flakey people, inconsiderate people, leaving voice mails, and what to say.

There is a direct correlation between how rock solid your relationship is with someone and their reaction to your request to take a look at something. Think about it. If someone approaches you that you trust implicitly, are you going to honor their request to take a look at a business idea? Of course you will! Now on the other hand, if someone comes to you that has a new deal every other month or seems to care more about their own interest than the interest of others, how will you respond when they approach you with an opportunity? When I get no shows, cancellations or “flakey” people, I see it one of two ways;

1). Certain people must just be flakey.

2). What could I have done to earn their trust better or build up my social capital with them, such that they would have been more likely to take me seriously?

SOME PEOPLE ARE JUST FLAKEY!

There is a percentage of the population that is just plain flakey. They have bad habits for being true to their commitments. Either they keep their calendar in their head (lol) or their lives are so disorganized and chaotic that most everything falls through the cracks. For some people it’s normal for them to miss appointments and not let others know. A good friend of mine in Chicago put a post on Facebook last week that she had two no shows at her salon (she’s a Aesthetician). She’s a single mom and she was so frustrated because she wouldn’t have come to work if she had known they were both not going to show up! It was time that could have been spent with her two girls. You or I will never change these type of people. It’s in their DNA to be flakey.

CANCELLATIONS HAPPEN:

When someone cancels or postpones an appointment I am grateful because at least they respected me enough to let me know. I always have 10 other things to do on my list. If I get a break in my schedule due to a cancellation, I always have calls that I can make and others that I can slot in. If you are not in a position like this, I recommend adding new people to your list each week.

I want to talk with you once again about my friend Ray. Ray lives back east and I signed him up in the business a few years back. I was leaving on a 2 week trip outside the country, so I gave Ray a simple assignment. I said, “Ray, while I’m gone what I want you to do is make a list of 100 people that know you. That’s all I want you to do is send each of them a card expressing gratitude or appreciation or simply a message to say, ‘Let’s get caught up sometime soon. I was just thinking about you’. Also, I would like you to place a quick call to each one just to say ‘hi’ and to get caught up”.

Ray said to me, “That seems a little odd”. I’ve been doing this for 30 years. I always have a list of 10-40 people that pop into my mind. This is my prompting to call them just to say “hi” and see how they are doing. I also look for ways that I can serve them as friends or associates. I find out what they are up to and get caught up on their families and activities. I am truly interested in them as friends. Most of the time when someone calls you it’s because they need something. After 2 or 3 calls like this, you’ll tend to want to avoid their calls! By checking in regularly without an agenda, you will earn their trust over time.

BE CURIOUS AND INTERESTED!

When I meet someone new, I spend a few minutes really getting to know them. I ask them questions and listen. I am genuinely curious and interested. I then IMMEDIATELY go back to my computer and send them a card saying, “Nice to meet you!” I also reference something in our conversation and many times I’ll send them a box of brownies or a Starbucks card. I have found that when I am genuinely interested, kind of generous, it’s rare that someone no-shows or cancels on me. In fact Dr. Ivan Misner, the CEO of BNI explains the law of reciprocity. When we do nice things for others, there is an unspoken obligation for them to want to do nice things for us.

SAY NO FIRST!

Kim Klaver also taught me to “say no first”. If you suspect someone is wavering in any way in the process, simply “say no first”. I will say, “I’m not even sure this is something you would like or be interested in so maybe we can re-address it at another time”, and then leave it at that. See if they move towards you at all with a comment like, “No, no, no, I do want to hear about it!” Most of my calls I will say something like, “This may or may not be for you, but I really think you’ll like it.”

So, cancellations happen because of unforeseen circumstances and events. Sometimes people are just overwhelmed with their lives and need to cancel, for now. We have the benefit of being able to immediately send them a card thanking them for letting us know and offering an opportunity to reschedule when the timing is better.

No-shows are typically because of bad habits or we haven’t done a great job of building trust. When someone feels socially connected to you in a positive way, they rarely, if ever, will no-show. If you get a lot of no shows, please don’t let it discourage you. Simply use it as feedback to improve your relationship building skills. Once you get good at this, you can look forward to a no-show free schedule! Let me ask you a question, who are some people that most people would never no show?

Oprah?
Donald Trump?
Kody Bateman?
Mark Cuban?
Judy O’Higgins?

Why wouldn’t you ever consider no-showing them? What can we learn from this? They have each earned social capital with us. In some way, we trust and respect them for who they are and we would never ever want to waste their time or let them down! By the way, this has little to do with how much money they have. It has everything to do with how we VIEW them. How can we posture ourselves in such a way that people are more likely to respect us when we call them? These are EXTREME examples but not any less important to observe. Oprah, The Donald, Kody, Mark and Judy have all contributed something to us in advance and didn’t ask for anything in return. Or at least at some level they have earned our respect. So, if one of them were to call, most likely we would choose to listen. We would be willing to give them each at least a sliver of our time to see what they wanted.

Back when I was just getting my SendOutCards business going, I was going through $20,000 a month in savings and had almost no cash flow at all. But, I had earned the trust of many hundreds of people over the years. Because of this, I could pick up the phone and say, “Judy I want to show you something when you have 30 minutes. You may or may not be interested but I think you’ll like what I want to talk to you about. When can I catch you uninterrupted in front of your computer for a little while?”

Here’s something you can say that can help to minimize no-shows and cancellations:

“____________, like you I’m very busy and I’m juggling multiple things. I want to respect your time. I’ll just assume that if something comes up you’ll let me know. And of course I’ll do the same out of respect for you. I’ll talk to you ________ at _______”

CONFIRM THE DAY OF OR THE NIGHT BEFORE:

I always confirm my appointments or ask them to confirm with me with a text or quick call the night before of the morning of the appointment. I want to have an opportunity to slot someone else in if for some reason they can’t make it.

LEAVE SALES PITCHES OUT!

I personally like to leave the sales pitches out of my scheduling calls. Instead I’ll tease people with curiosity. I’ll say things like,”I think you’ll be blown away” Or “You’ve never seen anything like this” OR “I really think you’ll like what you see” OR “Don’t be surprised if you think this is one of the coolest things you’ve ever seen”.

But again, no matter what you SAY, if you are weak in your relatedness with someone, you could get skunked.

PEOPLE ARE PEOPLE!

Disappointment is typically caused by an unfulfilled expectation. If you expect 100% of the people you call to follow through on their commitments, you are destined to be disappointed. You’ll need to be OK with reschedules, postponements, and no-shows.

It’s just part of the game. As long as people are involved we’ll have to deal with this and just go with the flow. Some days it will seem like EVERYONE is against you. I have had weeks where it seemed that I couldn’t get anyone to meet with me. There were even times that I questioned whether I had what it takes. Other times, 100% of the people I called were rock solid on their commitments.

TO LEAVE A VOICE MAIL MESSAGE FOR NOT:

Sometimes I leave voice mails and sometimes I don’t. If I leave a voicemail it’s very general. I typically do not give any details. I want to have a quick call to schedule appointment. If I know they will recognize my number, many times I don’t leave a VM and I see if they call back just because they saw me pop up on the phone. If I do leave a message it’s going to sound something like this, “Hey ______! Hope you are doing well! I want to run an idea by you when you get a second. Give me a call when you can. You have my number!!” OR “I’ve wanted to call you for a while about a project I’m working on and I’d like your input. When you have a free moment would you mind giving me a quick call? Thanks, _____. Hope to hear from you!”

DON’T TALK ON THE RUN!

My suggestion is to always set appointments to discuss business. Don’t try and do it on the run. I usually tell the person I’m scheduling a call or meeting with that I only have a minute because I’m in the middle of a lot of things but I’d like to get something on the calendar as soon as possible”. Even when I’m meeting with them, I tell them I only have 30 minutes or 45minutes. I let them know that I want to respect their time.


October 15, 2012

Birds’ Eye View (Eagles’ View):

Seeing things through birds’ eye-view means seeing the big picture. I speak at industry events as an unpaid, outside speaker. I do this at least 3-4 times per year. In the past 12 months I’ve spoken at the MLM Mastermind event with over 1000 people, the MLM Cruise and the SavVy Success Seminar which is an event featuring top female network marketers from around the world. In addition to that, I am regularly asked to speak at other company conventions and leadership retreats. Most of them I turn down because my primary focus is building a SendOutCards business. I have never accepted fees for speaking at these events.

I get to see things that most network marketers don’t see. Being on the inside, I am exposed to the challenges that other network marketers and company leaders experience. Many of them share, from the heart, expressing their concerns and issues with me. Interestingly, the challenge of entrepreneurship is the same regardless of the company one is with. Everyone wants it to go faster (even those in companies that are experiencing so-called momentum). I have noticed that regardless of the company, the questions are always the same.

So, I would like to share a bird’s eye perspective on the BUSINESS of network marketing. As a growing leader, it’s your job to help others SEE THE BIG PICTURE so that they don’t get sucked into the black hole of negativity. As Kody says, “We live in a negative world. 87% of what we are exposed to is negative”. Facebook tends to feed the “drama”. I don’t really get it, but for some reason when one person complains, a bunch of others chime in. The next thing you know, there is a bitch-fest going on. This just gets everyone down and has no productive outcome. Here are 3 things you can do to insulate yourself from the negativity:

  1. Limit your Facebook time to 30 minutes a day – I know this is difficult with SmartPhones, but there is a pattern here. Facebook is addicting! You’ll rarely see people that are making money spending lots of time on Facebook or chatrooms.
    It’s so easy to get sucked in. It’s happened to me many times. I have found that my productivity is in the toilet when I’m spending too much time on Facebook. I’m only productive when I’m presenting SendOutCards to people, following up, sending cards, signing people up and training them, etc. As a general rule 99% of the people bantering back and forth on Facebook are doing nothing in their businesses.
  2. When you do see a conversation go negative, it’s your job to attempt to turn it around. Don’t feed the flames of negativity. It serves no good purpose for building a thriving successful business. “There will always be crows”, said Jim Rohn. Do your best to avoid getting sucked in.
  3. Block or unfriend those that suck your energy. I have found that when I remove negative people from my line of sight my day seems to go better. I do my best to love everyone, but for my own sanity, sometimes it’s better if I distance myself from those that always want to rain on everyone else’s parade.

Let’s talk about business from a bird’s eye perspective. These are the negative comments I hear from distributors from
ALL companies:

  1. “The sign-up fee is too expensive, it’s hard to sell people on a $________ package.”So, a business that costs under $1000 to start and has the potential to earn you $5000, $10,000, $50,000 or even $100,000 a month is too expensive? Really? My perspective is if someone understands the true value of SendOutCards, $395 is a ridiculously low price. Besides the fact that you get 50 cards, the DVD program, a Treat ‘Em Right Seminar, 3 websites and the full support of a multi-million $$ company, what about the OPPORTUNITY to own a business that has the potential to throw off unlimited income potential. We don’t think anything of spending $50,000-$100,000 on a college education with no guarantee of anything but a piece of pater called a diploma (and that’s if you graduate!) If you don’t graduate, you DON’T get your money back! $395 is a great value. Oh, and did I mention that you’ll have mentors that will train you for free? These are people that have built 5 and 6 figure residual incomes! So how is it too expensive??
    Traditional business cost 100X as much to start with a 95% failure rate. And did I mention that most of these businesses don’t have near the potential that we do with our business. (Do you see the bird’s eye view here??)
  2. “Why do our distributors need to get customers for us to get paid?”I once had someone that was considering the business say to me, “Is this one of those businesses where you need to get customers?” Think about that one for a minute. If someone offers you a business that requires no customers you might consider running for the hills! Yes we are required to get customers. For years it cost anywhere from $99 to $395 to be a customer. When Kody removed the barrier to entry (this is what the market demanded) and took away the sign-up fee to be a customer, we signed up more customers in 8 months than we did in our 8 year history! He made it so easy to get customers. And yes, unlike traditional businesses that require you to go out and get many customers month after month, you only need a few to qualify for everything. When the announcement was made to pay a new distributor $50 and give them a quick promote to Senior Distributor if they get their first 2 Retail Customers or one preferred customer in their first 7 days, everything changed. There is now no reason for someone to not get at least their first couple of customers. And by the way, the regulations regarding network marketing compensation plans are getting tough. We have high paid attorneys that help to keep us in compliance with the laws governing our profession. In network marketing, it is illegal to get paid to recruit. However it is okay to get paid when someone gathers customers. So we get paid when our new distributors gather his or her first couple of customers (or one preferred customer).
  3. “No one is making any money.”This is exactly what I was told back when I signed up in 2004. It didn’t matter to me whether other people were making money or not. I get paid on the volume I create based on my team and their customers’ volume. So, if a company pays $100 million dollars in commissions, is it true that no one is making money? Our residual payouts are among the top in the industry based on the size of our company. This one really triggers me. It’s a line that is used by other companies to try and weaken the belief of our people to get them to leave. The truth is, based on our revenues of about $55 million our percentage of payout is probably the highest in the profession. This is why I always go back to our mission to help millions of people act on their promptings. If you stay true to your dreams, your dreams will stay true to you! Focus on the right thing. There are over 1000 companies in our profession. There is money in ALL of them for the people that build them. Let’s create the greatest company of all time and those that help build it will be well compensated.
  4. “I’ve been working the business for 3 years and I’m only making $1000 a month in residual income.”Usually when I ask a few questions, I find out that the person that “worked” the business for 3 years really only worked it for a few months. It’s not about how many hours or years you put in. It’s about what you START! So $1000 a month in residual income is more residual than 100% of those working in Corp America for 10-40 years. $1000 a month is NICE car payment. $1000 a month is a mortgage payment for many people. $1000 a month is $12,000 a year. This would pay for a really nice family vacation.
    $1000 a month represents an interest payment (at 5%) off a principle amount of $240,0000. How long did it take you to save your last $240,000? Less than 1/2 of 1% of the US population has this much saved. The average retiree has $3700 saved. And their debt far exceeds this. So don’t ever discount a $1000 residual check! (Do you see the bird’s eye view here??)

Now, you may choose to disagree with me. I’ve been hearing these things since I signed up in network marketing back in 1981. I actually used to say some of them myself! I’ve listened to many of our distributors say these things since I signed up with SendOutCards back in 2004. Here’s the reality. Some people see it and some people don’t. Most people have settled into mediocrity and given up on their dreams. Most people are complainers. Most people want to put other people down for wanting a better life for themselves and their families. I chose to do the opposite of the status quo. I took a look at what the average folks were doing and I chose to do the opposite. Most people don’t read personal development books, so I chose to read. Most people watch TV every night so I threw away my TV for 25 years. Most people are lazy. I chose to work. Most people focus on the money. So I chose to focus on the relationship. Most people don’t believe residual income is possible for them. I chose to believe it is. Most people gave up on their dreams long ago. I chose to continue to dream. Most people won’t make calls. I chose to make 10-20 calls a day. Most people show the business to 3 or 4 people and quit. I chose to show the business to 2000 people before I judged my progress. Most people can’t imagine making $20,000 to $100,000 a month. I chose to keep going until I got there. Most people quit everything. I chose to persist no matter what.

I have always found that the best way to maintain my power around business is to take a look at things from a much broader perspective (Vision). In my hang gliding days
I used to notice that when I left the mountain and looked down on the earth, my problems seemed much less important and I could much more easily see the big picture. (“Eagle’s Fly Higher – They have a much bigger perspective than the rest”).

Here are a few examples of looking at things from a broader perspective:

Thousands of network marketing companies have come and gone since the 4 year landmark court battle between Amway and the Federal Government in 1975. http://www.mlmlegal.com/landmark.html Amway prevailed and had it not been for their victory, MLM may not even exist today. A company like SendOutCards that has survived and thrived through its first decade of business is something to be relished. No one has ever done what we are doing. In many ways we are pioneers in our industry. Since I have been full time in Network Marketing, over 10,000 companies have come and gone. Only a few survive. It takes money, ingenuity, a viable consumable product, a compelling vision, leadership and a little luck to navigate the sea of change and growth in any business today. During arguably the 2nd most challenging time in American business we have grown from a $200,000 startup to a $55 million company with a potential market of $3-4 Billion. And we did this with no existing model for growing a greeting card and gifting network marketing company. We have paid out to our distributors over $100 Million in commissions over the past 8 years.

Currently there are over 1000 network marketing companies in the world. Although we are small, believe it or not, in comparison to the others, we are one of the larger network marketing companies! There are many start-ups. Most of them deal with product and inventory that you either consume by mouth or you have to rub on your skin. And 98% of them will not make it past their 5th year for a variety of reasons. Usually $250-$5000 worth of product must be purchased up front to have ‘on hand’ to sell to people in their homes. Most of the time the distributors in these companies are delivering product to their friends’ homes (most people don’t want to wait for a drop-ship). There is nothing wrong with product based companies. The example I have described works as evidenced by the thousands of companies that operate within this business model. Fortunes have been made. But we are ONE OF A KIND!! When I chose to make SendOutCards my home,

I considered the following attributes of our company:

No inventory to stock.
No products to purchase.
Unlimited income potential.
No deliveries.
A truly work-from-home “virtual” business.

These things set us apart from almost all other programs out there today. Most distributors in product based companies are loading up boxes of product into their trunk to set up meetings and shows. They have inventory in their garages and closets that has been purchased to qualify for their monthly checks. SendOutCards on the other hand is truly a “virtual” business. You can work your business from ANYWHERE, including the beach! There is no limit to your income!

Probably the #1 most influential book in business is “Think and Grow Rich” by Napoleon Hill. As you know, you can send that book with a card to anyone you choose. This was the 2nd personal development book I read and many of the most successful entrepreneurs will tell you that it has impacted their business lives more than any other book that they have read. I love this!! There are millions of young people that have never even heard of this book. You can change someone’s life by sending them a card and this book.

I did some simple calculations this weekend and discovered this:

If you had just ONE stadium full of people in your down-line (60,000) that each agreed to send out one book and one card per month (12 books a year with a card), your monthly residual income would be approximately $45,000 a month (assuming 5% blended residual off of volume). If this seems beyond your reach, please reread the short chapter in BEACH MONEY on Filling a Stadium.

I’m not even including birthday cards, sympathy cards, gratitude, thank you’s, etc). You must have a big vision for this business to have big success. At the SavVy Success Seminar in Salt Lake City this weekend Tiffany Peterson quoted: “The harvest cannot be prevented, be true to your dreams and they will be true to you”.


October 9, 2012

Billions in the Desert
I can remember being at an event at a network marketing convention in Texas in 1987. I was in my late 20′s. This was my 5th network marketing company and I had never sponsored a single distributor in any of them. I had paid for an upgrade that allowed me to become a National Training Director with that company ($1000). I was working in the airline industry at the time and my pay was approximately $21,000 a year. I flew to Dallas to attend a 4 day intensive “NTD” training. On the last day of the training I got cold feet and asked for my money back. I was embarrassed and mentally exhausted and once again I had quit without ever getting started. I flew home discouraged and disappointed in myself.

I remember the roller-coaster experience of going from being really excited about my future to fearful that I will never make it in the business, and then back up again. I never questioned whether my upline had my best interest in mind. I devoured the personal development books and I listened to audio tapes every day. I was a sponge for training. I was never offered a guarantee. Over the years many thousands of people that joined the companies I was part of, quit and never went on to achieve the lifestyle that they once dreamed of. Although I questioned myself hundreds of times, I had a laser focus, a commitment, a willingness to work, and a drive to see the job through. I never ever gave up on my dreams for any length of time. I quit many times and kept restarting (sometimes in the same company and sometimes with another). I learned many lessons along the way and I wish there was a shortcut that I could somehow convey. I do think you can learn from those that went before you but some of the lessons you must learn on your own.

I lose sleep trying to figure out ways to communicate and train the things that will really make a difference in your success. There is nothing I want more than to see you live your dreams. This is the REASON I do the business.

I wish there was a magic formula or a “switch” that would allow me to give you everything you need to be successful. Unfortunately it doesn’t work this way. Like my helicopter pilot instructor said to me, “I can’t teach you how to do it. You just need to do it until you get it!” You must find your own path because the true route to financial freedom is different for each person. I can teach the principles, values and skills but you must practice it until it all comes together for you.

SendOutCards is the “quiet giant”. We don’t scream it from the rooftops, but SendOutCards is a program that everyone can use and quite frankly EVERYONE needs. Millions of people around the world will be using us to share kindness and appreciation. You don’t ever need to tell anyone how much money you are going to make or how they are going to get rich. Just show them the system and sign them up. I was sold two $6,000 flat screen TV’s because a salesman said, “Come here I want to show you something”. We do the same thing over and over again. Let them know that they can make some extra money too if they want to. No big deal. As we continue to sign up hundreds of customers per day, over time (but not too long) your checks will grow. You may receive $1,000 a month for years OR maybe much, much more. That’s up to you. You will create a ROCK SOLID income stream that grows a little bit each month. Just like a stately Oak that grows slowly into a giant and lives forever, you’ll have something you can count on that has sustainability. Avon is an example of a company like this. They do $14 BILLION in sales each year. (Billion with a ‘B’) and they did it quietly without all the hype!

In the 1950′s MILLIONS of people drove through Las Vegas and said “Let’s keep going. There is no money here!”

A few people had the vision to see its potential long before the evidence was there to back it up. Now, some 60 years later, millions of people from around the world plan trips to Vegas and each one leave an average of $500 in the desert that was once considered to be a waste of time by the masses. The challenge of leadership is to see what others don’t long before there is evidence to back it up. Entrepreneurship means being willing to take on a challenge has the potential to yield huge personal and financial benefits.

FROM SENIOR MANAGER, INES KINCHEN – Ines has been receiving a consistent residual check for years even though she took 2 years off raising her little boy:

If you are a new distributor, what to do in the next 30 Days:

  • Make lots calls and schedule appointments
  • Walk people through sending a free card
  • Show people the “Vision” video on the .biz website
  • Get people on a 3-way call with your upline to answer questions
  • Free your schedule of unnecessary things and multiply your efforts
  • Have fun and trust the process!

What NOT to do:

  • Do not tense up (if you tense up, you cramp up)
  • Do not pressure people to sign up; let them come toward you!
  • Do not try to “get” people… focus on how SendOutCards will HELP them.

Remember, the new MD’s being sponsored into our business deserve an amazing start and full support. If you know somebody well and can do it without stress or making things totally uncomfortable for them, you may ask them (if they are wanting to sign up anyway) something along the lines of “Hey, I want you to know there is no pressure here, but just in case you would be up for doing me a favor, we can get you started before NOV 7th.” – But again, only if it feels right. If somebody is not ready, they are not ready. My personal opinion is that it is absolutely not worth losing a potential future business partner by pressuring them.

****************

  1. The activity created by striving to complete and win any incentive pays off for years into the future. You have exposed so many people to SendOutCards and the majority of them will sign up, whether it be this week, next week, or months from now.
  2. Striving to win an incentive is a great opportunity for us to stay mindful of our disposition with others. Trying to GET people into our business creates stress and the wrong focus. People can feel that and move away from your rather than toward you. We can check in with ourselves. If we feel any tension whatsoever, it is an indication that we are no longer focused on GIVING and helping the other person. Great practice!

So… stay relaxed. Have deep trust and confidence in the success of your SendOutCards business, short-term and long-term, and you will become like a magnet for the right and ready partners.

Remember, we are in the process of finding life-long partners to help with our global cause. It’s a very big picture! Over the course of your life-long SendOutCards career, you will have the chance to participate in hundreds of incentives. Choose to participate and SEE THEM THROUGH UNTIL THE END and you will reap major rewards every time, winning them or not. And part of that is just KNOWING that you have done your best and never quit.

Now go GIVE!


September 30, 2012
NO ONE IS DOING ANYTHING!

First of all . . . this statement is just not true! LOTS of people are doing something. In fact Network Marketing is
exploding right now. Our company is signing up hundreds of new distributors per week and thousands of new
customers per week! It may be true that no one is doing anything in your group. This is the strongest economy in
history for our profession! Why? Because there are more people looking for an opportunity today than ever before.
Here are some reasons why it’s the best time to be building a network marketing business:

  1. People are no longer in denial: Things are financially bad for many people and it doesn’t seem to be getting much better!
  2. It’s no longer cool to have a job: For 50 years, thanks to the industrial revolution, if you had a secure job you were cool. Today, a job is considered to be the lower road if you are seeking success. The general population accepts the premise that if you want financial success you must have your own business.
  3. Network Marketing has come of age: In the 80′s, Network Marketing was considered taboo. 90% of the population believed it was a scam. Today, 90% believe it’s legit and only about 10% think it’s a scam. The 10% are now looked at as ignorant by the 90%. Today most people know at least a handful of people that make a great living at Network Marketing and Economists and successful entrepreneurs write positively about our profession. Paul Zane Pilzer, Zig Zigler, Jack Canfield, Brian Tracy, Jim Rohn, Robert Kiyosaki and Donald Trump all sing the praises of network marketing.
  4. Network Marketing is attracting more professionals than ever before
  5. Network Marketing provides a lifestyle that can never be attained through a traditional business or high paid corporate position: Residual income buys someone the freedom that traditional business can not.

And regarding the economy in general. People typically come up with the money for the things they are interested in doing. As you may know, I have a place in Vegas and there are LINES of people standing at the ‘Wheel of Fortune’ slot machines to put their $100 bill into. The Cirque Du Solei shows that cost $100-$200 per ticket are sold out in 8 casinos almost every night of the week! The average customer spends $175 PER MONTH at Walmart. People have money to spend. They just need to believe that spending it with us is a good move.

I did a coaching call about a week ago with some of our newer Executives. I almost always know the way the call is going to go . . . “I’ve sponsored 50 people and no one is doing anything! What can we do to get them to go to work!?”

I’m going to share with you what was taught to me 20 years ago that turned everything around for me. The problem is, most people hear this but then forget it after sponsoring 5-10 people that do little to nothing. What I’m going to say here is probably the most important ‘perspective’ you can have for building a successful business in network marketing yet most people either never adopt this perspective or they get discouraged and quit because they forget. I have personally met HUNDREDS of people that make a FULL TIME LIVING ON PART TIME WORK. They all have the same story. They have sponsored 50-200 people and 95% of their incomes are coming from 1-5 ‘legs’. Donna Johnson is the #1 earner with her company. She has personally sponsored 200+ people in 23 years. 99% of her income comes from 3 legs. That means 197 people quit or became customers. Nathan Goldberg makes about $300,000 a month. He has sponsored about 80 people in 5 years. 99% of his income comes from ONE leg! I have personally sponsored 258 people. 251 of them have either quit or become customers (a few are still working the business and on the road to growing a large business. 7 of my 258 result in 95% of my income. Bob and Betty Ann Golden, Jim Packard, Jeff Packard, Adam Packard, Demarr Zimmerman, Jimmy Dick, Todd Falcone, Kathy Pauuw, Judy O’Higgins and many many others have the same story. This story is the same story you will hear if you talk to the top earners of every company. I’m now seeking my #8 and my #9!

In my last company i personally sponsored 122 people in 13 years. That’s less than one per month. I had 5 that were responsible for 99% of my income. the other 117 either went away or became customers. And this has little to do with you. I’ve had 245+ people fade into the sunset and I offered to train, coach and work with all of them! Did you know that 95% of everyone that pays a monthly gym membership never works out? Does this have anything to do with the gym? In over 100 years, the fitness profession has still never figured out how to get more people to work out. It’s the nature of people to quit.

Something else you will learn is that those that took the business seriously and built it big in most cases did it WITHOUT the help of their upline! WE SPEND SO MUCH TIME TOILING OVER THE PEOPLE THAT AREN’T WORKING THAT WE STOP WORKING TO LOOK FOR THOSE THAT WILL BUILD THE BUSINESS DESPITE US!

So the big question everyone is always asking . . . “What am I doing wrong?’ OR ‘What can a I do to get more people to go to work?’ OR ‘What can I do to motivate my people?’

STOP ASKING THESE QUESTIONS! They are not serving you. You can’t babysit your team. You can (at best) be with each of them a few minutes a week. YOUR JOB IS TO CONTINUE TO SPONSOR NEW PEOPLE UNTIL YOU FIND ONE THAT WANTS TO GO TO WORK. The system works. EVERYTHING is in place to help each new distributor have success. We all have access to the same system, the same people and the same training.

Here’s the question you want to ask . . . ‘What will it take for me to find the person/people that will work this business without my help using the resources that are available to them?’

Stop training and motivating your dead reps trying to get them to go to work. You’ll fail at this! Have you ever heard about the person that tried to get a pig to dance? He only succeeded at pissing off the pig! Encourage the reps that are showing signs of life to plug in to the team calls, go conferences and events. Do calls, meetings and events with the few that ARE working and then spend 50% of your time looking for your next distributor.

Spending time trying to motivate your dead reps and being discouraged because no one is doing anything is a LOSING GAME!

Shift your focus to the few that are doing something. You only need A FEW! Five growing teams in your lifetime will make you rich! If you are coming up short and still don’t have anyone working, it’s most likely not something you are doing wrong. You just haven’t found a runner yet. There are thousands of them out there. Many have never ever heard of network marketing and they are waiting for you to sponsor them! You just need to figure out how to get to them! Consider that you are in search of the next
Michael Jordan that has never picked up a basketball!

The same holds true when you are working to sponsor new distributors. If you find yourself chasing people, then it’s time to move on! You have something extremely valuable that can add endless personal and financial riches to someone’s life. Would you ever run around with a wad of cash chasing people as they run away from you, yelling ‘I want to give this to you . . . WAIT! STOP! I want to give you this money. Stop running from me!!’ That’s what you are doing when you chase people with this opportunity. Look for those that express some interest. If they begin to move away from you, send them a card and keep in touch. That’s it! Don’t chase!

As difficult as it is to do, we must realize 2 things:

  1. The reason we have such a great opportunity is because only a few people get it. If everyone got it, then the opportunity would become saturated and short lived. The very thing that frustrates us is the thing that makes this a great opportunity
  2. 2. Consider that the longer it takes for other people to figure it out, the better it is for you and for me. It buys us time! In other words, Would you rather have 10 people in your group when everyone figures out what a great program we have or 1000 people in your group? Do you see the leverage of ‘timing’. I personally don’t get why EVERYONE doesn’t sign up with us!

But it’s okay because it buys me time. At some point, we’ll hit critical mass and a WAVE of people will be joining us. I want to have a large team when that happens! :)

QUESTIONS FROM THE CALL;

Is there any way the company can look into adding AT&T Worldwide phone cards to the gift card section. Being the mother of a military member I love SOC for sending him cards, but when it comes to the gifts he wants a phone card most of all so he can call home. This would be wonderful for our military families.

A: Great suggestion! Love it. Please send to wishlist@sendoutcards.com

i’m sorry to ask this question… but what does it actually mean to sponsor someone into SOC? Does that mean we pay their $395 entry?

A: It’s against policy to buy people in. When we ‘sponsor’ someone we sign them up as a Marketing Distributor for $395 and we assist them in getting their business started. They pay for their own business. We don’t pay for them.

How long does it generally take to become a eagle?

A: In most companies it takes many years to achieve the top position in the pay plan. We only have 4 Eagle positions so we don’t have a baseline set yet however, it took myself and the Golden’s about 5 years to achieve this rank. Tommy and Curtis did it a little faster. It’s probably 5-10 years to Eagle. But only the most focused and committed builders will get there.

What are the benefits of becoming Manager?

A: You get paid more money for doing the same thing. And it’s a stepping stone to the next leadership position.
Manager’s get $290 for each new MD they sponsor that gets 2 subs customers or one $31 preferred customer and $190 to unlimited levels for each person in your Manager Group that does the same thing. You also get 5% off all volume to unlimited levels (each month) in your Manager group. It’s a huge raise.

What happens if you don’t get your first 3 MDs before October 7?

A: Then you’ll miss out on the opportunity to be a trainer and you’ll need to get to Manager the way most everyone else has done it over the past 8 years. Three and 12 gets you to Manager (as long as you have your ‘Q’)


September 24, 2012
SHOULD I LEAD WITH THE PRODUCT OR THE OPPORTUNITY?

This is a question that has been debated in Network Marketing since the beginning of time. There are billion dollar companies whose leader’s lead with the product and there are billions dollar companies whose leaders lead with the opportunity. One is not better than the other. You’ll notice that ‘Beach Money’ is 100% about opportunity yet I ‘lead’ with the product. I choose to believe that if someone LOVES our product they will be more interested in the opportunity. Don’t get me wrong. EACH AND EVERY person that I meet with leaves knowing that there is an income opportunity available with SendOutCards. I just choose to show them our product first. My feelings are that if they like the product, they will use it whether they participate in the business or not. Many (like me) become so obsessed with the product, we want to share it with others and make money doing it. My experience with our product led me to the believe that many others will love it as well. In fact I could envision MILLIONS of people using SendOutCards to support their lives. We have thousands of distributors that signed up because they used SendOutCards, loved it and decided that they would like to refer it to others. At the same time, network marketing is a financial vehicle. As I talk about throughout ‘Beach Money’, financial freedom is a compelling proposition. In network marketing, 80% of successful business builders lead with the financial opportunity. Which are you most comfortable with? Do the one that fits best with your personality. Ultimately we are looking for business builders. How you get there is up to you.

It’s not wrong to lead with the product or lead with the opportunity. I spent 13 years leading with the opportunity because we had a product that was sooooo boring. No one wanted to talk about long distance phone service when there were 600 companies (literally) trying to sell it to you through telemarketing, direct mail, television and radio ads. So we lead with the financial opportunity. On the other hand SendOutCards has a product that is really easy to talk about and share. It opens doors and creates instant rapport. Why not use that to your advantage? That’s my take.

If you talk to Tommy Wyatt (I personally sponsored Tommy) he will give you another story!!! Tommy believes in leading 100% with the opportunity! I like that about him because it works for him and he’s in my downline!! We can both agree to be right and I get to benefit from what he does! We don’t need to agree on it. It works for both of us.

I received an email today saying that “The rug has been pulled out from under me because the opportunity video is being updated”. As an entrepreneur, its your job to be RESOURCEFUL and share your excitement about a product that has the potential to go viral and become a worldwide movement. You don’t need any specific video to do this. Without any of the videos you see today we built SendOutCards to a $35 million company! There are 25 or so tools you can use. You don’t need to be dependent on any one tool.

Let’s break it down.

1. Show the 3 minute video (Couch Video) on www.sendoutcards.com/YOURID#
2. Have them send a free card (IMPORTANT: Stay with them all the way until they hit SEND!)
3. Have them go to the www.socgratitude.com/YOURID# website and watch the TAKE IT (3 min) AND TEACH IT (1 min) videos
4. Have them WRITE OUT the 3 options to get started.

CUSTOMER – $9.80/mo (Explain what they get)
PREFERRED CUSTOMER – $31/mo (Explain what they get)
MARKETING DISTRIBUTOR – $395 ($59 RENEWAL) – (Explain what they get)

The first promotion and the first raise comes when you achieve the rank of Sr Distributor (SD). You can personally sponsor 3 MD’s ($395) OR you can gather 2 subscription customers ($9.80) OR 1 preferred customer ($31) in your first 7 days. If you do this you will be awarded a fast track promotion to SD AND receive $50.

CERTIFIED TRAINER – Must be earned. Sign up 3 MD’s in first 30 days and earn this position. You’ll get certified to
train new distributors and make $40. The only way to attain this position is to earn it – potentially worth thousands of dollars in training commissions. Worth working for!

SPECIAL NOTE: Existing distributors that signed up prior to Oct announcements can earn it by sponsoring 3 MD’s by
Oct 7th OR purchase it for $345 (This is only available to distributors that were signed up prior to announcements in Oct). You must still get certified by a Sr Certified Trainer or an Executive Certified Trainer to be eligible
to receive training commissions.

GETTING STARTED:

1. Gather 2 Subscription Customers (or 1 preferred customer) in first 7 days -
YOU GET $50 AND A QUICK PROMOTION TO SR DISTRIBUTOR (Otherwise you must
sponsor 3 MD’s to promote to Sr Distributor).

2. Sponsor 3 Marketing Distributors in your first 30 days -
YOU BECOME A CERTIFIED TRAINER AND ARE ELIGIBLE RECEIVE TRAINING COMMISSIONS -
This promotion can only be earned in your first 30 days. All SendOutCards distributors that pay the $395 are entitled to a training by a certified trainer. The only people that will be eligible to train these people will be the certified trainers. Once you earn an EXECUTIVE position you are eligible to get trained as a certified trainer.

APPS: Just another way to allow someone to experience SendOutCards!! Your videos are all downloadable to your mobile device through REVOLUTION (Free in the APP STORE) On Oct 5th, you’ll be able to update the SendOutCards APP onto your iPhone or iPad (and then Droid shortly thereafter).

If this is all confusing to you just relax. It will all come together. Remember this. We do two things:

1. We gather a few customers.
2. We help a few other people get started doing the same thing.

I feel the same way I did 7 1/2 years ago when I signed up. I really don’t care what that comp plan is.
Comp plans get me all stressed out. I will focus on the fundamentals and the rest will take care of it self.
I have always believed this and I have always come out on top. When you focus on what YOU are going to get
you end up sending out the wrong energy. You must focus on helping others get what they want.

Let’s help each new person set up the account that is right for them. Let’s then help them each either
1). Send cards and gifts 2). Get $50 and an SD promotion 3). Get a Certified Trainer position

I stood in a sea of high rises in NYC last week. As I looked around it dawned on me that any ONE building
has enough potential to set someone free financially through our program. It’s really just about sponsoring the right person.

.
SATURATION IS A MYTH!

When I joined Amway in 1985 they were a $3 billion company and EVERYONE said they were saturated. I never signed up a distributor. There was a 19 year old kid named Len Ledbetter that went on to make millions of dollars with that company. Today they do just under $1 billion A MONTH!! We are a $50 million company. We are small and just getting going. No one has ever built a company like ours. We are pioneers in the greeting card business and we have successfully beat the odds by surpassing the $50 million per year mark AND surviving our first 5 years. Thousands of companies don’t make it past their 3rd year . . . most don’t. We have rock solid revenues that have
thrown off almost $100 million in commissions. And the best is yet to come!!

IF YOU HAVE TO STOCK IT, SWALLOW IT OR RUB IT ON YOUR SKIN, I’M NOT DOING IT

I personally have been involved in a company that had hundreds of competitors (Excel). And we were successful! We had 600 other companies that offered the same product we did. It’s hard work to constantly be comparing yourself to the competition. In fact it wears you down! We really have no competition with SendOutCards. It’s a rare situation. I decided a long time ago that if you have to stock it, swallow it or rub it on your skin, I’m not doing it! In fact anyone in the health, nutrition or skin care industry is going to have to stock tons of product and compete with the hundreds of other companies offering a similar product. There are over 500 supplement and shake companies in MLM and many more advertised through traditional means. I’ve been there and done that. It’s not fun!! I choose to work with something that is UNIQUE, has little to no competition and has an upside like no other company in the marketplace.

September 3, 2012

Q and A with Jordan

QUESTIONS:
Dee Spraker – VA (Incoming)

After you get their info and send a card to them do a follow-up and if they show no interest do you continue to send cards etc?

A: Yes! They get at least 3 cards a year from me. A personal card, A Birthday Card and a Holiday Card!

Marilyn Kauffmann – Palm Springs, CA (Incoming)

Every time you send a card, do you send the opportunity CD?

A: No! I only send a DVD when I’m sending them info about the business. Personal cards NEVER should have a DVD with them. Keep your personal cards and your business cards separate always.

Nic Brits – Brisbane, Australia (Incoming)

Jordan, Just on business cards, would you suggest a using a generic business card promoting “You”, or a SendOutCards specific business card?

A: I don’t think it really matters. Most people throw them on their desk and never do anything with them anyway. We are one of the only companies that have a plan for what to do with a business card.

Annie – Danvers (Incoming)

Jordan, how did you consistently keep your belief in yourself and your success before you experienced duplication and great success?

A: My belief in myself has always wavered. It is normal to doubt. The key is to never quit on a bad day. AND stay in action . . . even when you are not believing your yourself.

Maria Johnson – Cave City, KY (Incoming)

What is the best way to communicate to others not on my team that I am a Certified Trainer?

A: Attend events and network at the events. Exchange business cards with other SOC trainers. Let them know that you are available to do training if they need it. Mostly, as you grow your team, those opportunities will become more and more available to you.

Chris – Northville, MI (Incoming)

How does one access the announcement Friday night? Will it be on SOC tv?

A: It will be on SOC TV. Watch for corp announcements.

Henry Griner – Elk River, MN (Incoming)

From an income standpoint, which retail product is the best for me to sell; $9.80 or $31 package? Which makes me the most money?

A: From an income standpoint the best product to sell ALWAYS is the one that is best for the customer you are talking to. If they are going to send 1-2 cards a week then $9.80 a month is best. If they are going to send 7-10 cards a week or more (or if they plan on sending 4-6 gifts a month) then the $31 per month plan is best.

John Oliver – j Phoenix (Incoming)

Is it better to recruit 12 front line to promote or find one and help him get his 12 to promote both of you? Or does it just depend on how keen the MD is?

A: Don’t wait for your team to get you promoted. If no one is working then keep sponsoring until you find someone to go to work. I sponsored 38 people before anyone started to work. Today, 2 of those 38 people have over 3000 people each on their teams. But it took a while!

Donna – Aurora (Incoming)

When you are out and about–restaurants, airports, grocery stores etc–do you create conversations with the intent of getting a prospect?

A: Typically no. I create conversations to have fun and make friends. If they start to lead to business then that’s just a plus!

Dave Waugh – Litchfield, IL (Incoming)

I collect business cards. Have several hundred. How do I contact them?

A: I send them a “nice to meet you card” with photos and then I call them, say hi and get down to business. “The reason I’m calling you is that I have some cool ideas I would like to run by you that I think you might like. Do you have about 15-20 minutes or should we schedule something?”

I then tell them I am going to have them “test-drive” the system and then we can brainstorm some ideas. I talk with them about different ways they can use the program to foster growth in their business. I also talk about referring the system to get it for free.

Megan – Wellington, New Zealand (Incoming)

What is the best way to share SendOutCards with friends, without seeming like a salesperson? I find it easier to share with people I don’t know as well.

A: Talk to them as a friend. In other words don’t use sales language. How would you tell your friend about a movie or restaurant that you liked. I say. “come here, I want to show you something cool”, “go to www.sendoutcards.com and tell me what you think of this.” The more scripted it is, the more you will sound like a salesperson.

Luc – Riverview (Incoming)

What are values I should focus on as a new entrepreneur?

A: Personal Growth. Daily Action. Productivity. Simplicity. Confidence,

Excitement and passion. Consistency. Resolve. Commitment.

Willox Perez – Jersey City (Incoming)

What is the difference between the 295 signup package and $50 package for a distributor? Thanks!

A: The $50 deposit is there to satisfy a governmental requirement. You don’t get the tools necessary to launch your business. It’s like opening a hair salon with no blow dryers, clippers or beautician stations. You have a business but no equipment. I personally tell people to save up their money and come in right. I prefer for people to be a MD/CT but I will allow them to sign up as an MD only with a commitment to upgrade to CT later.

EJ Griffin: How do I get a meeting going?

A: Start with one on ones and then when you have a group of at least 100 people on your team, start doing a monthly training at an office or coffee shop. When you have 100, you’ll typically have 10-20 that will show up.

I started doing coffee meetings and when I had enough people we would do lunch at a little steakhouse. Later it grew to a few hundred people and we would meet once a month at a restaurant in their private room.

Eventually we were doing hotel meetings (after about 18 months).

Moose: What is your intro of SOC to someone you just met?

A: I’m very transparent. I just tell them what we do any how it works. Explain to them why you signed up and what you like about it.

Don – Singapore (Incoming)

Let’s say you meet someone at the supermarket who is open to hearing about generating an extra stream of income. What would your follow up strategy be like? I personally feel it’s best to take them to the bridge video and show them how the opportunity works. (As opposed to doing a GAW). Would like your thoughts on it. Also when it comes to the presentation, (either the .com or .biz videos) do you think it’s best never to give out any links? But only give it to them when they are in front of their computer and ready to watch them now. Would this help in “closing” people and creating urgency? Thank you very much!

A: I really don’t think it matters. Show them any video and have them send a card. I like people to be excited about our product and the best way to do that is to have them send a card first. Then show them the .biz videos. I will never send someone home with ‘links’ without walking them through sending a card first.

Are you leading with the couch video or the Gratitude Video?

A: Usually the couch video but I don’ think it really matters.

Thelma – University Heights – How many different types of business cards do you have?

A: I have a generic card and an SOC card but I RARELY hand them out. I usually try and get their card with a mailing address and birthday.

GREAT QUESTIONS EVERYONE!!

Every billion dollar company had a defining moment- the thing that changed EVERYTHING. Jim Packard called it the 212 degree effect. That 1 degree is the difference between water and boiling water. And 33 degree water does not freeze but 32 degrees does. For Ford, it was the Mustang. I believe that Sept 7th is that thing.

It will seem small but the difference is huge, just like 1 degree. If an airplane is 1 degree off course it could end up in a different state.

I can name five $200 million dollar to multi-billion dollar companies that made a change that resulted in meteoric growth. Companies that were once stagnant that went on to become worldwide household names. Thousands left and a few stuck around. Many stopped believing and few moved forward and became multi-millionaires. Some of the greatest success stories in MLM today were those that held their ground and stayed true to their declared beliefs. Jeff Roberti, Dexter Yeager, Bill Britt, Tom Alkazin, Ruth Elliott and many others. There are a couple ways to get to the top of the oak tree. You can climb the tree OR you can sit on an acorn.

I believe that SOC is the acorn. Who we are, is growth. Who we are, is momentum. Who we are, is the culmination of all the good in the world. We represent the seed of kindness and appreciation. We were born out of honoring people. See, in reality, there are millions of people that already believe in what we do. They just haven’t found us yet. As long as you stay true to why you were attracted to SOC in the first place, you can’t lose. If you get blinded by the promise of big money, you’ll lose your way. There IS big money as long as you don’t lose sight of why you are here.

Here are just a few reasons why we are on the road to being a household name:

  1. We are unique – No one else in the world has this story and this mission.
  2. We are about doing good and making a positive difference in the lives of millions. People are hurting. We are an emotionally bankrupt society. The #1 human craving is the craving to love and be loved. We fulfill that craving.
  3. We offer a product that COSTS LESS than what you can get in the stores – This is unusual in network marketing.
  4. Our subscription is significantly lower than almost all other network marketing companies. A $31 subscription fosters a higher retention than most other companies. Can you imagine trying to retain customers on a $150 to $250 a month autoship?
  5. Someone can start a business that has UNLIMITED POTENTIAL for under $1000.
  6. We are the only network marketing company promoting appreciation.
  7. All other companies charge for their websites and for their DVD’s. This can cost you $100 a month or more. We don’t charge for any of those tools.
  8. We have a compensation plan that is proven to create more millionaires than any other comp plan in MLM history (“Unilevel Stairstep Breakaway”).
  9. We are sleeping giant. The upside is HUGE for those that choose to run the race with us.
  10. We have a leader that won’t sleep until the job is done. Many leaders running some of the newer fast growing companies out there have a history of bailing on their people when things get tough.
  11. At least 1000 companies have come and gone since SOC started in late 2002. Kody Bateman and SOC is still here and we are rock solid.
  12. We have a vision that is much larger than just making money. We have a vision to change the world.

August 20, 2012

THE PEOPLE’S FRANCHISE
Did you know that franchising was almost outlawed in the early 60′s for being a pyramid scheme? Ray Kroc (the founder of MacDonald’s went to bat and fought the government. Franchising was considered a “scam and a scheme”! He won. Today we don’t think anything of it! Thousands of people each year risk their life savings to start a traditional franchise. Buying a franchise can range between $20,000 and over $1 million. And that’s just the beginning. That doesn’t include the overhead (leases, product, utilities, legal, employee salaries, FICA, OSHA, licensing, franchise fees, etc). Most good franchising organizations will tell you that you’ll need to run your business for 3-5 years just to break even. Many don’t make it! At many events I ask those that invested $100,000 or more into a business to raise their hands. 95% of them lost their money! We don’t ask people to risk everything. We ask them to risk less than $1000 and a little bit of time. Most people start part-time with the potential to earn substantially more than the potential of a franchise.

In 90% of the franchise opportunities, there is no residual component. We have the best marketing model available today. SendOutCards has, by far, the most exciting and value-added product available in the marketplace. Gratitude is a product that everyone can buy into and it’s more valuable than any other product in the marketplace today. Gratitude fuels the human spirit. It lifts people up! It makes people happier and more productive. It feeds the soul.

Why Network Marketing?

Let’s explore a few options for creating additional income. Before we do, I want you to realize that MOST people are looking for ways to increase their income. 70% plus of our population have never done network marketing. 95% are living paycheck to paycheck. Each month they are a little behind. This is why credit card debt is so high. Bankruptcies and forecloses are at an all-time high. Most people have given up! But we show them a viable option. Without changing much, they can start a business with all the tax benefits of a traditional business. We offer an option that has all the upsides and none of the downside. In general, business success requires contacts, creativity, resourcefulness, leadership, patience, integrity, resiliency and teamwork. We are no different. The main difference is the level of risk is eliminated, the ability to start PT AND a residual component that is unmatched in traditional business.

When we explore the other options for creating additional income we can quickly see that network marketing offers the best solution:

  1. Get a second job-adds time to your schedule vs freeing up your time. Childcare can quickly eat up any additional income you make. No residual.
  2. Start a traditional business-$20,000-$250,000 to start. Years to break even. High failure rate. No residual. Your business owns you!
  3. Open a franchise-$20,000-$1 million to start. Years to break even. No residual. Your business owns you!
  4. Go back to school-$10,000-$50,000. No guarantee, but a diploma. Worst financial investment you can make in terms of ROI. Look at the results of employees that have worked for 30 years with a degree. It’s grim.
  5. Win the lottery-How many people do you know that have become financially independent winning the lottery. Maybe you should first try and get struck by lightning.
  6. Invest-To earn $1000 a month in residual – assuming you can get 5% on your principle, you will need to save $240,000. Morel likely 2% return if you want to keep your principle and not risk it – Need to save $480,000 . . .

how long will that take you?
How many years have you been working? Have you saved that much to date?

NETWORK MARKETING: Work PART TIME for 3-5 years. Gain the leverage of time and people. Increase your residual by at least $1000 a month per year. That’s the equivalence of saving $240,000-$480,000 per year in savings. No employees to manage. No products to purchase. No overhead. No major capital investment. Tax benefits of a big business.

MAKING DEPOSITS:

We live in a microwave society where everyone wants it now. Fast money is rarely stable money. A promise of easy money is almost always an empty shell. It always looks good up front. Do you want to be a eucalyptus tree or an oak tree. Oak trees live forever. Eucalyptus trees die young. You are with SOC during the “sweet spot” of development. We have the freshness of a startup but the stability of a well-established company. There are big things in the works. When you sign someone up and they don’t do anything, that doesn’t mean much. In network marketing, sometimes your “dormant” organizations come to life with new growth. Sometimes that can take years. Every week we have people that signed up years ago that did nothing and now they are going to work. What if one of these people that did nothing for 2 years goes to work and brings in the next Jim Packard, Judy O’Higgins or Tommy Wyatt. I’ve had this happen a few times! Most people don’t have the patience and that’s why most people don’t make money.

Let’s talk about quick money to the extreme. Check Cashing Stores, quick money. “I want my money NOW!!” Go ahead and cash your check there! You’ll pay up to 20% fees to do it. And then look at the financial situation of those that use those “quick money” outlets? Most are financially destitute! Do you think financially successful people use check cashing stores to get their money? Of course not. Yet when we make our decisions based on getting our money NOW, (even in network marketing) we are positioned just like that destitute person that is living paycheck to paycheck.

Who does the bank want to give a loan to? Will someone with $200,000 in cash have an easier time getting a loan than someone with $50,000 in credit card debt?
Of course! Why? Because “broke” people aren’t typically as dependable to pay the money back.

How does all of this apply to your business. Whether you have money or not (I was $36,000 in debt on my credit cards when I finally started making money in Network Marketing), you can position yourself for a solid, long-term residual income as long as you don’t become emotionally desperate. Desperation causes people to lose patience and make rash decisions that will hurt them financially in the long run. When a quick buck is involved, run the other way. THE REASON THE MASSES ARE ALWAYS CHASING THE MONEY AND NEVER SEEM TO GET IT IS BECAUSE THEY ARE MAKING DECISIONS BASED ON A SCARCITY MENTALITY. If you want to spend the rest of your life broke, keep going after the easy money. That’s what broke people do over and over again.

Instead, invest your time into social capital. Build solid and long term relationships. Don’t succumb to “hype”. Be patient and stick with the fundamentals. Don’t quit on your team (and your team consists of EVERYONE. Not just those in your downline). Be rock solid in your resolve to see the job through. Keep your eyes focused on the sun and don’t chase the fireflies.


August 13, 2012

SOC LIFESTYLE AND INCOME
I don’t accept paid consulting assignments, however because of Beach Money I get asked all the time to consult to other companies. Here is an example of a recent event where I recently spoke.

NUTRITIONAL SUPPLEMENT COMPANY (Leadership event at Estate Retreat in Scottsdale)
ENERGY DRINK COMPANY (Company Convention)

Here’s what they all want to know:

  1. How can I get it to go faster?
  2. How can I keep people from quitting?
  3. Not enough people are making money, how do we get more people to make money?

The answers:

  1. It will feel like molasses until someone comes into your group that wants it as much (if not more) than you do, that is willing to go to work and put massive action behind his/her dreams (everyone experiences this).
  2. You can’t keep people from quitting. You’ll burn yourself out trying. People quit things.
    Some will stick around for the long haul and see the job through. People quit sports, school, jobs, businesses and everything else. In all endeavors and professions, only a few see the job through.
  3. You only need 1-5 people to experience financial independence. Musical artists make a lot of money when they have 1 hit. 5 hits will make them rich. In the meantime, they spend years, playing colleges, bars, picnics, festivals and writing music until someone discovers them. One best-selling book will make you some money. 5 best-sellers will make you fairly wealthy. It’s the same in every profession.
  4. In ALL companies, most people make little to no money. In ALL companies most people quit after talking to 1-5 people that say no (Just like I did for 10 years).

$1000 A MONTH WILL CHANGE SOMEONES LIFE. Where else can someone make $1000 a month or more in RESIDUAL INCOME without investing an arm and a leg? If you were to poll 1000 people in your city and if they gave you an honest answer, you would find that all 1000 would want to make $1000 a month. Why? Because it will make a difference in their lives. $1000 a month ($12,000/yr) will allow you to:

Remodel a room in your home.
Take an extravagant vacation each year with the family.
Send a to college.
Buy 2 nice new cars (payment covered each month).
Increase the size of your home.
Have peace of mind.
Eat out once a week at the nicest restaurant in town for the entire family.
Fill your home with gifts for the whole family over the holidays.
Learn to fly an airplane or helicopter.
Go back to school.

You don’t have to give up what you are doing to establish a $1000/mo residual income. You can do it on a part time basis. $1000 a month is just a start. The important thing to know is that the opportunity is there.

Millions of people in the world make $100,000 a month ($1.2 million per years) yet few do it in any one profession. In the movie business, only a few thousand ever go on to make over $1 million per year, yet millions of people go for it. In professional sports, only a couple thousand people ever go on to make over $1 million per year, yet millions go after the big money in pro sports. This is how it is in all professions. The thing to understand is, in network marketing you have a chance. Just like in anything else, you must be exceptional if you want to create an exceptional lifestyle in our profession. But I would never become a professional athlete or musician. I was willing to learn the simple business of Network Marketing. I believe that ANYONE can learn it.

So what is the life of a professional networker?

Imagine, calling Am Express Travel- telling them you want to book first class tickets to Telluride. Let them know to book it and then email you with the confirmation. Price doesn’t matter.

Writing a check for $10,000 to your favorite charity each month

Your mother needs a new car and she’s on a fixed budget. You drive up in her new car that you bought for cash that day and hand her the keys on her birthday.

You are on vacation in Cancun and you are having such a great time after 10 days that you and your family decide to stay for another week, because you can (and your business is virtual so you can work from anywhere).

Renting a 12,000 square foot mansion on the water in Ft Lauderdale and inviting 10 of your top leaders to come spend 3-4 nights with you to celebrate their success over the past year.

Taking 30 days off to tour the British Virgin Islands in a leased catamaran. Your captain and first mate are also chefs and they cook every meal for you on your journey.

Leasing a private Cessna Citation once a quarter to fly to the coast with a few of your team members, just to build their dreams.

Helicopter skiing in the alps. (You got to the top of the mountain in a helicopter).

Taking 2 weeks in Africa to help build a school with your family.

Spending your entire summer at your summer cabin on Lake Tahoe.

Moving to Costa Rica and living off your residual income.

Learning to fly an airplane.

Living off your residual check so you can pursue a career in acting.

Going out to dinner with 25 of your teammates and pulling out your credit card, telling them, “it’s on you”.

Taking a group of people to see the Beatles show “Love” in Las Vegas and paying for everyone’s ticket.

Remodeling your entire home. Those old dingy rooms are no longer bothering you.

Repaving the driveway.

Putting new tires on the car so you don’t have to worry about blowing out a tire!

Buying the brand new Porche that was just released.

Giving away all your old clothes and spending the whole weekend refreshing your
ENTIRE wardrobe!

MOST OF THESE THINGS HAVE BEEN DONE BY SENDOUTCARDS DISTRIBUTORS with SENDOUTCARDS income. In fact, SendOutCards (Kody Bateman) has paid out almost $80 million in commissions.

Now if I had come to you back in 2005 and said, “SendOutCards is a $2.5 million company and in the next 7 1/2 years Kody Bateman will pay out $80 Million in commissions to you and others that join us over the next few years, you may have laughed. Yet, he did it. Today I am suggesting that I believe that in the next 7 1/2 years, Kody will pay to us over $250 million in commissions, you may or may not believe me. But I believe that there will be 3-4 times as much paid in commission over the next 7.5 years than the past 7.5 years.


August 6, 2012- SOC for Professionals

I have always felt that business professionals are our “low hanging fruit”. The more successful someone is,the faster they seem to see the opportunity SendOutCards. Although they won’t ever show it on the surface, in any group of professionals, a very high percent are;
a). Looking for way so get more business.
b). Looking for ways to keep customers from leaving.
c). Dissatisfied with their situation
d). Looking for a back-up plan or escape route because they have “golden handcuffs”.
e). Overworked and underpaid.

I get asked, “how do I ‘show’ the business to this very successful business person”? I show them EXACTLY the same way I show anyone else.

  1. I tell them why I love SendOutCards and how I got involved (2 min).
  2. I have the watch the 3 min ‘Couch’ Video www.sendoutcards.com/YOURID#.
  3. I have them send a card on the system.
    They get to test drive it. I stay on the phone with them. Usually I have them click ‘NO” when asked if they want to have Kody walk them through. Then I tell them step by step how to do it as if I were sending a card. Keep it simple. Tell them what the system will do but you don’t have to get real fancy here. Have them send a card to someone they care about and have them write a heartfelt message to that person.
  4. Afterwards I go over the 2 customer options (CUSTOMER AND PREFERRED CUSTOMER)
  5. I ask them if they want to take a look at the income opportunity side of the business.

If they say ‘Yes’ then I take them to the www.sendoutcards.biz/YOUR ID# and I have them watch one of the 4 five min videos (it doesn’t matter which one).

At this point let them begin asking questions or sign them up if they are ready to go.

Last weekend I was at the America West Airlines Reunion. It’s been 30 years since the airline was formed. In 1983 in a newly deregulated environment, Ed Beauvais started America West with some borrowed money, 3 leased planes and an idea to offer full service at a low fare. We launched the “MORE CARE LESS FARE” campaign. Our cost structure was low to be able to undercut the prices of the majors. The major airlines did not want us to compete with them. The fare wars were on. This was in the day when you could still smoke on the planes! We did on-board ticketing. We were fully cross-utilized (meaning all the customer service employees worked Ramp, Flight Attendant, Gates and Reservations). We doubled in size every year going from 200 employees to 15,000. Most of the jobs still exist today. The employees LOVED their jobs and it was fun to work at America West! In fact every customer service employee got paid $12,600 a year! Our management made $22,000 a year. Ed Beauvais the founder spoke and he talked about how proud he was that our team of personnel built a billion dollar airline in one of the toughest environments in aviation history. Most of the employees were in their 20′s and had never worked for an airline!

What was the key? We were out to prove something to the world. We were the underdogs and we knew we could win with a better idea. Our founder spoke that vision into our workforce. I learned a lot about entrepreneurship the 10 years I worked for America West.

While I was there I met a pilot. As most of you know, I’m working to get my helicopter license. I was actually out flying today. I have been struggling with talking to the tower while flying. (Think walking and chewing gum at the same time, only much more dangerous!) So I asked the pilot, “What’s the secret?” He said, “you just need to relax and talk to them”. “Tell them what you want to do and they will tell you what they need you to do”.
So, today I did just that, I relaxed. I told them what I wanted to do and then they told me what they wanted me to do. Then I just repeated back to them what they had just told me. I found it to be much easier after talking to this pilot.

This is EXACTLY what you need to do when you share Sendoutcards with someone. RELAX. Tell them what you want them to do. Then have them do it and you give them feedback. Be clear and take your time. Keep it short and simple.

If you want your business to grow:

  1. Stop listening to the naysayers. (It’s like listening to the news. It will get you down and depressed and it serves no purpose other than distracting you from getting your dreams).
  2. Stay in daily action!!
  3. 3 Put yourself in situations where you will meet new people each week.
  4. Add to your to-do list (written down!) and send gratitude cards daily.
    Do you have a written list that is within reach at all times? If not, start doing that today!!)
  5. Block 1 hour a day to call people and invite them to take a look.
  6. Show the business the way we just described above.

Signing someone up is just one step in the process. It’s not the “goal”. You start training someone the moment you introduce them to SOC, long before they are even signed up. I’m not a helicopter pilot but I’m being trained as one. Getting my license is just a step in the process. The journey started with my dream and the ACTION to go on a discovery flight. I’m not done once I have my license. That’s just when the fun begins! Don’t make it a big deal. It’s an ongoing dialog that may end in a large vibrant growing organization or simply a friendship.


July 30, 2012- FOR POTENTIAL CUSTOMERS AND DISTRIBUTORS

SPECIAL GUEST:

15-year-old Mikaela Shapiro (Daughter of Jeff Shapiro) – Jeff tied for 1st place in the $1000 a day promotion on July 13th. When I called him to congratulate him he told me that his daughter Mikaela got 7 of his customers! So I asked if Mikaela would be a guest on our call tonight.

What year are you in High School?
How did you end up helping your Dad on this promotion?
Who did you sign up as customers?
How did you ask them?

SPECIAL GUEST:

Realtor, Jim McCord . . . Jim contacted me about 3 weeks ago and said, “I don’t care where you are let me know a good time and I’ll buy an airline ticket to come out to see you.” He said he wanted to run some SOC business building ideas past me. We scheduled for him to come out to Vegas on Saturday morning.
He asked if he could bring one of his new distributors with him. Andrew Robinson has had huge success in the furniture business – He has built multi-million dollar businesses over the past 25 years.

Jim’s story of how he got started with us was amazing and I wanted you all to hear it from him. Jim?

SPECIFICALLY FOR GUESTS:

Hopefully the person that invited you on this call had you send a card on our system. If not, please BEG the person that told you about this to show you how to send a card. I have found that most questions are answered simply by sending a card.

Although I could spend a full day telling you why SendOutCards is something that everyone needs, I have about 10 minutes. So here we go.

You know how we think about people throughout our day that are important to us? We even have times where we want to reach out to others in gratitude but we don’t because we are all running in so many different directions. About 25 years ago our founder ignored a prompting to hug his older brother and tell him he loved him. A few months later his mother delivered the news to him that his brother had been killed in a work accident. He realized that he would never have an opportunity to say goodbye. 8 years ago he formed SendOutCards as a tribute to his brother. Today we have over a million cards a month going out in gratitude to people that are important to us. We have gone from a little startup in a garage to a major player in the greeting card business. We send out between 40,000 and 100,000 cards a day. Each card goes in the mail with a real stamp. The stories come in daily.

Bonnie,
I have sat down more times than I can count to thank you for the amazingly sweet card and adorable frog….each time I broke out in tears and couldn’t manage to finish it. I hope you will accept this very belated thank you as I am finally able to get through this without crying….too much!

Your package arrived in the mail on a day that I had probably hit rock bottom with being unemployed. I don\’t know how you do it, psychic abilities or something, but you always manage to be the bright spot for me when I am feeling very down. Your kind words and constant encouragement have meant so much to me over the years and I cannot thank you enough for that.

Your card sits on my dresser in the “changing room” so I see it every day….and it still makes me cry:) Not only is the picture beautiful but I see “I love you” popping out of the card each time I look at it! The frog sits prominently on the window sill in the bedroom, surrounded by one of the plants I have managed not to kill – I have a bit of a brown thumb:) Seeing them reminds me of the people and things in life that are important to me and helps draw me out of the dark spots I have found myself in lately.
I don\’t know how to express to you how much this has meant to me…I don\’t think I even know the proper words to say thank you for something this big. As best I can, and with utter appreciation and gratitude, THANK YOU!!!
Anna Gengler

Some people say, “But I don’t send cards”. Well that is the very reason why we exist today. Because most people don’t do it any more. Most of our card senders will tell you that before SendOutCards, they would only send out 1 or 2 cards a year. Today they send out their holiday cards, birthday cards, sympathy cards, get well cards, graduation cards, etc. to the tune of 20 or 30 a month! Because it only takes a couple of minutes, people send cards every day.

I want you to imagine going to your mailbox and pulling out a stack of junk mail. In the stack is a personalized greeting card from a friend or someone you had recently done business with. What will you do with the junk mail? What will you do with the greeting card? If it’s personal and it’s not a promotion, you’ll probably save it.

But it gets even better.

Most people are being held hostage by a paycheck or even worse, no paycheck. I was one of those people. If you can carve out an hour a day for the next 1-3 years, you can begin to establish a rock solid residual income based on the idea that everyone loves to send cards and gifts and everyone loves to receive cards and gifts. The greeting card and gifting business is a $100 billion business, but I believe it has the potential to be four times that big. Most people aren’t practicing the tired “old-school” card sending habit they used to, but they will do it if it’s easy and inexpensive. For 1/4th the cost someone can send a real card in the mail, customized with pictures for under $1. This is a model that has legs. We will be a worldwide phenomenon. We would like you to consider coming along with us.

Why can we do it better for less? Each card is “print-on-demand” and sent the next morning. Who do you think pays for the excess inventory in the card stores, the overhead, utilities, employees, layers of management, etc? This is the reason you pay $4 a card at Hallmark or Walgreens. They aren’t even coming close to selling enough cards to pay for their overhead. Our cards are $0.62 to $0.93 each and 100% of our cards (on recycled paper) are sent! Not to mention that they are beautiful photographic quality images that you can customize and personalize!

Here’s why I do SendOutCards:

  1. It is fun and relatively easy.
  2. I do the work one time and I get paid over and over again for years.
  3. I can build up an income stream that has the potential to far exceed any job income.
  4. Over time I can create a full time income on a part time basis.
  5. I don’t have to stock or buy any inventory.
  6. SendOutCards does most everything for me. I just bring people who want to try it and help build it.
  7. I can work as fast or as slow as I want to.
  8. I can work from anywhere in the world that there is a high speed internet connection. Even on the Beach.
  9. The computer doesn’t discriminate. I get paid for what I start regardless of my background or history.
  10. I don’t need any special degree or education to make money.
  11. There are people that have already done it that are there to train me for free.
  12. I can duplicate myself and my income can actually grow without me once I get it going.
  13. I can live a life of gratitude and appreciation and get paid for it!
  14. There is no ceiling on my income.
  15. There are no geographic limitations. In fact, if I live in a town of 500, I can get paid off the card and gift sending of people all over the world!
  16. My income is protected from natural disasters and local occurrences that can severely impact the revenues of a traditional business.
  17. For under $1000 I own a business (and you can too) that has more potential than traditional businesses costing $50,000-$500,000 to start without the risk.
  18. I have tax benefits that only come with owning a business. I subtract my expenses and only pay tax on what’s left vs paying taxes first off my income and then subtracting my expenses from what’s left.

July 23, 2012

When I got started the situation was much different. I simply observed what Demarr did to get my attention and I replicated the same things. I broke it down into 3 simple daily actions. I did those things each day and I taught those things each day. There were not gifts or gift cards. There was no photo store. It cost $745 to be a distributor and you didn’t get paid for training. You made $25 on each $745 distributor for your first 10. Then it went up to $125. Our cards were simple and there was no photo editing software.

I broke the business down into 3 simple daily actions. I still do these 3 things today:

a. Send out at least 1 personal card a day (GRATITUDE CARD).
b. Send out at least 1 DVD each day in a card.
c. Walk someone else through sending a card each day (GAW – Gift Account Walk-Through).

Each week I scheduled one 2-hour training in a conference room to train my new customers and
distributors. We would convert customers each week once they saw the capabilities of the system.
We did this each and every week and taught the team to do the same thing.

HERE’S THE MISSING LINK FOR MANY OF YOU:

YOU MUST WALK SOMEONE THROUGH SENDING A CARD EACH DAY. Be with them
from the time they log on to the time they send a card. Then explain the capabilities of the
system (campaigns, gifts, video cards, etc) and look for ideas that will make their life easier.

IMPORTANT: Sending them a link or just signing them up will typically lead you nowhere.

The 30-DAY GRATITUDE CHALLENGE makes it even easier to do what I’ve just described.
You must get people on the computer (either in person or over the phone) and walk them through
sending a card on the system. Do this every day (one a day). This is key!!

To get POOR BUSINESS RESULTS – Do SendOutCards only when you feel like it. Send a card once in a while. Talk about all the things that you wish SendOutCards would do that they currently aren’t doing and all the things you don’t like about the system or the company.

To get MEDIOCRE BUSINESS RESULTS – Do the Gratitude Challenge. Mention the business only when others bring it up or ask you about it. Send out the “couch video” link, (www.sendoutcards.com/YOUR ID#) and see who logs on a sends a card.

To get GOOD BUSINESS RESULTS – Do the Gratitude Challenge. Join and attend networking groups. Have a specific plan. Continually add people to your list and show the business each day. Attend one Treat ‘Em Right seminar. Proactively explain SendOutCards to the people you meet. Be generous with your cards and gifts. Go for the contests andbe on Kody Bateman’s ‘Q’ coaching call each week.

To get OUTSTANDING RESULTS – Define yourself as a self-actualized leader. Be responsible for your success and the success of those around you. Become a contribution to the organization as a whole. Do the Gratitude Challenge times 5. Send out at least 5 to 10 gratitude cards per day. Send out Sendoutcards tools to potential customers and distributors each day. Set 1-5 appointments per day to WALK SOMEONE THROUGH SENDING A CARD and training new card senders and distributors. Become known in your community as a “connector of people”. Do the 3 daily actions X 5. Be so consistent that your team views you as a ROCK in your organization. Go for all the challenges and win them. MOST IMPORTANTLY – Take time to get someone in front of their computer and walk them through sending a card, then have them watch the videos. Become the person that everyone knows is the person (you) who stays in touch and always remembers. Do the napkin presentation or at the very least show the 4 videos on your .biz site (www.sendoutcards.biz/YOUR ID#).

  1. Focus on ideas will add value, look for ways to make someone’s life easier. What do they want? Show them how SendOutCards can help them get it. (Today ; a doctor that wants more patients).
  2. Distinguish between “reactive gratitude” and “generated gratitude” – abundance comes from generating gratitude each day by choice vs waiting for someone to do something nice for you and being grateful for that.
  3. Be excessively generous.
  4. DO GIFT ACCOUNT WALK THROUGHS – Jerry Knight story.
  5. Know the numbers, the computer doesn’t care! (1 out of 20-30 will do it big).
  6. Plug people into the system, become a cheerleader and promote the Treat ‘Em Rights,
    major events, conference call, etc.

If I were to do it again, I would do it exactly the same. I would do 3-5 GAW’s a day (in person or over the phone. I stay with them all the way through).
Daily I look for ways to expand my list with new people.
I send 3-5 cards per day! I’ve send 55,000 cards to date!
I send at least 1 DVD (on average every day).
I attend most of the Treat ‘Em Right events and all of the big events.
I promote everything!
I network like crazy. I joined one group in AZ and got to know everyone in that group very well. I then went to their events and was introduced to many others.
I taught (and continue to teach) all of these principles to others both on and off my team.
I dream big and encourage others to do the same!

HERE’S HOW TO BUILD THE BUSINESS IN OUR CURRENT ENVIRONMENT

  1. Refresh you list.
  2. Call each person. Be intentional, personable and friendly. In a forthright way (with confidence)
    let them know that you would like to show them something that you really think that will love.
  3. Show them the videos and ask them if they would like to take the 30 day gratitude challenge.
    If they say yes, then ask them if they would like to make money helping us promote it.
  4. Tell them how they can help 3 other people take it and get their points for free and tell them how they can help 3 other people teach it and get their money back. That’s it.

Here’s what I know: SendOutCards is WAY better than it was 7 years ago when I got started. The cards look 10 times better. The photo editing capabilities are second to none. We have gifts and gift cards which didn’t exist 7 years ago. We have the PHOTOSTORE which vastly expands our gifting options.

There is a huge pent up demand for our service. People that use it love it and many can’t live without it once they try it.

The “Gratitude Challenge” is an idea that makes the world a better place. How can anyone argue that sending out a card a day to express appreciation doesn’t work?

SendOutCards, IS worthy of a worldwide movement. Millions of people will be using SendOutCards over the next few years. There is no logical reason for it not to go viral. Re-read “The tipping point” by Malcolm Gladwell. Many worldwide movements took years to catch on.

Ask yourself if you would be using the product if there were no compensation plan attached to it. If the answer is no, then at some point you will become miserable. You must love it so much that you would refer it regardless of the compensation attached to it.

All the indicators point up. We are perfectly positioned. People will doubt and many will quit because of impatience. Quitting is a characteristic of the common man. Most people quit everything they do. Leaders persist and see the job through. ‘Anyone can steer the ship when the sea is calm’.

I also have seen THIS compensation plan produce more millionaires in network marketing than any other compensation plan in our profession BUT IT’S NOT THE PLAN THAT WILL MAKE YOU A LOT OF MONEY!

Kody Bateman has done the impossible virtually everyone told him it couldn’t be done and we are doing it. And he’s not done. I have been told countless times by industry experts that there is no money in SendOutCards AS I’M CASHING SIX FIGURE MONTHLY CHECKS. I also know that it’s just numbers, anyone can go and do what I have done by simply replicating what I and others have done.

I can give you all the reasons why I think your business isn’t growing. But it really only comes down to a couple of simple things. I have a simple process that consistently allows me to sponsor 1-4 new distributors per month. I can teach you how to do the same thing. And you can teach it too.

I know that it works because it has allowed US to put over 140,000 distributors into our company.
I also know that if you do it differently, your results may or may not be all that good.

It’s a SIMPLE formula that works. I watch as others get frustrated, doubtful and complacent and they wonder why it’s not working for them, it’s crystal clear. Let’s get down to the real truth and talk about what it takes to build and duplicate. There is no short cut. There is BIG MONEY in SendOutCards if you focus on the right activities and keep it simple. Getting desperate and trying to go fast actually slows down the process. Slow IS fast.


July 16, 2012

HERE’S THE REPLY LINK OF THE TOM HOPKINS CONFERENCE CALL. The first 10 minutes are like GOLD!!
http://InstantTeleseminar.com/?eventid=31100547

JAKE CAGLE WON THE $1000 DAILY PRIZE 3 TIMES IN OUR FIRST WEEK – In other words he earned $3000 in 3 days. Here’s a short interview with him talking about how he did it.
http://recording.freeconferencecalling.com/mp3/1025123/958535/IA1205_07112012104800477_1180891.mp3

CONGRATULATIONS TO OUR $1000 WINNERS THIS WEEK:

July 9 – Jake Cagle – $1000
July 10 – Jake Cagle – $1000
July 11 – Jake Cagle – $1000
July 12 – Devon and Joan Hansen – $500 TIE
July 12 – Katherine Sumrall and Orlando Griego – $500 TIE
July 13 – Jeff Shapiro – $500 TIE
July 13 – Bonnie Larson – $500 TIE

MORE SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENTS (TIME SENSATIVE):

1.SECOND AND THIRD PLACE ANNOUNCED IN $1000/DAY CHALLENGE!
Kody is adding some money to our $1000 a day summer promotion! Retro to the 9th of July! First Place $1000 Second Place $300 Third Place $200!!
You DO NOT need to win the $1000 a day challenge to be in the drawing for the PRIVATE JET TRIP TO THE BEACH with me. You simply need to sign up 10 subscriptions (remember MD’s with a subscription count and you get an extra point for CT’s as well!)

2. Kody’s ‘Q’ Call!! – When you get qualified (Dashboard Green!), you’ll get a special invite to be on Kody Bateman’s Private Coaching call immediately following my Monday Night Strategy Call. You’ll want to get your “Q” and be on this each week!

3. LAS VEGAS GRATITUDE CHALLENGE PARTY – Thursday July 19th! – It will be at the Golden’s beautiful mansion in Las Vegas. I’ll be there as well. YOU MUST BE “Q” qualified to attend or be a distributor that has signed up within 7 days of the event. Bring your guests! Please email Megan at socmegan@gmail.com and she will email you with details!

4. SPECIAL CALL ON TUESDAY NIGHT 8PM CST – “How to become a person of influence!”
I’ll be hosting a special call with Sr Exec and my good friend Adam Packard. We will have special guest Chris Widener with us. Chris has authored over 450 articles and 9 books on leadership, motivation and success. He will be our keynote speaker at the event in Chicago on August 9th. Be with us on Tuesday!
DETAILS:
http://InstantTeleseminar.com/?eventID=31334403

5. CHICAGO EVENT – August 9th! ! I’ll be in Chicago with Sr Executive, Adam Packard and Chris Widener
For details and to register:
http://chicagoleadership.eventbrite.com/

6. Seattle and/or Yakima Gratitude Challenge Party Events:
(The Seattle event only has 75 seats left, reserve yours today) – Eagle, Jordan Adler will be present at both events.

* Thursday, August 16 – 30 Day Gratitude Challenge Party in Seattle with Jordan Adler
http://30daygratitudechallengeparty-seattle.eventbrite.com
Hosted by Executives: Cyndi & Curtis Dady and Dennis Brink

* Friday, August 17 – 30 Day Gratitude Challenge Party in Yakima with Jordan Adler
http://30daygratitudechallengeparty-yakima.eventbrite.com
Hosted by Executives: Cyndi & Curtis Dady and Dennis Brink, along with Managers Ed and Nancy Euken

7. ‘FROM THE NEST’ PROMOTION EXTENDED!
Thru the month of July you can sponsor new MD/CT’s and they will receive $100 off of their CT Package AND also receive an additional check for $100 when they gather their first 2 customers in their first 7 days.
Oh, a $31 Preferred Customer counts as two! Think about having your new distributor just find one person to TAKE the 30 day Gratitude Challenge in their first 7 days and they have a $100 check coming to them!
(as long as they signed up as an MD/CT. So instead of an MD/CT paying $640 they pay only $540 upon sign up).

8. THE LAST TOM HOPKINS BOOT CAMP – This program changed my life when I took it in 1989! Tom’s book ‘How to Master the Art of Selling’ was one of the first personal development books I had ever read!
Please click this link to learn more or to register . . .
http://tomhopkins.com/boot_campAPSOC.shtml

Tom Hopkins was one of my very first mentors many years before I met him. I read his book in the mid-80′s ‘How to Master the Art of Selling’. It’s as relevant today as it was back then. I attended his Boot Camp in 1989 while I was still at the airline making $20,000 per year. I had been told at a fitness center by James Wyatt (one of the owners)
that I was too quiet to be successful in sales – He owned 20 health clubs. Tom trained me and many years later here I am with Tom Hopkins on my conference call. Tom is the World’s #1 Sales Trainer. What more needs to be said?

Adam Packard is one of SendOutCards Top Leaders and a very close friend. He grew his team into the thousands and has a residual check that exceeds what most people make at their jobs. Adam used to work for Tom. I’ll let him tell you the story and bring Tom on . . .

MAN OH MAN OH MAN . . . If you just play the 1st 10 minutes of this call with Tom Hopkins to ANY BUSINESS PERSON, they are CRAZY not to sign up with us!! :)

Here’s the Link to the Replay Page:
http://InstantTeleseminar.com/?eventid=31100547


July 9, 2012

$1000-A-DAY AND PRIVATE JET TRIP GIVEAWAY
Funded by Jordan Adler and SendOutCards.

After reading this summary and listening to the replay, please send any questions regarding this promotion to marketing@sendoutcards.com.

Summer is typically a little slower with summer vacations and holidays.

Despite the summer slow-down, our volume is up over 20% year, over year. (Traditionally, June, July and August slumps just a little).

I thought I would throw some fuel on the fire and have a little fun! I called Kody and ran some ideas by him. He liked my ideas and then he said he would like to add some $$ to the promotion as well!

I am committing $40,000 from my personal bank account to fund the majority of this promotion, not just for my team, but FOR THE ENTIRE COMPANY! This promotion is something we should all be excited about for several reasons.

1. This promotion supports the current SendOutCards mission.

2. It is simple.

3. EVERYONE can participate, even new reps! It doesn’t matter if you are already a distributor or if you sign up on the 25th day. Each day is a new promotion!

Here is the goal:
The #1 gratitude challenge promoter for that day, wins the $1,000.

To be the #1 gratitude challenge promoter, you must win the daily point race. Become the top point-earner for the day and $1,000 is yours!
-Points are awarded and recorded by corporate when you sponsor ANY type of subscription and/or CT program.

There are two parts to this promotion:

Marketing Distributors, Senior Distributors, Managers and Senior Managers are the only ones eligible to participate in the daily race to get the most points and win $1,000!

There is a leadership incentive for Executives and above. These leaders can win $500 by helping their team members win the daily point races.

Grand Prize- Private Jet Trip!!!!!
-For every 10 points earned, your name will be entered into a drawing that will take place at the end of the promotion. One name will be drawn. The winner, along with one guest, will win a private jet trip to San Diego to have lunch with Jordan on the beach!

These are the full details and rules from corporate: https://www.sendoutcards.com/grandadayrules/

Let’s review:

The #1 gratitude challenge promoter for that day, wins the $1,000.

Any subscription counts ($9.80/mo OR $31/mo)! An MD with a subscription counts! Anyone on a pay-as-you-go account that upgrades to subscription counts! A CT or CT up-grade counts (you can only do this once for each MD if they are not already a CT). If one of your personally sponsored MD’s adds a subscription, that doesn’t already have one, it counts!

Each day, the #1 promoter will win $1,000!! The promotion starts TODAY (July 9th)!!! The #1 promoter for today, Monday July 9, will receive $1,000.

THE $1,000 A DAY PROMOTION IS FOR DISTRIBUTORS, SR. DISTRIBUTORS, MANAGERS AND SR MANAGERS ONLY! EXECUTIVES AND ABOVE ARE EXCLUDED FROM THIS PART OF THE PROMOTION.

PRIVATE JET TRIP TO THE BEACH WITH SOC’S #1 EARNER, JORDAN ADLER–(FROM LAS VEGAS TO SAN DIEGO).

This promotion is for EVERYONE in SendOutCards. All positions and all organizations. Those that collect 10 people on the gratitude challenge (any subscription or MD with a subscription) will be entered into a drawing for a private jet trip with Jordan Adler from Las Vegas to San Diego AND you can bring one person with you! You will have lunch on the Beach with Jordan and return to Las Vegas the same day!

FOR EXECUTIVES AND ABOVE ONLY:

Kody has thrown some money into the ring as well! If you are the coded Executive to the person that wins the $1,000, you get $500!

Once again:

  1. The $1,000 a day promotion is for Distributors, Senior Distributors, Managers and Senior Managers only.
  2. You can win the $1,000 a day as many times as you qualify.
  3. The person that gets the most people on the 30 day gratitude challenge for that day wins $1,000. Ties will split the money (i.e.; 2 winners each get $500). $9.80/mo and $31/mo subscriptions count. MD’s with a subscription count. Also, you can add an extra point by getting personally sponsored distributors to upgrade to CT (keep in mind, new CT’s get the 100/100 promotion as well!) These checks and the private jet trip will be coming from Jordan’s personal checking account.
  4. Each day is a new challenge. The person with the most challenge sign ups (subscriptions) for the day is the winner for that day. Names of the winners will be posted on the SOC website daily.

    https://www.sendoutcards.com/grandaday/

  5. New distributors that sign up during the 30 day promotion are also eligible to win each day.
  6. Anyone (ALL SendOutCards Distributor positions) that gets 10 people on a 30 day challenge subscription OR $9.80/mo subscription during the promotional period will be in a drawing for a private jet trip with Jordan from Las Vegas to San Diego for lunch on the beach.

You’ll be entered into the drawing for each 10 points you get during the promotional period. Transportation to and from Las Vegas will be at the expense of the winner. The drawing will be held approximately 1 week after the end of the promotion on SOCTV.

HOW TO WIN:

  1. I believe that some days just 3-5 subscriptions will win you $1000.
  2. Make a list of 30-50 people or renew your existing list. Go back to all the people that you have shown SOC to that were interested but didn’t sign up.
  3. Get into Massive Action.
  4. Show the TAKE IT/TEACH IT videos and have each person send a card on the system (www.socgratitude.com/YOU ID#).
  5. ASK, “Would you be willing to take the challenge??”
  6. Sign them up (JOIN NOW BUTTON).
  7. If they are interested in helping us TEACH the challenge, get them signed up on the MD Package ($295).
  8. Present the 100/100 Certified Trainer plan – YOU CAN SAY THIS:

“Right now there is a promotion running through the end of July. If you want to upgrade to be a Certified Trainer ($345), the company will knock $100 off the price so instead of $640 it’s $540 AND when you get your first 2 subscriptions within your first 7 days (or just 1 person to take the 30 day challenge) you’ll get another $100.”

ENERGY

THE RIGHT WAY THE WRONG WAY

-Contribution -Strategy
-Passion -Focus on winning
-Raise level of conversation -Hoarding
about gratitude -Focus on you
-Serve Others -Gaming
-Manipulation

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY:
SOC will be randomly auditing customers. You must sign up only REAL customers that want to take the challenge. It is against company policy to “buy” customers. Do the right thing. Sign people up in the spirit of gratitude and contribution and you’ll always win. Don’t cut corners. Gaming will always come back to bite you. If you are caught manipulating or gaming you can be disqualified from this promotion, not to mention reviewed by compliance.

Go out and change some lives! Give lots of people the gift of daily gratitude!


July 2, 2012
On Sun, Jul 1, 2012 at 1:01 PM, A DISTRIBUTOR, ERIC WROTE:
How does Jordan, get people interested in being distributors. Most of the people I have been talking to so far I feel like I will have to work on over time. I really want to figure out how to accelerate the process.
I have the ability to build and approach the best business minds in a number of industries. I’m trying to figure out what the best and most efficient way is to get in front of serious prospects for distributorships.

Tap, Tap, The podium is yours …


Hey Eric,

Be sure you listen to Jordan’s call from last Monday with Ivan Misner (your question sounds like you missed the call).

Jordan sends cards, sends cards with DVDs and shows people how to send a card. For 7 1/2 years I’ve watched him do it. The only difference between him and anyone else is he does it “massively” (read his numbers from the original e-mail).

The slow way is the fast way. You have to show them the system first. Let them know, with conviction, that you believe it’s going to be huge. Remember, the timing has to be right for them. But if you stay in touch (sending cards), the timing will eventually be right for everyone your list.

It’s a lot like growing a garden and asking how do you get the seeds to grow faster? They grow on their own their schedule. The BIG results happen months and years later. But those results depend on what you do now. It’s a little deceiving because it looks like nothing’s happening. If you’re doing the work, things are happening. Just because the seed hasn’t sprouted doesn’t mean it’s not growing.

Mark

THIS WAS AN EMAIL THAT I SENT TO MY TEAM ON MY 9TH MONTH IN THE BUSINESS. I
HAVE NOW BEEN IN SENDOUTCARDS FOR 7.5 YEARS.

From: “Jordan Adler”
Date: September 14, 2005 7:19:07 PM PDT

I deliberated before sending this out.

This will give you an idea of the activity necessary to create growth and momentum.

Understand that if you want an extra $200-$1000 per month, you can be consistent and plod along.

If you want staggering growth here’s what it takes.

IMPORTANT NOTE: The numbers I am going to share with you are MY SPECIFIC RESULTS and yours may be better or worse. Your results will depend on your ability to Allow Success to flow into your life and the quality of the relationships you have built to date. You will be Networking, Supporting your team, Promoting events and Conference Calls, etc.

I was asked today if its true the company is paying me extra to build and if its true that the company gives me leads?

I HAVE RECEIVED NO SPECIAL TREATMENT OR COMPENSATION FROM THE COMPANY. I GET PAID EXACTLY THE WAY YOU GET PAID. I HAVE RECEIVED 2 REFERRALS FROM THE COMPANY AND NEITHER HAVE SIGNED UP. ALL THE INCOME I HAVE RECEIVED HAS COME FROM THE SAME PLAN THAT YOU GET PAID ON.

Also, the numbers I am quoting you do not include the Tom Hopkins event results. That event occurred 2 weeks ago and has not yet appeared on my checks.

That being said, here are some stats for you to contemplate.

  1. I signed up on Dec 26th and started my business on January 2nd, 2005 (8 MONTHS AGO).
  2. As of today 9/10, I have sent 4205 cards.
  3. Of the 4205 cards, about 2000 of them had DVD’s in them.
  4. I have set up gift accounts for about 200 people and have walked about 160 of them through sending a card (in 8 months, that would be about 20 per month or less than 1 per day)
  5. I have enrolled 68 distributors personally
  6. I have 599 distributors as of today in my group.
  7. It took 90 days to hit 100 distributors
  8. I hit 200 distributors in my 1st 5 months
  9. 60 days ago I had 400 distributors.
  10. 199 distributors have joined in the past 3 weeks.
  11. 60 days ago, the group volume was growing by $300 per day
  12. 30 days ago the group volume was growing by $800 per day
  13. Yesterday we grew by $2200 (for the day!)
  14. Of the 68 personally enrolled Distributors, about 30 of them I knew from my previous company.
  15. 90% of my group, had no experience with my previous company (Excel).
  16. 60 days ago my group was adding 3 new distributors per day.
  17. 30 days ago, my group was adding 8 new distributors per day.
  18. Yesterday we added 11 new distributors (for the day).
  19. Income:January – $500
    February – $6800
    March – $4100
    April – $2300
    May – $3200
    June – $3100
    July – $3500
    August – $8400
    September (run rate based on 1st 10 days)$16,000

My volume was $11,700 in July and $24,600 in August. So far, with our current run rate, we’ll hit over $40,000 for September (were already at $13,000 and its only the 10th).

P.S. Remember that it takes time for a forest to mature. You plant the seeds and nurture them . . . you don’t get the shade for a few years. 70% of my group has joined in the past 90 days! The true results will take 2-3 years to manifest themselves!

The leaders of the future have not even joined the company yet!

FINAL THOUGHT – The distance between 1 and 100 is miles uphill . . . the distance between 100 and 500 is miles on flat ground . . .the distance between 500 and 1000 is a short flat walk . . . the distance between 1000 and 4000 is coasting downhill on a 10 speed. 4000 to 10,000 is a Rocket Ship.

I know, because I have EXPERIENCED IT BEFORE!
I want you to experience the same thing. Its a thrill.

HOME GRATITUDE CHALLENGE PARTY

I held a Gratitude Party in my Condo on the strip in Las Vegas last Thursday night. We had 40 people in
attendance and 10 guests. I don’t know exactly how many have signed up but I believe that most of them
became either a customer, MD or MD/CT. All agreed to at least take the 30 day gratitude challenge and I
know that Bob and Betty Ann (Eagles from Vegas) signed at least one MD/CT. It was a huge success.

Here was the format that we used (1 hour):

7:30p – 7:35p Welcome . . . Jordan tells HOW AND WHY
he got involved with SendOutCards

7:35p-7:38p Jordan shows 3 minute ‘couch’ video (www.sendoutcards.com/YOURID#)

7:38p-7:45p Bob and Betty Ann share 2 testimonials about
how people are benefiting from the Gratitude Challenge

7:45p-8:00p Jordan tells Kody Bateman’s story and has each person
write down the names of 5 people they are grateful for. He then has each
person pick one person on their list and write a card to that person telling them
why they are grateful. Jordan has 3 people read their cards to the group.
(Lots of tears)

8:00p-8:05p Jordan cues up and plays the TAKE THE CHALLENGE
video from www.socgratitude.com/YOUR ID#.

8:05-8:06 Jordan cues up and plays the TEACH THE CHALLENGE
video from www.socgratitutde.com/YOURID#

8:06-8:15p Jordan shows examples of cards and gifts from the display
table (the dining room table!) He shows greeting cards, canvas prints,
a calendar and an iPhone cover.

8:15p-8:25p Jordan reviews the ways to get started:
How to become a customer
How to become a preferred customer and TAKE THE CHALLENGE
How to become a marketing distributor for $295 and what you get for that
How to become a certified trainer for $345 and what you get for that
The special ‘From the Nest’ Promotion

8:25p-8:30p Closing story (if you don’t have one, borrow one!)

WATCH THIS 1 MINUTE CLIP FROM KODY BATEMAN ON GRATITUDE!!

http://www.gratitudechallenge.us/team-gratitude/gratitude-challenge-day-6/

CHALLENGE TESTIMONIAL:
“I started to take the challenge to meet my goal of rekindling relationships. I never would have suspected that on Day 7 one word of Gratitude would be life changing. My 2.5 year old son has life threatening food allergies. At daycare he took a bite of someone else’s peanut butter sandwich. Within 3 minutes he went into full anaphylatic shock and was not breathing. Thankfully, the director used his Epi-pen on him immediately and the medicine saved his life. He was hospitalized and it took a full week to recover. My husband and I had every reason to get angry or upset over the situation and the potential loss of our son’s life. However, that very evening of the accident, I sat in front of my computer and realized I had yet to send out my one card of gratitude that day. I decided to send a heartfelt card of gratitude to the woman who acted quickly to save my son’s life. The overwhelming stress and pain from that day was magically lifted f
rom me. To be able to pour my heart out to this woman, but not for her actions, my son would not be with us today. We made a choice to be grateful for what went RIGHT on that day, instead of what went wrong and to send out a card of GRATITUDE. This challenge has affected us very deeply and I’m LIVING IT! Don’t hesitate, TAKE the challenge NOW!” -Deena Cannistraci


June 12, 2012

RICHARD BROOKE:
Author of, “The Four Year Career” AND “Mach II with you Hair on Fire”.
He is also a network marketing company owner. He says:

“The 30 days of Gratitude Challenge is possibly the best business idea in the past decade”

3 minute video:

Jeff Packard combined 3 great concepts:

1. A 30 day challenge
2. Gratitude
3. SendOutCards

TAKE THE CHALLENGE (As a preferred customer).
TEACH THE CHALLENGE (As an MD).

For $1 a day someone can send out a card a day expressing gratitude to those that they are grateful for. This is a program for the masses. Everyone needs to take the challenge.

To those that I ask to take the challenge, I am offering their $30 back if they try it for 30 days and don’t see dramatic results. That is one gratitude card a day for 30 days.

If someone wants to make money, they can TEACH THE CHALLENGE. Become an MD for $295, start by getting 3 others to TAKE THE CHALLENGE and your dashboard is green. You are also invited to Kody Bateman’s “Q” call because you have earner your “Q” and you’ll be receiving 100 free points each month!!

Much of success in Network Marketing involves creating a story. By taking the
30 day Gratitude Challenge, each new person is creating a list of personal stories that will inspire others to do the same. In fact, we will be launching a program in the near future, (thanks to an idea from Curtis Lewsey) that will allow people to post videos of their inspiring stories to win i-pads and possible trips based on which stories get “liked” the most. This will encourage entrants to pass their stories along to others so that they get more “likes”. We’re going viral! Stay tuned!

Richard Brooke also said, “You are sitting on a goldmine with SendOutCards!”.

He sat down with 3 of our SM’s at the Skybar at Mandarin Oriental. He was asked, “What does it take to Blow it Up”?

He told them:

“If you’ll sponsor 100-150 people in the next 2 years (50-75 per year) and then let time take its course you’ll have a huge SOC income. Because we’re in Vegas, I’ll bet you $1000 that you won’t do it. If you do it, I’ll pay you $1000. If you don’t do it, you pay me $1000!!”

Here are the reasons why Richard believes that SendOutCards is the next
Billion $$$ Giant:

  1. SendOutCards was founded on a vision of love.
  2. SendOutCards has a visionary and committed leader whose actions match his story.
  3. SendOutCards is a company over the hump, in the clear with nothing but upside. Most companies don’t survive their first 5 years.
  4. SendOutCards has a product that makes everyone feel their deepest positive emotions just thinking about it.
  5. SendOutCards has a comp plan that has proven to produce run rates of a billion dollars a year or more.
  6. SendOutCards has the finest field leadership that any company owner could ever hope for.
  7. The 30 Day Gratitude Challenge – “The Best Viral Idea in Decades”.

Johnny Cash wrote a thousand songs yet 3-5 made him an icon.
The same holds true with most every business. In our business, 1-5 legs will make you an icon in our profession.

Here are some stats and company announcements:

  1. In the Network Marketing Profession, retention rates are typically 10% every 5 years (autoship). Our retention rate is 60% (subscription) after 5 years.
  2. We’ve paid out $70 million in commissions to our distributors.
  3. 25% more distributors are receiving commissions this year over last year.
  4. We send approximately 1.5 cards per second.
  5. Due to a four year process with the post office, in the very near future we will be able to track every single card from our facility to the recipient.
  6. We are exploring the possibility of customizable stamps and themed envelopes.
  7. Customer Service wait times are down to less than 3 minutes.

ANNOUNCEMENT!

Handwriting Font Full Package (Handwriting and 4 signatures) is now just $25!!

  1. Print form from downloads (you need a color printer).
  2. Purchase Font from “Purchase Products” on the left side of your MAIN MENU.
  3. Complete form and mail flat to the address on the form.

Signatures $5 each!!
(Follow same process as above!)

PROJECTS IN QUE (Soon to come)

  1. International Expansion
  2. Premium Paper Cards (Invitations/Announcments)
  3. Multiple gifts with one card
  4. Mobile Device Apps (ability to send gift cards and gifts right from your phone, droid or i-pad! And ability to load photos from Facebook or Instagram!!)
  5. Tighter integration with Social Networks
  6. Third Party contact assimilation

ALREADY LAUNCHED in PHOTOSTORE

  1. 1. Hard customizable i-pad cases!! ($29.99)
  2. Soft customizable i-pad cases (leather)
  3. Premium i-phone case (rubber with interchangeable photo blades!)
  4. Customizable mousepads!
  5. Customizable address labels!

COMING IN THE FOURTH QUARTER

New Product Announcement that will:

  1. 1Have business owners begging to sign up
  2. Produce hundreds of customers overnight
  3. Assist you in upgrading business owners to distributors
  4. Dramatically increase residuals

Pre-written campaigns for Professionals
Super High Quality
No Marketing – All Gratitude
Mortgage/Chiropractor/Realtors/Insurance Agents/Dentists/Accountants/Attorneys/Carpet Cleaners and more
Generic – 12-card follow up campaigns for SOC Distributors

Retail Recruiting Campaigns
Upgrade Retail to Distributor Campaigns

a. Separate Website
b. All Functionality
c. $0.49 a point
d. If you are ‘Q’ Qualified you will receive a full 30% commission
e. Volume paid

TOOLS TO CONTINUE TO USE:

1. On the Eagle’s Panel hosted by SM, Jackie Ulmer, she asked, “Which tools are the most important to you (the Eagles) for building the business?”
Almost unanimously the Eagles said “The Gift Account Walk-Through – The ability for someone to send a card for free.”

WHAT DO I DO NOW?

1. Have each person watch the 3 minute video.
2. Have each person send a card.
3. Show each person the 30 day Gratitude Challenge and ask them each to TAKE IT.
4. Ask them if they may be interested in helping you TEACH IT.

WHEN SOMEONE ASKS YOU WHAT YOU DO:
“I teach the 30 day gratitude challenge.”

IF THEY ASK WHAT IS IT?

  1. Have them watch the 3 min video.
  2. Have each person send a card.
  3. Show each person how the 30 day Gratitude Challenge works and ask them to take it.
  4. Ask them if they may be interested in helping you and TEACHING IT!

In closing:

“A man from Philadelphia told me that all his life he had tried to lose weight: resistance. In other words, he was against the weight. And he simply could not lose it. Then, his little girl’s kidneys quit working. As his family conducted an extensive search, looking everywhere for a perfect kidney match, they found one, the little girl’s father, this overweight man. However, the doctor told him that the he would not remove the father’s kidney to transplant into his daughter until the man lost weight. In six months he lost 101 pounds. His stance shifted; his thinking changed from one of resistance, against losing weight, to one of non-resistance, for his health, and even more so, for his daughter’s health. Again, whatever you are for makes you strong; whatever you are against makes you weak.”


May 28, 2012

Tonight I want to talk about what it really takes to make $100,000 a month, or more, in Network Marketing. Hundreds of people do it, but very few compared to the number of people that sign up. It is not a lottery. There is an element of luck, which I will talk about, but luck wouldn’t explain why some do it more than once. I’m going to be real tonight. NO SUGAR COATING, if that’s okay with you.

Making six-figures per month is the “big leagues” in our business. There is a price to pay. Everyone who has ever done it says, “If they only knew how good it is, they would all pay the price!” To reach the top levels you will most likely have to give something up. I gave up 30 hours of television per week. You may have to give up some sleep.

Six-figure monthly earners don’t come up with reasons why it won’t work for them. They use the excuses why most would say it won’t work as their reasons for doing it (and doing it BIG).

To become a six-figure monthly earner, you will need to become a teacher and a trainer. The fastest way to learn to do something, is to teach others.

The six-figure monthly earners realize that the big money, is in the small money. All meetings count. It doesn’t matter if you are meeting with 1 person or 1,000 people. We know that one can turn into thousands. More meetings mean more money.

When some of you saw the title of this webcast, you thought to yourself, “Yeah, right”. Others said, “Well I know it’s possible, but I know that I could never do it”. A few of you said to yourselves, “Tell me what I need to do and I’ll do it!”

I never said these things. I always believed that it was possible for me, even when my job was paying me $14,000 a year AND I had never made any money in network marketing over a 10 year time frame. I still knew it was possible.

Here are some observations I have made about the people that have created six-figure monthly incomes:

***First of all we are going to be talking about those that created it from scratch. I’m not referring to those few that were given a downline or a top position with their company (master distributor).***

  1. We don’t need to be told what to do. We don’t have all the answers, but we are willing to go into massive action and trust the process. If you find yourself using the excuse that you don’t have an active upline in your area or that you don’t know what to do, you are crippled and you will never make money.
  2. Most of us failed for many years before we found the zone that took us to the top.
  3. ALL of us did not question whether it was possible to make a lot of money in Network Marketing.It didn’t just happen. We continued to believe it was possible and we went into massive action.
  4. We fill our calendars daily with productive activity.Our calendar consists of:Appointments to show our product
    Appointments to show our business
    Appointments to follow up
    Networking meetings
    Fun activities with our teams
    Coffees, lunches and dinners
    Home meetings
    Office meetingsUntil your team is growing without you, it’s up to you to be the catalyst for growth. You must conduct the orchestra of growth and lead your team.
  5. We attend all major events and we promote all major events.

Here’s the formula we all use:

  1. Discover your dream.
  2. Choose your mechanism for fulfilling your dream.
  3. Take massive action and schedule your time on a calendar!
  4. Trust the process.

If you have never made money in Network Marketing or if your checks have been small, start with $500 a month. Then up it to $5,000 a month. Remember that every single six-figure monthly earner passed through $500 a month and $5,000 per month. Once you hit $10,000 it will be easier for you to believe you can achieve $100,000 a month. It’s simply numbers and commas. There are millions of people per year turning 19 years old, it’s an untapped market.

Here are some other observations about six-figure monthly earners:

  1. FB does not determine whether we are going to build or not that day or that week. We LEAD! If someone is sucking our energy, we distance ourselves from that individual. Our FB friends represent a fraction, of a fraction, of the people in the world.We learn to manage our emotions – It’s by far the greatest skill you will adopt in building a six-figure monthly income. If you are not effectively managing your emotions, you will never have a big income.The bigger your team becomes, the more necessary it becomes to keep a check on your emotional state. People do not follow others that are in a state of doubt and fear.
  2. We hang around with other successful people. This anchors and feeds our personal belief and it expands our vision. In the beginning, we may not know any other successful people. We must look for ways to meet them and get to know them. You might start off setting appointments to just get a simple introduction and then grow your relationships from there. In my 20′s I always looked for opportunities to meet and get to know these people. Introductions are always the best. Look for people that you know that know other people that you may want to meet.
  3. We focus(ed) on building our networks and making connections. This is one of the top three things you must do. Make new friends, add people to your contact manager and manage your relationships by making sure that the people you know are well cared for by you. They need to know that you are 100% on their side for life. Every single six-figure monthly earner has a LARGE network of friends and business associates. It’s what we do. There is no way around this. Some of the greatest rewards you will receive will come from the friendships you build in your business on your journey. Think “LARGE NETWORK-QUALITY RELATIONSHIPS”. People are your social capital.
  4. We have a FULL calendar (personal and business).
  5. We spend almost no time in front of the TV. We read constantly.
  6. We have a vision much larger than what we see in reality. Reality is what’s happening now. We CREATE our own reality. Many companies have become what they are today because the leaders went out and BUILT it! If Jim Packard, Diane Walker, Todd Falcone, Bob and Betty Ann Golden, Demarr, etc didn’t build their businesses, there would be no SendOutCards!
  7. We don’t whine or complain.
  8. We are extremely focused, determined and hungry. We realize that these qualities are not inherited, they are generated and practiced.
  9. We work harder when things get tough and we don’t talk about our problems with our downline or cross line. Problems only go up.
  10. We understand that business is cyclical (it always has been and it always will be). We also see ourselves as the catalyst for the next big cycle of growth.
  11. 1We place little attention on whether we get recognized or not. We are more concerned with whether the members of our team are getting recognized.
  12. 1We attend events and promote events.
  13. 1We don’t judge what’s possible based on the past. We write our own future. The past does not equal the future.

How do I make this kind of money in a small town?? Remember, it’s about what you start and not what you do. Your income will almost never come from where you live. It will grow to other places. You’ll be doing 3-way calls and conference calls with those that are looking at the business in other towns and cities. Most of you are in my organization, but don’t live where I live. You may need to travel, do 3-way calls, conference calls, small meetings, big meetings. Although, we had a guy in my last company making over $100,000 a month and he never spoke in front of groups. He had others on his team that liked to do that and he just put them in the front of the room.

Whatever excuse or reason you have that the business will not work for you, you must use that as a reason to do it big. There are many others just like you and they will relate to your situation.

$100,000 a month + is not for everyone. Not everyone will be willing to do what it takes to achieve this level of success. Here are the variables that go into success at a $100K/mo level:

  1. The right attitude (read personal development and get around others that have achieved the level of success you are looking for).
  2. A big and expanding vision (same as above).
  3. Taking 100% responsibility (no more blaming the company, your upline or your lack of (fill in the blank) for not succeeding.
  4. The power of a LARGE network (this is a big one).
  5. Attending and promoting events.
  6. Luck (yep, there is some luck involved).
  7. A calendar FULL calendar of productive activities.
  8. Time (many people quit right when they are on the verge of massive success).
  9. Consistent daily action (this doesn’t mean reading your FB once a day).
  10. 1Patience (learn to manage your emotions).
  11. 1Working the numbers (there is power in large numbers).
  12. Generate the emotions you desire (you are not a victim to how you are feeling – create the excitement, determination and courage necessary to win).

You’ll need to sponsor between 100 and 200 people and have an organization of 30,000-100,000 people. This is not hard, but it takes the things I talked about above.

If you will break it down and realize focusing on building for 2-5 years with a consistent plan of sponsoring 2-4 people per month, you’ll see that it’s achievable. A six-figure monthly earner does not get emotionally drained when someone signs up and doesn’t do anything. They know that this is just the nature of people. Most people quit everything they do. I’ve sponsored 237 people and 95% of my income comes from 8 legs. That means that 229 of the 237 became customers, did very little or quit. Only one out of 20-30 will do anything worth talking about.

Todd Falcone

Jim Packard (The Packard Boys)

Bob and Betty Ann Golden (Janalea Rengifo)

Tommy Wyatt and Curtis Lewsey,
Jerry Knight,
Judy O’Higgins,
Mark Herdering,
Eric Worre

You’ll do a lot of work up front for very little income to get paid a whole lot of money later for doing nothing at all. At $100,000+ per month, you can pretty much do anything you want financially. You’ll be able to stay in the nicest hotels. Vacation anywhere in the world. Drive 2 or three of your favorite cars. Give lots of money away to charities. Save money for retirement. Invest. Charter a jet or helicopter from time to time. Take your reps or your kids to Disneyland. Order off the menu without looking at the prices and eat wherever you want to, as much as you want to!
And to answer your question about whether I believe it’s possible for anyone else to do it:

There are 37 million people in California and we have 150,000 distributors IN THE WHOLE COMPANY!! Anyone who builds a team of 30,000-100,000 distributors will earn a six figure monthly income. There is opportunity for everyone that chooses to go get it. I plan on growing my income to $1 million per month with SOC and I will need to find at least 10 that are willing to do the work to get to $100,000/mo.


April 30, 2012

TONIGHT’S MESSAGE IS SIMPLE:

I’ve been THINKING about doing another customer training workshop for the
past few weeks but until I put it on the calendar, nothing happened.

I had been PLANNING a trip to the Virgin Islands for 10 years but until I scheduled it, I never went. It turned out to be one of the greatest experiences of my life.

I have been WISHING I could fly a helicopter since I was a kid but until I called and set up an appointment, it remained a wish.

Jim Packard and the Packard Boys have 14,000 people on their team. I set up an appointment with Jim back in 2005 and put it on the calendar. We met and the rest is history.

I get asked all the time, “Jordan if there is one thing, one piece of advice you could give me, what would it be?” I’ve been thinking about the best answer to this questions for a long time. I finally figured it out. This one thing will completely transform your life and your business. It’s the key to having the “Success Factory” you are looking for.

Leave nothing to chance. Don’t wing it. Be deliberate about setting up a time for the things you want to “make real” in your life. If you are serious about building a successful business, this is the #1 key thing that will do it. In fact, I can specifically look back and see when everything changed for me in 1992. I started scheduling things ON MY CALENDAR. Of course things get moved and changed and you’ll even have cancellations and no shows from time to time, but an appointment is a commitment between you and another person. It advances your relationship. Appointments make things happen. CONSIDER THAT ITS NOT EVEN REAL UNTIL IT’S SCHEDULED!

Here are the things you want to schedule consistently:

CONVENTION – Schedule it!

  1. Schedule when you are going to book your flights.
  2. Schedule when you are going to buy your tickets.
  3. Schedule when you are going to book your hotel room.

TREAT’EM RIGHT Seminar – Schedule it!!

  1. Schedule when you are going to book your flights.
  2. Schedule when you are going to reserve your tickets.
  3. Schedule when you are going to book your room.
  4. Encourage your team to do the same thing.

DREAMS – Schedule them! (example)

  1. When (exact date) are you going to take that dream trip?
  2. Schedule the date.
  3. Schedule when you are going to make your air reservations.
  4. Schedule when you are going to book the package.

Once you put it on the calendar, miracles begin to happen. You will find the resources for things to happen once you commit to it.

YOUR BUSINESS – Schedule Appointments and Meetings.

  1. Schedule one-on-ones.
  2. Schedule two-on-ones (with your distributors).
  3. Schedule home parties (for yourself and your team).
  4. Schedule business presentations.

Put it on the calendar and miracles will begin to happen!

I look for opportunities to book phone calls and meetings with my distributors
on a regular basis and I PUT THEM ON MY CALENDAR. (One of the reasons why my calendar is so full!) This is a critical behavior for having the “Success Factory” you desire.

YOUR DREAMS:

  1. Make appointments with people that can help you get your dreams.
  2. Ask yourself “Who do I need to meet to make this happen?”
  3. Call them and get an appointment on the calendar to meet with them.

Dreams will never come true if you just wish for them. A wish is just a puff of smoke until you schedule it. Put it down in writing on your calendar.

Scheduling appointments is the most powerful, destiny fulfilling action you can take to achieve all that you are looking for.

Remember, nothing happens until it is scheduled. Here are some feelings you may have before scheduling things:

Fear that you won’t come up with the money.
Fear that they might not be interested.
Fear that you may not know what to say.
Fear that something may get in the way of the commitment.

REALITY CHECK: You will not get the things you want until you schedule them on your calendar.

I’m not real confident at this point that I can learn to fly a helicopter. Fear was keeping me from scheduling the lessons. I started coming up with all kinds of reasons why I shouldn’t commit. My schedule is to busy. What if I can’t do it? There are other things more important to spend the money on. Blah. Blah. Blah.

However, one thing I know for sure. NOTHING HAPPENS UNTIL IT GOES ON MY CALENDAR. Tomorrow at 10am I am heading down to the helicopter school to get going. (I’m dropping $15,000 to pay for all the lessons up front). I’m making a major commitment here. Last night it was still just a wish. This morning it is real because its now booked!!

So, what’s more important? Are you going to let your DREAMS win or are you going to let your FEARS win? Do you want to live your dreams or wallow in your fears for the rest of your life. You have all the power to make things happen. Set the appointment on your calendar.

THE SOLUTION IS RIDICULOUSLY SIMPLE. Put it on your calendar. Schedule the appointment.

All your dreams will begin to come true once you start scheduling the basic simple daily activities that move you closer to your dreams.

Start using phrases like:

“Let’s get you on the calendar.”
“I’d like to set up a time for us to talk.”
“When can we set aside 30 minutes to go through this.”
“We need to block out a few minutes to go over some things.”

What I am talking about is a small thing that will yield HUGE results. It’s a minor shift that will change everything for you. If you already do it and it’s not going fast enough, then do more of it and do it WITH your team. Get them to commit by SCHEDULING PRODUCTIVE ACTIVITIES WITH THEM.

Schedule a workshop.
Schedule a walk through.
Schedule a tour of something you have been dreaming about.
Book a trip.
Schedule a time to test drive the car.
Set up a 3 way call at a specific time.
Set up an opportunity meeting with your team.

When you talk to someone say, “let’s set something up. When can we get together to visit for a few minutes?”

This has been, by far, the most powerful skill for manifesting my dreams than anything else. It’s within your reach to do the same thing. If you already do it and you are not happy with your results, then you must do more of it (or start doing it again if you have stopped) and you must involve your team. You commit with them and work with them AS A TEAM to make things happen.

Stop thinking about it and start scheduling it! Put it in writing on your calendar and then follow through on your commitments to yourself.


April 24, 2012

TONIGHT: QUESTIONS THAT MUST BE ANSWERED

Why would someone become a distributor with SendOutCards vs all the other companies out there?

I want you to know that when signing up with SOC 7 years ago, the first thing that went through my mind is that EVERYONE needs SendOutCards. If you are a stay at home mom, an entrepreneur, a salesperson, a 9-to-5er, someone who owns a company or a network marketer, you need to reach out in kindness to others. It will make your life work better if you remember people’s birthdays, if you send thank you cards, if you express gratitude. Everyone needs encouragement. The law of attraction suggests, “you get back what you send out” and “you’ll get more of what you focus on”. However if you focus 100% on the opportunity of SendOutCards and forget about our true mission as a company, then you cut out much of the success available to you. Again, EVERYONE should and can use us. But as soon as you make our business only about the money, then someone is faced with a choice. “Do I do SOC or do I do xyz company?”. Someone shouldn’t have to choose. I can sign up to get my vitamins or leg
al service from a network marketing company without having to choose one over the other.

I have found that many of my best distributors came from people that initially signed up, just to use our service. I don’t look at this as someone having to choose. I show them how being part of our company will benefit them. How will this make them a better human being? By the way, I have also found that when I train my CUSTOMERS on how to use SOC (really train them), many become distributors over time. I teach them how to use the system. I also give them ideas for using SOC and of course I let them know that they can refer others if they choose to.

All of this being said, I believe that we have the strongest compensation plan in the profession. We don’t talk about incomes because this is one of the top 3 reasons why MLM companies get in trouble with the regulators. We can show people the money by having them watch our opportunity presentation (which has been approved by the attorneys). When someone asks me why they should choose SOC over another company they are looking at, I’ll tell them exactly this: I say “don’t choose. You need SOC regardless of what you do”! I also tell them why I think we have the best opportunity in the profession. Millions of people that haven’t heard of us, need us. Our customer retention is the highest in our profession. That tells me that we have a rock solid opportunity. I’m not talking about “flash money”. I am not talking about hype or a quick buck. I’m referring to consistent growth which represents a long term residual income.

Why did Jordan Adler, Jimmy Dick, Jackie Ulmer, Eric Worre and Todd Falcone (all multimillion dollar producers in the profession of network marketing), choose SOC over the other options out there
despite being offered lucrative incentives to join other companies?

First of all, these individuals can’t be bought. I personally couldn’t justify going to work with a company that I wasn’t interested in because they offered me a guaranteed income, a signing bonus or an immediate downline. Once you have built a big downline, everyone wants you on their team. Company owners will offer to fly you and and many will offer you deals to come over and bring your people. A major company offered me $1 million to join them when Excel went away and I said no, because I wasn’t interested in building that company! It says a lot about your leaders that they chose SOC without taking a deal.

Here are some specific reasons why these individuals (including me) chose SOC over the hundreds of other options available to them:

  1. Our retention is the highest in the industry – With a $10 or $31 a month subscription, it’s less likely someone will cancel their subscription (autoship). Most people that are spending $100-$350 a month, cancel their autoships in 105 days, on average. That’s an erosion of residuals. Those people need to be replaced or your income plummets.
  2. We have a truly unlimited depth residual plan. That means your residuals grow over time. In many companies the bulk of your income comes from bonuses. If recruiting slows (which it always does – there are cycles of growth), then the majority of your income goes away. We are insulated from that.
  3. Most companies struggle for YEARS attempting to find a culture and a mission. SendOutCards is rich in culture. Kody Bateman founded us for a reason and it far transcends making money. In fact, one of the litmus tests to determine the long term viability of a company, is whether someone will stay around whether they are making money or not. A company with a strong mission and a significant culture will foster retention. Amway has hundreds of thousands of distributors paying $150-$250/mo that have been with them for 20-30 years without making any money. That’s why they are an $12 billion company. Mary Kay is the same way. When it becomes ALL about the money, as soon as a better opportunity comes along, your reps are gone. We are rich in culture.
  4. An untapped market of MILLIONS of people. The potential market is not limited by cost and our product has broad appeal. There is a huge upside.

What determines the long term viability of a company and the sustainability of an on-going RESIDUAL income?

I’ve already mentioned a few things about this, however the long term sustainability has to do with:

  1. A solid culture and mission.
  2. A product that’s got broad appeal.
  3. A strict adherence to the guidelines and policies set forth by the regulators.
  4. A lower monthly commitment (especially in this economy).
  5. Visionary leadership.
  6. A track record of constant improvement and navigating the seas of change and challenge.

What is the real difference between an illegal pyramid and a legitimate network marketing operation?
How do you know if your opportunity is sustainable or a bottle rocket?

  1. PRODUCT OR SERVICE THAT’S IN DEMAND – If someone wouldn’t use your service with an opportunity or if a product is put in place just to disguise a money game, it’s illegal.
  2. MAKE MORE THAN YOUR UPLINE – To be a legal Network Marketing Co, the design of the compensation plan must offer the opportunity for you to pass your sponsor or upline in rank and/or income. If it’s not possible, then it’s illegal.
  3. RECRUITING IS NOT A COMMISSIONABLE EVENT – It’s illegal to get paid for the sole act of recruiting.
  4. FRONT END LOADING – It’s illegal to encourage distributors to purchase a package of product (more than they will use themselves) for the purpose of making more money or getting a promotion. (For example: “I suggest you buy $2000 worth of product and I teach you to do the same thing, because you’ll make more money – yet, all of us have thousands of dollars worth of product that is not being
    sold or used and we all get huge checks.”)

RED FLAGS:

Using checks to Recruit
Deception – Knowingly presenting to someone something that it’s not to achieve a certain result. If someone were to know the truth they wouldn’t make the same decision. To mislead by a false appearance or statement.

Encouraging large product purchases for the purpose of getting a promotion or making more money.
Many companies are no longer around because of FTC intervention resulting in an investigation or a “cease and desist”. Most of the written policies are against flashing checks, deception and lifestyle claims. Most companies have strict policies against these things for a reason.

Can someone really make money in SendOutCards given all of the “competition out there?

The competition has nothing to do with whether someone can make money or not. The team you build
has everything to do with your income. In fact, keep in mind that there are 600 network marketing companies and about 60 million people doing network marketing in the US alone. At any given time, at least 30 million of them are not happy with their companies. AND there are at least 100 million people that have never done network marketing in the US alone. Australian and Canadian numbers are similar. Keep in mind, as your business grows, it will cross-pollenate from country to country so all the stats apply to you whether you are in the country or not. Do you see why the competition has nothing to do with anything, as long as you keep building. Our opportunity far transcends the competition.

How does someone get to the money in SendOutCards?

  1. Compulsory requirement: get your “Q”.
  2. Give to give DAILY! Be grateful and send out the gratefulness with your cards and gifts. Celebrate life!
  3. Have fun and show others how you are funding your fun.
  4. Get promoted. Be an example worth duplicating.
  5. Set a goal to personally sponsor 1-4 new distributors per month for two to 4 years. Track your progress. This happens as a result of gift accounts.
  6. Meet new people and add them to your contact manager daily.
  7. Plug in to the training and events that SOC offers – you’ll get what you need.

DAILY ACTIONS:

  1. List
  2. Share
  3. Sponsor

I’m very clear that my business is not for everyone . . . But as I travel around and meet the thousands of new people that are joining us each week I’m more excited about our future than when I got signed up 7 years ago. It keeps getting better. In the 80s, 90% were skeptical. Today 90% are interested. Not everyone will do it but I’m convinced that between 100 and 200 million ppl in North America that have never considered Network Marketing are on the verge. Their options are limited. We provide ‘lifestyle’ choices that traditional business doesn’t at any price. The future has never been brighter. This is not hype. It’s fact.


April 10, 2012

FRANCHISING (Quick Review from my last email):

In this turbulent economy, one option to diversify would be to start a franchise. I personally think network marketing is a better option, however just in case you’re interested, here’s some startup info. Keep in mind, it may take you 3-5 years to break even and you’ll never experience residual income. You’ll have to manage employees and do your own payroll and accounting. Don’t forget,
you’ll have to sign leases and pay lawyers & franchise fees. Before you sign up for one of these programs, you may want to consider that having a network marketing business requires none of this, has a residual component AND costs under $1,000 to start.

So here are some options for you:

  1. Snap On Tools $135,390 # of locations 3,392
  2. 7-Eleven $393,800 # of location 6,142
  3. Aaron’s $420,725 # of locations 1,749
  4. Panera Bread $1,447,770 # of locations 1, 379
  5. Servpro $156,250 # 1,571
  6. McDonald’s $1,480,625 # of locations 14,016
  7. Liberty Tax Service $63,350 # of locations 3,592
  8. Merry Maids $66,600 # of locations 943
  9. The Maids Interntional $106,420 # of locations 1,053
  10. Jimmy John’s $395,500 # of locations 1,130

By the way, they are legally not allowed to tell you how much money you can make, but they have to tell you that you may lose all your money and that you probably won’t break even for 3-5 years.

RESPONSE TO MY RECENT POST ON FRANCHISING AS AN OPTION:

Hi Jordan,
Your point on franchises is right on. I’ve owned and operated a franchise for 22 years. It cost about 300K to get off the ground in 1991. Our monthly overhead is about 90K. My husband works at least 80 hours per week (it’s no wonder many people I meet don’t even know I’m married!) Sad, but true. My Dad was one of the first franchisees in the US in the early 60′s (KFC). Everyone thought he had lost his mind. Back then franchises were considered a
questionable way of doing business. He always said it was our “golden goose”!
I equate Network Marketing to franchising. I was ready for another business, but my time is precious to me. I love your philosophy and I am on a 5 year plan. I’m putting one foot in front of the other, I’m building relationships, and I’m the last person to tell my prospect that they can “retire” in a year. I’m so over that. Anything worth having takes time, patience, and love. Like the
perfect recipe! Thanks for always nailing it! You’re a great inspiration.
-Lorie

CONVENTION DETAILS LAS VEGAS!!!
(Make your plans accordingly!)

Tues(June 5th): Registration
Wed (June 6th) : 2pm-4pm Exec Leadership Meeting
6pm-11pm VIP (Top 50 Eagle’s Challenge Point Winners)
Challenge will run to May 10th (points will go live shortly)

Thu (June 7th): TER
Fri (June 8th): General Session, Training 9am-9pm
Sat (June 9th): General Session, Keynotes 9am-5pm
Closing Party 8:30pm-11pm

IMPORTANT COMMENTS FROM JACKIE ULMER AND JULES PRICE:

Jackie:
Hey future Eagles! As a leader to your group, one of the best things you can do to build other leaders is to promote events; build to events. Even if you can’t be there. If you have extra convention tickets that you received as part of recruiting mastery, or won through a Q call challenge, use those to build and incentivize your team, even if you can’t be there. Run contests and challenges of your own; or at very least give them away to someone in your group who can attend. Your return on investment will be a whole lot higher by getting someone on your team there than selling them at face value or “highly discounted” to someone else. Every single convention ticket available has a potential worth of millions to you! Maximize it for your own success!

Jules:
I’m so surprised that people are trying to sell tickets that they didn’t buy. Kody gave out all those free tickets for us to build our business, not to hawk them. They are like gold. Sponsor new people and offer them those tickets to get them engaged in the business quickly, or do a contest with team members. If you have no one to give them to on your team, you should be giving them away as a gift, not selling them. We are a give-to-give culture. It will all come back around that way. If people are abusing it for their own gain, Kody will never give out this many free tickets again, and we will have helped no one. I urge people to think of those tickets like, “Who can I help today by giving them this?”

Jordan:
As a leader I am constantly asked what it takes to become a top earner with a large organization. You are all leaders and every little thing you do has an impact on your team regardless of how big or small it is. You will NEVER see a leader posting convention tickets for sale. They are like GOLD (not to mention the impression it leaves to post them). Each ticket is like Willy Wonka’s Golden Ticket! Up until the day of the convention, I am looking for people to fill the seats. Even last minute, because I know that the convention is by far THE MOST VALUABLE EVENT WE HAVE ALL YEAR! There is story after story of convention being the catalyst for a team of thousands. It only takes one! I have had many people over the years decide to attend at the very last minute! Also, when you post a ticket on FB, others follow suit and do the same. It then appears that everyone is selling their tickets (although it’s only a minute fraction of the tickets out there). It’s not a strong leadership message to sell your tickets. Even up to the last minute, do your very best to find someone from your team to claim those tickets that you earned!

CUSTOMER TRAINING EVENTS:

I have found that when I do CUSTOMER training events, I ALWAYS sign up distributors because they truly see the VALUE of how everything works. Consider doing at least one customer training per month (and do them weekly if you can)! Even if it’s at a Starbucks or in your living room. Not only will your customers be grateful, but some of them will voluntarily want to upgrade (because there will be reps there expressing their excitement)!

I was doing a customer training for Sandy Zalanka and her daughter Christine two weeks ago. After Christine listened to 15 minutes of it she wanted to upgrade to distributor.

You can also ask your new distributors to invite their customers over for system training:
1. So they can be trained.
2. So they get to see the big picture of SOC.
Some will upgrade!

You’ll also have LOTS of guests at customer training because customers (that are not distributors) will be there. It’s the best and easiest opportunity to get distributors and even Certified Trainers.

By the way, I call our new Certified Trainers (CT’s) “Legacy” Certified Trainers. They truly are the first of thousands that will be signing up over the next few years. Ask people if they want to be considered as a “Legacy Trainer” with us. Ask if they want to help blaze the trail.

FOR THE PERSON THAT DOESN’T WANT TO RECRUIT OR IS AFRAID TO SHOW THE BUSINESS:

1. Consider just signing up $9.80 customers. No set up fee. $15 to get going. Easy. Get one in the am and one in the pm every day (5 days a week). After one year, you’ll have 600+ customers spending almost $10 a month. 30% of $6000 is $2,000 a month. For most people, that’s a house payment and a car payment! But it gets better because as you are training your customers, some of them will want to become distributors! You’ll probably end up a SM by the end of the year!

It’s true, the big money is in building an organization and showing the opportunity. Would you rather have milk or would you rather have milk cows?? Ray Kroc could have never gotten rich on one McDonald’s franchise selling burgers, fries, cokes and shakes. However he made a fortune by setting up people into business and have LOTS of store units, all over the world. He just wanted to collect a few pennies off each product sold from each store.

But keep in mind, if someone just wanted to “retail” our product working VERY part time, they could develop a substantial residual income doing that! And, they couldn’t help but build a business over time!

HOW TO GET PEOPLE TO WORK AND NOT QUIT:

Tell Steve Smith story-(you may want to listen to the replay of this call)
I explain how to get people to work and not quit.

1. Be the strongest example of a builder in your organization.
You set the pace. Your people will do what you do.

2. You really will never get your people to work. You’ll want to find
the right people, get them started and then see them at the events! If they are your friends, call them once in awhile and of course send them cards!!

3. Events are the only thing I have ever seen that will keep people from quitting the business. If you are not there, there is a good chance your team will not be there. Be there and encourage your team to be there. It’s your best shot at success.

To this day, I have NEVER met a leader in MLM that can get their people to work and not quit. I have seen people at all levels quit for a variety of reasons. People quit things and a few see the job through.

Thanks!

Don’t forget to check out the Random Acts of Kindness page and send a card to someone in need: www.thecoolbuzz.com/random-acts-of-kindness.html


April 2, 2012- Stop Being NormalTONIGHT – Money Call (Green Means Go)

Here’s a quick network marketing review:

3X3 4X4 5X5

7th level 2,187 16,000 ??? (78,000!!!)

The difference between 5 and 3 is not 2. The difference between 5 and 3 is almost 76,000!

Today I had a good friend in Reno tell me that his friend didn’t see the money
in SendOutCards. I asked if his friend had ever done network marketing in the past. He said, “no”. His friend does not understand business as it relates to
network marketing or distribution. There are many products that, on the surface, don’t appear to be very lucrative. For example; how can you make money on a .62 greeting card? Well, if you sell one or two cards, it’s true, you can’t make much money.

Let’s use our geometric progression example from earlier. Let’s say we focus just on the 4X4 equation through 7 generations (levels). Let’s say each person on the 7th generation does $93 a month in revenue (to stay qualified), your volume would be $1.6 million/mo (16,000 X $93 which, by the way, is what my monthly volume is today). At minimum, you would receive 5% (and in actuality, you would receive more because we are just talking about the 7th level here in your DISTRIBUTOR group!)

Distribution is very powerful. Remember J. Paul Getty’s quote, “I would rather have 1% of 100 people’s efforts than 100% of my own!” Our goal is to collect a small percentage off the work of many. There are many things we consume today that cost a fraction of a dollar and produce millions of dollars in sales. Ray Kroc could have never gotten rich on one McDonald’s franchise. However, by selling hundreds of them for $250,000+ he was able to create a distribution channel that would allow him to collect a few pennies off each of the millions of burgers, fries, shakes and cokes sold each day. There is even money in Q-tips and they sell for a fraction of a penny. It’s all about distribution.

The greeting card industry (now a $7.5 billion industry) was built on people buying $4 cards. Most people don’t buy cards and when they do, they buy one or two at the time. When you have thousands of outlets all selling a few, the money on the back-end can get huge.

So, we have a product that is in huge demand that is 1/5 the price of what someone can get it through traditional channels.

Plus,we have an opportunity that is second to none (we can go head-to-head with any other company out there with our compensation plan).

And, we do it without deceptive practices or manipulation. There are companies out there that use smoke and mirrors to recruit. This is almost always a time bomb. With SendOutCards, what you see is what you get. AND it protects our company for the long haul.

HERE ARE A FEW EXAMPLES OF WAYS TO MAKE MONEY IN SOC (3 perspectives):

1. MECHANICAL: Turn your dashboard green and teach a few others to do the same thing. It’s very simple. Do it and teach it. Green means go! Turning your dashboard green simply means to get at least 2 subscription customers, be on a $31 a month subscription yourself AND find $93 in total monthly volume (if need be, go out and purchase some samples for yourself from the Photostore or give away some gifts until you have enough subscriptions to cover your own qualification each month. Turn yours green and then help others turn their green. Do it and teach it. If you don’t know how to turn your dashboard green, simply go to your main menu and let your dashboard load. If it’s not green, click on the little “?” on the upper right hand corner and read the description. It’s very simple! Do it and teach it!

2. FINANCIAL: The numbers don’t lie. The equation is simple. Remember 3X3, 4X4, 5X5. If you’ll put together your SIMPLE plan to sponsor 24-48 people personally in the next 12-24 months with the goal of achieving the equivalent of a 3×3 (2187), you’ll be making bank. 2187 X $93 in volume = approx $200,000/mo. You’ll get 5% – 25% of this each month (and this is just your 7th level)!

3. ENERGETIC: Send Out at least 1 personal card a day and teach your team to do the same thing. Put your heart onto your cards. Send out daily love into the world each day. You get back what you send out. Give the gift of walking one person each day through sending a card on a “Gift Account” and then watching the videos. 100 people each day doing a gift account walk-through will typically yield a minimum of 20 new distributors per day and you will become a rockstar! Now imagine if you had 1,000 people each day doing that.

The reason you are here is because you are DONE being normal. Normal is boring. Normal people are broke. Normal gets you poor results in terms of financial growth and personal satisfaction. Normal people struggle to pay their bills. Normal people have lots of debt that burdens them throughout their entire lifetime. Normal people are un-inspired and are living weekend to weekend. Normal people dread Mondays and live for Fridays. Normal people complain about their lives. We (in Network Marketing) get to live extraordinary lives. We are striving to make a difference in the world. We are on a journey of personal growth. We have a chance to travel to all the corners of the earth and bring a message of hope to people of many cultures and backgrounds. We can get excited about being part of a business model that offers unlimited possibilities for financial success.
Let’s take a look at what normal people do. Normal people watch 4-6 hours of TV per day. Most people say, “Oh, I don’t watch that much TV”. Well, someone is watching TV because the advertisers are still advertising and paying 10′s of thousands of dollars per minute. Normal people spend 1-2 hours PER DAY in rush-hour traffic. It has been suggested that network marketing is a cult. Network marketing is no more a cult than a job is a cult. If I have a choice to be brainwashed to offer something to people that will make their lives better or be brainwashed to; get up at 5:30am to an alarm clock (that un-naturally and violently jerks you out of bed) then, with glazed-over eyes, jump into my car with my coffee to creep along in 2 mph rush-hour traffic for an hour, for 40 hours of my week for 40 years with people that I typically don’t want to be around, causing me to complain about it year in a year out, all so I can scrape by with no prospect of every really getting ahead, I’ll join the network marketing cult!

When I was in my early 20′s I decided that normal wasn’t for me. When I got ridiculed or mocked, I said to myself, “it’s okay. You’re normal. I don’t want to be like you”. I watched the people around me at work (at the State of AZ, The City of Phoenix and then America West Airlines) and I said to myself, “If I don’t get out of this prison, I will die a slow death”. My co-workers (most of them) were numb to the agony they had been experiencing for years. It’s a slow lobotomy that very quietly eats away at your spirit. In most cases it kills whatever drive you had to grow and contribute. Now I know, this doesn’t apply to everyone, but it’s interesting to notice how many people complain about how much they hate their boss or their job. I also find it interesting how many people complain about not having enough money or not enough time to spend doing the the things they want to do. The negativity that permeates a typical working environment destroys the human spirit over time.

I don’t get mocked too much any more, although I know there are some people that do. Most of the people that mock me are people that are stuck, looking for someone else to blame. Network Marketing simply offers an opportunity. I do know this; if one person can do it, then many more can do it too. That’s the premise of our business. If one can do it, then others can do it too. I know that if I can achieve this level of success, the opportunity exists for you to do it as well. This is the REASON I was able to “break-out” in my last company. I saw others that had done it and I said to myself, “If they can do it, I can do it”. That’s how it all starts. I have never met a single person that made it big and said. “Yeah, that’s good for him, but I could never do the same thing!” There are MILLIONS of people that have never heard of SendOutCards and it is the perfect thing they need! Our job is to get to them and show them what we are doing.

Stop being normal. Step out of the status quo. It’s okay to buck the system and be different. We are different. We are not normal. Our chosen line of work challenges the status quo. It’s a better way of doing business. It’s more fun. It’s more rewarding. It has unlimited potential for growth. It doesn’t require expensive degrees. Yes, it’s non-conventional and as a result, MOST people don’t get it. That’s built in. It’s okay. Don’t fight that. Do your best to educate and find the ones that are ready. The REASON for our opportunity is because MOST people don’t see it. As soon as everyone sees it the opportunity is over. Be thankful that only a few get it. It buys us time. Would you rather have 5,000 people on your team once everyone else figures it out, or would you rather have 10 people on your team. Do you see why it’s better that most people don’t see it right away. Be thankful that we are in a line of work that is not normal (most people don’t get what we do). That’s a good thing! You must be bold and step out to FIND those that see it the way we do. Get really good at sorting for the right ones. If you don’t find them, someone else will. (I would rather it be you!)

CHECK OUT THESE CURRENT STATS!

-We currently have about 2,000 distributors and 10,000 customers per month joining SendOutCards.

-The last Treat ‘Em Right Seminar was the largest, non-convention, local event in our history (approx 1,000 people).

-We have paid out over $60 million in commissions total and over $1 million per month in commissions are currently being paid to our distributors.

-Plans are in the works to expand SendOutCards around the world.

-Our monthly volume is up significantly over last year at this time and we are currently experiencing the largest revenue months in our history.

-Residual checks for the 1st quarter of 2012 are the largest monthly residual checks for this time of year in our history (22% higher than last year at this time).

This is just the beginning. SendOutCards is positioned for rapid growth over the next 3-5 years. My question for you is, “Are you positioned for rapid growth”?

I recommend stepping it up. If you were planning on doing it in a year, get it done in a month. If you were planning on getting it done in a month, get it done in a week. If you were striving to achieve it in a week, do it in a day. You’ll find it’s actually EASIER if you get it done quickly. Get excited and share your excitement. Energy is what attracts others to you and to our business.


March 26, 2012SHORTCUTS TO GROWING A TEAM – Everyone has the same 24 hours in a day.

All about LEVERAGE,; the difference between a moped and a private jet. The jet gives you massive leverage. Both are vehicles, but one is a better vehicle for taking a long journey in comfort.

    1. CREATE PREMIUM LIST: Meet and schedule appointments with people that are connected and influential. Look for opportunities to meet people that know people that would do business with us. Ask for an introduction. When I attend a networking event, I can QUICKLY turn a cold contact into a warm contact with a quick intro from the person that organized the meeting.
    2. WEEKLY CAMPAIGNS: Send at least 1 campaign per week (10-200 cards).
    3. ATTEND AND PROMOTE EVENTS: You can accomplish more by having your teammates at a major event, (TER’s, Regionals and National/International events) than spending 6 months on your own trying to train and motivate people.
    4. SORT FOR LEADERSHIP: Finding the right people rather than developing people.
      (When you find the right people, you’ll need to do very little for them) – This was a BIG one for me.
    5. USE AND PROMOTE PRESENTATION TOOLS: Ultimate leverage. 100 Times more effective than trying to explain it yourself. Third Party-Upline, Conference Calls, Videos, DVDs, ASEND Magazine.
    6. USE AND PROMOTE TRAINING TOOLS: It’s the map and the system. The Getting Started Right Booklet is the most valuable tool for getting started that we have

.

  1. KEEP IT SIMPLE: USE IT, SHARE IT, SPONSOR. The comp plan is about YOU. The focus can’t be on you, it must be on them. Get into the magic of the SOC system. You love it. Use it and share it. If you want to make big money, focus on USING AND SHARING SOC. Each person does a little. Turn your dashboard green and teach others to do the same, that’s it.
  2. BEING WITH THEM (vs sending them a link).
  3. WORK MORE: If you are working 1 hour a week, work 5 hours a week. If you are working 5 hours a week, work 10 hours a week.
  4. BE PRODUCTIVE AND TEACH PRODUCTIVITY: There are things that lead to growth and things that just kill time. Focus on productive activity. We’re talking about EFFICIENCY of activities. Turn off TV. Stop planning and organizing. It’s all been done for you.
  5. BECOME A TEACHER AND A TRAINER – When you teach, you learn QUICKLY. The Monday calls are as much for me as they are for you. It rapidly accelerates your learning curve when you teach it.
  6. FOCUS ON “TOUCHING” AND “MOVING” PEOPLE – Kody (BNI Meeting in Reno -He told stories and 40 people wanted to sign up).
  7. MAKE THE RELATIONSHIP MORE IMPORTANT THAN THE BUSINESS.
  8. GET AN INTRODUCTION vs calling on someone cold.

March 20, 2012

PHILOSOPHIES THAT WILL DRIVE GROWTH (I recommend studying these and adopting them):

1. Small is big in our business model. The business is lots of people doing a little (not a few people doing a lot).

2. You can accomplish more by having your people at major events for 1 or 2 days than you can doing it on your own over a six month period.

3. Focus on finding the people that want to do it on their own. Spend less time with those that give you excuses and more time with those that are producing.

4. Keep it simple (1+2 = $100) AND EVERYONE TURN YOUR DASHBOARD GREEN. Green means GO!

5. Never let crisis turn into ruin.

6. Never quit on a bad day.

7. Appreciation will win self promotion every time!!

8. Give to give vs give to get.

9. Send Out to give.

10. Ask: Who does business with people that would do business with us? Get to know THEM.

11. Your network is your most valuable asset.

12. I welcome challenges as a way to grow and get feedback that will help me (us) get better.

13. One to five people will set you free (1 in 20-30).

14. It’s just numbers. “The mountain doesn’t care”. The difference between a $1,000 check and a $10,000 check is just a zero.

15. FAST growth is easy once you find the right people. You can’t measure the size of someone’s heart. The duds can lead you to the studs. You don’t know who they know.

16. Changing companies is not an answer to your problems. Whatever challenges you are experiencing will repeat themselves with your new company within a relatively short period of time unless you have changed your philosophy or improved your skills. Everyone is excited when they join a new company. It’s what you do after the euphoria wears off that will determine your long term success. I didn’t make this up.

17. DISTRACTIONS are the killer to growth. Facebook, TV, the internet are the “Greener Pastures”. Sales pitches from other companies are the 4 greatest distractors.

18. The fuel in any business is people (fill your pipeline!).

19. You need a relatively small amount of people to make a fortune. There are enough people for everyone (in all companies). Your attitude regarding “lack” or “abundance” will drive your actions and ultimately determine how big you get in the business.

350 million people in the US.
5 million turn 18 each year.
35 million turned adults in the past 7 years.
250 million have never done network marketing.
Think about how many have lost jobs or are at risk of losing jobs over the past few years.

REAL ESTATE, CONTRACTORS, MORTGAGE, TITLE COMPANIES
BNI – 50% + were not in BNI 7 years ago. I built a fortune on the ones that are no longer part of BNI!
You need 4000 on your team and 100 or so personally sponsored to have a significant FT income in Network Marketing

20. Those you think will, won’t and those who you think won’t, will.
Jim Packard
Todd Falcone
Judy O’Higgins
Mark Herdering

21. Your job is to GET PEOPLE STARTED, not to manage your team. Let the system do the managing.
Who gets bank loans? Those who don’t need it. If you need a loan you can’t get one. Those that “need” it typically won’t do too well. Look for those that are hungry. If someone is needy, they tend to attract other needy people. Look for those that don’t need your help. They will build big businesses. Your job is to get them started.

22. You CREATE your future. It’s not something that happens to you (SAC Excel).
It’s the energy and life that you infuse into your team that will make the difference. Are you a source of light for others? Would you follow you? If not, then you must shift some things.

23. More meetings mean more money.
Fill your calendar. One person is better than no people. 10 people is better than 1 person.
100 people is better than 10 people, but it all starts with one. Many musical artists simply needed to keep performing until someone was willing to listen. Most play for 10 years plus before any significant audience showed up. Read Steven Tylers book (Aerosmith and Malcolm Gladwell’s books, Tipping Point and Blink). Most people must commit 10,000 hours to their trade before experiencing success. In network marketing we get to “borrow” the hours of experience from others but you still must pay your dues. More meetings mean more money. Get good at presenting a simple plan over and over again.

24. Problems go up. Inspiration goes down and across. Never express challenges downline. The quickest way to “kill” a team, is to complain across lines and downline. Never ever do it. When your team goes away, it can be because of a complaining upline. Negativity drives people away. You must ALWAYS be positive with your downline and cross line. Complaints, suggestions and concerns should only go up (company and upline).

25. Just like the high school, the gym, etc., some people work to get to the top and others quit or are satisfied with where they are. People are people. Many people join gyms and go. They will pay monthly for years. In fact MOST people that join a gym never go, that’s not a reflection on how good the gym is. You must focus on those that show up and not those that don’t. You’ll drive yourself nuts if you get stressed out about those that don’t do anything after signing up. EVERYONE (including the successful people) experiences this. The difference between you and me is I have more people that have quit. Many of those that quit still use SendOutCards.

26. AVOID THE 4 DISTRACTORS and fill your calendar with appointments to show the business.
TV, FB, the internet, family. You can carve out an extra 3-4 hours a day by turning off or throwing away the TV AND limiting your FB time to 1 hour per day. (Advertisers spend MILLIONS of dollars with the networks because they know YOU are watching)!

27. Sponsoring a new distributor and sending a card usually make your problems a little less scary:
Whatever problems you are experiencing will seem less important when you sponsor someone new and send a card to someone in need. If you have some kind of problem focus on advancing your business by sending a card, getting a customer and sponsoring a distributor. You’ll feel like things are going to be ok.

28. Apply the 8 year old test – If an 8 year old can’t do it or teach it NOW, don’t do it. It may be good for you, but it usually isn’t duplicatable.

29. Just because it sounds like a good idea, doesn’t mean that it is. Focus on the opportunities that have the potential to duplicate. Fund raisers and big corporate accounts don’t duplicate. Fundraisers and Corporate accounts look great on paper but they typically don’t produce good results in network marketing (EVERYONE says, “but my situation is different”). The big earners come from finding those that do a little and find a few others that do a little.

30. Put yourself in situations that make it easy to meet people – “Don’t fish for salmon in the trout stream”. If you are looking for business builders, put yourself in situations where business people hang out. Success breeds success.

31. Everyone can be “got” by someone – I have found that when the right person asks the right person at the right time, they will be interested. Until then, they may not even want to take a look.

32. It’s physically impossible to saturate an area – Go back to the numbers I shared earlier.

33. You can borrow the influence and skills that you lack – This is one of the true gifts of having a network marketing business. If you are not good at it, find someone that is and ask them to take a look. Phil Eckart is a six-figure MONTHLY earner in another company and he made millions of dollars with another company without ever speaking in front of a group! He would find others that wanted to do it and he sat in the back of the room.

34. For every person that is stuck because of a challenge, there is a handful of people that have gone to the top that experienced the exact same challenge – Go to my Facebook wall and watch Kyle Maynards video (or just find him on youtube).

35. Challenges become your excuses or your reasons (the same challenges): People decide first and then they give you the reasons. Either you’ll do it or you won’t. It’s not your reasons that will determine whether its doable. Challenges are just your test to determine whether you are worthy of a bigger check.

36. When you become stuck or stopped, it simply means there is something you need to learn.

37. Your dreams are the #1 driver of your personal motivation. Motivation is what keeps you going long enough to succeed. Spend at least 1 hour a week on your dreams. Meet people that can help you get there. Don’t wait til you have the money to shop for what you want. Start now. You’ll train your subconscious to attract it.

38. Adopt the philosophy: TODAY IS THE BIG DAY! (You don’t know who you will meet today that will lead you to an explosive organization).


March 13, 2012

I have found over the years that it’s our philosophies and beliefs that will steer us and guide us in times of
struggle and even triumph. You can have all the “how to” knowledge in the world and even have the work ethic to put your “how to” knowledge into action, but if your philosophy is off, you’ll be on shaky ground. “How to’s” without the foundation of a solid belief system, is a formula for struggle. You may have heard me say “Affirmations without action leads to frustration and action without affirmations
lead to delusion”.

For example, if you drive a car (which most likely you do), you must drive with certain beliefs and philosophies to have a safe experience. If you drive your car without a fundamental belief that everyone on the road is following the same set of rules, (Red Light equals stop and Green Light = Go, etc), you could end up in a fatal accident. Driving skills in and of themselves will not serve you well. Your belief system must be in place.

What are the fundamental beliefs and philosophies that will serve you best in building a rock solid SendOutCards business?

Tonight I will lay out a number of scenarios that you may be facing and sharing with you the the attitudes, beliefs and philosophies of those that successfully navigate those scenarios. At some level you may relate to one or more of them.

About 3,500 Distributors and 15,000 customers have joined our team in the past 60 days. I personally have only signed up 3 customers and 4 distributors in the past 60 days. That’s leverage. True freedom is available to YOU in this program if you have the right philosophies and you step into massive action. If I were just getting started in the business today, my philosophies would be no different than they were 7 years ago. Sound philosophies are fundamental. They drive growth for you and your team if we all adopt the same philosophies.

But first, I want to lay out what I would do if I were getting started today. These are the fundamentals that will drive growth in our businesses.

Get on Kody Bateman’s Q Call (You must Qualify by getting the ‘Q’).

Print out Cust Gathering Worksheet to accomplish this. Do it right away.

Turn your dashboard green!

Keep it simple (apply the 8 year old test).

Use the Gift Account Walk Through (GAW) and the ASEND Magazine as your top 2 “third party” tools. The magazines now have the NEW DVD in them.

Explain to all new MD’s why they want to be a Certified Trainer (CT).
a. You’ll need CT’s to get promoted.
b. Either you will get paid to train your people or I (you) will be paid to train your people.
c. Virtually ALL of our most successful people sign up and get certified to be CT’s.

PHILOSOPHIES THAT WILL DRIVE GROWTH (I recommend studying these and adopting them):

1. Small is big in our business model. The business is lots of people doing a little (not a few people doing a lot).

2. You can accomplish more by having your people at major events for 1 or 2 days than you can doing it on your own over a six month period.

3. Focus on finding the people that want to do it on their own. Spend less time with those that give you excuses and more time with those that are producing.

4. Keep it simple (1+2 = $100) AND EVERYONE TURN YOUR DASHBOARD GREEN. Green means GO!

5. Never let crisis turn into ruin.

6. Never quit on a bad day.

7. Appreciation will win self promotion every time!!

8. Give to give vs give to get.

9. Send Out to give.

10. Ask: Who does business with people that would do business with us? Get to know THEM.

11. Your network is your most valuable asset.

12. I welcome challenges as a way to grow and get feedback that will help me (us) get better.

13. One to five people will set you free (1 in 20-30).

14. It’s just numbers. “The mountain doesn’t care”. The difference between a $1000 check and a $10,000 check is just a zero.

15. FAST growth is easy once you find the right people. You can’t measure the size of someone’s heart. The duds can lead you to the studs. You don’t know who they know.

16. Changing companies is not an answer to your problems. Whatever challenges you are experiencing will repeat themselves with your new company within a relatively short period of time, unless you have changed your philosophy or improved your skills. Everyone is excited when they join a new company. It’s what you do after the euphoria wears off that will determine your long term success. I didn’t make this up.

17. DISTRACTIONS are the killer to growth. Facebook, TV, the internet are the “Greener Pastures”. Sales pitches from other companies are the 4 greatest distractors.

18. The fuel in any business is people (fill your pipeline).

19. You need a relatively small amount of people to make a fortune. There are enough people for everyone (in all companies). Your attitude regarding “lack” or “abundance” will drive your actions and ultimately determine how big you get in the business.

20. Those you think will, won’t and those who you think won’t, will.

21. Your job is to GET PEOPLE STARTED, and not to manage your team. Let the system do the managing.

22. You CREATE your future, it’s not something that happens to you (SAC Excel).

23. More meetings mean more money.

24. Problems go up. Inspiration goes down and across. Never express challenges downline.

25. Just like the high school, the gym, and scouting, some people work to get to the top and others quit or are satisfied with where they are. People are people.

26. AVOID THE 4 DISTRACTORS and fill your calendar with appointments to show the business.

27. Sponsoring a new distributor usually makes your problems a little less scary.

28. Apply the 8 year old test.

29. Just because it sounds like a good idea, doesn’t mean that it is. Focus on the opportunities that have the potential to duplicate. Fund raisers and big corporate accounts don’t duplicate.

30. Put yourself in situations that make it easy to meet people.

31. Everyone can be “got” by someone.

32. It’s physically impossible to saturate an area.

33. You can borrow the influence and skills that you lack.

34. For every person that is stuck because of a challenge, there is a handful of people that have gone to the top that experienced the exact same challenge.

35. Challenges become your excuses or your reasons (the same challenges).

36. When you become stuck or stopped, it simply means there is something you need to learn.

37. Your dreams are the #1 driver of your personal motivation. Motivation is what keeps you going long enough to succeed.

38. Adopt the philosophy: TODAY IS THE BIG DAY! (You don’t know who you will meet today that will lead you to an explosive organization) .


February 27, 2012

The Fastest Route to Fame and Fortune-
Understand that there are many different ways to build a network marketing business. I have my philosophy about what I believe to be the quickest route. There are people that may disagree with me, and that’s okay. I’m going to share with you what I believe to work the most efficiently. I am not just speaking from a place of signing people up quickly, but from a place of long term engagement. In other words, what are the simple actions that will ultimately lead to growth and overall retention?

I hope you realize that if your team grows to 100,000, users my team doubles. I have a personal stake in your success. I want you to grow your business big! When you grow, I grow.

Although my path may seem counter-intuitive to those seeking business builders, I want you to know that I am 100% about building the business. I have heard many people say that they don’t believe in building through BNI (Business Network International) because it fosters “glorified customers” (people who just use SendOutCards but don’t build it). I see it differently. BNI offers an opportunity to MEET PEOPLE and learn to network. Great customers lead to great reps. In fact, there aren’t too many of you on this call that would be upset if your residual check was $22,000 per month. The portion of my $100,000 RESIDUAL check coming as a result of my “glorified customers” is about $22,000 a month. Some of the customers became distributors and lead me to many many people that are not in BNI and over time that team has grown to many thousands of distributors.

BNI is not the answer but it provides one path to getting people started.

The road to $100,000 per month has not changed. I believe in an approach that will make it easy for people to see SendOutCards and make it easy for distributors to get people involved with SendOutCards. Again, there are lots of way to skin a cat.

OUR PLAN OF ACTION ACCORDING TO KODY BATEMAN (What we do)-
“We get customers and we teach others how to get customers”. If this is true, (which it is – AND, by the way, this is what we have always done!) then we need to look at what is the easiest and quickest way to get a keep customers and get and keep distributors.

Keep in mind that sometimes the long path is the short path. What may appear to be the long road may actually be the short road. There is a courting process that must happen in relationship building and if that courting process is neglected or avoided, the result is less than desirable. What happens when you pull the bread out of the oven too soon?

So, what’s the quickest route? The quickest route involves nurturing the relationship (staying in touch with people) and treating them as if they are already involved even long before they actually are signed up. Take your time with people and let them make a decision on their timeline, not yours. The follow up and staying in touch process is MORE IMPORTANT than the sign up process. As you are communicating with the people in your network, you are training them (long before they actually sign up!!). The long route is the short route. The reason so few make it big in our business is because so few really get what I’m talking about here.

What’s the easiest path to opening someone up to the idea of SendOutCards in a way that will engage someone as a customer or a distributor FOR THE LONG HAUL. There are quicker ways of getting distributors, however I’m talking about creating duplication and retention, as well as getting distributors.

Here are some general philosophies you must follow if you want to get customers, get customers gathers, create retention, create duplication and engage as many people as possible:

1. You must embrace the “give to give” philosophy – The key to getting customers and customer gatherers is to release your need to GET customers and distributors.

2. Get Customers -Customers are the easiest way to happily involve someone with our company and philosophy. Someone that loves using SendOutCards is way more likely to want to be a distributor. If they don’t make money right away, they will at least continue to use us.

3. Teach others how to get customers- Not so you can get paid your $40, but so that they can get off to a good start. Even in the training program, if you want to make big money in training, focus not on the money. Focus on getting people started and giving them what they need to be successful.

4. Keep it simple – REALLY SIMPLE! I can send cards. I can show others how to send cards. If they like it enough to use it, they may like it enough to tell others about it. Big growth happens in this simple process. REAL SOLID GROWTH HAPPENS HERE. Shortcuts may produce reps but I have found they don’t produce solid, long-term growth and retention.

Again, I want to really emphasize something here. I am 100% ALL ABOUT BUILDING THE BUSINESS AND FINDING BUSINESS BUILDERS!! I don’t want to hear anyone say that I’m only about focusing on customers. I am also about finding the path to long term retention and referrals. Someone who get’s lots of customers (which are ridiculously easy to get now that the $99, $199 and $398 entry fee has been eliminated) and who introduces the opportunity to those customers AND teaches the same thing will create an exploding organization of customer gatherers.

What do we do? “We get customers and we find others to do the same!” So let’s do that. Let’s GET CUSTOMERS AND FIND OTHERS TO DO THE SAME!

The Formula for sponsoring one per week-

Here’s the secret to getting customers and reps:

Meet 2 people per day (Find ways to do this that are consistent with your personality).

Send 1-5 cards per day (Give to Give!! Don’t shortcut this) – Tell story about rep going through a hard time divorce – down and out “Are you sending out your cards?” Send cards especially if you are having a bad day! That’s what SendOutCards is for!

Walk one person per day through the 3 min video and HAVE THEM SEND A CARD.
Don’t shortcut this! To get customers and find customers gatherers, you MUST have them send a card on the system. This is the part that many are missing. If you don’t do it your team doesn’t do it and the whole system breaks down. In the past we didn’t have the “automated” Gift Account. We had to manually walk someone through sending a card. It takes a little more time, but it engages the distributor and the potential distributor in an invaluable dialog. You can still do it the old way. PULL UP THE CONTACT. CLICK VIEW CONTACT. CLICK ENABLE GIFT ACCOUNT then assign them some points, expense and a username and password. They can then log in to their temporary gift account with the username and password you created. You can then coach them through sending a card. This is how we did it for years and in it’s simplicity, it worked!

Follow up with third party tools, cards, emails and calls (You are training them before they are signed up).

Be persistent, but not annoying.

Sign up as customers those that are not ready to be distributors. Sign up lots and lots of customers – Show each one the opportunity video. Send each the new DVD. Stay in touch with each so that when the time is right, they feel comfortable coming to you. GIVE TO GIVE!!

GET BACK TO THE MEANING OF SOC! Stop trying to “get” people. Focus on giving the GIFT of SendOutCards.

The Magic Formula: GIVE IT AWAY! Let them TRY it for FREE and move them step by step through the process.


February 13, 2012

Was it worth it?

TO ADDRESS A COMMON QUESTION:

I want to remind you that the adjustments to our plan were put in place because Kody has a goal to INCREASE everyone’s commissions. Most network marketing companies require 20 customers to qualify to receive bonuses. I know of the $700 million+ companies and many many others require 20 customers to get paid your residuals and bonuses. If you had 19 you don’t get paid. Most people go get 25 or 30 so they never fall below 20. My last company required 20. SendOutCards now requires 2 subscription customers. This is a business that throws off residual income. He is not asking us to do something every month. He is asking us to bring 2 legitimate subscription customers to the table to receive our check. That’s not a tall order to have the potential for unlimited residual. This is a business that requires real customers. By placing this requirement and making it easy to do, residual checks should triple over the next 12 months. This will benefit everyone. We’re talking about 2 people that pay $9.80 per month. Yes, the rules have changed slightly and this will benefit everyone that chooses to play by the rules. By the way, most network marketing companies have a monthly commitment of $200 to $400. Ours is $31. Kody could have easily justified raising it and he didn’t. He kept it at $31.

AN EMAIL FROM A FRIEND, TO A FRIEND: Janalea Rengifo signed up shortly after I did in 2005. She recently attended the Recruiting Mastery event in Salt Lake City. This is an email that she sent to a friend of hers immediately following the event. Thanks Jana.

I recently wrote an email to a close friend of mine. We used to be roommates. She loved SendOutCards as a customer, & after years of seeing me pay all my bills without having a job, she cautiously decided to join SOC as an entrepreneur last summer.

See, I have been a “retired” SendOutCards rep for the majority of the last 5 years. I was a twenty-something girl, having a rough time in my life, actually the roughest time of my life– and my residuals from SendOutCards kept me afloat through my darkest hours.

I am clear I missed out on an incredible opportunity by NOT building my SOC business over these last 5 years, but my business has been there for me anyway, my residuals growing without fail year after year, and I am eternally grateful SendOutCards exists.

You see, when Kody Bateman had us look at our MLM Blueprint at the Recruiting Mastery event last month, I realized that I was blessed with an extremely positive entrepreneurial mindset- a solid MLM Blueprint- from a very young age. I did not grow up with money, I didn’t particularly know of any Jordan Adlers. But I grew up inquisitive & curious, open minded & trusting of my own intuition & instincts, and what little exposure to Network Marketing I had in my early years was positive. (I could write a whole other email on that)!

Conversely, I suppose I had a rather negative Job Blueprint- watching my mother leave for “a good job” at 5:30 in the morning, return late in the evening, & still struggle to make ends meet.

Anyway, here I am, a “retired” SendOutCards Senior Manager living off of my residuals, searching for the meaning of life & all of that. In truth, I attended the Recruiting Mastery event more to see my friends & all the amazing people involved with this company that I love. And, like many of you I suspect, I was taken by surprise with the fire that got lit under my metaphorical butt. Yes, I am out of retirement!

Now, back to my good friend. She has never been her own boss, instead she has worked hard all her life & has always been a huge asset to her employers. It’s easy for her to work hard. I have watched her do it through the years with amazement. But I have also watched her frustration at never being able to really get ahead of the curve, working hard for that year-end bonus. Staying in a job she no longer enjoys for years because of the promise of stock options. Having dreams & goals and hoping to someday have the time and extra money to go after them.

So, last summer she cautiously decided to upgrade from a wholesale customer to an entrepreneur. She is an extremely hard worker, but seems to come from a more traditional “job” mindset. Strong & positive JOB Blueprint, small & somewhat skeptical MLM Blueprint. But she loves SendOutCards as a customer. She knows me, she knows Jordan. She knows the money we are making is real, & she knows we are not “scam artists”.

Yet, the concept of paying a few hundred bucks to sign up as a rep is pretty foreign to her, something she is skeptical & wary of. It took her a long time to decide to upgrade as an entrepreneur, & not much happened after that. But finding a way out of the rat race is one of her goals, & she’s ambitious. She even just decided to go back to school full time to get her business degree. She is an amazing woman.

I know that she has almost everything it takes to be massively successful at building a SendOutCards business. She knows how to work hard at a job, at school. All that’s stopping her is her Mindset. After that, it’s only a matter of a little practice. Building that muscle of working for yourself, not someone else.

When I came back from Recruiting Mastery, FIRED UP and so excited about the new plan, ESPECIALLY the long overdue training program, I became a wee bit exasperated with my dear friend when I sensed negativity & skepticism about having to pay to become a Trainer. Nevermind the cost to sign up as a Marketing Distributor was reduced dramatically, & nevermind that loads more money was just added to the compensation plan- all she could hear was that it would cost $345 more to become a trainer. I believe she said it was kind of “redonk”! (that’s our slang for “utterly ridiculous”, by the way).

I get an attitude when people question the value of SendOutCards. But I got a little more for my dear friend, who has SEEN firsthand that value in this business. I wrote her this email late one night, & Jordan thought it would be worth sharing:

OK, We gotta expand your mind a little in terms of value w/this thing compared to any other business opportunity. This is a REAL business opportunity. Something to be proud of, not shy about. Something that you can be profitable your 1st month- vs YEARS before profitability with many, MOST business opportunities.

If you want to start any business, usually it is thousands of dollars (if not hundreds of thousands) in start up costs, lawyers fees, employee costs, insurance, you name it- & there is no one to blame or get support from if the market turns, or you make a costly mistake or have a fire or a break in. My dad dealt with all of this & both he and my stepmom worked probably 50-80hrs/week EACH for 20yrs. They ran & owned a successful restaurant for those 20 years (& never had vacation time) & I bet they never netted what my check was last month after all their costs & paying their employees.

To buy into a franchise it is typically no less than $100k for smaller ones, closer to a million for a McDonald’s. That is simply to have the RIGHT to put their Brand Name on it, the right to buy all that Brand’s materials & products. Then you gotta pay for the building, employees, & everything else on top of that. You are lucky even with a McDonald’s to see an ounce of profit in 5yrs- working very much full time.

Real estate- you pay lots of money just so you can take a test & get a license (by the way, I just googled it & it looks like it costs upwards of $1400 to take the test, get the license, join the associations & meet the other requirements to simply be allowed to be a real estate agent). Then you’ll still need to go get hired, or do it on your own. Even if you are hired you are typically responsible for finding your own clients, even advertising fees- your only benefit is being able to use the name Remax or Coldwell on your business card. THAT is it.

So you pay, you study, you pass the test, you apply for jobs, you buy leads or use your sweat to find clients, you show houses, you pay to place ads. ALL without seeing a dime back until you sell a house. THEN, the firm you work for takes a cut- for letting you have their name on your business card, & maybe a little cubicle office space- though there might be a fee for that as well!

(And just a little reminder- when you DO sell that house, after you give a chunk to your boss, the money you make for all that hard work gets paid to you ONE time, then it’s up to you and only you to find that next sale.)

I am not disparaging the Real Estate profession, or small businesses, or franchise opportunities. They are viable business models. And if you LOVE doing it- if you are called to do it- then great. But if your goal is financial independence so that you can go DO the things you dream of, then I am here to tell you there is a better way.

In any traditional business, you HAVE to go all in. You don’t say “well, I’ll spend money on employees after I prove this is gonna make me money”.

Thousands of us signed up as reps in SendOutCards for $750 when it was basic cards that didn’t look as nice as store bought ones, & nothing else. And WAY less bonus money. Thousands are now going to sign up a rep Day 1 as a distributor AND CT. It’s all whether or not you see the value in it. And the value is there, my friend.

I was thinking about your comment about “well how many people REALLY make any money?” It is the same as college in one sense. College costs loads of money, with no guarantee that you will earn more money with a degree or without. It costs loads of money with no guarantee you’ll even get your degree! It is up to you to make the most of it.

The path to a degree is all laid out for you. If you take these classes, apply yourself, do the work, study, & show up- you will get your degree. But some people pay all that money & they never show up. Some drop out. Some take 12yrs to get their degree because they keep getting distracted or move really slowly or life happens. And some go crazy & get their degree in a year & a half. Anybody with half a brain CAN do it. But not all will.

But would you ever blame Stanford if your friend dropped out? Would you think Stanford was a scam? Of course not. Because you grew up conditioned to believe College had value. And it does. But it is up to you to get that value. It isn’t automatically bestowed upon you the moment your parents write a check!

I know you are going to college to get your business degree. And I am so proud of you. But I have heard it and seen it time & again. Most of the people I know with business degrees who are also in Network Marketing say the education they got about real-life business while they were building their network marketing business was 10x more valuable than what they learned in school. Many go on to build successful traditional businesses as well as their MLM business.

To make money in this world you either gotta get a job, have some skill or talent that people pay you for, MAKE or invent something that people want to buy, have a chunk of money to start a business OR have a chunk of money to Invest.

Do you know Jordan has invested hundreds of thousands in GOOD investment opportunities that went nowhere? He gave someone $50k or more for one. Could have been a good deal, but the company went under. No scam, just the way business goes. He invested in a nightclub idea that never took off. No scam, just didn’t work out. But he continues to invest, because the odds are one of these will take off big & he can afford to lose that kind of money, risk that much for higher gain, BECAUSE of SendOutCards. Does $345 still sound ridiculous??

Do you know that there is a company out there that for $10k, you will be allowed to have your own greeting card business. They will send you software. You have to literally print them out yourself on your little printer at home, or can buy a nicer printer, or pay Kinko’s. You have to obviously stuff them, print address labels & mail them out for your clients. You are paying $10k for some much smaller version of the stock of cards we have in our card store, no ability to add pictures, no personalization. And that’s it. And even this can be a good business opportunity, because you could probably be profitable inside of 1-3yrs. But your quality of life in order to be profitable? Not so much.

A traditional business is usually so cost prohibitive for most people, that you end up having to take out loans & the added expense of interest on top of that. So even though it’s your own business, you are typically indebted for years to someone else. In that sense you can be running your own traditional business without being your own boss. You quit or get sick or want to take a vacation, you still are on the hook for a large sum of money & labor.

This can be a “good” thing though, because once you decide to go down that path, you kinda gotta see it through. Harder to just quit because you had a hard week or a hard month. Or like some of us- got a couple of NO’s. I’d venture to say the majority of small business owners have a hard week- every week.

Go ask your dad approximately how much it cost him to get his business going, to build a prototype for his idea, to pay the lawyers, apply for patents, etc etc etc. How much he has PROFITED.
The building materials for his prototype alone probably cost him more than becoming a rep +CT!!

This is a viable business with a viable product at a good price. You don’t have to have lawyers or insurance to set this business up. It’s been done & is being done ongoingly for you at corporate. You don’t have to develop web pages or training tools & run them by the FCC to make sure they are in compliance. You don’t have to buy MILLIONS of dollars worth of the best printers out there, or take out a loan.
You don’t have to hire employees, instead you get to work WITH people to help them reach their goals as you work to reach yours. You don’t have to risk hiring an employee that steals from you, or wastes your time and money by not being productive. You don’t have to pay unemployment insurance when you fire that deadbeat employee or worry about getting sued. You don’t have to stock gifts. And if you get sick or fall off the face of the earth- you won’t go bankrupt like you would if any of that infrastructure was your responsibility to get started.

If a new rep signs up day one as a CT their Risk is $640. To have a business for life if he or she wants it. They have to sign up all of about 5 people & train them- to be in the clear & ready for pure profit. And there is no cap on their earnings, sky is the limit.
And icing on the cake? Your $640, and countless other things you do now that you are an independent business owner are a tax write off (people estimate approx a $2k tax savings their first year signing up as a 1099- which we are).

This is an INCREDIBLE income opportunity, my friend. Someday I hope you can really see that. For someone educated or not, connected or not, with many resources or not– with basically just their earnest physical labor & almost no risk, one can produce monthly income that rivals what huge highly successful businesses take years & years to do.

But because you CAN quit without your life falling apart– it’s an easy thing for people to never really commit the heart & soul required to make anything flourish.

I hope this doesn’t sound like me on a soapbox. I really do know a lot about business & a lot about network marketing. I have helped start & run traditional businesses, started my own right out of highschool, been involved in THIS kind of business for 12yrs, & coached/consulted for business owners across the spectrum when I led programs for a personal development company. The biggest hurdle for you to be massively successful with SendOutCards will be for you to see the value as much as I do. Typically you will meet and attract people with the same concerns you have. So when you truly see how much immense value someone gets for $295, 640, 31/mo, you will see the results show up in your business.

You meet someone that sincerely believes they don’t have the money. I tell them they can have this diamond worth $10,000 if they can find $640, and I bet 98 out of 100 people that didn’t think they had the money, will find the money. Because they see the value in trading $640 for the opportunity to make $10,000.

What’s RIDICULOUS is how little I had to work for the money I make in SendOutCards. I am grateful, and I know it is because of my rock solid belief in the VALUE of this business.

I’ve seen you work hard. All you need is the right Mindset. “Hard work” in this business IS the work of retraining your mind! You do that, while adding consistent effort– a fraction of the 40, 50, 60 hours you put in week after week at your jobs, I might add- you WILL reach your goals. It is that simple.

WHEN THE FOCUS BECOMES ABOUT THE MONEY
It’s true, most people get in to Network Marketing because they want to increase their income. We talk a lot about it! Money is important. Anyone that tells you it’s not, doesn’t have any! The reason there is so much EMOTION around money is because it’s an important part of our lives. It buys us the freedom to do the things that we are called to do. Financial problems seem to be among the top causes for divorce.
But, I also believe that your business grows much faster when you take the attention off what you are going to GET and place it on helping others get what they want. If you view our plan in such a way that it’s all about what you need to do so that you can be paid, your business will falter. I believe the true secret to growth in SendOutCards is to place 100% of your attention on the value SOC brings to others.
For example, when you sponsor a new distributor, rather than harassing your new distributor to get their 2 customers so that you can get your check, instead, work closely with them to help them get their Q so that they can
1). Be qualified for all levels in the compensation plan
2). Receive in invitation to be on Kody Bateman’s Monday Night ‘Q’ Call
3). Be positioned now and in the future to get promoted.
The attention needs to be on them and not you.
Here’s another example. When presenting SendOutCards to someone, are you working hard that so you can get another rep because it will help you get promoted OR are you working to introduce SendOutCards to someone because it will make a valuable difference in their life? (That’s WHY you are so excited to show it to them)!

Do you see the difference? Our incomes are the RESULT of focusing on the right things. When I got started introducing SOC to others, I really wasn’t tuned in to how the compensation worked. I just knew if i could get lots and lots of people using SOC and referring it to others, my checks would get big. And they did. The principles that built my business back then, still exist today!


January 16, 2012 $50 Refundable Deposit option:

This is required by law. Someone can become a distributor for $50 however everyone that wants to become successful should consider purchasing the Marketing Distributor Package for $295. It gives you everything you need to be successful in your SendOutCards business (this is how it should be stated).

Personally, I will never sign someone up for $50. I will ask them to save up their money to purchase the Marketing Distributor Package and in the meantime just be a customer or preferred customer.

QUESTIONS ABOUT 60 DAYS VS 90 DAYS

I clarified with Kody tonight that the correct time frame for triggering the CAB Bonus should show as 60 days and not 90 days. There are some in congruencies around this number on our website.

When a new distributor enters your organization, they have 60 days to acquire 2 subscription customers to trigger your bonus. Again, changes are in the process of being made and I did confirm this tonight with Kody himself.

Is SendOutCards offering a transitional period for rank advancement?


Transitional period to promote:

Any active Distributors that joined prior to January 5th have been converted to a Sr. Distributor, if they were not already. The new program requires a Sr. Distributor to obtain 3 Certified Trainers to rank advance to Manager, and 6 Certified Trainers to rank from Manager to Sr. Manager, in addition to the existing requirements. As a courtesy to distributors who joined before January 5th, SendOutCards is only requiring one Certified Trainer to rank advance to Manager or Sr. Manager for 60 days, and you count! (One Certified Trainer needed for each rank, in addition to other outstanding rank advancement requirements. If not achieved by March 7th, the new rank advancement requirements must be met).

SHARING THE COMP PLAN

Keep it simple. When one confused person shares the plan with a new person and then that person becomes confused, everything can come to a dead halt. Most likely you decided to join SOC (and possibly even build it) before you saw a comp plan. About 1/2 the people you show SOC to will get frozen if they don’t understand something. So what’s the solution?? Give people just enough that that they can make a decision but not so much that they get confused.

I like to describe it this way, if someone goes into a karate studio to get trained to become a black belt and they ask, “what does it take to become a 3rd degree blackbelt”? What will the sensei say? He will say, “you’ll learn it all, but for now we need to master your kicks and your punches”. After that, we’ll work on getting your first belt. It would be really overwhelming trying to know everything necessary to for someone to achieve a black belt during their first week. One step at a time.

Here’s what people want to know:

1. Is this for real?

2. Can I do it?

3. Is there any money in it?

I couldn’t tell you how to take my car apart and put it back together. I can’t explain to you how it works (in fact I don’t want to fill my brain up with that info). But I CAN drive it!!

All this being said, it’s nice to know but not necessary to know how the comp plan works. Refrain from teaching the complexities of our compensation plan to prospective distributors, just know that if you do it, you are drastically slowing down your growth.

WHEN SOMEONE ASKS ME FOR COMPENSATION PLAN DETAILS:

I say, “You’ll learn it all. I want you to fully comprehend the fundamentals first (how to get qualified and how to get your money back). And then we’ll work on getting your first promotion. The rest of it will come with time”.

You can tell the “Black Belt” analogy.

PROMOTIONS:

Each promotion is like a room in a house that you are remodeling. You can’t go into another room to start the remodeling until you have COMPLETED the room you are in.

CAB BONUSES:

C.A.B. (Customer Acquisition Bonuses) These are your bonuses for helping a new distributor get started. When a new MD joins your team, they must get 2 subscription customers in their first 60 days to trigger the bonus to you and your upline.

THE $40 BASIC TRAINING PAYOUT

This is paid to CT’s (Certified Trainers) that physically train a new distributor. They are completely independent of the CAB Bonuses. When a CT trains a new distributor, the $40 is paid to the person doing the training.

GETTING THE ‘Q’:

This is the very first thing you should train your new distributor to do. They want to get their ‘Q’ so they are qualified for all the compensation in the plan.

LEVELS:

1 Level (Kids)

2 Level (Grandkids)

3 Level (Great Grandkids)

etc

To get paid on levels 0 – 1 (zero level are your customers) you’ll need $31 in PCV (Personal and Customer Volume) to get paid on levels 2-7 you’ll need 2 subscription customers.

To get paid on levels 7 and beyond you’ll need to have 2 subscription customers and $93 in monthly PCV.

Everyone should work on getting their ‘Q’ right away!

CERTIFIED TRAINING PROGRAM:

1. It’s a TOTALLY SEPARATE AND OPTIONAL PROGRAM. Here’s how I present it as I’m going through the options:

“There are two reasons why you should consider the Optional Certified Trainer Program. #1. Either I’m going to get paid to train your people or you are going to get paid to train your people. If you pay the $345 and get certified as a certified trainer, you will get paid $40 to train each new MD ($295) OR I can get paid that money for training them, it’s up to you. Oh, and you need one CT to get your first promotion (you get a raise). That CT can be you. What do you want to do”.

TRAINING OVERRIDES:

1 PERSONALLY SPONSORED QCT (Qualified Certified Trainer) – You get $8 any time ANY CT that is personally sponsored trains a new MD.

2 PERSONALLY SPONSORED QCT’s – You get $10 any time ANY CT that is personally sponsored trains a new MD.

3 PERSONALLY SPONSORED QCT’s – You get $14 any time ANY CT that is personally sponsored trains a new MD.

A QCT is a CT that has their ‘Q’.

WHAT IS AN SCT AND AN ECT?

An SCT is a Senior Manager that has paid for their Senior Certified Trainer Certification and gotten certified to certify CT’s to do the Basic Training. They get paid $80 for each person they certify.

An ECT is an Executive that has paid for their Executive Certified Trainer Certification and gotten certified to certify CT’s to do the Basic Training. They get paid $100 for each person they certify.

SHOWING THE BUSINESS:

You can now order the new ASEND magazine under Purchase Products.

The last few pages have a simple napkin presentation. This is the second best 3rd party tool we have. The very best is the Gift Accounts that allow you to assist someone else in sending their first card.

SPECIAL NOTICE

The US Postal Service is increasing it’s rates beginning January 22nd. The new prices for United States postage, are as follows:

First Class Mail stamp (for letters & cards) 45 cents

2nd ounce remains the same at 20 cents

First-Class Mail postcard 32 cents

It will cost a few pennies more to mail cards and postcards but this increase is a US Postal Service increase and not a SendOutCards increase. The system will automatically meter your cards with the correct postage. You may need to adjust your PERSONAL WEBSITE OPTIONS (under DISTRIBUTOR tab) to reflect this change for your GIFT ACCOUNTS.

SHOWING SENDOUTCARDS:

There are many ways to show Sendoutcards. None are “right”.

Anything can work well. The important thing is that you show it!

Here are a few examples of ways to show it:

EXAMPLE #1

  1. Have them watch the 3 min video.
  2. Have them send a card.
  3. 3Have them watch the Opportunity Video.

EXAMPLE #2

  1. Show them some cards and photostore products.
  2. Have them send a card.
  3. Have them go to sendoutcards.biz/YOURID# and watch all 4 videos (Product, Vision, Proven Plan of Action, Opportunity).

EXAMPLE #3

  1. Have them read the ASEND Magazine.
  2. Go over the Napkin Presentation in the back of the Magazine.
  3. Take them to an Opportunity Meeting.

EXAMPLE #4

  1. Take them to an Opportunity Meeting.
  2. Invite them to Eves-drop on a Monday Night Conference Call.
  3. Have them send a card.

EXAMPLE #5

  1. Send them a link with the Opportunity and get their commitment to watch it.
  2. Send them a card with the ASEND Magazine.
  3. Meet them at a Starbucks and go over the Napkin Presentation.
  4. Have them send a card.

FOLLOW UP WITH EACH PERSON USING 3RD PARTY TOOLS:

  1. Cards
  2. Gifts
  3. Photo Products
  4. ASEND Magazine
  5. Invitation to listen to Conf Call
  6. Invitation to listen to SOC TV
  7. Invitation to come to an Opportunity Meeting

TREAT THEM AS IF THEY ARE ALREADY IN UNTIL THEY SIGN UP!! (May take 1 week or 1 year!!)


January 2, 2012-

Welcome to 2012! I just celebrated my 7 year anniversary in SendOutCards and I am amazed as I look back at all that has occurred in these short years. When I walked into our headquarters for the first time, SendOutCards was being operated on a little $24,000 printer in a garage. Today we are running on four $600,000 Xerox Igen printers with an amazing staff of over 100. Our biggest day in 2004 was about 350 cards, today our biggest days are over 700,000 cards! The cards were on flimsy paper with 1/20th the number of options. No gloss finish. No gift cards. No gifts. No Big Cards. No Video Cards. In a nutshell, we’ve come a long way.
We are just now getting started. 2012 will bring changes beyond your wildest imagination. Strap on your seatbelt because we are going to go fast AND we are going to have a good time doing it! I hope you are ready to have the time of your life and create a legacy for yourself and your family. That’s what this call is about, creating your legacy and making your dreams come true in 2012. Ready?

1. My top 2 books of 2011 and why they will open doors for you in your business if you read them.
There are two books that really stand out for me. These books are game changers. I talk about the power of focus and how a minor shift in focus can transform your life and your business. These books will do just that. I recommend you pick up both of them, study them and then put what you learn into immediate action.
-Start with Why, by Simon Sinek.
(I listened to it on audiobook that I bought on audible.com. That way I can multitask while running or working out). When your passion to do something is intense and meaningful, you inspire others to get behind you. Consider the Wright brothers, Steve Jobs and Harley Davidson. These represent companies and individuals who were clear about who they were and where they were going. They were passionate and had unwavering certainty about their direction. You will adopt the mindset that will inspire people to act. You create a sense of belonging by involving people in a cause that is greater than themselves. Kody has a saying, “Find out who you are and then give yourself away”. Companies and individuals that KNOW WHO THEY ARE, express passion around it. They tend to attract others to their cause. I catch myself from time to time reverting back to selling people on what we are doing. My job (and yours) is to inspire action by being the best at who I am (who we are). There are millions of people out there that will resonate with our mission. We simply need to live it, breath it and be it.
-Brains on Fire, by Robbin Phillips, Greg Cordell, Geno Church and Spike Jones
This book is an easy read AND it will challenge you. I love this book. It’s one of my favorites of all time and it applies DIRECTLY to what we do. You’ll become very clear that what seems to be intuitive to most that are in pursuit of business, is the very opposite of what is necessary to create an effective “word of mouth” movement. The book compares marketing to relationship and you’ll see that word of mouth movements start with one person that gets “related” to another.
MARKETING VS RELATIONSHIP
Manipulation Authenticity
US vs Them We
Getting Giving
Start and stop Ongoing
Money over people People over money
Elitist Collaboration
Broadcasting Out Engagement
Technology Focused People Focused

Most successful top earners focused on RELATIONSHIP BUILDING vs MARKETING.
BONUS: Oh and while were on the subject, whatever challenges you have experienced in your life that are holding you back, it’s time to set those aside. Watch this 4 minute video and you will begin to believe that ANYTHING is possible for you. This is my favorite video of the year:
Amy Purdy – “Living Life Beyond Limits” PLEASE TAKE 4 MINUTES NOW AND WATCH THIS VIDEO.
IF YOU HAVE ALREADY SEEN IT WATCH IT AGAIN. You’ll hear some things you didn’t hear the first time.

http://www.ted.com/talks/amy_purdy_living_beyond_limits.html

2. How to make your dreams come true in 2012:
I love to talk about dreams. Most people stop dreaming at some point between 20 and 30 years old. They give up. They get jaded. It’s time to start exercising your dream muscles once again. It’s the most powerful thing to do AND it’s something you can start doing right now. Last night I had dinner with Dakota Rea and his friend Anna from Hungary. Anna is 20 years old and speaks 4 languages. Her mother is in Network Marketing in Hungary but she has never really fully understand her mother’s chosen profession. Dakota is one of the top experts and consultants on attracting the “Gen Y” community into Network Marketing. He is passionate about changing the way young people look at business. Anna has a scholarship to one of the top universities in the world (in Milan, Italy). We had a great conversation about college, work, income, residual, being in business, etc. Anna has big dreams and she loves school. However, she doesn’t see school as a good way to make money. She sees it as a place to learn and grow. I shared with her that I have a college degree and I worked in corporate America for 17 years. After 17 years, the company I worked for cut my pay to $14,000 per year. I looked around me and virtually EVERYONE I knew that had spent 10 to 20 years in corporate America was struggling financially. Oh sure, there are always a few isolated cases of people that had lived so below their means that they were ok financially. I don’t know about you, but I don’t want to be just “ok” financially. So, we talked about the job model compared to the business model. We talked about her dreams and how she was not going to get her dreams working for someone else. She could clearly see that the ” model is becoming obsolete. She talked about how tough the job market is even with an advanced degree and the ability to speak multiple languages. She wants to experience the world and not be tied down to a job. She even clearly articulated how 80% of what she was learning would be completely irrelevant in the real world. Interesting. So, millions of people spend $50,000-$100,000 to obtain a degree that prepares them to work for someone else in a marketplace with limited opportunity. Working a job, it will take 20 years or more to pay off the loans AND most of the individuals in this “plan” are doing it knowing that it will never truly get them what they want. They simply have given up on what they want.
I didn’t try and talk her out of pursuing her college degree. But we did do a compare and contrast analysis of the value it would provide to her based on what SHE said she wanted out of life.
Dreams are one of my favorite topics to talk about. About 4 times a year, I make a list of all the things I want to accomplish in that year (and beyond). I look at the list often. I have also found that when making the list, most of the time, I don’t know exactly HOW I will accomplish these things. but just by writing them and being aware of them, the planets tend to line up over time. As simple as this is to do, most people don’t do it. It can be as simple as numbering your paper from 1-10 and then just writing 10 things you want to do this year. If you do nothing else, at least do this!
I have seen miracles happen in the past 20 years because I never gave up on my dreams. Some of these things took 10 or 20 years for me to see come to fruition, but I never let go. Here are a few things that I wrote on my dream list that have come to fruition. (I’ve gotten really good at “exercising my dream muscles”):
1. I started stretching for 15 minutes a day – This has been one of my most amazing accomplishments of 2011. I feel 1000% better because of just doing this. Thanks Sherry Double for inspiring me to take this step in my life.
2. Private jet travel – I have now leased a private jet 4 times. This is one of those things that seemed IMPOSSIBLE to me when I first wrote it down 15 years ago.
3. Had a personal lunch with Tony Robbins. Tony knows who I am today. Back in the early 90′s when I read his first book, I decided that some day I would have lunch with him. In 2004, I sat across from him in a group of 12 people for 3 1/2 hours.
4. Custom Wardrobe – I hired a tailor to customize a closet full of clothes for me. Shopping is not something I enjoy all that much. This has been on my dream list for over 10 years and FINALLY I took action and made it happen.
These are 4 out of about 50 accomplishments. I encourage you to create YOUR list. Don’t judge yourself OR OTHERS for going after their dreams. We should all encourage each other to go for it! Your dreams are within reach. Be patient with yourself and most of all have faith and never give up on your dreams.

A good friend of mine, Marie Menges in Jerome gave me a book called “The God Machine”. It’s not what you think. It’s the story about the invention of Helicopters and how they came to be. I opened it up to the inside jacket cover and read the sleeve. It said, “Among the earliest of the helicopter hopefuls were 19th century American greeting card printer Mortimer Nelson”. WOW! I got the sign. Soooooo myself, Dakota and Anna booked a flight to the grand canyon (yesterday) in a helicopter. It was a PERFECT day. Maverick Helicopters picked us up at 1:30pm on New Years day (what a way to start the year!!) and took us to the heliport. I sat in the front and asked a million questions of the pilot. As we lifted about 4 feet off the ground and just hovered, I think I caught the bug. After flying over the Nevada desert for about 45 minutes we flew through the grand canyon along the Colorado river. We then landed at the bottom of the canyon right on the ridge above the river. We were surrounded by red canyon walls. We watched the sun set. It was surreal and almost emotional for me. We then took off and after the sun set, we flew at eye level and experienced the lights of the Vegas strip from above. All of this because Marie gave me a book and I got the sign. So, I have decided to learn to fly a helicopter and I’m really really excited about it. I called Marie to thank her for helping me to get excited about adding a new dream to my list for the new year! :)
Here are a few things from my list for 2012:
a. Do a carbon fiber wrap on my Toyota FJ.
b. Visit Kiva onsite.
c. Go global (100 countries).
d. 2 million customers paying $9.80/mo.
e. Take the Williams train in AZ.
f. Schedule 3 “Equity Estates” trips.

3. Three SIMPLE qualities that I learned to model in order to attract thousands of people into the business – I received a call from a guy about a year ago and he said, “We have 250 mutual friends on Facebook, we need to meet”! We met for lunch at a little cafe at the Aria. It turns out he’s 30 years old and he’s one of the most well known people in all of Vegas. His name is Henry. We have hung out a few times with friends and he has introduced me to some of the most interesting people I have ever met. I was with a guy the other day that knows him and we were talking about how it is that Henry knows so many people. Everyone loves Henry! It came down to 3 things:
1. Henry is friendly to everyone (he sends out positive energy).
2. Henry makes you feel special and important (he sincerely compliments people he meets).
3. Henry is enthusiastic (he loves life and it shows).
These are three very simply things that he does all the time AND the result is, Henry is one of the most well networked, well liked people in all of Vegas! These are qualities that any one of us can learn to use in our daily lives to expand our network.
4. A proactive, dream enhancing, technique for expanding your life and meeting 10-40 quality potential distributors EACH WEEK! SHOP FOR YOUR DREAMS NOW! You’ll meet 10-40 people per week. Make a list of some things you want to buy/do in the next 18 months. Go shopping for them now. Get each person’s business card. Build rapport. Ask questions. Be inquisitive and learn in the process. Send each person a thank you card with a Starbucks card or brownies.


December 18, 2011

Mandy Allfrey
Mandy is a digital marketing professional, speaker, and blogger, having over 12 years of marketing experience in multiple industries. The founder and CEO of Social Media Architecture Company, The Buzz, of Salt Lake City, UT. Clients located across the United States, Canada, & the Caribbean. Mandy engages with corporations, clients, and groups teaching the value of social media and best structuring the best strategies for your business.

HOW SHOULD SOCIAL MEDIA BE USED?
It’s like training for a Marathon . . .
Social media is about building relationships….people do business with people they know, like, and trust.

HOW CAN YOU DRAW PEOPLE IN AND CONNECT WITH OTHERS THAT HAVE SIMILAR INTERESTS?
be yourself…there are plenty of people looking for what you do….use your unique personality and gifts to draw people in.
(Give Polaroid example)
HOW CAN SOMEONE INTEGRATE SOCIAL MEDIA WITH SENDOUTCARDS? Watch for birthdays- opportunities to send cards.
Watch conversations – opportunities to jump into a conversation.
WHAT ARE SOME OF THE DON’T'S OF SOCIAL MEDIA
Social media is not sales….it is building long term relationships / it is a marathon.
ARE THERE WAYS TO FIND OTHERS WITH SIMILAR INTERESTS AND THEN JOIN IN? Real time search options for specific topics- join the conversation.
NEXT WEEK IS CHRISTMAS (SUNDAY) SO WE WON’T BE HAVING A CALL . .. Wishing you and your family a wonderful Christmas week! This is a special time of year. We celebrate life all year round. Most of the world get’s extra generous and kind around holiday time but I like to believe that we carry the spirit of the season with us every day of the week all year round. God Bless and if you are celebrating Christmas this week, Merry Christmas.


October 30, 2011

This call was Pre-Recorded Conf Call for Sunday the 30th of Oct. 2011:
To listen to this call please, click this link:
http://InstantTeleseminar.com/?eventid=23752542

I volunteered to give up our Monday night conference call “slot” for Kody Bateman, the Founder and CEO, to run his weekly coaching and challenge call. In my last company I held a Sunday night training call for 10 years. The main reason we record the call is for those that can’t make it during it’s scheduled time. Well, as most of you know, I have been traveling quite a bit over the past few years. I like to get out to meet as many of you as possible at events around the country. I missed my first Treat ‘Em Right in years (Seattle) to be with my father and mother on my Dad’s 80th birthday. As it stands, I have been working to schedule my future travel around the Sunday night call time frame and it’s been a challenge. About half my calls over the next 8 weeks will be recorded (and the other half will be live). I would much prefer doing a “live” call, but I have run up against some scheduling roadblocks that are keeping me from doing them all live and in person. Thank you all for understanding.

JANUARY 2012

There has never been a more important event in SendOutCards history. You will witness the unveiling of SendOutCards 2.0 and lots of training to take you through the year. These are life-changing announcements! Make your plans now to be in Salt Lake City on January 5th-7th at the Salt Palace Convention Center. Click this link for more details.

https://www.sendoutcards.com/schedule-of-events/

Yesterday I was made privy to an overview of some of the announcements and plans for 2012 that will blow your mind. This won’t just be another SOC training event. You’ll be part of history being made. Please make every effort to be there, if at all possible.

UPCOMING EVENTS THAT I WILL BE SPEAKING:

PUERTO RICO EVENT Oct 30: -Sunday (tomorrow) 3pm-6pm. $5 per person. I have a layover in Puerto Rico and will be popping in to speak for an hour. If you have contacts in Puerto Rico, send them out to the event!

Best Western Airport Hotel, in the Venus Meeting Room Second Floor, right next to the American Airlines terminal!!

For more info: olguita.torrens@gmail.com

DETROIT TREATEMRIGHT SEMINAR: Nov 11 and 12.

See the Events page on the corporate site for details.

TUCSON EVENT Dec 3rd: 11am-2pm (Special Guest: Jordan Adler, Eagle)

http://tucsonjordan.eventbrite.com/

SPECIAL GUESTS TONIGHT:

In 2008, Dawn Billings was selected as one of the nation’s 80 emerging women leaders by Oprah Magazine and The White House Project. Dawn is the CEO/Founder of The Heart Link Women’s Network®, an intimate and innovative women’s networking company dedicated to helping women entrepreneurs showcase their products and services with ease. The Heart Link Women’s Network has over 140 locations in the US, Canada and Australia. Dawn is dedicated to linking women to resources, new ideas, products and services and especially the hearts of one another. She believes that when women are linked they are sure to create a better, stronger, more supportive world.

Laura Wells is the President of The Heart Link Women’s Network and a marketing coach for entrepreneurs and small businesses. She lives in Dallas, Texas and has been married to her husband Jeremy for 17 years She has
 two children – Mason age 15 and Mekenna age 12. Laura is also a Manager in SendOutCards.

Let’s talk about the Heart Link Network, what it stands for and how it can help people . . .

Every woman in SOC must make it a priority to attend a Heart Link Networking event each month!! If there’s not a Heart Link Network event in her area, she should definitely LEAD a chapter. Consistent networking pays off. Attending networking events “every now and then” is counter-productive because it tells others that she’s a “taker” not a “giver. Consistency and following up with those that you meet are imperative to success in business as an entrepreneur. 
Leading a Heart Link Network chapter is a great way to “kick it up a notch” and really grow a business. Heart Link Network chapter leaders are a bit ahead of the game because they are initial point of contact. They are inviting women to attend the events, which means they are the first person that the attendee has a friendship with at the event. When relationships are created, business naturally follows. It’s organic growth which feels much more comfortable to women in business. It is so amazingly simple and fun to be able to call ANYONE to say “Hi Suzie, my name is Laura Wells and I serve our community by leading networking events for professional women. I discovered that you’re a Realtor (or whatever) in our city and I wanted to personally invite you to our event because we only have ONE available spot for a Realtor to attend and I would LOVE to introduce you to some great professional women that I think you’d really enjoy meeting. Our events are exclusive and invitation only – may I send you a personal invitation?” To women, that invitation is a million times easier than “soliciting” her business in a cold-call. Since it’s only $20 to attend, and no pressure, it’s a no-brainer for women. There’s professional women to meet, great food to eat, the opportunity to showcase her business for 3 full minutes, and the excitement of being included in an exclusive event…of course they want to attend! Consistent Heart Link Network “attendees” and Heart Link Network “chapter leaders” enjoy phenomenal perks like online advertising for her business, business coaching, and more. www.theheartlinknetwork.com

How would you describe the difference between a great networker and an amateur?

Great networkers network with their hearts, they attend networking events to create new and fruitful relationships.
 Amateur networkers network with their heads, they attend wondering “What sale can I make tonight”?

Great networkers understand that networking and success are a journey to be savored and enjoyed. 
Amateur networkers think that success is a destination, a hunt for that next magic bullet, when there are no magic bullets. Great networkers are consistent with their marketing. They realize that consistency is the key to success with marketing. 
Amateur networkers are stop and go. Great networkers understand that people make buying decisions with their hearts, and communicate the real and personal benefits of their products and services effectively and easily.
Amateur networkers attempt to communicate facts that never touch another person’s heart, or motivate them to find out more.
 Great networkers rehearse and hone the craft of communication because they know that that 1 to 3 minutes is invaluable and they need to use every word wisely. 
Amateur networkers figure, I’ll wing it. It’s only 3 minutes.”

What is the difference between sales and networking?
Networking creates relationships. Relationships create sales.
How can someone use networking groups to grow a network marketing business?

Usually, it is difficult to grow your network marketing business through attending networking events because most networking events are comprised of business people doing business with other business people. 

What makes The Heart Link Women’s Network so valuable and unique is that every month, we honor “professional women” who are normally excluded from networking events. 

These professional women that we invite to be honored by business women in their communities are Nurses, Teachers, Volunteers, Women in the military, police officers, fire fighters, or spouses of these brave heroes. 

The honorees LOVE being recognized and appreciated because they receive very little of that, but while they are in attendance and having a wonderful time, they get to learn about business opportunities, and avenues of income that they might not know exist. 

These honorees are perfect potential business builders, who could be blessed by these business opportunities and would love the additional income and opportunity to make a difference these companies offer.

What is The Heart Link Women’s Network’s mission:



The mission of the Heart Link Women’s Network is to be the perfect tool to bring women together is a very intimate and positive environment that allows them the freedom to shamelessly self-promote the products and services they are passionate about, while having all eyes, ears and hearts in the room focused on them. Our mission is to create a huge warm market of women who respect, adore and support one another to succeed at living their dreams. If you haven’t heard of the Heart Link Network, it is time to find a place where women are changing the world for the better, together.


October 23, 2011

Hi Friend,
Here is an interesting concept that I have used ever since I can remember and that I have shared in my seminars for years. If you’re interested in setting a sizeable goal, I know it will help you too! 

I want to talk about Fantasy, Theory, Fact. The basis for this concept is that everything has its origination in the form of a fantasy, which some adventurous soul dares turn into a theory and then becomes bold enough to turn into a fact. This entire transition, of course, is the result of the highest form of no-limit, positive thinking available, yet, the cautious may construe this as erratic behavior. 

Give this serious thought for a moment. The idea of moon landings, communicating via a fax machine, traveling on supersonic jets or wearing synthetic garments was, a very short time ago, sheer fantasy. Today, they are almost considered commonplace. Why? How did these things come about?

 Fantasy. 
This entire cosmos is filled with thought stuff – a creative form of energy. Imagination is one of our mental faculties and it is the one we use to fantasize. An active imagination is able to build clear and vivid images. The most important step in building your fantasy is that you not concern yourself with how your fantasy is going to become a reality. Where the resources will come from is of absolutely no concern to you. Let the image evolve freely in your mind. Build the picture in color … feel it, smell it, taste it, touch it … all through the aid of your imagination.
Theory
-Once you’ve built your fantasy, turning it into a theory calls for you to answer two questions: Are You Able? Are You Willing?

 You could very easily be thinking, “Yes, but…..” At this point, it’s important to remember that you are stepping out of your comfort zone and attempting to go beyond the limits that your old belief system dictate. Whenever that happens, doubt, immediately followed by fear, enters the picture. To be able to answer this question in the affirmative–”Yes, I am definitely able,” does not mean that you have to know how it will ha
ppen. There is no way that you could know how it will happen, you have never done it before, it’s a brand new experience. The Wright Brothers didn’t know how to fly when they fantasized themselves doing it! They just believed they could.
The second question: Are you willing? Are you willing to pay the price? Are you willing to make the sacrifices that will be required to turn your dream into a reality? And you know that there will be sacrifices. My mentor, Val Van De Wall shared with me that most people think sacrifice is giving up something. That’s not true. Sacrifice is merely releasing something of a lower nature to make room for something of a higher nature.

The minute you answer–”Yes, I am able!” and “Yes, I am willing!” … your fantasy moves to the next phase of creation and becomes a theory in your consciousness and, at this point, it turns into a goal.
Fact
- The process of turning your fantasy to fact is ready to move into the final stage, fact. From this point on, it becomes a lawful process. As you turn the image over to your universal subconscious mind by getting emotionally involved with the image, the laws of the universe kick into gear and begin to turn that image into physical form. The law of perpetual transmutation takes that image and begins to move it into form with and through you. Your vibration starts to change and that causes your behavior to change. Your new vibration sets up an attractive force and begins to attract to you all things requisite to the fulfillment of the picture, through the harmonious vibration of the law of attraction. Although you have no way of knowing exactly how it will move into form, faith and your understanding of the laws will create a knowing within you that it must move into form.

This is the very process that has taken us out of the cave and into the condominium. Let your mind play. Fantasize a much better form of life than you presently enjoy.

To your success, 
Bob Proctor

WE CREATE OUR SUCCESS-WE DON’T WAIT FOR IT TO HAPPEN:

The thing that differentiates the companies that thrive during chaotic economic times is; some become victims and others become creators. We each run our own company (and you must view it that way if you are to succeed). YOUR BUSINESS IS YOUR COMPANY! You can wait and see what happens based on the economy, the market, an announcement, Kody’s decisions, what others do, how much others are making, etc OR you can create your destiny through the actions you take and the stories you tell. Great companies that thrive in todays marketplace are not sitting around waiting to see what happens.

They are creating their destiny and defying the odds. They are attracting the right people in droves. They are not at the mercy of what happens. They actually determine what happens. You ultimately determine what happens with your business.

Each of you are in a different phase (fantasy, theory, fact) in your business. I’m in the “fact” phase of a business with 60,000 distributors producing $2 million per year and I’m in the “theory” phase of a business with 600,000 distributors producing $10 million in income per year.
Again, we create our future. It’s not a lottery. We don’t wait to see what happens. We create it!

WHAT WE (YOU) HAVE:

1. We have a marketplace that is hungry for opportunity.
2. We have a product that fills a HUGE void in the marketplace.
3. We have a comp plan that has created countless millionaires over the past 20 years.
4. We have a creative, forward thinking and resilient management team.
5. We have a stability in an unstable marketplace.
6. We have little to no competition.
7. We have an untapped marketplace for millions of distributors and customers.

Here is the formula for creating your future:

1. Expand your circle of influence (grow your “list” each day, use your SendOutCards contact manager and system to build your contact base, create, maintain and enhance your relationships.
2. Let everyone you know, know what you do. (Set appointments and use the new videos to show others the sendoutcards system and opportunity).
3. Stay in touch with everyone. (Send at least 1 to 3 cards to each person each year). Update everyone that has shown an interest with any company updates that have come out (videos, comp plan enhancements, product enhancements, etc). Personal calls are always best. Email and FB are probably the least effective form of communicating new info.
4. Make sure each person that you know sends at least one free card on the system. If they sign up with you, make sure you have at least shown them how to send their first 1 or 2 cards.
5. Always look forward and not back. Your future always lies with the next NEW person you help to get started for you or for someone else. Always say to yourself, “Who’s next”?
6. When someone expresses interest but is not getting started, usually it’s because they don’t see the value or they don’t believe they can do it. It RARELY is a money issue (even though they may tell you that). Once they believe that THEY can make money, they will find the money to get going. So it’s YOUR JOB to do a better job of explaining to them what they get. (Pull out a notepad, “I want to go over some things with you!”). Or, you may need to answer the question for them “Can I do it”? Testimonials are good for this (Beach Money, www.my3and10, your upline on a 3 way call, etc).
6. TEACH THESE STEPS TO OTHERS BY HAVING THEM DO IT. DO IT WITH THEM UNTIL THEY CAN DO IT ON THEIR OWN.
7. You are responsible for your income until someone else takes it over.

GREAT VIDEO CREATED BY JULES

http://animoto.com/play/IwXC9DNgbGeF1ouE7Eu3Vw?utm_content=main_link


September 13, 2011

ONE ON ONE COACHING SESSION WITH YOU
Imagine we are sitting down together. We’re outside sitting at a table on a pool deck overlooking the ocean. We’re just talking. The sun is setting and there is nice light warm breeze coming in off the water. You are sipping your favorite drink and were just having a chat about the business. You have questions:

Here’s your situation: you find that there are many days that you just aren’t motivated to work your business. You want a better lifestyle because you are constantly behind the eight ball financially and you’re tired of the treadmill. You find that most people around you are broke and your business is not going fast enough. You’ve read the books and listened to the CD’s. You’ve been to the seminars and not much is happening in your business. There are many days that you doubt and question yourself. You wonder if it will ever really happen for you. Although intellectually you know that everyone has their challenges, it seems that your circumstances constantly keep you from putting in the time necessary to get good results in your business. The few people that you have talked to are pretty negative about the business and the people that you have sponsored aren’t doing anything.

a. You are not alone, everyone experiences the doubt.

b. Let’s talk about the numbers (1 in 20-30).

c. You probably already know your runners (you just don’t know that you know them) or at least those that will lead you to them.

1. Are you meeting enough people? Usually I have found when I’m getting down about my business it’s because my “resource” feels like it’s running low. People are my resource. People fuel my business. When I have people to meet with I’m excited and moving forward. When I don’t know who to call, I feel at a loss. Also, it’s easier to call people when you have LOTS of people to call.

Where are you meeting people each day and how can you put yourself in a situation that will allow you to meet more people?

I once had someone say to me, “Is this one of those businesses where you have to meet people and get customers?”. I don’t know of one single business (not one!) that you don’t need to meet people and get customers. That’s the nature of business. At the Treat’EmRight seminar this weekend Kody talked about someone that said to him, “I don’t believe in making money off of other people”. These attitudes are a formula for failure. People make money off of us and we make money off of others. That’s basic economics! If you have a business, you will make money off of others and they will get great value from spending their money with you or they won’t keep spending money!
Years ago I adopted the habit of collecting business cards from people and staying in touch with them. I still do that today. SendOutCards gives me the best tool for staying connected with people and igniting a relationship with them.
Make sure you are in a situation that allows you to meet at least 10 people per week.
I believe that most of the time your level of excitement will be directly proportionate with the number of people you believe you have to talk to each week about our business
This is an EASY problem to solve.

2. Are you sending out enough PERSONAL HEARTFELT CARDS each day? I had Dave Smith pull up my card count from the past 30 days and put it up on the big screen in Toronto. I had sent out 285 cards in the past 30 days. That’s almost 10 per day. I spend one hour a day sending 10 or so PERSONAL cards each day. I send out positive and I get back positive. It also keeps my mind focused on the positive because I too find myself going south quite a lot living in a pretty negative world. I sent out 8 personal thank you cards yesterday.
Give yourself a minimum of 15 to 30 min a day to send out your cards and start acting on promptings.
When someone comes to mind, they need to get a card from you. Your “slow down” or lack of activity could be caused by not sending enough personal cards. PUT YOUR HEART INTO YOUR CARDS.

3. Are you doing productive activities each day? You’ll notice that my calls are usually short lists of things to do. Lists make it easy to sort through the noise of our daily lives. Lists simplify. Lists help you prioritize. This ONE IDEA can revolutionize your business. This one idea can mean the difference between making $50 a month and $50,000 a month. AND IT TAKES ONLY 5 MINUTES TO DO! Let me give you an example. Here’s a simple list of 3 things that will focus you on productive actives and get you pointed in the right direction.

1. Write down 3 things that you want to do/have in the next 90 days.
2. Make a list of 100 people (use the memory jogger).
3. Start at that top of the list and call each one, have them watch the first 3 minute video by
going to www.sendoutcards.com/YOUR ID#.

Do this and you’ll have your “Q” and you’ll be well on your way to success in the business.

This is just a short list of 3 things to do getting started. It took me less than 5 minutes to make this list.
It gets someone FOCUSED on productive activities. It’s easy to follow, easy to understand and easy to do RIGHT NOW. It cuts out all the outside noise. It’s also easy to communicate to others.

You’ll notice that #1 is also a short list “Write down 3 things you want to do/have in the next 90 days”.

EXAMPLE:

1. Take my daughter to Disneyland.
2. Organize my closet.
3. Run 20 minutes a day, 5 days a week.

By focusing on just these 3 things, life becomes so much simpler AND you get measurable
results.

Here are a few examples of short lists you could make that could dramatically improve your results.

1. Meet 3 people today (1. ___________ 2. ___________ 3. ____________).
2. Show the video to 3 people today.
3. Follow up with three people today.
4. Send 5 PERSONAL cards today.

1. Sign up 1 customer today.
2. Show the 3 minute bridge video (the envelope icon)
to 5 of my customers today.
3. Text 10 of my friends today just to say “hi”.

1. Run 20 minutes today.
2. Focus on personally connecting with at least 2 people today.
3. Spend 1 hour of 100% focused quality time with my kids today.

1. Meet and get 3 business cards today.
2. Find and join a mom’s group today.
3. Schedule a meeting today with my reps and guests for next week.

I recommend making lists of 10 things that can quickly produce measurable results and then simply prioritize them. Do the first 3-4 things on the list and then do it again tomorrow and then the next day. Within 90 days, you’ll be blown away as to how much you will have accomplished and how easy it was.


August 8, 2011

TONIGHT – A part-time focus creates a full time income; “Lessons I learned on my path to $100K per month”.

Remember, numbers are just numbers. I have a saying, “The mountain doesn’t care”. When flying a hang glider, as long as you follow the rules, you’ll have an amazing, safe and uneventful flight. If you break the rules, you’ll crash and get seriously injured or possibly die. The mountain doesn’t care! Be true to the fundamentals of safe flight and you’ll enjoy the rewards. It doesn’t matter how smart you are, how tall you are, how much hair you have (or don’t have) or how big your bank account is. If you break the rules and you crash, the mountain doesn’t care.

In our business, there is an address attached to your ID#. Each month, a snapshot is taken of your organization and purchases made within it. The computer calculates your check and spits it out. The machine then stuffs it in a envelope and mails it to the address in the company computer. It doesn’t care how old you are, how smart you are, whether you are male or female, black or white, skinny or tall. It doesn’t even matter if you have a college degree. Here’s the bottom line; the computer doesn’t care. Do you want to add a zero to your check? Then expand your organization and your customer base until the calculation equals the check you want. There is no scarcity of potential customers or business builders. Isn’t that liberating? The computer does not care!

Here are a few things I have heard from distributors in the field:

1). You have to get in early to make a lot of money! DEATH SENTENCE!
2). Jordan is an “enigma” -no one will ever do it again like he did! DEATH SENTENCE!

The minute you buy in to these two statements, you are done. You have no chance.
Imagine if you were the one to say, Roger Banister was an “enigma”. No one else will ever run the 4 minute mile. DEATH SENTENCE. You don’t have a chance.

“Roger Bannister’s impact on America—and the world—was immediate. The young Englishman changed the perception of human limitations when he broke a seemingly insurmountable barrier: the sub-four-minute mile. The Oxford University medical student used intense interval training, an innovative distance running and sprint technique, to fine-tune his speed. On May 6, 1954, at the British Amateur Athletic Association in Oxford, Bannister brought in a time of 3:59.4, hailed around the world as the “miracle mile.” Bannister’s performance and new record captured the imagination of people around the world—especially Americans. “The Running Doctor” was the first international sports star celebrated in this country for his heroic accomplishments. He was Sports Illustrated’s first Sportsman of the Year in 1955. A psychological barrier was shattered. What once was impossible became standard.
Six weeks after Bannister’s record breaking race, Australian John Landy set a new record of 3:57.9
To date over 1000 people have run the 4 minute mile”.
Taken from- The Four-Minute Mile 50th anniversary edition
Bannister, Roger
Guilford, Connecticut: Lyons Press
2004
http://americanhistory.si.edu/sports/exhibit/firsts/bannister/index.cfm

The reason so few do it is:

1). Most people see it as a lottery. Making a lot of money in Network Marketing is not a lottery. It’s not like one day lightening will strike and you’ll be rich. You must create your success by who you become. Think of it this way, below the head we are all worth minimum wage. Our brain is the most elaborate computer ever created. But it must be fine tuned. It’s not just what we know. In fact what we know and what we learn is really a very small part of whether we make it big or not. Our brain sends out energy and how we energetically connect with others has lots to do with how we attract others. So whether your business is going up or down, or whether it’s flat has to do with whether you have chosen to CREATE your future or whether you are waiting for lightening to strike.

Let’s say you bought a beautiful sports car. You spent $100,000 on that car. Are you going to baby it or abuse it. You would put the finest fuel in it and make sure that it stays finely tuned. You would probably give it more attention than most people do their brains. We abuse our brains with the garbage we expose it to; the news, the tv, etc. We need to baby our mind the same way we would baby a sports car. Your brain is way more valuable than any sports car you will ever own.

2). Most people don’t believe it’s possible. Let me explain. Let’s survey 1000 people. How many people believe $100,000/mo is even possible? Probably 1% or 10. Of the 10, how many believe it’s possible for them?? Probably 1. So one out of 1000 believe $100,000/mo is possible for them. This is why so few ever do it. Most people are done before even starting! This is big stuff. Whatever level you want to get to, the first step is programming your mind to believe it’s possible for you. Until that happens, you have a death sentence in the business. Your mind will not be conditioned for this kind of success by watching TV or reading the paper. You will need to hear from others that have done it so you can believe it’s possible for you.

If you went up to Beyonce and said that you have an opportunity that she could work part time and make $100,000 a month, what would she say? She would laugh in your face. $100,000 per month would not even pay the expenses on her home. She probably has $100,000 in change sitting on her dresser! Yet if you went up to someone at your job and said you have a way to make $100,000 a month, they would laugh in your face and say, “That sounds too good to be true!!” Now you would never do that because it really is obnoxious and illegal, but you get the point. It’s all relative. In professional sports and entertainment, the top people make millions per year. And there are hundreds of thousands of people that financially struggle in those professions.
In the job world, most people make under $50,000 per year and they are chained to a cubicle. In our profession, the top people earn $100,000-$1 million per month and everyone enters in with the same opportunity. But that’s all it is, an opportunity.

When I started in network marketing, I couldn’t afford a bed for 2 years. I slept in the corner of my roommate’s condo with a blanket and a pillow. He helped me finance my first bed! It was a waterbed with a trellis and padded rails!! And I was offered an opportunity in network marketing, 21 years later at the age of 48, I was making well over $100,000 a month and had already made over $10 million in network marketing.

HERE ARE A FEW THINGS I HAVE LEARNED ON MY PATH TO $100K PER MONTH:

1. THE BIG MONEY IS IN THE SMALL MONEY: Network Marketing is designed as a part-time business. Most people are in the best position to work the business part time in the beginning. As their part time income grows, at some point it just makes sense to transition into a full time business. But most people are not in a position from a time or money standpoint to start full time. And there are many more people that can look at a part time business than a full time business. If you promise full time income to someone and then 6 months down the road they are making $500 a month, they will be let down. But if you promise a little part time income for a while, that extra $500 a month can make a huge difference! IF YOU WANT A LARGE INCOME IN NETWORK MARKETING, HELP LOTS AND LOTS OF PEOPLE CREATE A PART TIME INCOME. $500 a month will drastically change someone’s life for the better.

2. YOU MUST CREATE OR PLUG IN TO THE CULTURE OF YOUR ORGANIZATION OR COMPANY – Apple has a culture, we all know what it is, and it’s hard to describe. If you want to buck the establishment and take total control of your life, you are probably attracted to Apple. Harley Davidson has a culture. You are a free spirt and you love the open road, you’re an American, you are probably a Harley guy or girl. Certain people find them and are attracted to them because they have a well defined culture. We attract people based on our culture. Who we attract is based on the culture we have created. For example, we have a culture of giving, a culture of fun and a culture of working together. Kody has created a culture of reaching out in kindness and acknowledging people for who they are. As a result, we tend to attract people that share the same values. Those that are all about the money and not about the values will tend to either change or go away. So one thing I see consistent among those that earn a lot of money, is that they are really clear about who they are and who they want to attract.

3. YOU MUST RAISE YOUR TOLERANCE THRESHOLD – Most people have a very low tolerance threshold. Most people sign up and expect everyone to be just excited as they are. For most people, the bar is so low and their dreams are so small, that the littlest thing will knock them out of the business. I know because this is what I did for my first 11 companies. I had a very very low tolerance threshold. The littlest thing would cause me to quit. A $100,000 month earner (before they have made their first penny) has a very high tolerance threshold. They are going to the top no matter what anyone else says or does. It’s easy to commit at this level until your first major setback. If you are 100% aligned with the culture of the company, you believe in the mission AND you are committed to seeing the job through, there is nothing that will cause you to quit. Jeff Roberti stuck around his company back in the early 90′s even after ALL his leaders left him in a major transition. The result is he rebounded and went on to make over $70 million with his company! He has a very high tolerance threshold and he was committed to seeing the job through. You and your founder are in partnership with each other. If he/she doesn’t quit on you, why would you ever quit on him/her?

4. BUSINESS CARDS WERE MY KEY TO MEETING THE RIGHT PEOPLE – Do you know why people have business cards printed? Because they want to give them to YOU! Millions are printed each day. Why would anyone ever print a card and not want to give it to you? I just chose to put myself in front of people that had business cards and then ask them for their card. Now I was off to the races. I did this for many years and with some advice from Harvey MacKay (I read it in his books). I did my best to stay in touch with them, be of value to them, and get to know them. I did this for many years and built solid relationships with many, many people. I also read and listened to CD’s to become a more valuable resource to others. I did this consistently for years.

I found that the most successful entrepreneurs in business and in our profession are masterful at meeting new people and staying in touch. I just happened to do it through grabbing business cards from people that wanted to give them to me.

5. THE PARADOX: The thing that gets you into the business will not give you the success you are looking for. What brings most people into the business is a desire for personal gain. That personal desire can keep you around for the long haul, but your success will be born out of your attention to giving to others and helping others to achieve their own personal success. As Zig Ziglar would say, “You can have anything in life you want if you help enough others get what they want”.

6. IT’S ALL ABOUT THE NETWORKING – This is a good and a bad example:
You are 14 years old and you have never held a cigarette. A friend hands you a free
sample of a cigarette and shows you how to smoke it. You don’t really like it all that much but you smoke it because everyone else is. A week later, that same friend gives you another one. And so just to fit in, you smoke it. The next day, you are out at the mall and a group of friends are all standing around smoking cigarettes and you ask another friend if you could grab one from them. He hands you a smoke and you smoke that one. The first three cigarettes were free and now you are hooked. You are starting to like it not so much for how it tastes or how it makes you feel, but it’s a social thing. It’s what you do when you are with your friends. So then you start buying your own packs and for the next 40 years until you die of cancer you are a smoker spending $5 a day or $100-$150 a month on cigarettes. Some of your friends died. Some of them quit years ago. Some of them only purchase and smoke one pack a month. But you smoke an average of one a day and therefore you are spending $100-$150 per month on cigarettes.

This is EXACTLY what we do with something POSITIVE AND HEALTHY. We give it away as a gift and show someone how to use it. We do it again and again and eventually, they want to do it on their own. Just like smoking, some will keep doing it over and lifetime and others will quit. But you will know that by sharing this gift with others you are doing good in the world and bringing joy and appreciation to others through your act of giving something away. Help enough other people get hooked and your checks too can be over $100K per month.


July 18, 2011- Are you Positioned? THE MONEY CALL – Are you positioned?

First of all I have a 2 messages for you:

1. BE VERY SELECTIVE AS TO WHAT YOU SIGN UP FOR AND PROMOTE ON YOUR TEAM – It’s important to understand that your email address and phone number are for sale! Do you want people from other companies calling and emailing your downline to get them into other things? This can, at the very least distract a team and get them seriously side-tracked. Your job is to keep your business simple and be sure that your team has as little distraction as possible. When you sign up for other sites and systems offered by the “gurus” on the internet, you have set off a chain of events that can ultimately kill the growth of your group. I find that my group grows quicker when they focus on the fundamentals of networking. I met with the #1 earner of another network marketing company recently and he was expressing concern because his team was somewhat distracted over another deal that was being pitched within his organization. Their rationale was that it was a “complementary” product. On the surface, to a novice, this doesn’t seem like a problem however it’s a BIG problem. It’s a cancer within a group and it will eat away at a group from the inside out. First of all, email addresses are being collected and then often times sold to network marketers in other companies. Sometimes they get sold over and over again. Now they don’t all do this, but if you don’t know them well and trust them implicitly, you are playing with fire.

2. THE FASTEST GROWING GROUPS IN NETWORK MARKETING ARE DOING IT WITH A SIMPLE SYSTEM THAT FOCUSES ON THE FUNDAMENTALS-

You’ll learn that in network marketing, the businesses that keep things simple grow exponentially. You will never see top earners in companies going off and promoting websites, lead generators and special tools outside of their own companies. Why? Because it’s destructive and counterproductive.

Donna Johnson, Ken Dunn, Sarah Robbins, Randy Gage, etc all use the tools and resources made available through their companies. They have all made millions in their respective companies and they are clear that you don’t need a bunch of outside stuff to be successful. In fact usually those that I want to go over a story that I’ve told many times because it drives home the importance of this message. (Steve Smith Story)

There is a wave of growth coming that you’ll want to be prepared for. How do I know this wave is coming? Because ALL the fundamentals are in place and there is an excitement percolating like never before. It’s the perfect storm. We have a unique and special product. We have a superb leadership team. We have a mission that is bigger than any of us. And we have the environment is ripe for explosive growth. There is way less competition in a tough economy AND more people are hurting and looking today than in our entire lifetimes!

So when all of this is perfectly in place, why oh why would anyone quit?? Because in reality, people quit things! People quit little league. People quit, boy scouts. People quit college. People quit diets. People quit the gym. And people quit network marketing.

People quit just about everything. Everyone wants a better life and is looking for financial freedom and yet many keep quitting long before they even have chance!

There are a couple of reasons why people quit:

1. They stop believing in the opportunity

2. They stop believing that they can do it

3. They get lazy

I received a text from an old friend in SOC that told me after a few years that he doesn’t think he has what it takes to build the business. He’s had some success but it’s not going fast enough.

It was clear that one of the 3 things mentioned above was the problem. I have never seen anyone attract or build a large team with hesitancy and doubt. What would happen to SOC if you saw Kody hesitate or begin to doubt. An unsure leader will attract no one!

Imagine what would happen…

There is a lot of blaming that goes on when one decides not to continue to build. There is always a good reason to quit. And I hear them all! A guy walked up to me at the Tony Robbins event I attended this weekend and was telling me all the reasons why SendOutCards won’t work for him. As I listened, I realized that all the reasons why it wouldn’t work for him were the same reasons that it did work for me!!

“I don’t have the time!” (YEP, THAT’S WHY I DO IT!

“I don’t know very many people!” (PERFECT, THAT’S WHY I HAVE SENDOUTCARDS AND I NETWORK)

“I’m not very good at this!” (THERE ARE PEOPLE BETTER THAN ME AND I GET TO BENEFIT!!)

And I realized that we had completely opposite beliefs about the opportunities out there and what I believed was possible.

Here are a couple of examples. Some people go into a networking event and because they see that half the group is already using SendOutCards, they believe it’s saturated. I see that half the group is not in SendOutCards and believe I can go in and over time sponsor or sign up all of them. I also see that each one of those people is connected to at least 250 others in which most have never heard of us!

If there are 20 people in the group, I can potentially connect with 5000 new potential people that have never heard of SOC!

So, one belief leads to quitting the group and the other belief leads to signing up many people!

Here’s another example:

Some people will sponsor 10 people and then quit because no one is doing anything. They begin to believe that no one will ever go to work, so they lose their motivation. They deduct that if they have sponsored 10 people that are doing little to nothing, that means no one will ever do anything-it’s not worth it and they quit!

What I see and believe is that there are people out there that are connected and can build a group of thousands. I just need to find them. As long as I don’t quit and I keep sharing my business with others, I will find them and guess what?? I do find them because I keep looking. I have found that normally I must consistently sponsor a few people a month and about every 10 months I sign up someone that puts thousands or tens of thousands of distributors into my team.

So someone’s beliefs can cause them to take massive action and other beliefs can cause them to quit. What’s interesting, is it’s sometimes the EXACT SAME BELIEF that causes one to grow quickly and another to fall flat!

Here’s a few more examples:

Some people believe that when a company gets to certain point, it’s over. Other people believe that the sign of a great company is one that is resourceful enough to bust through any barriers to the next level of success.

Some people believe that a plateau is a sign of weakness and others believe that a plateau is a natural part of the lifecycle of a company and a company that grows through multiple plateau’s over time will be much stronger and resilient.

Some people believe that to be successful you must find network marketers that have had success in other companies and bring them over. Others believe that the biggest leaders will come from those that have never done network marketing.

Some people believe that you have to get in early to have success. Other people believe that those that get in early usually don’t make it because the company is usually not around to pay their paychecks after their first or second major challenge (which all companies have)!

Some people believe it’s a lottery. Others believe that you control your own destiny by what you put into it, the products that move through your organization and the size of your team..

Do you see how one’s beliefs will ultimately shape their outcome?

So I want to answer 2 questions for you:

1. Where did the top earners ($100,000/mo) get their beliefs?

2. How can I (you) get those same beliefs (beliefs that will empower you to take action and get great results)?

Our beliefs come from many different areas in our lives including our friends, family, peers, the media, etc. The stories we make up about our beliefs play a big part in whether they empower us or shut us down. (You’ve heard Kody’s quote, “The stories in your mind become the stories of your life!”) My personal experience was such that I aligned myself with top earners in network marketing.

I read many books and listened to many audios put together by top earners. I began to adopt their beliefs and especially their “view of life”. I began to identify with them and see things through their eyes.

I can identify many books, audios and events that shaped my thinking around this. In fact, my beliefs today are perfectly aligned with that of a top earner and therefore I continually take top earner action and get top earner results.

I can remember in 1994 when I had a fairly small organization in my last company going to an event in Scottsdale put on by the author of “The Greatest Networker in the World” and meeting 10 or so top earners from many different companies. This was a life changer for me. I got immersed in the culture of network marketing and 2 very, very small shifts resulted in me having MASSIVE success.

There are 2 things I’m going to strongly recommend that I believe will make the difference for you:

1. Come to the convention in Las Vegas. You’ll get to experience what our top earners believe and the meanings they place on those beliefs. You can spend time with them, ask them questions and really get into their heads. You’ll get immersed in the culture of our company.

2. Order the GREATEST NETWORKERS IN THE WORLD audio download off of www.eagleonepublishing.com. This is 21 hours of uncut interviews with 21 of the top networkers in the world. These people ALL make over $1 million per year in network marketing. We set this up so that commissions are paid on the purchase of these. This is LIFE CHANGING content that will blow you away. Your views will shift and major changes will occur in your business. It’s $98.00 for all 21 hours and again, commissions are paid to you and your organization when these are purchased.

You must have the ability to play MP3′s on your computer to download these and you can put them on your iPod or iPhone as well.

These are UNCUT and company names are mentioned in the audios. They are not perfect production because the interviews were done over the phone but they are compelling and life-changing.

When I was a hang-glider pilot, and running all over the country running off mountains, I learned that much like steering a car, a very small 1/8″ shift pressure on the downtube could mean I was either sinking rapidly or gaining altitude. Let me explain. There is a triangular frame that you are hanging in from at the center of the glider. A strap is connected to your harness and the glider above you. You place your hand lightly on the tube that extends across underneath you. There is no need to have a tight grip because you are simply hanging from the bottom of the glider. The tube below you is simply for shifting your weight. If you lightly pull the bar in, it shifts your weight forward and the glider tends to go nose down and increase speed. If you push out on the bar, it shifts your weight back and slows the glider down. That small shift of less than 1/8″ can result in a disastrous stall or a spectacular flight!

Tony Robbins said many times in his event that the difference between success and failure in business is usually 2 millimeters. He gave example after example of how the little things can have huge impact.

It will be a “thin thread” that will determine how well you do with us. A very small shift will be the game maker. You are capable of creating a true legacy with us that will last for years. I believe that you will find that shift at the convention and on the Greatest Networker Audio interviews. Most likely the ground won’t move, but you will find something that will represent the 1/8″ shift that can cause you to soar to great heights.

Here are a few of things I have learned along the way:

1. Most top earners have quit over and over again but long before they were successful. Once they committed to breaking through their personal challenges with ONE COMPANY and learning the lessons, their incomes sky-rocketed.

2. All top earners found more joy in the cause than in the income. That’s why they have the income.

3. All top earners know that it’s their network that will determine how well they do and not their products or their company.

If it were the products, compensation plan or the company that determined one’s success, then everyone would be successful.

It’s about leadership.

4. The top earners all found power in their challenges. Most were not overnight successes. They continue to learn and break-through their challenges. This is what GROWTH is all about.

5. Virtually, all top earners have learned to love people, have fun and be grateful for life.

6. Most top earners were not overnight successes. They made no money or a little bit of money for a long time and then they broke through to become a top producer.

7. None of the top earners got there by quitting. Jeff Roberti started over about 23 years ago when his company completely changed product classes. Virtually all of his leaders quit. He stayed around an ultimately made over $70 million with his company

Get to convention – I’ll see you in Vegas and please order the 21 Greatest Networker interviews (download) off www.eagleonepublishing.com :)

Have a great week! See ya on the Beach!

Jordan


July 11, 2011- Money or Meaning

MONEY OR MEANING??

Money is meaningless until we give it value. It’s how we feel about money and what we do with it that establishes it’s meaning. It’s paper and ink. We created money for our own use. Money is simply an agreement of exchange. Our greeting cards are also paper and ink. It’s the words and photos we put on to the cards that ultimately determine their meaning. Likewise, money is simply a mechanism that represents an exchange of value. We give money meaning by how we see it and what we do with it. Similarly, we give our greeting cards meaning by how we see them and what we do with them.

Kody’s vision for Sendoutcards is to help millions of people act on their promptings and to provide a vehicle for financial freedom. Because there is such a focus on money in our society, its really easy for this equation to get out of balance. Right now there is an inordinate amount of tension and anxiety around money. Whenever this happens people become desperate and they begin to compromise their values in the pursuit of money. Whenever money in an of itself becomes the goal, things get out of whack.

We tend to forget our core values and why we are doing what we are doing. We cut corners and will sometimes do things that are in our own best interest at the expense of others. We are easily taken advantage of because we are desperately looking for a solution. We become self consumed and fearful.

You were attracted to SendOutCards for a specific reason. Most likely you resonated with who we are as a company. You liked the mission of SendOutCards. You are the type of person that believes in being kind and generous to others. Kody has a clear vision about who we are and that’s what you were attracted to us. Your spirit was in perfect alignment with our purpose in the world. As long as you continue to tap into this, HOW to build the business should never be a question for you. By joining sendoutcards and sending cards, you are simply doing what you would do anyway as a kind and generous person. Now you have a mechanism to do it more effectively. There will be certain individuals that will not resonate long term with who we are. Maybe they saw dollar signs but their true nature was inconsistent with treating people right or maybe they are so out of alignment that money is their only focus.

I like money and I have a story about money that I believe serves a higher cause. But understand that I created this meaning about money based on my beliefs about it.

I believe money is like water. it needs to flow just like water to prevent from getting stagnant. Money is not to be hoarded. I believe when money is used for good, it will multiply. I believe it needs to keep moving to multiply and do good, just like water. I also believe that money is the result of creating value in the world. I do not believe that money should be the goal. When money becomes the goal, it can corrupt the soul’s purpose. We are guided to our higher purpose as long as we don’t allow greed to creep in. I believe that when we have something that can serve the higher good and we are in perfect alignment with it, we will want to share it with others. Not just to make money but because it’s the right thing to do and we want to share what we love! When you love something, don’t you want to share it with those you care about?

It just so happens that we have a compensation plan attached to our mechanism for sending out positive into the world and that compensation plan can pay us quite well as more and more people become involved.

I’m going to tell you EXACTLY how I built my business. I was attracted to Kody’s company vision and mission. I was ALREADY someone who believed in expressing gratitude and appreciation. I was also someone who deeply believed that the “Beach Money” way was a better way. In other words, the idea of working for “the man” was not for me. I know that there are millions of others that, once exposed to network marketing will see an exciting alternative to working 40 hours a week for 40 years to retire at 40% of their annual pay (if they are one of the lucky ones!!)

So I was already in alignment with who we are as a company. I suspect that the reason you are here is because you are most likely in alignment with Kody’s vision and mission as well. You can see that by acting on promptings and reaching out in kindness not only will you become a better person, but you will make the world a better place. Again, there are some people that joined us that ended up in the wrong place. They are out of sync with who we are. They may have joined for the wrong reasons. Because we are not a good fit for them, they may end up somewhere else.

I happen to believe that rather than changing who we are to attract others, we need to be who we are and continue to attract those the resonate with Kody’s and our vision.

Now it’s important to remember that if you came here for the reason that I’m describing, you should not have to go out to do SendOutCards. SendOutCards is who you are. I don’t mean that SendOutCards (the company) is who you are. I mean that SendOutCards (the mission) is who you are. You were already about who SendOutCards is, prior to coming on board. SendOutCards isn’t something that you do or something that you quit. It’s something that you already are. You are simply using the mechanism that Kody put together to continue to do what you already do. Now you can do it even better. You are already about acknowledging others, expressing appreciation and celebrating lives.

And you also are not the stingy type. You are not the type to keep something that you love a secret. You’re the type that likes to share those things that are important to you, with others. You also realize that we may not resonate with everyone. We don’t need to change our message to get others to like us. We already have an appealing message when we share it with the right people. And it will not be appealing to the wrong person. We understand that when someone is not interested, it means we are probably talking to someone that is either not ready to hear it or is not in alignment with who we are.

Now let’s go back and talk about money. I started to share with you how I built my business. Once again, I was in perfect alignment with Kody’s vision and mission when I joined SendOutCards. It was 100% crystal clear for me. And it was probably 100% crystal clear for you too. That’s why you are here. That’s why you are on this call. If you ever question whether you are in the right place, go back and read “Promptings” by Kody Bateman and “Appreciation Marketing” by Tommy Wyatt and Curtis Lewsey.

I simply began to share a way to do what I already loved to do, in a better way. I made a list, made calls and set up appointments to show others what I was so excited about. This is what I continue to do today. I believe there are MILLIONS of people that are in perfect alignment with who we are. They will be attracted to us like a super powered magnet as long as we don’t forget why and how we got here. Do you see that HOW to build the business becomes a non-issue when you stay in alignment with why are are doing it? Why you are doing it is the reason you were attracted to SendOutCards in the first place. it’s because you are doing what you were already doing. Now doing it more effectively because you have the mechanism called SendOutCards!

If we shift our energy to something that is inconsistent with who we are as an attempt to persuade, entice or coerce someone to join us, then a couple of things will happen:

1. We will attract people that aren’t in alignment with our overall mission.

2. We will attract people that will sign up and then leave just as quickly.

3. We will attract people that will cut corners and try and scam the system just to

make money.

So although when I joined SendOutCards, I was going through $20,000/mo in savings each month, AND I was under tremendous financial stress, I didn’t initially see SendOutCards as a way to make money. I saw it as a way to be who I already was. A kind person that believed in acknowledging others for their greatness. As I shared this idea with people, I started to sponsor some others that saw it exactly the same way as I saw it.

I can remember a guy from Prescott that got mad at me for sending him cards. I had sent him 3 cards and he was in the printing business. I think he saw us as a threat to his business (although our business was completely different than his). Mostly, he was just a miserable guy and was completely out of sync with who we are.

I also have a very close friend from the Bay area in California that publicly declared for years that she hates people. And she would prove that in many of her interactions with others. We are just not a good fit for her (although it could probably do her good to force herself to send out some cards with some kind words in them).

Our message was very clear and the team grew very very fast. And guess what else?? Everyone’s checks began to grow! We were attracting the people that this was the right thing to be doing.

Going back to our current economic state of affairs; many people are in financial crisis right now. There is massive desperation. Again, this causes people to forget their core values and turn their focus inward for survival. It’s much like the human body after a severe accident and a high loss of blood. The body goes into shock and the blood turns inward to the organs as a survival mechanism. It’s designed to keep the organs functioning but in the process, the blood leaves the brain. This is what happens when we experience financial shock as well. Our attention goes inward for survival. We tend to forget our core purpose and everything becomes about money. It’s not a very fun or fulfilling place to be. The ones that come out on top are the ones that can stay tapped into their core purpose and continue to be consistent with who they are regardless of how stressful the money issues become.

If you find yourself in that spot, ask yourself, are you being driven by love (outward) or fear (inward)?

After the demise of my last company in 2004, I watched thousands of financially desperate people being driven by fear and making outrageously greedy and selfish decisions. These decisions would hurt others at the expense of making money. I had to resist the temptation to get sucked in to the same pattern as all the others. I refused to be motivated by fear. The result was finding SendOutCards and following an unconventional path. Everyone said I was crazy but I followed my heart. It was the right decision.

Money is a result, not a destination. As we attract others that share a common vision and mission, our checks will go up BECAUSE we have a compensation plan is attached to our mission. We share SendOutCards because we are the type of people that want to share things we love and benefit from with others and not because it will make us more money. That’s just who we are. That’s WHY we are here!

If it’s just about the money, then once someone is onboard, if they aren’t making money right away, they tend to go away. However, if they are passionate about sharing SendOutCards because we are aligned with who they are as a person, they are here FOR LIFE! Imagine having 2 million distributors and 10 million customers that are with us because they were attracted to us for one reason: We are where they belong.


June 27, 2011- Q and A with JordanQ AND A -

NOTE: If you will go to www.thecoolbuzz.com and go to conference call replays, you will see a few different Q and A calls. Most of the questions being asked have been addressed in one form or another on these calls in the past.

Sharon – Rocklin, California (Incoming)

It took me 2 years to get to manager, and now it’s been nearly 2 years since I did. How can I overcome my “belief” that it takes a long time to build a SOC business and help the people I sponsor not “do as I did” up to this point. I now have a very clear and strong WHY for building my business and want to model and teach a different way to build momentum than what I experienced these past 4 years. What do you suggest as keys to “starting over” with the reality of this track record?

A: Great Question! If you have found that it feels like growing your business is like walking through molasses, you will tend to find others that struggle with the exact same thing. This struggle is all about ‘energy’. You tend to attract what you focus on. If your beliefs are ‘this is hard, it takes a long time and it’s really a struggle!’ then you find many others that are exactly the same way. The only way I know to speed things up is to create a QUANTUM LEAP in your thinking. Do a ‘Google Search’ for Price Pritchett book, ‘You2′ It’s short and to the point but it really demonstrates the SHIFT that must happen to get out of your funk. Your answer lies in the realm of leadership, vision, focus and communication.

Mike Sill – Upland, CA (Incoming)

As you know, SOC’s “Opportunity and Fast Start Guide” promotes showing the DVD first (after the 3 questions) and the GAW only as a follow up if the person hasn’t signed up after being asked is he/she a “1, 2 or 3″. Jordon, on the other hand teaches GAW first. (possible exception – he sends at least one card /day with a DVD….are these the people that, in most cases he gives a GAW to, or…..?) What’s the psychology of one VS the other to show first? Could part of it be the shift in thinking of promoting the 2nd part of our mission statement, “to provide a financial vehicle….” first. And the 1st part “to help millions act on their promptings……” now take 2nd place. Do we need then to reverse the to parts of the mission statement, or……..?

A: It really doesn’t matter which you do first. What matters is that you believe in what you do and you do it with sincere excitement and passion. AND that you do it with consistency over a period of time. You must develop a ‘cadence’ (rhythm) of activity . . . It has little to do with what you do and everything to do with HOW YOU DO IT. It’s important that you do both, but which order that you do it makes little difference. I have them send a card first. Tommy and Curtis show the opportunity first. We both have our reasons why one is better than the other but both work.

Lisa Holcombe – Virginia Beach (Incoming)

I’m getting feedback, “Are you sure this is legit?” How do you know they’re not making up these stories to get your interest? I have come up with several responses that I believe in, but what would be your response to questions and the like if you were just starting out and learning about the business yourself? I know what I feel inside, but what is the best way to put it in words that would satisfy them?

A: Simply ‘acknowledge’ their skepticism . . . ‘Maybe you can help me find out if they are making up these stories or if they are for real?? If they are real, then I definitely want to attach myself to this company!!’

You could also say, ‘I totally agree that if they are up to something shady, I don’t want to have a part in it . . . but I think it’s legit. Here’s why . . .’ then give them the history. Send them the SOC Production Video from You tube or give them Kody’s book

Some people are just cynical and are trying to shoot you down. If they are a friend, I would seriously consider distancing yourself from them so they don’t drag you down. I look for friends that lift me up and support me.

The world is made up of people that are mostly cynical. The quest is to stay positive and to find others that think like we do . . . have faith. Their are LOTS of them!

I have also found that the more confident that I get, the less I encounter negativity or skepticism from others. I tend to attract really really positive people. Not all of them do it but most are VERY supportive.

I have also found that when I lead with having them send a card on the system, they are almost ALWAYS very supportive and positive. When I talk about making money up front, they can get skeptical right off the bat.

Curtis Dettman – Simi Valley, Ca (Incoming)

What do you say, at a social or business event, when someone asks “What do you do”?

I say, “I’m in the greeting card business . . . What do YOU do??” I keep my answers very brief and only give them more when they ask. I feed them little bits of info that might peak their curiosity but mostly I focus on getting to know them. If they really get inquisitive, I say, “Why don’t you give me your card and I’ll get you some info on our company and what we do. It’s pretty cool . . . ”

The less you say, the more curious they become and the more they want to know (usually).

Debbie – Webster (Incoming)

Hi Jordan! In the first cards you sent out after joining SOC, what was your message to the people you sent cards to. Were you just reconnecting with those people or was there a promotion message of some sort for SOC. Can you give some examples?

A: I was just ‘reconnecting’ with them. I said:

“I haven’t seen you in a long time! I hope you are well. Sure would like
to get caught up! Why don’t you give me a call sometime . . . I’m spending most of my time in the mountains of Arizona. Talk to you soon!
Jordan
MY PHONE #”

I uploaded a photo into the card (on dial-up!! We got high speed internet in Jerome, AZ about 5 weeks after I joined.

A few of them called me and we just got CAUGHT UP!

Patty Sherin – New York City (Incoming)

Business coaches And business professionals that I have spoken to suggest I try to differentiate myself from other soc distributors. They always ask what makes me different than other distributors. Business owners then to think in these terms but from listening to you, Tommy Wyatt and Demarr, I’m thinking this is not the case with network marketing and especially SendOutCards. What do you think?

A: Great question Patty! I don’t know that it really matters. Probably 1/10 of 1% of the population has ever heard of SOC and most of those that have heard of us, don’t really know what it is. They are business coaches and that’s what they teach people to do! But I think differentiation really shouldn’t be that much of a concern. I think it is important to become someone of interest that others want to be ‘related’ to. You must become interesting by being interested. Be different by being someone who really cares.

Steve – Moyock (Incoming)

Jordan, I have been asked by a couple of subscribers about signing up for the 59 dollar distributorship without the wholesale package. How do you answer the question?

A: I would ask them why they want to do this . . . if it’s because they want to make money, then I would discourage them from doing it. Most likely they don’t have the money for the whole thing but they are interested. I suggest they sign up for the $9.80 subscription plan to begin to send cards and build up their contact manager. Suggest they save up their money and come in as a full entrepreneur ($398 plus $59) when they are ready to do it all at once. People will do what you do. And without 12 people at the $457 ($398+$59 distributor package)level they won’t have the full volume they need to get promoted.

Starla – Chandler, AZ (Incoming)

What topics are covered at the HEAT IS ON. Would a very new prospect be confused? Is it best to only encourage my distributor team? I bought 18 tickets and some of my team bought some. Will Jordan be available for a photo opp. with some of my team?

A: Yes, I will be available for a photo op in Phoenix (Jun 30th) and Tampa (July 23rd). No, a guest or team member will not feel overwhelmed or confused. We will be painting the whole picture for a potential or new team member. Even veterans will get a lot from this training.

JoAnn Merklinghaus – Rutherford, NJ (Incoming)

Hi Jordan, I was looking to run an opportunity ad in the classifieds…. Is that something you currently do? If so, please let me know how the ad reads.

A: Hey JoAnn – I do not run ads. First of all, they are not duplicatable. Network Marketing grows because anyone can do what you do. As soon as you start spending money, others feel that they need to do the same and most people don’t have the $500 to $2000 PER MONTH to spend on ads. I highly recommend putting that money into sending cards and gifts. The reason we do network marketing is because WE DON’T HAVE TO ADVERTISE. Word of mouth is free!! Not to mention that advertising is an art that takes many years to master (another reason why it’s not duplicatable). Most of the money you spend on advertising will be wasted. In my opinion its a bad place to put your money.

Amanda – Lubbock (Incoming)

My husband & I have been a distributing team for about 3 1/2 weeks and we’ve only signed up 1 distributor. We would like to be able to build our SOC retail business too, but as of yet still have no takers. I would have jumped at the chance to create my own cards at $9.80 a month! I don’t understand how others do not see the potential too. It is hard for us to train our down line if we ourselves are having problems in this retail area. We’ve been sending out cards daily, following up weekly and offering the GAW’s, but the people we want to experience the GAW’s keep giving excuses(our internet only works half the time, no we don’t want to come use your computer or meet somewhere, etc…). We are not pushy people, but we are enthusiastic about the products we represent. Any suggestions to the “wall” we keep running into on the retail side? Thank you for your time and willingness to help all of us get going and stay motivated.

A: Hi Amanda. You’ll be happy to know that I didn’t sign up my first distributor in SendOutCards until I was in my 6th week! Also, it took me 10 years before I signed up my first distributor in network marketing. And quite frankly, I don’t understand either why everyone doesn’t sign up!
You may want to go to www.thecoolbuzz.com and listen to the webcast I did entitled: ‘If you are anything like me . . . ‘

http://AttendThisEvent.com/?eventid=14262726

I’m not pushy either. In fact if you are pushy you’ll turn people away and you will never have a chance to sponsor them. Be generous, stay in touch, appreciate, listen, compliment and support. Also make sure they know what you do and why you like it . . . have them send a card and show them the video. Let them decide. If it’s not for them, respect that and keep sending them cards . . .

Keith B. – American Fork, UT (Incoming)

I spent 5 years in another company. How do I approach the same people with something different when they all saw me sold on the last company I was with. (i have only done 1 other)

A: I spent 10 years in 11 companies . . . so I CAN RELATE!! I told people . . . ‘listen, if you are not interested that’s okay. I just want you to take a look at something. It may or may not be for you. Just tell me your honest opinion’

If you are ‘trying to get someone into something’ you could have a problem, but if you just want them to take a look and if you sincerely acknowledge their skepticism, you should be okay. You could also call them and say . . . ‘Would it be okay if I mailed you something to look at . . . give me your honest opinion . . . you know I’ve been in lots of things before and I don’t want to make the same mistakes I’ve made in the past. Tell me what you think!’

Merry – Phoenix (Incoming)

Jordan, Thank you for this opportunity. How did you first start asking people to take a look. Did you start by following up with the people who received your cards?

A: Once I decided to build it I started calling 5 to 10 people per day that I had business cards for just to get their opinion. I already know that I liked SOC and would continue to use it. I told each person my story (how I heard about SOC and why I like it) and then I told each one that I wanted them to take a look at it by sending a card on the system. I told them that I thought it might be a good thing for them to be able to send out thank you cards and birthday cards. (by the way, I still do the same thing today!)

Vicki Barnidge – Marion Iowa (Incoming)

What is the best advice you can give for helping new distributor’s begin to grow their SendOutCards organization? What are some ways to create the duplication in my organization that will help my distributors grow?

A:

1. SendOut at least one PERSONAL card every single day
2. SendOut at least one DVD with a card every day to someone that you know or someone that you met that could benefit from SOC
3. Walk at least one person per day through the system by having THEM send a card on a Gift Account.

Follow the daily 8 (www.thedaily8.com)

Do your daily personal development and promote what we promote to the new members of your team.

MY BEST ADVICE OF ALL WOULD BE TO GET TO THE CONVENTION. NOTHING I CAN SAY OR DO WILL BENEFIT YOU MORE.

Gretel Haeussler – San Juan, Puerto Rico (Incoming)

Hi Jordan In what stage of building your busines (manager, senior manager, exe. etc.) did you signed up the 7 people that constitute 92% of your income? If you have a good prospect should you wait to sign him/her when you are SM or above or do you sign him/her as soon as he/she is ready to join SOC? Thanks

I signed up 225 people and the 7 joined at different stages of my business.
One joined when I was a distributor. One joined when I was a Sr Manager. a couple joined when I was an Executive and a few joined when I was a Senior Executive. In my last company, my first real ‘runner’ didn’t join until after I reached my 3rd promotion (the equivalent to Exec in SendOutCards)j

Gilbert Nichols – Alpharetta, Georgia (Incoming)

Jordan, do you endorse inviting people to set up their SOC business choice on your own computer versus using their own computer? Also, have you found using the IPAD as your tool for presenting the system?

A: I-Pad’s don’t have ‘flash’ so you can’t have someone send a card on it yet. The new ‘Apps’ may have the ability to do it in the future. It doesn’t matter if they use your computer or theirs although it seems that most people are more comfortable on theirs.

Cindy – Arlington, MA (Incoming)

My sister has seen the cards and likes them. She asked how much it costs. How much should I tell her it costs?

A: Have her go to www.sendoutcards.com/YOURID# and click on #3 and watch it. It will explain the entire breakdown in a clear and simple fashion.

Ronda – Littleton (Incoming)

“I just dont have the money right now”…I ask them if they have a credit card, borrow money and the answer is still the same. I can’t do it right now.

A: That’s what most people say to me too. Over time if I stay in touch and continue to send them nice cards, eventually they come up with the money if they want to do it. Some do and some never do. We get paid to FIND the right people to be doing this now. Timing is everything. Please read, ‘Stay the Course’ by Adam Packard

Brian Kaplan – Sumner (Incoming)

Brian Here at Sumner, WA…thanks Jordan!!! How soon are the retail sites going to be working…and will the compensation be the same….as in the past for retail sales…Just made Senior Manager in 10 months…

A: The retail site is up and running. Go to www.socretail.com/YOURID#. Please watch the SOCTV SHOW in the Archives from May 23rd. It breaks down the new programs. The compensation plan is exactly the same. The only difference is the tiered breakdown based on the volume you create on your ZERO level (these are your customers and your own personal volume combined). This creates a ‘driver’ in your organization that will give your distributors an ‘incentive’ to go get more customers to receive the higher tiered commissions of 30%.

(Incoming)

If you had it to do over again, would you invest in social media paid coaching to aid you in teambuilding? I have been approached by a BNI member to hire her business to set up my social media.

A: I would not but that has to be a personal choice. I don’t think you really need a coach to use FB in a way that will benefit you. You want to use FB to reconnect with people from your past. Create a nice profile. FB will automatically make suggestions of who you may know. As you find each other simply rekindle your relationship. Don’t ever talk about your business specifically on FB. Simply use it as a way to get reacquainted. Take business conversations offline.

Cindy – Honolulu (Incoming)
Is it true that points expire after one year? Did this policy change?

A: Yes, due to government regulations and tax liabilities SendOutCards is required to ‘expire’ points after one year. If you accumulate points, make sure and use them up during the Holidays. If you are a business builder, you should be using at least 100 points a month ($31) or more to send out at least one personal card a day and one DVD in a card per day. Don’t let your points gather dust . . . they do no good sitting in your account!

Bruce Fairclough – Newington, CT (Incoming)

Jordan… when someone watches the demo, sends a card, and they see it and “get it” and then they go home to think about it, etc. Sometimes, they decide against it. Are there any SPECIFIC steps you take to prevent other people from influencing them and stealing their dream? Is there anything we can specifically do to prevent them from losing that enthusiasm when they really see when they are with us?

A: This happens in all businesses. Keep them mentally in the process as best you can. You can mail them something, invite them to listen in on a call, give them a book to take home and read, etc. And even with this, some will get knocked out of the game. Re-listen to Jim Rohn’s CD on Building a Network Marketing Business. If someone loses interest that fast, they probably wouldn’t have made it even a week in our business.

Dee Spraker – Montclair VA (Incoming)

Jordan, I met with a someone on Friday, they said they would sign up over the weekend. I have not seen anything yet where they have signed up. How long do you wait beore you do your follow-ups and what kinds of things do you say? Thanks Dee Spraker

A: Dee, I will never have someone go in and sign themselves up. I will either do it for them or do it with them. If they run into a snag while doing it on their own, they won’t do it. Stay with them through the whole process. Follow ups include emails, cards, phone calls, visits, etc. There is a fine line between effective follow up and ‘stalking’. Throw out a line, tug on it and then let some out. ‘dance’ with them. Just stay in touch and when they give you signals that they are ready, get them on the computer and sign them up. Some will do it right away and others will take years.

Mark White – Lees Summit (Incoming)

My prospect wants to make money with SOC and said, “most people don’t make any money.”

A: I say, “That’s true . . . and most don’t do anything. Did you know that most people don’t ever sell a house in Real Estate and they never make money! It’s not a lottery where you sign up and then all of a sudden make money. You have to build it like a business. It’s the most fair business in the world. You get paid for the organization that you build and the volume you create.”

NOTE FROM JORDAN:

There were many many more questions asked and virtually ALL of them have been answered on previous Q and A calls. You can go back to the ‘Archived Conference Calls’ and review my answers to those and many more questions that have been asked by you in the past. Thanks for listening!


June 14, 2011- Defining Moments

IF YOU ARE STUCK, go back to what built the business. The fundamentals will never fail you. Go back to setting people up on “Gift Accounts” and walking each person through sending a card. When you have someone send a card on a Gift Account, everything changes. This IS a DEFINING MOMENT for most people. Talking about SOC doesn’t work. Curtis Lewsey, one of our Eagles learned this at a Home Meeting he did a couple of months ago. There were over 20 guests in the room and he had one of the guests send a card in front of the others. Only one guest signed up. Guess which one?? Yep!

You can save yourself a lot of time and energy if you will go right to getting someone in front of their computer and having them send a card. After doing this, have them watch the video and THEN, if they are not ready to be a distributor, offer them the $9.80/mo subscription to “test drive” the system. I tell them that it will allow them to begin to build their contact manager, send thank you cards (which they know they should be doing anyway) and get comfortable with the SendOutCards system.

If you are “talking about it” and asking people to sign up and they are “pushing back”, it’s because you’re not having them send a card FIRST. This is so so important. Always go back to the fundamentals. You can help to create DEFINING MOMENTS for others by having them send a card TO SOMEONE THEY CARE ABOUT.

DEFINING MOMENTS

Defining moments are those things that happen to us or that we create, that change everything.
It can be something little like something that someone says to us. It may be an encouraging word from
someone we look up to or a compliment from a stranger. Sometimes a defining moment comes as
a shock, like the death of someone important to us or a serious health challenge. It’s possible you had
a defining moment when your doctor broke some news to you or when you got robbed or when
you had a car accident and everyone was ok. One thing is for sure; defining moments cause us to view life differently. We become a different person. These moments define who we are. Defining moments are not limited to things that “happen” to us. We can create our own defining moments by attending seminars, making certain choices about what we spend our time on, the people we meet, etc. Maybe you chose to attend a seminar where you walked across hot coals to prove that you can do anything and to break through your fears and limiting beliefs. Maybe you sent a card to someone that you have always admired from afar. There are so many ways to CREATE DEFINING MOMENTS.

I think it’s important to be aware of the defining moments that led you to where you are today. Think of one or two things you are grateful for in your life. Now think about one or two DEFINING MOMENTS that helped bring you those things you are grateful for.

I would like to share with you a couple of defining moments that really shaped who I am today. Today, I seek out opportunities to CREATE DEFINING MOMENTS that can change things for the better. I look to meet people that can make a positive contribution to my life. I send cards to those that did something nice for me.

Yesterday morning I was sitting with Kody over breakfast and were were discussing “Defining Moments”. He shared one of his with me and then said, “You know Jordan, it seems that it’s really only a few simple defining moments that shape who we become.” As I thought about this, I really began to realize that defining moments are usually experiences that result in something very simple. We begin to repeat this to ourselves and it causes us to believe, see and do things differently.

A FEW OF MY DEFINING MOMENTS:

“I CAN DO THIS” (Dinner with the 10K/mo Club)

“MOMENTUM IS REALLY ABOUT JUST DOING A LITTLE. LOTS OF PEOPLE DOING A LITTLE . . . SMALL EQUALS BIG. THE BIG MONEY IS IN THE SMALL MONEY” (Al Thomas – How did Al get 200 people here??)

“DON’T EVER QUIT ON A BAD DAY” (Everybody quit in Peabody, Mass) (They lost my entire downline!)

“EVERYONE GETS TO BE ON MY TEAM!” (I got picked last!)

Your defining moments will either fuel you or shut you down. Sometimes defining moments are what holds you back because you begin to say things to yourself that disempower you. It’s important to get clear that defining moments are happening every day. Whether an event or experience becomes a defining moment is typically related to how much emotion it brings. What we do with these emotionally charged experiences or events can either fuel us, or shut us down.
We all have defining moments that have limited us in our lives and others that have taken us to new levels of success.

Defining moments are gifts to be embraced. Kody Bateman had a defining moment. Many others faced with the same set of circumstances could have become bitter and jaded. Kody chose to embrace this emotionally charged event. He was able to see the miracle in the opportunity that he had to touch the lives of millions of people. The crushing impact of Kris’s death became a miracle that is changing lives forever.

What defining moments are you currently experiencing that could represent the life changing miracle you are looking for? Really take a look at this. What are you experiencing right now or what have you recently experienced, that will redefine who you are for the better?
Beach Money came from ONE TRIP to Venice Beach that completely altered my perspective. My freedom. My residual income, the book, the concept that is now spreading worldwide is a result of one moment in time, a 30 minute experience from the mid-eighties.



June 6, 2011-”My Area isn’t Growing”

Megan’s Min:
Some frequent complaints/ requests I receive through emails and phone calls go something like this:

“ My sponsor didn’t train me, please call me at XXX-XXX-XXXX and show me the entire system so I can start working my business.”
“My sponsor isn’t working the business anymore and customer service said to call you since you’re my upline…”
“ I don’t like my upline and I don’t want to work with them anymore, can I switch sponsors?”
“Do you know any SOC reps in the (such-in-such) area of (such-in-such) state?”

If every distributor that took the time to contact me with these concerns remembered the title they received when they signed up, they wouldn’t be so concerned with the amount of their up-line involvement. The title I’m referring to is “Independent Distributor”. Each one of you on this call purchased the Entrepreneur Package and therefore became a business owner. If you are on this call, you are most likely hoping to build a successful business to become your own boss. The beauty of network marketing is being your own boss, building your business your own way, setting your own schedule, and creating financial and time freedom. You have everything you need to accomplish these incredible benefits.

This is a simple program that is not meant to be rocket science. There is no 4-year apprenticeship program. There is no “card sending certification” curriculum you must complete before practicing the “Art of SOC”. You don’t need a college degree in Marketing or Communications or Business. When Jordan began with Sendoutcards at the end of 2004, all he had to build a business with was a basic card-sending site. He talked to people he knew about the “cool system he just discovered” and he sent heartfelt cards. Over the years so many tools have been created and perfected, a new distributor has more than enough resources to develop a thriving organization.

Some of these tools include:
-System Training Webinars
- Daily 8 Checkpoint System
-Jordan’s weekly conference calls
-Archived conference calls located on www.thecoolbuzz.com
-Fast Start Guide
-Jordan’s book, Beach Money

As an Independent Distributor from “Day One”, you want to find others that want to be their own boss as well. The tools provided are designed to give a new distributor everything they need without having to rely on the person that signed them up. Support is great, encouragement is awesome, training your organization on the system is necessary. Having said this, the more time you spend with each new rep, the more time they feel they will need to spend orienting their new reps. It will become a challenge and more complex of an operation than it needs to be. The key is to lead by example. Do what you want your team to do. If you want them to tune into Jordan’s webcasts and SOC TV each week, be on those webcasts. If you want them to support local events and Treat ‘Em Right Seminars, plan to attend them your self. If you want them to take initiative and be the leader in an area that doesn’t have an active Senior Manager or Executive, show them that they can.
The bottom line is: You don’t need your sponsor to succeed in this business.
You are an Independent Distributor from the day you sign up for the Entrepreneur Package and you have EVERYTHING you need to be as successful as you want to be, so get out there and make it happen!

‘My area is not growing . . . the people in my area are different’!

I spoke with a good friend yesterday. I asked him, “How’s it going?” His answer was “plugging away” and then he told me that people in his area are a little different. They seem to be not as motivated. That same area had almost 300,000 distributors in my last company and 2 of our top 10 money earners lived there! These two guys were both six-figure, MONTHLY earners. It’s just not true that his area is different. In fact I have heard that from distributors in almost every area of the country. First of all, you will never meet a top performer that is “plugging away”. “Plugging away” represents the energy of struggle. That state of work will not inspire anyone to be part of your organization. Will it? Who wants to “plug away”? Remember, as a leader, you set the pace of your team. You set the culture for your area. People are people!

Just as soon as you label your area as “different”, you have created a death sentence for your team. Your area is just like every other area. There are people that want to break free and there are many more who don’t. Who you attract, is who you are. Do you want a bunch of people that are tired, worn out and struggling? Then “plug away”!! Do you want a team of self-motivated, high-powered, fun and energetic entrepreneurs? Then be one!! You will attract who you are! This is not hype. This IS the difference between a quantum leap and a slow moving, stagnant organization.

Although this is a simple dialog, it’s the most important dialog we can have regarding your business. If you want to have a successful business, (regardless of the business) YOU must take responsibility for the growth of your business as a first step before you do anything else. The reason most people struggle in business is because they continue to blame things outside of themselves. It’s not your sponsor’s responsibility, it’s YOUR responsibility. As Megan mentioned, you have everything you need right at your fingertips.

The business is simple. The company has done most of the work for us. We have a blueprint and a playbook (the Fast Start Guide). We have conference calls and books written by successful SOC leaders right at our fingertips. We have recorded webinars and recordings that can be forwarded to potential distributors and customers. We have the ability for people to test drive our system for free and recorded tutorials on every aspect of the site.

Now we can show someone a way that they can sign up for less than $15 with no set up fee and be a customer. We can show them how they can have a business with unlimited potential for under $1000, a business that can pay them over and over again for years to come. Ask them to do their research. Show them how to send a card and then show them the business. Meet people on a daily basis and keep it very very simple. Use the tools that are available to you. Most importantly, be responsible for your business and your team. It’s YOUR business from here on out. You are in business for yourself and you have a $60 million company backing you up.

In John Milton Fogg’s latest Mastermind Interviews with 21 multi-million $$ producers, he asked the question, “What values drive the growth of your business?”

The answers were telling:
Integrity
Resourcefulness
Challenge
Enthusiasm
Fun
Creativity
Compassion
Understanding
Patience
Persistence
Consistency
Focus on others
Love
Focus
Confidence
Certainty
Possibility

What would happen if you were to adopt all of these values right now!? What would your business look, feel and act like if you had all of the values listed above?? It would be quite different than if you did your business with fear, doubt, blame, skepticism, cynicism. Plodding doesn’t appear on the list.

Leaders lead with confidence “Yeah, but Jordan, I’m not confident!” Then BE confident! Confidence is a state of being. You create it internally first and then you attract others. I wasn’t always confident. The confidence came FIRST and then others followed. Confidence is a feeling that you can access right now. You will not attract until you first become.
Start right where you are. Your area will grow once you decide and act upon the truth that you are the source of that growth through who you are. Be the light. Stop blaming your upline, your lazy downline, the company, the comp plan, Kody, etc.
Use all the tools and the resources created by those that came before you. Share the stories of others that have inspired you until you have stories of your own. Focus on doing the simple things every day. Here are a few specifics:

1. Get in action each day. Focus on income producing activities. Share the story and promote the product and promote the events.
2. Remake your list
3. Read at least 30 minutes a day (personal development)
4. Envision other positive self motivated people just like you building the business in your area.
5. Stop trying to ‘motivate’ your team and go out and introduce more people each day.
6. Do a group event for your team at least once a month just to get together, train and exchange ideas – even if it’s only for 4 people at a time. Start small and build from there. One can turn to thousands.

You can count the seeds in an apple but you can’t count the apples in a seed. Don’t use it to motivate.
Use it to find the serious ones. See who shows up. And THEN . . . teach each person to be responsible for their own business each day.

The business is built by having LOTS of people doing DAILY Gift Account Walk-Throughs and introducing the business to new people each day and every day. If you don’t have anyone in your area doing that . . . GOOD FOR YOU! START A MOVEMENT!

Novik McFarlin (Top Network Marketing Professional and SM in SendOutCards) said, ‘It’s the height of arrogance to think that you are the only one that will ‘see’ this opportunity in your area. There are thousands that have never heard of it. Your job is to bring them the message. The size of your residual check will be determined by how well you do at FINDING THE RIGHT PEOPLE AT THE RIGHT TIME.

MAKE SURE AND TRAIN YOUR CUSTOMERS! – They will market for you! Rather than simply sending them to the tutorials, set aside a few minutes to show your new customers how to use the SendOutCards, system. By doing this, they will become ambassadors for the growth of your team as they talk to people and send out cards. In fact many of them will decide to be distributors because of the positive response they get from people who receive their cards. We are already experiencing this in the short span of 2 weeks since launching this program. I received a call from Tracy Monteforte (Freedom 100 Award Winner and New SOC Executive). She told me about 4 people that were interested but never took action until these announcements were made. All of a sudden, the ease of talking about our new program and then signing people up, made the difference. The psychology of how easy it is to get a customer caused some people she had talked to in the past to gain interest in the business. .


Monday May 30, 2011-

We remember those that have died in service to our country and give thanks for the freedom we enjoy today. There is no greater sacrifice and no greater gift. We give thanks to you, who have made the ultimate sacrifice so that we may enjoy living in a free country with opportunities abound.

RECORDING OF THIS WEBCAST:

You may listen to a recording of this webcast by clicking here or going to www.thecoolbuzz.com
and putting in the password: thecoolbuzz

http://instantteleseminar.com/?eventid=20090604

EVENTS:
Make sure and check the events page on your SendOutCards site for upcoming events and Treat ‘Em Right Seminars. Convention is booking up. Get your tickets and make your reservations!
How about taking a trip to Vegas and writing it off as a business expense! Convention is in August! Come play with us!

SENDOUTCARDS IN THE REAL WORLD:
The numbers coming in from the first 5 days of this program launch are staggering. After almost 2 years of focus groups with almost every demographic, Kody implemented a program that is designed for the masses. MIllions of people will be on this program in the next few years.

In the first 48 hours, 973 people signed up for a $9.80/mo subscription. On the 3rd day alone, 860 people signed up for it. Our recruiting for the week was up 40% from the week prior. AND, probably 80% of our rep base is learning about it and haven’t gone into action yet. Normally it takes 90 days to ramp up a new program so the best is yet to come!

I AM LEARNING THAT THE BEST WAY TO GET NEW DISTRIBUTORS IS TO SHOW SOMEONE HOW EASY IT IS TO GET CUSTOMERS . . . THEY SAY ‘I can do this! I can make money at this!’

MESSAGES FROM THE FIELD:

Email Message from Jeff Packard-

Yesterday I got home in the afternoon. I had 3 subscriptions $9.80′s a month, 1 Entrepreneur, and 1 appointment at 8:30pm with someone who actually enrolled in the $9.80 a month.

I thought the current Freedom 100 contest was capped at the first 100 people and thought this challenge was really easy for most people to achieve. So in the last couple of days I worked my tail off. Getting into massive action

So here’s what I am going to tell you. It’s easy and this is how I did it.

I called all my fence sitters. I made 25 calls on Monday and 25 calls on Tuesday just to set up appointments and let them know of the new news without having any up front fees to use our program. I made calls…very few emails, calls. Goal to set up appointments to show SOC.

I walked them through some of the new features such as video cards and showed real life examples of cards I sent out to people, then I showed them the retail account, and I said “let’s set you up an account for as little as $10 so you can start playing around in your account and sending cards out.” I was ASSUMPTIVE and ASSUMED they said yes, and THEY ALL did.

“At least let’s get you using this program, I said”

Now for the Entrepreneur. I called someone who had the money, and who is a friend. I said, John, I’m going to be upfront with you and tell you what I want to do. He said okay. I said SOC is running a sales contest and for the first 100 people who do this will get prizes. My goal is to win this contest. I told him that I would need a tax id and a credit card number. AGAIN ASSUMPTIVE AND I ASKED FOR WHAT I WANTED.

He could only say no to me or yes, couldn’t he? He’d still would be my friend.

He told me he was going out of town and that he would be back Tuesday. TUESDAY IS WHEN THE CONTEST ENDS JOHN, AND I BELIEVE IT WILL BE FILLED UP THIS WEEK, AND THAT I WAS TRYING TO NAIL IT DOWN TODAY.

He said I’ll have your assistant call you. I waited and she finally called.

I later found out that the Freedom 100 was called hundred because you get a $100 bill. It’s not capped at the first 100. Hallelujah! Now I’m going for my second convention ticket. Think I can do it? All I can do is go for it, what do I have to lose? Nothing

I DIDN’T TELL ANYONE THEY COULD PAY AS THEY GO, I WAS AFTER SUBSCRIPTIONS. I SENT NO ONE MY WEBSITE, I MADE APPOINTMENTS WITH EVERY ONE OF THEM, HALF OF THEM I ASKED FOR THEIR CREDIT CARD OVER THE PHONE AND PUT IT IN MYSELF.

God bless,
Jeff
Jeff Packard
Send Out Cards
Senior Executive

From: Derek Bly
To: Jackie Ulmer
Subject: What a night

Hey Jackie,
Just got home from doing a GAW. What an experience! First we could not access the site, so had the guest switch to Firefox. Got in. Advised gift account not available. Found out we were out of points.
Out to the car for my credit card. Add points. Try to create card. Guest’s Flash is outdated. Downloaded update for her. Start over again. Get to the end and computer freezes. Quit Firefox. Start over again. Get to end again. Can’t move past one screen. Guest figures out need to tab that highlights “next” to move on. Her credit card is refused. Lynda spots error with too many digits entered. Fix it. Card refused again. I spot need for full year. Card accepted! New monthly subscriber!

- Derek

This has been an exciting week AND a challenging week. As with any new product launch (even those that have been beta tested) there are minor glitches that take a few days to work out. There is almost always a work around. Many of you have proven how resourceful you are as evidenced by the number of new subscribers and representatives.

I want to go over my week and give you a play by play on how I became qualified for the FREEDOM 100 Pin. Your freedom is literally about 3 or 4 habits away.

Before I get into my week, I want to talk about the opportunity that you have at your fingertips right now. I was doing some simple calculations and I figured out that if someone were to become just a customer gatherer and sign up one customer every 3 days, they would have acquired about 100 customers at the end of a year.
100 customers X $10 per month = $1000 per month in volume.

Their commission would be $300 per month. For some, that’s a car payment and for most, it will keep them in the business forever. Also, you know as well as I do, many of those people will buy more
points and ultimately spend $30 to $40 per month on average which will dramatically increase that
$300/mo income.

By the way, $300 per month is $3600 per year.
$457 + $360 (subscription on Wholesale Account) = under $1,000. That’s about a 300% return on someone’s investment (by just signing up 1 customer every 3 days. I have also learned from experience that someone can sign up a new $9.80 monthly subscription in less than 5 minutes. Almost 100% of those that hear about it sign up. So if someone were to sign up one per day, they would be making over $1,000 per month after a year ($12,000 per year on a cost of less than $1000 to start the business). Pretty good return of time and money!

For the first time in SOC’s history, we have a product that truly appeals to the masses. An unemployed job seeker, a college student, a starving actor, a retired person on a budget can all afford $10 per month. We now have something for everyone. I see this as the path to millions of customers and some of you will jump on the opportunity to have many of those customers in your organization!

So here’s my approach:

(By the way, I still do the 3 basic things I have been teaching since day one):

1. SendOut at least one personal card daily without a sales agenda -
Right after this call I’m sending a card with ‘Promptings’ to a guy that I met last night
at a party. He shared his story with me and to say it was inspiring would be an understatement.

2. SendOut at least one DVD in a card each day

3. Walk at least one person per day through a Gift Account – Have them send a card on the system

HOW I SUGGEST APPROACHING THE BUSINESS SINCE THE ANNOUNCEMENT ON TUESDAY:
1. Tell your story (2 minutes) – Take your time – How and why did you get involved in SOC
2. Have them send a card – Tell them you are going to walk them through sending a card to someone they care about
3. Tell them about the $9.80/mo retail subscription account
Here’s what I say:

“We just got rid of the $49/$99/$199 accounts and based on feedback from our customers,
we launched a new program that doesn’t cost anything to set up. You simply purchase $9.80 of cards
each month with no contract. You get approx 10 cards per month and some of your cards can be exchanged for gifts if you choose. Or you can buy more at our lowest retail price if you choose. It’s so important to send Thank You Cards, Birthday Cards, Get Well Cards, etc and this will allow you to
do it.
You also get all the bells and whistles included in a full SOC account:
A full contact manager
The ability to send campaigns
Photo editing program
Gift Cards
Gifts
Big Cards
Video Cards
The lowest retail price

I want to set you up on this account. Can we do that? It will take less than 3 minutes . . .”

4. Ask them how many others they know that they think will want an account like this . . . realtors,
insurance people, hairdressers, chiropractors, friends, parents, etc Ask them if they would like to get paid off the cards and gifts purchased.

IF YES,
5. Show the video

Let’s talk about my week and how I earned the freedom award in REAL LIFE:

1. I made a list of 10 people that I have shown the business to that had expressed interest but didn’t sign up.

2. I called each one and told them I needed 5 minutes with them on the phone.

3. I told them about the new program saying what I said above to explain it.

HERE WERE MY RESULTS:

1. Ernie was the first one. He hung my paintings in vegas. He’s interested in the business but is looking for a job right now. He’s unemployed but wants to use SOC to send thank you cards. He said “YES” right away. I signed him up and gave him his username. I walked him through the sign-up process in 3 minutes. I showed him SOC as a business about 60 days ago.

2. Then, I called Randy. Randy is going through some tough personal challenges. I showed him SOC about 3 weeks ago and he’s very interested, but isn’t ready to sign up. I called him and told him about this new retail subscription program that I think is PERFECT for realtors. He agreed. I explained the program EXACTLY the way I just described it to you and I said: “I’d like to set you up on this today so you can start getting comfortable with it and building your contact manager. We can transfer your contacts over when the time comes for you to start your SOC business”. He agreed and in 3 minutes he had a subscription.

3. Then, I called Chris. Chris has read beach money and has been following me for awhile. He was also in a situation where he needed to wait to come up with the money. No problem. I called him and offered him the exact same thing I offered to Randy and Ernie. Guess what? $10 is an EASY decision. He said “yes” and I signed him up!

4. Janice who works at the memorabilia store that I talked about last week is still interested in the business, but wasn’t ready to do anything yet. I called her and explained the whole thing. That’s okay!

5. AND, ready for this?? I explained our new programs to my 80-year-old Dad and I didn’t even need to ask. He said, “I need to have one of those accounts so I can send thank you cards to the malls I do business with”, (he has a little promotion business he’s been running for years). A few years ago I sent an apology card with a starbucks card on his behalf and it saved the business for him. He’s a believer ever since but because he could never justify paying to get started in his mind. So he is now a $9.80 monthly subscriber.

I then called a couple that are good friends of mine. I have been sending cards to them for 3 years. They are in their 30′s and own a fairly large Real Estate company with hundreds of agents. When I called them I told them we just launched a product that 100% of their agents will want. I explained it to them and told them that NOW IS THE TIME for them to become representatives because they can override all the monthly subscription volume in their offices. They got excited and signed up on the Wholesale Package with the Distributor option! We’ve been friends for years.

I am seeing people come to life that haven’t done anything in years. Our production is going through the roof. We literally expanded our market 5-fold by launching this product. There is a new wave of excitement as more and more people are discovering how easy it is to get customers. It’s a no brainer!

YOU CAN BE A CUSTOMER GATHERER OR BE A BUSINESS BUILDER:

Let’s now talk about being a business builder . . .
Let’s say someone signs up to be a distributor with the wholesale package and they want to make money. I’m going to give you a “pie in the sky” example that will never happen in real life (but it’s fun to play with the numbers). Afterwards I’ll talk about how to stack the deck in your favor:

Let’s talk about a 3 year plan.

In year one you sign up 3 distributors and 3 customers and THAT’S ALL. Nothing more. And you teach everyone to do exactly the same thing. In reality you know that some will sign up more and some will sign up more than 3 customers, but let’s just say 3 and 3. Not 3 per month! Just 3 one time and teach everyone to do the same.

On your 7th level in your first group, you now have over 2000 distributors with 3 customers each. That’s 6000 customers spending approx $10 per month. That’s $60,000 per month. You get 5% of that or $3000/mo. What did you do?

You signed up 3 distributors and got 3 customers ONE TIME and taught everyone to do the same.

Now that you are a Manager, on year 2, let’s say you do the same thing all over again. You sign up 3 in your Manager group and that’s it. Nothing more and you teach each person to do exactly the same thing. This time in your Manager group you have 2,000 distributors on your 7th level that each have 3 customers (because that’s what you taught them to do) so you have 6000 customers on your 7th level paying $10 per month. That’s $60,000 per month and you get 10% in your Manager group on your 7th level. That’s an additional $6,000 per month on top of the $3,000 per month in your distributor group.

Now that you are a Sr Manager, in year 3, you do exactly the same thing. You sign up JUST 3. That’s it. No more. And you teach each person to sign up 3 distributors and get 3 customers. On your 7th level you have over 2,000 distributors with 3 customers each spending $10/mo sending cards. That’s $60,000 per month in volume and you get 15% of that. That’s $9,000 per month on top of the $3,000/mo in your distributor group and $6,000 per month in your Manager group. By the way, this does not include any of your bonuses, which can be quite substantial!

Now we all know that it will never happen like this in real life, but what if you were to not stop at 3. What if you had a consistent business plan to sponsor 1-4 per month for 3 years? Do you think you could create the equivalent of what we just described?
Of course!


May 16, 2011- Business in a BoxTHE KIDS ARE COMING HOME TO ROOST

Surprise, surprise: Thanks to a high unemployment rate for new grads, many of those with diplomas fresh off the press are making a return to Mom and Dad’s place. In fact, according to a poll conducted by consulting firm http://www.twentysomething.com/index.html Twentysomething Inc.,
some 85% of graduates will soon remember what Mom’s cooking tastes like.

Times are undeniably tough. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PLA7jay7shk
Reports have placed the unemployment rate for the under-25 group as high as 54%. Many of these unemployed graduates are choosing to go into higher education in an attempt to wait out the job market, while others are going anywhere and doing anything for work. Meanwhile, moving back home helps with expenses and paying off student loans.

The outlook isn’t sunshine and roses: Rick Raymond, of the College Parents of America, notes, “Graduates are not the first to be hired when the job markets begins to improve. We’re seeing shocking numbers of people with undergraduates degrees who can’t get work.”

Guess moving back home isn’t limited to philosophy majors anymore.

It’s time for us to recommend an alternative to spending more money on “higher” education and/or moving in with Mom and Dad. What if a student were to go to our “university” and learn the business of Network Marketing for 4 years? They would “graduate” with a passive, residual income that would most likely exceed what their graduating peers are making in the job market. Thus, giving them a level of freedom unmatched in the traditional business world. They would get to learn real life business skills and strategies. Strategies not from theorists, but from real, business professionals that have built five and six-figure monthly incomes.

BUSINESS IN A BOX

In the 80′s, long before the internet and the cell phone, I decided I wanted to build a business that would allow me the freedom to work from anywhere. Network Marketing was the only business I could find that truly gave me that freedom. With a laptop computer, a wifi internet connection and a smart phone, a person can run our business from anywhere in the world. Back in the “old days”, by getting some people started and having a product that offered true residual income, you could design a level of freedom into your life. But the old model of being chained to a desk or a payphone created some limitations.

I just saw an ad for a Dell Laptop Computer for sale for $344 in Skymall Magazine. Our SendOutCards business costs under $500 to start and a Smartphone is under $300 with a contract. So, for just over $1,000 and less than $200 a month for cards, gifts and cell/internet service, anyone can now start and run a business on a shoestring. It has the potential to generate an income that most Corporate Executives only dream of. But the greatest thing of all, is the freedom and lifestyle that our business can provide.

Imagine sitting by the pool at a 5 star resort on the ocean in the Caribbean. Your computer grabs the wifi from the Hotel Lobby and as you relax under your Beach Umbrella sipping your favorite cool drink. You are sending cards and DVD’s to people that you care about all over the world. You log into your Skype and call someone that you met last week at a conference in Las Vegas and as you’re hanging out at the resort, you show them how to send a card and make money with this amazing program. I’ve done this multiple times since I joined SOC. My business came in a box 6 years ago and today it spans the globe.

SendOutCards offers the ultimate freedom. No products to purchase or stock to deliver. Our product is ordered over the internet and delivered through the mail.There is no shortage of people hungry for an opportunity. We communicate through emails, cell phones, Facebook, Twitter and Skype. We have boundless possibilities for growth. AND we work from anywhere we choose.

I actually sent over 100 cards and sponsored 2 reps on my last cruise without “working” in the traditional sense. Most of my conversations were in the hot tub out at sea and at the cafe onboard.

If you get it and others around you don’t, that’s okay. Keep sharing, in time they will. It’s too good to go unnoticed. There are a few million people in our profession today that didn’t see it 10 and 20 years ago.

Last week I took the lead from Jim Packard and wrote out 50 things I want to do in the next 10 years. I’ve done this a few times over my lifetime, but it was definitely time for me to update this list. First Jim suggested I write out 10 accomplishments from the past 10 years and then the list of 50. I was having a “rough” morning… (I know, it’s all relative). :) I was feeling very overwhelmed. I looked at the list for a few seconds and it brought me back down. Once you have clearly identified your “Why”, you’ll be better able to navigate the days when it just feels like you are spinning your wheels.

Here’s my list of 10 accomplishments and 25 of my 50 dreams for the next 10 years.

ACCOMPLISHMENTS:

1. Published Beach Money
2. 100 Dips
3. $100,000/mo + for 3 years
4. Private Jet Travel
5. Built a lifestyle around travel
6. Kiva ongoing charitable strategy
7. Became an industry leader
8. Met Steven Tyler
9. 4 dream residences and Luxury automobiles
10. Did it a second time!

DREAMS FOR THE NEXT 10 YEARS:

1. Front Row Life
2. Carnival Rio De Janeiro
3. Smoke a Cigar in Cuba
4. Purchase a share in a private jet
5. $1 million per month
6. $50 million in cash
7. Hang Glide in Brazil
8. Beach Money Prospecting Book
9. Grand Canyon Train Ride
10. Alaskan Cruise
11. Space Flight
12. Meet my perfect woman and life partner
13. Bentley Convertible
14. Visit Vietnam and Cambodia
15. Round the World by Private Jet
16. $1 million loan fund through Kiva
17. Become friends with Steven Tyler
18. Meet Richard Branson
19. Take a Sailing Adventure
20 Be Vibrantly healthy and physically fit
21. Remodel Jerome Home
22. Visit Dubai
23. Build SOC Globally
24. Invent something that becomes a sensation
25. Beach Money Clothing Label

HOW TO BE ON VACATION EVERY DAY:
1. Have a DREAM and always expand it
2. Get HUNGRY
3. Send Out positives every day
4. Align yourself with a vehicle that will pay you now and in the future, for work that you do now.
5. Work on your personal growth daily
6. Shift your mindset to be on vacation every day (start with an hour and go from there, but mentally be on vacation every day)7. Leverage your personal and technological resources.


April 25, 2011 BEING AN ENTREPRENEUR:

I have found that one of the most valuable abilities you can adopt in becoming a successful entrepreneur is the ability to personally “restart” each day. Not only is this an acquired habit, I believe it’s one of the benefits of being your own boss. The business tends to be a roller coaster of emotion. Even in the early stages when you are just getting going, you’ll find that something as simple as a friend not calling you back can cause you to go into a tailspin. As your business matures and you deal with larger numbers of people, you’ll find that managing your emotions become one of the most important
skills you can have. You may need to “reinvent” yourself more than a few times a day on some of your more difficult days. Kody calls them “shut downs” in his new book called MLM Blueprint.

I wouldn’t be here today if I had not adopted this quality early on. When someone I had high hopes for disappears or an email that I send out upsets a bunch of people, I need to step back, learn from it and press the “reset” button on my day. Sometimes I do this 2-5 times a day. Other times I may not need my “reset” button for weeks at a time.

Here’s how it goes. I’m doing my business each day and something happens that sets me into a
tailspin. It may be an email from a disgruntled rep. It may be that my check went down this week and I
expected it to be up. Or I get a bad cough right before a Treat ‘em right weekend. Any of these things can cause me a setback in my business. These are the times that I need to step back and hit “reset”. It’s time to start over. Start fresh.

After we have been around the business for awhile we tend to accumulate experiences that color our perception of things. Depending on these experiences, it can help us or hurt us. I have seen big leaders in network marketing get so jaded that they are unable to rebuild. They become “one hit wonders”. Getting jaded is the one thing that will kill your chance of success. Some of you are jaded from past experiences with other companies or you may have had something happen to you since being in SendOutCards.

Here’s the deal. We all experience the same circumstances. What we do with them is up to us.
I have a few friends that built massive businesses in another company and have not been able to repeat
their success. They are jaded.

We must remember that everyone signs up with the same level of excitement and enthusiasm as we did the day we signed up. The past never equals the future. Whether you are brand new in the business or have some history, it’s important to follow these three steps when you feel yourself going into a tailspin:

1. STOP
2. BREATHE
3. PRESS RESET

Start with a fresh set of eyes. Go back to where you started from in terms of your level of excitement
and focus on possibility. Stop-Breathe-Press Reset

THERE HAS NEVER BEEN A BETTER TIME

There is an article in the current issue of Business Week called:

“BEACHED WHITE MALES”

It shows a picture of a guy wearing a suit laying on his stomach on the beach face down covered in water. He’s holding a briefcase. It’s a representation of the millions of unemployed upper management and CEO level Executives that are looking for work in a marketplace with virtually no job growth.

It made me think of the millions of students graduating from college fully expecting to land high paying middle management job. Boy, are they in for a surprise.

What are the options for these 2 groups?? Start a business? Loans for a business startup have all but dried up. Even successful companies have trouble getting loans today for business expansion. A typical business costs between $20,000 and $250,000 to start. Most college students don’t have that kind of cash laying around. The unemployed “Beached White Male” is losing his home, his BMW and in many cases his family according to this article.

There is hope. Anyone with a cell phone, a computer, a few connections and under $1000 can start a network marketing business with unlimited potential. In fact network marketing offers the prospect of CEO level pay without
the typical restraints of going into an office and managing employees!

Imagine what a 19-25 year old could create by dedicating 4 years to the process of learning and practicing the business of network marketing. After 4 years he/she would have a business that is producing a consistent cash flow (residual income) that could far exceed any high paying job. Rather than graduating with a a degree offering theoretical knowledge and $60-$80,000 in debt, a young person can get educated by five and six figure monthly earners with real life experience and walk away with a business that produces a consistent flow of income and a lifestyle that no corporate
executive could ever dream of. I do work my business a few hours a day, but my life is a true perpetual vacation. If those on the traditional career track really knew, they would all be doing what I do for a living.

I know, most of my friends that stayed on the corporate track are in real trouble right now. They are coming to me for loans (I have been asked by close friends for over $100,000 in loans in the past 3 months. Mostly from people that are in trouble because of down-sizing and job losses) and many are desperately asking me how to do what I have done.

We have one of the only viable options in the marketplace today. The time has never been better to build a network marketing business. Besides everything we have talked about, there has never been a time in history that network marketing has had a better rap. Thanks to business leaders like Robert Kiyosaki, Donald Trump and Paul Zane Pilzer, network marketing has gone mainstream. We have a track record of massive success and have withstood the courts and the test of time.

There has never been a better time to build a network marketing business.

Key’s to success

1. You must FIND the ones that are ready to change and to adopt a NEW way of thinking.
Most aren’t. Even many college students are surprisingly stuck in their beliefs about an old system that isn’t working any more.
2. You must quickly sort through people. Become attractive to others by being someone that others
want to be around. Become a conduit for adding value in a marketplace with lots of problems.
3. Practice reinventing yourself daily and stay fresh. Press your “reset” button as often as necessary. Stop-Breathe-Reset

I believe this is one of the greatest opportunities in our lifetime.


April 18, 2011

IS THIS DOABLE FOR ME??
The biggest reason why most don’t make it in Network Marketing has little to do with actual skill. The reason most don’t make it is very simple and can be explained in an example.

I was sitting around an outdoor table at the pool in Orlando on Friday afternoon with a group of
seasoned Network Marketers and I asked the question “How many out of 100 would consider $100,000 a month too good to be true?”. Almost everyone agreed that 97 our of 100 would consider $100K per month too good to be true. I then asked “Of the 3, what percent of those would consider $100,000 per month too good to be true for THEM?” Everyone agreed that only a small fraction could begin to believe it was possible for them. I then proposed that until someone believes it’s possible for them, they will never take the actions necessary to achieve it. So coming into the game, until you can begin to believe it’s possible, you won’t believe that it’s worth taking the action for long enough to create the result you are looking for.

This is why so few make money in Network Marketing. Deep down, there is a limiting belief of what’s possible and most people don’t “stay the course” long enough to create the result. They stop believing that THEY can create the result they are looking for. Kody’s book, MLM Blueprint, will address this and the solution directly. (It’s not out yet, but it will be coming soon.)

Here are the most direct, simple strategies I can think of to get to the money you are looking for:

–Sponsor 100.
Where ever you are in your business, you need to get the numbers on your side.
Set a 2-3 year plan to sponsor 100 distributors. 3 per month for about 3 years is 100. Put together a grid and track yourself. Some months will be better than others. If you get off track, get back on it.

–Stay plugged in to your personal development.
You must continually be growing and developing POSITIVE HABITS. Your HABITS will get you through the tough times. If you are not plugged in, you’ll fall off track and never get back on when you have a week or a month that doesn’t meet your expectations. You must plan to be on the calls and at the events on a REGULAR BASIS whether you feel like it or not. Kody attributes his success to reading 2 personal development books per month for the past 20 years. I have read about 1 per month for the past 20 years as well. You must stay plugged in.

–Don’t quit on a bad day.
We all have tough days. Most people quit and get off track on a bad day and never come back. You must stay in action when things aren’t going so well. This is how you’ll grow through your challenges. If you don’t “work through the burn”, you’ll be destined to repeat that pattern over and over again wherever you go. It took me 11 companies in 10 years to figure this out. You must work through the burn and at the very least, don’t mentally check out when things are tough. Every top performing athlete, entertainer, entrepreneur and network marketer has this figured out. It’s not that tough. Don’t ever quit on a bad day!

Remember, doubt will take you out of action and action will take you out of doubt. The greatest cure for stagnation in your business is motion. Think about water. When it sits it gets stagnant and starts to stink. Motion is cleansing. Motion is life. Infuse life into your business by getting in to massive motion! ACTION IS MOTION. Get moving.

Something Eric Worre was talking about got me really excited about where we are in our history.
Eric interviewed networking great, Jeff Roberti last Thursday in Sarasota. Jeff has made $70 million (distributor commissions) in his company in the past 24 years. As far as I know he is the highest paid networker in the history of Network Marketing. We all learned some things from this interview. Eric was sharing some of Jeff’s interview with myself and Kody. Jeff said that every company goes through 3 phases of development.

1. Innovation
2. Growth
3. Maturation

Jeff’s company has gone through all three phases multiple times over the years. In fact about 20 years ago, most of Jeff’s leaders left when the company had to drastically change directions. Jeff stuck with it and went on to make 10′s of millions of dollars with his company. 10′s of thousands of people quit but Jeff hung in there.

My question for you is, where is SendOutCards in its phase of development. Are we in “Innovation”? Are we in “Growth” or are we in “Maturation”? Most people would agree that being in on the Innovation phase is fun but very volatile and challenging. Things change almost weekly and it’s very tough to make money. Many companies don’t make it through this phase because it’s tough to keep distributors happy. The “Growth” Phase is exciting and fun. This is where the checks rise very rapidly. A rising tide lifts all ships. This is what most companies call momentum. SendOutCards has not yet experienced momentum. The Maturation Phase is important but can also be a dangerous place to stay. When you are green you grow and when you are ripe you rot! A company can’t stay in the Maturation Phase for long or it will begin to stagnate. New innovations are essential to growth.

So where are we? SendOutCards is just entering the first phase of GROWTH. We are in a real sweet spot that typically lasts for 18 to 36 months. We are right between The Innovation Phase and The Growth Phase. Now is the time to launch your business. Now is the time to put MASSIVE energy into your business.

Eric was saying that his millions came in his last company as a result of the work he did in his first 3 to 6 months in his business. It took 5 years or so for all the money to flow in, but the groundwork was laid in his first 6 months. I was asked to analyze my numbers. As I looked at it, I worked 6-8 hours a day for my first 8 to 12 months in the business. I put the pedal to the metal in my first 5 weeks and signed up 38 distributors (that’s one a day). Most of the $6 million that I have made in SendOutCards came from the distributors I signed up in my first year. Guess what I’m in the process of doing now? I’m signing up another 100 distributors. Eric calls this “Wave 2″. I planning on launching my business into Phase 2. Anyone on this call can do the same thing. We are in a very unique spot that may never happen again. So let’s get to work!

See you on the Beach!Jordan


April 4, 2011- Only in Sendoutcards!IMPORTANT PERSECTIVE:

I shared this perspective with one of our top distributors recently.

Remember that 95% of the population can’t wrap their brains around making $10K or $100K per month, much less doing it in Network Marketing. Telling people that they can make rockstar money like $50K or $100K per month will turn them off. And besides that, it’s illegal to use that as an enticement to come into the business. If you are doing this, you must stop.

It’s important to get clear as to who your audience is. Before Network Marketing, most people aren’t even aware that $10K-$100K in income PER MONTH is a possibility. For some of you, your bar has been raised. Your ‘blueprint’ is expanded. But the great majority of people do not think that big.

Success in MLM is about getting LOTS of people that do a little. Most people can believe in $500 to $2000 a month extra (while they keep what they are currently doing) That amount may change for them as they grow.

Remember, it’s 95% of the population that believe they can earn an extra $500 to $2000 per month. Anything more than that, most people shut down. YOUR mind is wired differently than most now. We are looking to attract that 95% of the population.

Obama collected the highest amount in campaign contributions of any Presidential hopeful because he figured out how to get $1 to $20 from millions of people rather than doing what all other candidates do (Go after a few people with a lot of money). Same principle here.

To get the big checks, focus on helping lots of people get the little checks – This is an important principle. Remember your audience.

Again, I just want to emphasize that you are not to use income projections and claims of making big money to entice people to join you. The regulators are strongly opposed to this and many companies have been shut down by it. Keep it clean. Show people how they can start off making some extra money and as their vision grows, they will see the potential.

EMAIL FROM A TEAM MEMBER:

This past Saturday my mom, Parke, and their newest distributor, Kesha Carter (who also lives in my parents’ neighborhood), threw a Send Out Cards party at Kesha’s house. They asked me to come and speak, so I drove to Savannah for the weekend.

My mom asked for my advice, so I did a lot of coaching before the event. I kept telling them to keep it as simple as possible so that the guests would feel like it was something they could do too. No fancy cooking, just store-bought snacks, so guests wouldn’t feel like they have to cook or spend a lot of money if they threw their own SOC parties. No elaborate presentations, just show the video and tell stories. No pressure to buy anything, just the offer to get a free gift account.

They were going to limit the number of invitations out of fear that there’d be too many people there. I told them to invite as many people as they wanted, since you never know how many will actually come. :) They ended up inviting 65 folks.

20 people showed up! Isn’t that amazing?!

We put lots of beautiful cards (most of them had fun photos and captions) on a table so people could take a look at them. People kept oohing and aahing over them.

Kesha opened the meeting by talking about a couple of fun cards she made. Then we had her two little kids introduce the video. :)

My mom showed them a Big Card I sent her (with pictures of us from a trip we took to Paris) and told them how much she liked to travel. In the card I told her we were going to Australia next year, so she told them we were going to the TER there next year.

Parke told them about how we went to the TER in Phoenix and how much fun it was. He got applause! :)

I told the story about the guy who found the business card Sara Basloe accidentally left on the table at the coffee shop and about how he reunited with his daughter through sending her cards. How can that not touch your heart?

At the end of the party we asked them to fill out a contact form if they wanted a free gift account (and to be entered into a drawing for a prize) and everyone filled one out.

We also did 2 drawings with copies of Beach Money as the prize. :)

People stuck around for awhile afterwards to mingle and ask questions. I think they were just having a good time, which is exactly the atmosphere we wanted to create. I wanted them to see how much fun being a part of SOC is, and I think that’s exactly what we accomplished.

And get this–a neighbor Tara, who lives across the street from Kesha, signed up as a distributor on the spot!� So Kesha, who Parke signed up, now has her first team member.

65 invited, 20 show up. That’s phenomenal. And then for someone to sign up that day–icing on the cake. I told my mom, Parke,and Kesha that now they were probably spoiled and would expect this kind of success every time they threw a party. :)

Of course I’m delighted a distributor signed up but you know what excites me just as much–who knows how many seeds we planted, Jordan…

What fun! :)

Best,
Monica

EMAIL SENT TO JEFF FROM A TEAM MEMBER:

I came to the computer this morning to tell you a story about a big card I sent. We have dear friends – one can’t hear and one can’t see but they have been married 60 years this June and are delightful. Jack is legally blind with macular degeneration but can see big things. So for his 84th birthday on April 1st I sent him a big card. Upon arriving home last night the answering machine was blinking. Bev had called for Jack. I called back and he got on the phone anxious to thank us for the card.� I hopped in the car and drove over to see it. The delight on his face was worth a million dollars. He loved it. Bev’s comment, “We are going to show every one this card!”

Isn’t Send Out Cards pure joy.

Jeff thank you for your encouraging emails. I will make it to the top. I am the tortoise, so it seems, but this race will be finished – one step at a time.

Susie

3 PERSONAL STORIES:

BIG CARD I SENT 2 WEEKS AGO TO MY COACH-

I had a coach in Elementary School that had a huge impact on my life. I saw him at a reunion concert about 6 months ago. He’s in his mid 70′s and is healthy and still in great shape. We took lots of photos and I sent him a big card with LOTS of photos from the concert with people he taught in school. I said in the card:

“Hey Coach! We were so fortunate to have you as a teacher and a coach growing up. After seeing you at Buddy’s concert, I was reminded of what a positive influence you were in my life. You always had a smile and something nice to say. I always looked forward to gym class with you. You made a difference in my life. Thanks you.”

He sent me a card back . . . it had a $20 bill in it:

“Please accept this small token of money for a dinner or bottle of wine. Would you please send me some info about your company or order forms that I could pass on to my friends? Your comments brought sunshine to me. Thank you so very much”

BIG CARD I RECEIVED THIS WEEK:

I received a card this week from Todd Rundstrom. Todd lives in Kearney, Nebraska. He sent me a card to thank me for my motivation, education and to tell his story.

He signed up 3 years ago under Chad Bamrick. He’s a professional photographer and he’s sent hundreds of cards. He sent me this card from an internet cafe FROM A CITY IN THE MIDDLE OF THE AMAZON RAIN FOREST IN PERU! He came to the city of Iquitos in the heart of the Peruvian Jungle, three years ago for one week to photograph the rainforest and river. While there he met a woman named Manuela. They fell in love and he returned last year to spend 3 months with her.

Here’s some of what he said the ‘Big Card’ he sent to me:

“Being in a foreign country did not stop me from listening to your Monday night calls. I could only get to an internet cafe about once per week. My time was always limited and it was a really slow connecting, but I was able to send a few cards each week and download a call or two from www.thecoolbuzz.com website and listen to them when I got back to the apartment.

To finish my story, I returned to the Amazon three months ago and married Manuela on Jan 1st. Now she too is hooked on SOC because she loves sending cards and gifts to all offer ‘new’ family and friends in the States! Most of all she is excited to work with me building the business.

The best thing is our ability to keep in touch with friends and family back in the States. We never miss a birthday or anniversary and the cards are always received on time. The concept of sending cards and gifts from the middle of the Amazon Rainforest is absolutely mind-blowing, especially without the cost and delays of international mail.

Last night we listened to your most recent recorded calls about going to the ‘Oscars (which we watched her on Peruvian TV) and Big Cards. We were inspired by your tip to send a BIG CARD to someone famous we’d like to meet. So THIS IS IT! You are receiving the first Big Card we are sending and our newest ‘I am’ statement is ‘We are friends with Jordan Adler!’ As soon as her visa is approved shell be immigrating to the USA and we are both looking forward to meeting you at a future SOC event!”

Todd and Manuella, I AM PROUD TO CALL YOU MY FRIENDS AND CONGRATULATIONS!!

A PERSONAL STORY FROM JORDAN:

Last Thursday night I was invited to the House of Blues Foundation Room by Eagle, Bob Golden to see a Magician. His name was Seth. He was off the charts. He was signing up into SOC this week. The room was spectacular with floor to ceiling views of the strip from the 40th floor.

After the show, the crowd of about 50 filtered out and there were only 4 people left in the room. I was speaking with Bob and two others. Talking about nothing substantial. We talked for about one and a half hours. At some point, a lady named Loren asked Bob what he “does”. He said he was in the greeting card business and she said, “I use a product called SendOutCards”. I told her Bob was #6 in the company and she started talking about her background. It turns out she’s a top earner with another health related Network Marketing company. Somehow, Tony Robbins name came up and I said, “I just returned from a seminar in Fiji”. She said, “Tony and Sage are great friends of mine. I’ve worked for Tony Robbins for 22 years and I designed the Life Mastery Program.” About 2 hours into our talk, Bob says my name and she says, “What’s your name?” I say “Jordan Adler” And she about falls to the ground. She says that she’s been trying to get ahold of me because she’s an author and she wa
nts me to speak to her team on a call for her network marketing company. We figured out that we both know many of the same people and some of her close personal friends are also my close personal friends.

She has authored 2 books. One of them made Oprah’s books list and became a National Best-Seller.

But here’s where the story starts:

She attends a Kabbalah Center and wears a red piece of yarn on her wrist symbolizing her connection to God. Her son wears the same thing. She went into a store a few years ago and the guy behind the counter was very rude to her. He mocked her for wearing the red yarn around her wrist. She told me
he was a “real jerk”. She had gone into this store a few times and he was always very mean. In fact, a couple of times she tried to hide the yarn with her sleeve so he couldn’t see it.

Years ago she wrote her second book, Life Tuneups: Your Personal Plan to Find Balance, Discover Your Passion, and Step into Greatness. It did very poorly. She had about 400 copies in her garage. One day she received a call from a Non-Profit that they wanted 250 books. Months later, she got notified that through the organization, Target wanted to pick up the book. This sounded good on the surface, but each store only wanted 4 books and if the book didn’t sell, Loren needed to ‘buy back’ all of the inventory. Well, the book didn’t sell and she was questioning why she even wrote it.

Remember the guy behind the counter that was mean to her? Well, she walked into the store recently and he was there. She didn’t want to deal with him. At the same time, she was also questioning why she wrote her book. As she was checking out, she noticed a tattoo with a quote on his forearm. She asked about it and he tried to change the topic. She asked again “Where did you get that quote??”

He said he was down and out, dealing with some serious personal financial and family issues and actually contemplating suicide. He was working at Target at the time and was in the breakroom trying to figure out how he was going to kill himself. Her book was sitting on a table in the break room and he picked it up and read from it. There was a quote in there that saved his life. So he had it tattooed on his forearm.

2 LESSONS:

1. You never know who you are talking to
2. You never know the impact you are having on other people

This captures the essence of our SendOutCards business. When you send out words of encouragement in a card, you are changing the world for the better. The impact of your words and actions are far reaching. They transcend the scope of our awareness. We are in the best business in the world.

Check out www.lorenslocum.com


March 28, 2011

WHERE TO MEET PEOPLE AND ICEBREAKERS (What to say):

One thing you probably know about me is that I like things to be simple and fundamental.
If they are not, people just won’t do them. So pardon me if these ideas sound really simplistic. In my view, they are and that’s why they work!

I’ll start by telling you exactly where and how I meet people to show the business to. I have never been a “mass recruiter”, but I have always consistently brought in 3-4 new distributors per month since I started back in early 2005 (I signed up in late 2004, but really didn’t get going until 2005). In the beginning, I came into SendOutCards with a large list of contacts (people I had met for years and years prior to being in SOC) so I started there and began to contact them.

My conversation with each person started with a the story of how I heard about SendOutCards and why I’m excited about it. You each have a story (it’s how and why you got started).

This is exactly what I said:

“I want to tell you a quick story . . . about a month ago I started getting cards in the mail from a guy I didn’t know. His name was Demarr. He sent me 5 or 6 cards and in a few of them there was a DVD. After getting 4 DVD’s I finally watched one. What I saw got me really excited because when I was a child my mom used to make me write thank-you cards. I had stopped doing it because I got too busy. The DVD gave me a way to start doing it again. I called him and he had me send a card on the system. As soon as I sent the card, I decided I had to sign up. It cost $745 back then and honestly I would have paid $5000 for the system. The next day started using it and the response I got from people was off the charts. I then realized the millions of people are going to want this system and so I decided to build it as a business.

That leads me to why I wanted to talk to you. You may or may not be interested, but I thought I would
let you decide that (not me). I want to show it to you. I think you’ll like it. You tell me if it’s not one of the coolest things you’ve ever seen. Do you have a few minutes now in front of your computer?”

So you see, I started with a simple story of how and why I got started and then I asked each person
to take a look at it. I started calling 4-10 people per day from the list of people that I knew personally.

Over the next 2-3 years, I continued to show it to people and meet new people.
Here are the people that I am showing the business to today:

1. People from my past that I have stayed in touch with over the years that are just now beginning to express interest (about 50% of the people I’m sponsoring).

2. People that I have reconnected with from my past through Facebook.

3. People that I recently met through some type of business interaction like a seminar, event or sales call.

My 7 most recent sign ups:

Karla Oleson Tritle – We went to High School together. Reconnected on FB.

Sabra Rita – My first roommates wife and close friend. Been sending cards to them for months.

Kathy McAlpine – Met at a BNI Seminar in Reno

Executrans Sedan and Limos – My driver that takes me to the airport in AZ. He has been talking about using SOC for over a year. Had him send a card about 6 months ago. Just signed up.

Nicole Schell – Met at a seminar in Fiji with her husband Paul. Has a pain clinic in Santa Monica. Been sending them cards for a year. She contacted me and said she was interested.

Connie Cagley – Met at Paradise bakery. I was opening Holiday cards. They came over to inquire
as to what I was doing . . . They had been approached 2 years ago and then lost touch with the person that showed them. We became friends and I called them and walked them through the system. Invited them to the AZ Treat ‘Em Right. They signed up afterwards in the parking lot.

Jane Geary – Reconnected on FB. We exchanged ‘Inbox’ messages and then she expressed interest. Did a GAW and then invited her to a Super Saturday event in Chicago. She signed up the next day.

So you see, some of these people are people that I recently met and some are people that I have known for years. Some are people that I have showed the business to long ago that are just now coming around and others signed up fairly quickly after seeing it.

About 3 weeks ago I was shopping like a mad man to furnish my new place in Vegas and I met about 30 people from different sales environments. Most all of them had business cards. Some of them I purchased from and some I didn’t. I made sure I had a good mailing address for each one. I’m in the process of sending cards to all of them thanking them. I actually took photos in some of the stores. I bought some artwork and memorabilia for my walls and I took a photo with the guys that sold it to me. Some of them have already received brownies and called me to thank me. I’m building rapport with each of them.

The guy that showed me the condo in Vegas has also received a thank you card, brownies and a follow up card with photos after the living room had been furnished. We are becoming friends but I have not shown him the business yet.

The people that work here in the building are all becoming good friends. I smile. I’m friendly. I ask them questions about their lives. I want to know where they are from. How long they have been in Vegas. Why they moved here. How they like it. What they do on their free time, etc. I’m sending cards to them thanking them for always treating me so well when I come home. There are about 12 employees that I know by first name now and I could call any one of them and schedule a time in front of a computer. We have rapport.

Rapport is by far the most important factor in determining whether someone will agree to meet with you.

IF I WERE TO MEET SOMEONE AND IMMEDIATELY TRY AND GET THEM TO LOOK AT THE PRODUCT OR BUSINESS, I WOULD PROBABLY GET TURNED DOWN. I MUST FIRST ESTABLISH A LEVEL OF MUTUAL TRUST AND RESPECT BEFORE I HAVE EARNED THE RIGHT TO APPROACH THEM ABOUT BUSINESS.

So where do you meet people? Here’s my answer: DO YOUR LIFE! Get out and live life to the fullest. ENGAGE with people and do your best to get into their world by asking questions and listening. Be likable by liking others.

Do you plan to buy some things in the next 3-5 years? What do you plan on buying? Go shopping for it now. Meet the salespeople and get business cards. Be respectful and appreciative of their time with you. Thank them and promise to stay in touch. Then stay in touch! Be generous. Send a $5 starbucks card or a box of brownies if you really connect with them.

WHAT TO SAY TO SOMEONE WHEN YOU CONTACT THEM:

Most importantly, it’s not so much what you say as much as it is your level of communication. Here’s an example of what I say (but almost nothing will work if you have not built some level of rapport).

RECOMMENDING READING FOR BUILDING RAPPORT:
a. The Magic of Thinking Big by David Schwartz
b. How to Win Friends and Influence People by Dale Carnegie

I say:

“Hey Ernie . . . it’s Jordan (he knows me because I have talked to him a few times and have some rapport with him). I’ve been wanting to call you because I want to show you something when you have a few minutes in front of your computer. I know you have an idea what I do from the cards I’ve been sending you, but rather than me deciding for you, I want to give you a chance to see it for yourself. When do you think I could catch you in a quiet place in front of your computer?”

Again, once you have laid the groundwork you can say pretty much anything and they will be open to it because you have built a relationship of trust.

If they don’t respond positively, no problem! Simply send them a nice respectful card and then continue to stay in touch.

Another thing you might say:

“Hey Dawn, I was thinking about you the other day and I was wondering if I can ask you a crazy question. Do you keep your options open for other business ideas? In other words, if I were to show you something that would take little of your time that could possibly leverage into something that could eventually replace what you are already doing, would you be willing to TAKE A LOOK?”

Your goal is simply to get them to “TAKE A LOOK”.

THEY DECIDE (not you) which direction to go after looking at the product, the company and the business. I give people permission to say “no” and then I show it to them. Where ever they are after looking at it is just fine. I never try and force them into a decision.

ALWAYS ASK!

My only advice is to be sure to ask them if they want to get started when they express some interest. If someone says, “This is cool, how do I get started?” Or if they say, “How much does this all cost?” After answering their questions, always say something like, “Are you ready to go?” Or MAKE A SUGGESTION like: “It will take us 5 minutes to set up your account and you can start using it tonight”. If you ask someone to start before they have some interest, it will be perceived as pressure. If they are showing signs that they want to get going, asking them is a welcome process.


February 21, 2011-HANDLING FRUSTRATION WHEN IT’S NOT GOING FAST ENOUGH . . .

This is probably the main reason why people get discouraged. We hear it over and over again. ‘It’s not going fast enough!’ First of all, your frustrations are real and you will always have them. Even the greatest business leaders get frustrated from time to time. The key is learning to manage your frustrations so they don’t paralyze you or cause you to quit. We all have EXPECTATIONS about the way we think it should go. If it doesn’t meet our EXPECTATIONS, we get discouraged or frustrated.
There are many things that can get us frustrated:

a. Your good friend signs up and quits
b. 3 people tell you they are ready to sign up and then they don’t ever pull the trigger
c. Your check is significantly less than you thought it would be
d. The demands on your time become so great, you can’t seem to find time to work your business
e. Your top distributor (or your only distributor) has a problem that causes them to get discouraged.
f. Your dog eats your kit.

In real life, we have things that happen (let’s call them our CIRCUMSTANCES) that trigger feelings of disappointment. We ALL experience these things and if we let them they can cause SETBACKS.
The key to success in ANY BUSINESS is to not ever let the highs get too high or the lows get to low.
How you MANAGE YOUR EMOTIONS will determine how high you climb in this business. Your disappointments will turn to victories if you learn to embrace them and find the lessons in them (as tough as this can be at times). Sometimes our frustrations can knock the wind out of us. That’s okay. It’s part of the journey. Don’t ever let crisis turn into ruin. Your key to success will be YOUR ABILITY TO QUICKLY REFOCUS ON THE NEXT PERSON TO SHOW IT TO AND EVENTUALLY GET STARTED.

I recently had a 60-day dry spell where I signed up no one. I kept meeting new people, and setting up times to show them SendOutCards. Between the new people and a few that I showed it to years ago that recently expressed interest, I all of a sudden had 10 people that were ‘actively’ in the pipeline. 3 signed up in the past 10 days. And there are 7 that say they are going to do it . . . but ALL are dragging their feet. The key is to fill the pipeline with so many people that you are never waiting by the phone for someone to call you back. Always fall forward (in skiing, you lean downhill into the bottom of the mountain . . . leaning back towards the mountain will cause you to fall). Lean into your frustrations by
focusing forward on NEW PEOPLE all the time. Always ask ‘Who’s next?’ Remember this is a business of exposing new people to our product and opportunity. It’s the only way we grow! Dwelling on your disappointments is the equivalent of leaning backwards. Alway ‘lean’ ahead . . . never look back.

Each day, thousands of people become perfect candidates for SOC. Literally YESTERDAY, their situation wasn’t right. The timing wasn’t right for them. But something changed and TODAY they are perfect candidates. They got married, they got divorced, they got laid off, they laid off their staff, they
got a pay cut, they got injured and got fired, they turned 18, they had their 3rd child, etc. When things change, many times someone that had no interest is now interested. Our job is to find them and show them.

I have found that virtually all frustrations you will have can be quickly remedied by sponsoring a new distributor. The tendency is to think that when it get’s to certain point, the frustrations will go away. Do you think Kody’s frustrations are gone? Absolutely not! In fact, the bigger we get, the more frustrations he will have! He has frustrations he has to deal with every day! Here’s how he handles them:

1. He focuses on the BIG PICTURE of SOC. He always goes back to WHY he is doing the business.
2. He LETS GO of the frustration quickly and seeks out the lesson he can learn based on the circumstances at hand.

Here’s the bottom line. Your frustrations are your TEST to determine whether you are prepared for success. Kenny Troutt told me that if he had become a billionaire over night, he would have lost all of his money. He needed to learn the lessons of success in order to become a great steward of success. In other words, he needed to walk through the fire. Learning to MANAGE YOUR EMOTIONS THROUGH TIMES OF STRESS AND TIMES OF TRIUMPH are keys to building a successful business. I don’t believe that anyone can grow a successful team without learning to navigate the seas of doubt, fear, frustration and disappointment. Your paycheck will reflect your ability to grow through these emotions for yourself and then help others do the same.


February 7, 2011

TEAM CALL – ‘Hidden Elements’ 2/7/11
My name is Jordan Adler and if we haven’t met I want to quickly introduce myself
and how I started in this business. I started my business just like you. Demarr
introduced me to SendOutCards back in late 2004 by sending me cards with DVD’s and
emails. By the way, the DVD he sent me was one that about 1/2 the people in SOC didn’t like.
But it was good enough to get my interest.

After getting deluged with cards from Demarr, I finally watched the DVD. He also emailed me.
I didn’t get a special deal and I signed up just like you. I paid my money ($745) and joined SOC as a
brand new distributor with zero distributors in my downline. I had boxes and boxes of business
cards and knew lots of people that had businesses.The top person in SOC was earning about 1/2 what I
needed just to pay my bills. But I didn’t join SOC to build the business. I joined because I believed that
the SendOutCards service was something that I needed to support my life. In fact after Demarr had me send a card, I couldn’t see myself without it. I decided to build it after realizing that virtually everyone needs SendOutCards.

Some of the people that I sponsored in my first two years were:

Judy O’Higgins
Jim Packard
Bob and Betty Ann Golden (2nd Level under Jana Rengifo)
Todd Falcone (Didn’t really work it for about 2 years and still works part time)
Mark Herdering
Jerry Knight

Judy and Mark had limited success in Network Marketing in the past. By the way, Mark did 58 gift account walk throughs before he got his first distributor signed up (Sara and Bobby Basloe – they have 2500 in their downline today).

Todd is one of the most successful MLM Trainers in the entire profession but I really didn’t know him very well. I sent him cards after attending one of his seminars. He was one of 8 other trainers that I sent cards to, Jim Packard was an Entrepreneur but had no MLM experience. I didn’t know Jim when I signed up. He was a referral from a friend who didn’t initially get involved with us. Bob and Betty Ann didn’t really get going working SOC for about 18 months after I brought them in. By the way, Jerry Knight and Mark Herdering are SM’s with thousands in their groups. Jerry was my assistant for years and retired from Phelps Dodge about 10 years ago. She is one of the sweetest ladies you will ever meet. She has Sam and Cid Merrill (Execs from AZ) in her downline. Jerry had never experienced success in Network Marketing in the past.

You might notice that Tommy Wyatt and Curtis Lewsey are not on this list. That is because they didn’t get signed up for almost 3 years after I signed up. They are ‘Eagle’s’ today with thousands in their organization.

By the way this group represents over $2 million A MONTH in volume to the company and has over 55,000 distributors in their collective downlines. Their leaders read like the ‘who’s who’ of SendOutCards. None of these individuals can take credit for their success . . . the people they have sponsored have led them to others that have gone out a done it. They have done a great job of ‘passing the torch’. Because of that they have fantastic lifestyles today.

This group represents over 90% of my organization and I have signed up a total of 217 people in 6 years. This means that 1 out of 31 represent over 90% of my entire group. (217 divided by 7) However keep in mind that about 60 of my 217 came in during the past two years. It’s unfair to count them because a few of them (3) are growing very quickly. You will notice that the numbers are about 1 in 30 that build a really strong organization.

What can you learn from all of this?

1. You must figure out how to consistently bring in 1-4 new distributors per month.
2. Some people get started because they love our product. Some want to make money.
3. Typically 1 in 20 to 30 will build it big over time. The others will become users of the product
or my get sidetracked and quit.
4. Some people sign up and take months before they ever get going.
5. Some people have lots of experience in MLM and others have none.
6. Virtually ALL of these individuals were HUNGRY and weren’t afraid to learn, grow and go to work.

The other day I had someone that was ‘dogging’ a new and upcoming leader. This person
is growing very very fast and they were trying to discredit him somehow . . . I heard “Yeah but
he had lots and lots of people he knew from another company when he signed up!” Implied in this
is somehow it’s unfair. I said, “No, it’s not unfair. He spent the past 25 years developing relationships with people that trust him. He is reaping the rewards of building those networks of people. You can’t take anything away from him for that. What can you learn from him? When you have lots and lots of people that like you and trust you, your business will grow very very quickly. We have the only product in the profession that can help you do that!. AND it’s what we teach at our seminars and on our conference calls. This is your opportunity to do the same thing”

So let’s talk about some of those ‘hidden elements’ that can make or break you . . . as I was coming up with this call, I realized that the only thing that is really important are the fundamentals. The fundamentals will make you or break you. Vince Lombardi used to start each season with ‘This is a football’. He would teach the basics and drill the fundamentals. Everyone seems to be looking for the magic bullet. Like there is something we’re not telling you (why would we do that????) The more successful you are the more successful we are . . . it doesn’t make sense to hold anything back. I POUR myself into you each Monday Night hoping that you’ll get what you need to grow to the next level. And I continually scour the trainings of those more successful than myself so that I can continue to grow.

1. DREAM – INVEST IN THEM “Public declaration of your dreams will recruit others that
believe in them and expose those that will undercut you” Randy Gage This is the greatest
gift you can give yourself and your family. Start dreaming again and then begin to live your
dreams TODAY. Take $100 a month and do something that will feed your dream. Increase it
as your income grows. This is one of the most important thinggs you can do. When you become inspired, others around you will become inspired. If you were on the outside looking into your life, would you look and say . . . ‘I want to be just like him/her?’ Think about it . . . when you meet someone that has a dream life, at some level you say to yourself ‘I want what he/she has . . . maybe I should listen!’ Strive to become that person by living your life NOW. It has little to do with what you HAVE. It has to do with who you are and who you are becoming on the journey. People are attracted to the ENERGY OF GROWTH.

2. THE ENERGY YOU SEND OUT (Mya Angelo Quote)
Your Cards – What you talk about – Sponsoring – Superbowl Party

3. PATIENCE DON’T PUSH – Give people the space to say ‘yes’ or ‘no’.
Let them move towards you. Fill your pipeline with so many people that you don’t get anxious when someone doesn’t call you back. Get 100 people in the pipeline. The worst thing you can do is wait by the phone for someone to call you to tell you they are interested. Become an ‘educator’ look for the people that give you permission to take the next step with them.

4. SEPARATE THE INVITATION FROM THE PRESENTATION – Last night at a Superbowl Party
I had a guy come up to me and say ‘hi’. I had met him once before. I asked him what he was up
to and within 30 seconds he started to go into the comp of his travel company mlm and then told me
I need to sign up for it. At half time he found out I have 60,000 in my downline and went in for the attack! DON’T DO THIS!!!! If someone asks you what you do, give them a 30 second HIGH LEVEL overview and if they express a little interest, tell them you will set up a time to meet with them about it. Don’t present the business on the run.

5. LEARN TO TELL STORIES THAT INSPIRE and MOTIVATE – David Magic at dinner. Start with ‘Can I tell you a quick story? . . . ‘ and then tell the story. I have noticed that most of the great business builders have learned to become great story tellers. Give examples with stories.

6. YOU ARE CREATING MOMENTUM IN THE CONVERSATIONS YOU HAVE
AND THE CARDS YOU SEND OUT. IT’S INVISIBLE. Because people will watch you as you build your business . . . some will come around later. It’s all about THEIR timing and not yours. You’ll planting seeds. Most of you haven’t even been in the business for 3 years yet Tommy and Curtis started working the business after my 3rd year. You must don’t know when that one person will join you that will go to town. The cards you send and the conversations you have can create an invisible momentum that can take months or years to come to fruition.

7. YOUR SUCCESS ISN’T ABOUT OUR PRODUCT, OUR COMP PLAN, KODY OR YOUR UPLINE.
IT’S ABOUT YOU AND THE ENERGY YOU SEND OUT INTO THE WORLD. YOU GET BACK WHAT YOU SEND OUT. If you don’t like the result you are getting, take a look at the energy you are sending out. 2 days ago after sending a card on our system, a guy said to me . . . okay, now let’s look at the comp plan because if the comp plan doesn’t make sense, there’s no need to move forward. This is the most ridiculous thing I have ever heard. Comp plans don’t make winners. Every company has big earners and lots of people that sign up and set their kit on the refrigerator waiting for money to fall from the sky. Your success if about your energy and who you attract. (The card sitting on my coffee table – melts my heart). When someone tells you that their comp plan is ‘better’ run the other way. There is socialism and there is capitalism. A comp plan where everyone makes money regardless of whether they do the work is a socialistic comp plan. There has never been a successful program where everyone mak
e money because 90% of the people aren’t willing to do any work. Everyone is equally a loser. You want to be part of a system that rewards you for creating value with lots and lots of people.

8.YOU TEND TO ATTRACT WHAT YOU BELIEVE – If you have doubts about network marketing, you’ll probably struggle because you’ll attract others that doubt. Again . . . it goes back to the energy you are sending out. If you believe in the dream you tend to attract others like you. If you are attracting lazy and unmotivated people, it’s important to really dig in to your personal development. Go back and read, ‘The Business of the 21st Century’ by Robert Kiyosaki. Re-read ‘Promptings’ by Kody Bateman. When you doubt, others will doubt. When you believe, others will believe.

9. TO STAY POSITIVE YOU MUST STAY PLUGGED IN – We do live in a very negative world. It’s so easy to get caught up in the drama of negativity that’s all around us. Even if it’s 15-30 minutes a day, read from a personal development book or listen to a CD in your car. You’ll be happier and you’ll raise happier children.

10. CHALLENGES ARE THE GIFT YOU MUST EMBRACE TO GROW AND SUCCEED – As difficult as it is and as tough as your life may become at times, the gift of challenge will fuel your growth like nothing else will. Take each challenge as a lesson to re-create your life in a way that will serve you and your family better. We hear it over and over again, but as soon as you can view each challenges as a gift, your life will transform at breakneck speed. Rather than being a victim to your challenges, be the source of positive change that is guided by your challenges.

11. ALWAYS BUILD WITH INTEGRITY – Always do the right thing. Imagine you are in the front of the room and someone comes up to you and says, ‘I was sent here by someone in _(another state)_ and I don’t really know them very well. I would like you to be my sponsor instead’. You are one distributor away from winning the company trip. If you sponsor this person, it will bump you up one spot. It’s the very end of the challenge and this one person can mean the difference as to whether you go on the trip or not. What should you do? As you grow a large organization, you will be tested with these types of situations each week. You integrity will be challenged. Your reputation is never worth risking over a check or a promotion. A check is one time, but your integrity is forever. Protect it at all costs. Usually when you start making decisions that will benefit you and hurt others, it will come back to bite you on the butt. Don’t cut corners. When you build with integrity, in the long r
un you will always come out on top. We treat each other with respect and we do our best to do things that will serve and not hurt others.

12. YOU MUST GET PEOPLE IN FRONT OF THEIR COMPUTER AND HAVE THEM SEND A CARD TO SOMEONE THEY CARE ABOUT. BE THERE WITH THEM IN PERSON OR OVER THE PHONE WHEN THEY DO IT. – Let’s dissect this. It’s a misconnect for MANY people. Here are the most important components of this statement:

a. You must have THEM send a card (not you, THEM)
b. They must send it to someone THEY care about (not to themselves – to someone they love like a spouse, boyfriend, girlfriend, child or parent)
c. You should be ‘with’ them when they do it . . . most people won’t go all the way through to sending the card unless you stay with them until they hit the ‘SEND’ button. People get sidetracked very easily in our fast paced, technology saturated society. Schedule the time and be with them all the way through.

SOMETHING MAGICAL HAPPENS WHEN SOMEONE SENDS A CARD TO SOMEONE THEY LOVE. AND THEN THEY GET THE BENEFIT OF THE FEEDBACK ONCE THAT PERSON RECEIVES THE CARDS. This is a disconnect for many of you. You are hoping someone will ‘get it’ by just watching the video and its very rare. THEY must send a card on the system. If you have stopped doing this, please go back to it. You’ll see much better results :)

Thank you!

Jordan


January 24, 2011Rank Advancement for this week!

Rolodex Award:
Monica Parker

Managers:
Marlon Shaw
Molly Tillyer
Britta Hammond
Melissa Carey Perkins
Andy Fulghum
Diane Lazarowicz
Robin Elliott
Sally Anier
Natalie Clunan


Senior Managers:
Desiree Golden-Borchelt
Nicole Pearson
Gretel Haeussler
Don Larson
Marketing Motivator

EVENTS:

TREATEMRIGHT SEMINARS
(Register right now on your MAIN MENU. Consider
sending an invitation to your potential distributors to attend).

I like charging guests $25 to attend. That way they have some ‘skin in the game’. They are more likely to show up. You could even tell them that you will refund their money if they show up. It also let’s you
find out how serious they really are. Tell them that you can get tickets discounted at $25 because you are a distributor.

JAN 29TH – Orange County
FEB 12TH – Phoenix
FEB 26TH – Atlanta

CHICAGO SUPER SATURDAY – March 5th
REGISTER NOW: http://socmarch2011.eventbrite.com/

SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENTS:
Rolodex Award – Do 100 Gift account walk-throughs and then send Megan an e-mail at socmegan@gmail.com and you’ll receive special recognition from me, a cool rolodex pin and a Jim Rohn CD. www.thecoolbuzz.com for details.

Random Acts of Kindness – www.thecoolbuzz.com The stories will bring tears to your eyes. We have some beautiful people that are hurting and need to receive cards from you. PASSWORD: thecoolbuzz

Cruise – SM at Sea – Come on a cruise with myself, Kody and Jodi B and most of SOC’s top leaders!
Get promoted to Senior Manager between Jan 1, 2011 and Apr 15, 2011. If you are already there, you’ll need to sponsor 10 $398 wholesale packages with the $59 distributor option OR build 3 success units to qualify to go with us. Nothing like it! We did this in 2007 and the experience is PRICELESS!

Before we start . . . many of the questions I received appeared that the asker thought I work
for corporate. One question was, ‘When are YOU going to open an East Coast printing facility?’ I want you all to know that I am a distributor just like you. I signed up and paid my money to get started. I built the business one distributor at a time. I had lots and lots of people that told me they were going to do it and then fall off the face of the earth. I get told no. I have had over 100 people sign up with me personally and never do anything. I get discouraged from time to time. My business is a roller coaster just like yours. I have good days and tough days.

Here are two things that can help you get through the tough times:

1. Never quit on a bad day. You will have bad days. The key is to keep going even when things get rough. You won’t want to quit if you keep going because something good is right around the corner (always).

2. Keep putting one foot in front of the other.
Last Wednesday my phones started ‘exploding’! I was getting calls every 2 minutes from people wanting to ‘get going again’. Interestingly, I also had questions like, ‘What am I doing wrong?’ Well #1, if you are calling me to ‘Get Going’ again, that’s the first thing you are doing wrong . . . until your organization is exploding, starting and stopping is a terrible strategy for success.

Once again, I am not Corporate. I focus on business building and I let Kody and our amazing
leadership staff do what they do best. Our suggestions are invaluable to them. Continue to make them.
If I have a suggestion, I send it to wishlist@sendoutcards.com.
I told Kody in 2005 when I first got started, “Kody, if you don’t change a thing, I’ll build this to 1,000,000 distributors. Now obviously I can’t do it on my own. I can sign up a few who sign up a few, etc. But before we ever had glossy finish, gift cards, gifts, card stamping robots, PP 2.0, etc etc etc, we had a program that allowed someone to send a personalized greeting card in the mail with the click of a button. That, in and of itself, is a miracle.

I received about 40 concerns, complaints and suggestions today. They are all valid, I suppose, however they are not relevant to whether you can build a successful business. Without any of the things suggested, we have built a $60 million company and our team has over 60,000 distributors. Please send your concerns and questions to Corporate and then go out and build your business. We have the best program in the industry . . . threes nothing like it! Keep the main thing the main thing!

1. You can send a card to anyone in the world.
2. You can send a gift to most anyone in the world.
3. When you show others how to do the same thing, you get a check.
4. As people continue to use the service you keep getting paid.

What else is really important?

Regarding the question of an east coast facility . . . the answer is ‘I don’t know’. I do know that prior to being in SOC, I had no idea how long it took a card to arrive once it’s dropped in the mailbox. I do know that prior to SOC I sent about 3 cards a year and now I send 10,000 a year! I guess my attitude is . . . it get’s there when it get’s there. Hit send and a few days later, they get the card! Seriously, isn’t that what’s important. Now that we are all in the business, we have to track EXACTLY when it arrives.

Kody will expand internationally when it makes sense to do so. He will add an east coast facility when it makes sense to do so. There will be additional languages introduced when it makes sense to do so. It’s all coming. Right now, let’s do our part to make it easier for him to do his part.
Let’s build the business.

COMMON QUESTION – Do you use the automated ‘Kody Bateman’ walk-through or do you manually
walk them through sending a card?

A: I do both. I probably use Kody about 50% of the time. If you can send a card, you can show someone
else how to send a card. Don’t let the technology get in the way of getting the job done. What ever you need to do, have them send a card on the system. www.sendoutcards.com/YOUR ID#
Have them click on SEND A CARD (#2) and Kody will do it for you.
OR you can open their contact in your contact manager, click on ENABLE GIFT ACCOUNT and give them a USER ID and PASSWORD along with an allotment of points and postage. Have them log in and coach them through sending a card.

Linda Kirby – Gold Coast Australia (Incoming)

What has been the most common “hot button”for people to join SOC?

A: I would say, to earn an extra income (not to get rich) and to make it easy to spread appreciation and gratitude through sending cards – Most people think about doing it but they don’t because they are too busy.

Michael Hall, Manager – Memphis (Incoming)

Jordan-When exchanging business cards at networking functions,(like BNI), have you had much success getting people to visit your SOC website and/or watch the video & actually send a gift card on their own? Or, do you just follow up all the time and do GAW’s either in person or over the phone?

A: I don’t try and get people to go to my website . . . I want them on the phone with me so I can walk them through it and answer their questions. You have no control when they are on their own. I have found that only about 1 in 100 will log on and actually send a card. Stack the cards in your favor. Set up a time to be with them when they go through everything.

Deb Schense – North Liberty, IA (Incoming)

Everybody says the “fortune is in the follow-up”. Let’s say you have a prospect whom you haven’t heard back from after a GAW. What do you say when you call them back? Anything on follow-up would be helpful. Thanks.

A: I first find out if they have gone back in and sent another card or two. Even though I can look and see, I want to ask them. They usually have some questions. I never call and say ‘So are you ready to do it?’ I may call them with some follow up info that they might find helpful or a link to a conference call that I ask them to listen to. I will always follow up with a couple of fun cards and maybe some brownies or a $5 starbucks card. Your job is to ‘Advance’ their interest until the timing is right for them to get going. If they are completely ‘cold’, I put them in my ‘POTENTIALS’ group and send them a fun card with photos every 1-3 months. When a new DVD comes out I always send it to them. If there is a Treat’EmRight in their area, I invite them. I’m always looking for a reason to call them to move them to the next step if they are positive about things.

Suzanne Manziek – Pensacola (Incoming)

Hi Jordan- My name is Suzanne Manziek and I am an SOC distributor just getting started. I attended the convention in September (what an awesome experience) and really did not start working the business until after the convention. I have since approached several personal contacts one of which is a stockbroker. He loves the concept but said it would have to be approved by the compliance department. I spoke to corporate and they sent me an explanation of the security of our website for SOC which I forwarded to compliance and received no response. My contact has called me several times expressing his interest but he needs compliance Dept. approval. I wondered if you had personally signed up any stockbrokers and if so how you handled the issue of compliance for financial firms such as this one. I am really hoping that you have. This account that I am trying to get is a person here in Pensacola, Florida that is very well connected and I really feel like he would be a great help in
growing my business with SOC. Do you or have any suggestions? or words of wisdom you can share. Since this happened I met with a Met life agent and came up against the same problem.Hoping you can help!

A: Most banks, insurance companies and stock brokerage organizations won’t allow their agents or brokers to use a system like ours. Some ignore their policies, but most don’t. There is no way around it. Some organizations have very strict policies about hosting their client base on another companies computer system. There is no way around it. I just move on when I come up against this.

Kristi Kowach – Layton, UT (Incoming)

People don’t watch the DVD when they say they will. I let them know that’s all I have and need it back. How can I get them to watch it faster?

A: I suggest sending out at least 1 DVD per day. If you send out 300 a year, only about 50 will get watched and of the 50, maybe 10 will be interested. Of the 10, 5 will probably sign up after sending a card. The better your relationship with the person you are asking to watch the DVD, the more likely they will watch it when asked. Look them in the eye or be very direct on the phone and say . . . “it’s 15 minutes, when can you watch it? Do I have your word?”
And some still won’t watch it. Just let it go. Most people that are HUNGRY will watch it before you even ask. You are looking for the HUNGRY ones. Think about it, if they won’t watch a 15 minute video do you really think they are going to do anything?

phil – los angeles (Incoming)

What are your ratios for prospecting contacts that convert to distributors and with the tools available now…in your opinion if you were starting today would you do any thing different?

A: Mine will be different than yours. Also, depending on where and who you prospect, you’ll get varying results. Only about 1 out of 200 internet leads will become distributors IF you talk to each one personally. Yet I can sign up one in 4 people that I meet at a networking function. My ratios are 1:4 that I show SOC to. I wouldn’t do anything differently if I started over today.

Steve Nitschneider – Highlands Ranch (Incoming)

I would like to know how to attract traffic to my web site?

A: I’m not your guy. I don’t teach driving traffic to a website. There are experts out there that can teach you how to do this, but I don’t advocate a website to build the business. Many people don’t agree with me, but most of them aren’t making money in network marketing either. I get one person on the phone and ask them to log in to a gift account. I then show them how to send a card and watch the video. If they like it and want to sign up, I teach them to do exactly the same thing.

Ron – Bloomfield (Incoming)

How would you recommend a person start if they have no spare cash and want to reach a monthly income of $4,000-and want to accomplish that within 18 months or less?

A: Network Marketing is designed to be a PART TIME business for 1-3 years. Those that go full time from the beginning usually end up disappointed and discouraged. Working 1- 3 hours a day, you can ‘build up’ an income that can eventually match and then exceed your ‘job’ or traditional business income. If a company offers you a full time network marketing income from the beginning, it’s usually ‘front end loaded’ which is illegal. I recommend having a job or another source of income until your SOC income is 2 times what you make at your job AND you have 6 months in savings. Otherwise with taxes, insurance and just life’s little emergencies, you may always find yourself behind the eight ball. Once you get your business going, it’s possible to make WAY more than you are worth for doing little to nothing.

That being said, to earn $4000 per month in 18 months, it would take meeting 1-3 new people per day and doing 1 new gift account walk-through per day. You’ll need to sign up 1 person per week minimum, get to Executive as quickly as possible and always look for ‘no cost’ ways to meet new people (it doesn’t cost anything to meet someone new).

Julie Bowman – Ardmore, Pa. (Incoming)

How can you encourage a company to buy the distributor package to earn a percentage of their expenses? They do not like the thought of being a distributor.

A: Just encourage them to do it. Tell them that you acknowledge that they are probably not going to build a business, but the best choice for them is the $398 wholesale package with the $59 distributor option because it’s a great way to get their money back and get a little income to pay for their cards. If they don’t want to, then sign them up as a customer.

Mandy – Centennial (Incoming)

How do I handle the questions about ‘how much have u made?’ when I haven’t made much and I dont want to sound like i’m hiding that fact?

A: Well it’s illegal to tell people how much you are making prior to them being a distributor so whether you have made money or not has no bearing on whether you tell them. We are not to tell people how much we are making. They can comb over the comp plan online and based on what THEY are willing to do, will determine how much they make. When I was new and not making any money, I used to say, ‘I’m making exactly what I deserve to make based on what I have done’. You can take a look at the comp plan chart and determine how big an organization you are going to build and calculate what you would be making based on that.

Max – miami (Incoming)

What can I tell prospects who already quit amway or other networking companies?

A: Just show them SOC and let them decide if they want to have another go at it. I was in Amway twice
and never made money. And I’m here today to talk about it. If not, then move on. Don’t try and convince them. Send them a card.

Deb McFarland – Lima (Incoming)

I know from Demarr’s CD, SOC is 90% visual..What type of card would you send to a prospect that you can not meet with personally? Include a personal photo, lots of elements to really showcase SOC ability? And always the opportunity CD? Thank you:)

A: Photo cards are good. The more PERSONAL you make it the better. Speak to them on a personal level. The more it feels like a ‘sales pitch’ the less likely they will treat it seriously. BUT, I have never seen a card that sponsors someone. You must have personal contact with them to show it to them.

Tara Rising – Colorado Springs (Incoming)

What do you say after they’ve watched the video and sent a card? What’s the best way to show this to people in the medical field (doctors and nurses) that I play poker with?

A: I usually say, ‘What do you think?’ and go from there. The best way to show the doctors and nurses that you play poker with is just like you would show anyone else. Set up a time to show them and have them send a card to someone they love and then watch the video.

David Desrosiers – Tampa (Incoming)

To get the GAW appointment..what do you say? How do you get them to commit to a half hour vs. a “few minutes”. Thanks! Good seeing you in Ft. Lauderdale:)

A: I say, “I want to show you something really cool that I think you’ll like. When can I catch you in front of your computer for 30 minutes that I can show it to you”. If your relationship with them is strong, they will say, yes. Most people focus on ‘What should I say’ vs their relationship building skills. The key is in your rapport with them and not in what you specifically say.

Anonymous – Australia (1) What do we do when we get told to “ask our upline executive”? To our knowledge there is none. What can we do for that kind of advice?

A: It’s time to take 100% responsibility for your business. Your upline will never build your business for you. It’s up to you. You have EVERYTHING you need to build the business at your fingertips for $457. EVERYTHING. If it’s not on the website or if customer service can’t give it to you, it’s not relevant to building the business. Focus on what you have and not on what you don’t have. If there is no team in your area, good for you! That means YOU get to be the one that builds the team! Most successful business builders don’t have someone to lean on. You create the infrastructure that you feel you are lacking.


January 10, 2011

Shortcut to Success:

Everyone wants a shortcut. AND the good news is there are shortcuts. The bad news is they
are not what most people think. A shortcut is not a mass marketing system that will sign up
lots and lots of people for you. A shortcut is not an automatic sponsoring system that will
eliminate the need to talk to people. What most people see as the long road is actually the short road.
A 15 minute conversation is way more valuable than blasting an e-mail out to 150 people that you don’t know. Three 15 minute conversations per day with people in your network helps to create
the valuable relationships that can take your business to the next level.

1. TRANSFORMATION TIP: Keep a list of people to call every day just to ‘Check In’ – Call at
least 3 people a day just to say ‘Hi’ and see how they are doing.

2. TRANSFORMATION TIP: Spend 90% of your time connecting with people on a personal
level face to face or over the phone and 10% of your time connecting
with people using technology.

3. TRANSFORMATION TIP: Limit your time on Facebook to 15 minutes per day (I know that is hard for most of you but it’s a must if you want to build a successful business). My only exception to this rule is
if you want to ‘schedule’ 2 hours a week just to casually ‘chat’ with others that are online
to see if you can advance your relationships. It’s live and real time which is a different experience than
‘posting’. Your goal is to eventually take it offline so that you can have real human contact.

4. TRANSFORMATION TIP: Limit your TV time (or eliminate it all together). Replace it with reading and listening to positive CD’s. You won’t miss anything. You’ll hear the important stuff from your friends. TV kills brain cells and books and CD’s strengthens them.

5. TRANSFORMATION TIP: Seek out to MEET people that do business with people that would do business with us. When they see SOC they get excited because the know so many people that could benefit from
our program. Think about who does business with people that would do business with us?

6. TRANSFORMATION TIP: Send way more cards out that appreciate others and less cards
to market yourself. Go to your mailbox and pick up your mail. What do you keep and what do you throw away? What do you forget and what do you remember?

7. TRANSFORMATION TIP: Have fun with the business. Make your cards, colorful, social, active, vibrant
and FUN. Make your meetings light and easy. Be someone that others want to be around.’

***Talk about the leadership retreat at Donna Johnson’s home ***

A charismatic group is a group that others want to be part of.
Most peoples lives are weighted down in some really heavy stuff. Let our business become something that lightens their load.

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS:

Q: I just signed up. I lost my job and I’m out of savings. I need to go fast. What do I have to do to get to $5000 a month quickly?
A: Network Marketing pays you a little money to do a lot of work in the beginning and pays you LOTS of money (More than you are worth) later to do almost nothing. Unless you have hundreds of people that trust you enough to sit down right now, it takes some time to build things up. Network Marketing (in all cases) is a PART TIME BUSINESS designed to be built on a shoestring until you have enough
income to leave the job or traditional business. If a company offers you full time income from the start, its’ usually because of front end loading which is illegal. A big buy-in upfront can create big checks. However, it usually means purchasing product that get’s stockpiled to create big checks which is a regulatory no-no.

To create $5000 per month quickly, be prepared to hit the ground running doing 3-5 Gift Account Walk-Throughs per day at least 5 days a week. You’ll be on track to sign up 1-2 people per week as you gain exposure. You’ll need to be a Senior Manager or Executive to create that range of income typically. Most people making $5000 per month have between 400 and 1000 people in their organization and have about 5 people a day signing up (in their entire group).

Q: How do I get around the objection that someone needs to pay $457?
A: They don’t have to pay the money. We are offering them an opportunity to participate in a business
that has more potential than most franchises costing $100,000 or more with no overhead or employees.
It’s their choice if they want to start a business with us. The exact same skills are required to build ANY business regardless.

Q: How can I get my group to grow faster?
A: This question is the toughest question to answer of all. The speed of the leader does determine the speed of the pack. The greatest leverage comes from promoting the Events including conference calls, Webinars and TreatEmRights.

Here’s an email that I sent to a woman who has been struggling with getting her group to duplicate.

This morning I was talking to my husband and he made a remark that surprised me. He said, “If you work as hard as you do and can’t get duplication, something doesn’t make sense.”

Hi,
Thanks for your email . . . I wish I could wave a magic wand and help you be successful at Network Marketing. That’s what everyone wants. I can see that you have been working very very hard and it feels like you are beating your head up against a wall. That’s what I did for 14 years. My first 11 years I never sponsored one person and then I bounced between $100 and $3000 month for 3 more years before my checks started to go up. I understand and I don’t have a great answer for you. It’s 90% mindset and 10% effort. Until you find a runner, it’s a struggle. The real key is learning to let go of the struggle so there is space for the runner to find you.

This is a VERY easy business when you have the right team . . . and there is no secret to finding the right people other than going through what you are experiencing until you do. Most people don’t have what it takes to keep going long enough. After my first year in my 12th company working every day, I was making $180 a month (go back through ‘Beach Money’. My income comes from 7 out of 201 legs meaning that 194 people are doing little to nothing. You are in one of the 7 legs. Interestingly, you have one of the strongest uplines in the company, but all of them do it differently. There is no FORMULA that works until you FIND the right person (people). They will run circles around you when you find them.

You are DOING all the right things . . . BNI is good. Being on the calls is great. Going to TreatEmRights is essential . . . they are all important. You must have faith that there are people out there better than you and that they are looking for you just as you are looking for them. As soon as you stop believing this, you will stop working.

I recommend re-reading ‘Beach Money’ because it’s all in there. AND you may want to go to www.networkingtimes.com and order the MASTERMIND SERIES on CD. It’s all $100,000 per month earners (and we all have the SAME story). None of us DID the business well . . . we all worked on building stronger relationships and attracting great people until the RIGHT PEOPLE came into our groups. Donna Johnson has sponsored 200 people and 99% of her income comes from 3 legs. Randy and Orrin are the same.

I wish I had the magic wand but I don’t. You are DOING the right things. Whether you make it or not, will depend on your FOCUS not on what you are doing. We all do it a little differently, but our FOCUS allows us to minimize the frustration until good things happen.

FAITH:
Being sure of what you hope for and certain of what you do not see . . .

When Kody started SendOutCards, he had FAITH that the right people would eventually find their way to SendOutCards. Without those people (us) SendOutCards would have never grown into what it is today. He couldn’t have done it without us. He couldn’t have done it alone. This is important. Realize that you won’t build your business alone. You must FIND the right people, PEOPLE! :) They are out there. Do you have faith that this is a true statement? Do you believe that you will find them and attract them to want to join you? You must find the right people before your team will grow quickly. Kody invested $500,000 AND borrowed money from friends. It took a few years before he had his investment back and he still invests most of what he makes back into the company. That’s faith. He knew the right people would show up and some of us have!

WHAT TO DO WITH THE MONEY
I wish there was some kind of real shortcut to success. The problem is, when the money comes too
easily, it tends to go away just as fast. If you are not prepared for it when it starts to show up, guess what? It goes away. I made $8 million in my last company and wasn’t prepared. The result was I invested $4 million in profits and lost all of it. Professional athletes that haven’t prepared themselves to make a lot of money usually end their careers broke. Lottery winners regardless of how much they make usually end up broke. The time it takes to grow you business is the time most of us need to learn what we will do with the money when it starts to roll in. It’s a lot easier to make it than it is to keep it. Fortunately there really is no shortcut other than to work on adjusting our focus and alignment to things that attract the right people on a consistent basis.

Here are a few things to focus on to accelerate your growth:

1. Sorting
2. Dreaming
3. Communicating a vision through stories
4. Working consistently
5. Finishing
6. Being Generous and respecting people
7. Sending Out to Give
8. Meeting new people all the time
9. Recognizing that we don’t want everyone. Just the right ones to be working with us now.
10. Growing in all areas (personally and professionally)
11. Promoting
12. Patience
13. Resourcefulness
14. Faith
15. Working the Numbers
16. Deserving
17. Loving
18. Hanging out with positive and supportive people
19. Leading
20. Allowing (Letting go)
21. Building

Here are some things to avoid:

1. Gossip
2. Complaining and complainers
3. Whining and Whiners
4. Blaming
5. Getting sucked in
6. Distractions
7. Time killers (biggest ones TV and Facebook)
8. Excuses
9. Procrastination

From: Wendi Kelemen-Braden

Colleen Kilpatrick and I have created a group on Facebook based on the book “365 Thank Yous” by John Kralik. After hearing Johns story and reading his book we were inspired to commit to a year of sending out daily gratitude notes as well.

Can you imagine what could happen over the course of a year? How many lives would be impacted? Can you imagine how your own life would be blessed by living in gratitude?

Everyone we have mentioned it to has been equally enthused. So we created our group “The Gratitude Project” for people to connect together on this journey.

Whether you want to just observe the process of others in the group, or occasionally send out your own notes of gratitude, or want to commit to a 365 day journey, we welcome anyone who wants to join the group.

If you can’t find the group, contact Wendi Braden or Colleen Kilpatrick on FB.

Thanks you! Hope to see you both really soon!

Wendi Kelemen-Braden, Senior Manager


December 27, 2010

INTERNET LEADS, SOCIAL MEDIA AND BRANDING – PREPARING FOR 2011

Before we start, realize that a new year is your chance to reinvent yourself. Each year Icelebrate my accomplishments and start with a clean slate. I set aside my doubts and fears.

I use the ‘Etch-a-Sketch’ strategy. Remember when you were done with you drawing you simplyturn the etch-a-sketch’ upside down and shake! Do this with 2010 when you are done with itand start with a clean slate. Now draw out your life. What relationships would you like to clean up?Who do you want to meet? Where do you want to travel? Who do you want to be? How much moneydo you want to make? What impact do you want to have on the world? What would you like to accomplish?How much fun will you have? Who will you hang out with? Where will you be living?

We all have areas in our lives that are working and other areas that are not. Figure out what you want andget it done in 2011! This is your shot at designing your dream life . . . you have the vehicle that can get your there.

If all of this seems really overwhelming (which it may), simply write down 3 things that you want to achieve in the first quarter of 2010. At the very least do this: Just write 3 things. If they are things to do, if possible, put them on your calendar. Typically until they are scheduled, they never happen. If you have a trip you want to take, schedule it. Consider that it’s not real until you put it into existence (on your calendar).

Imagine if you just write 3 important things to do in the next 90 days and you get them all done . . . and then just do that 3 more times, you will have accomplished 12 things this year that are really important to you.

Most of us look back at our year and say . . . ‘where did the year go?’ Most of us are like a buoy bouncing around at sea. You must have a destination in mind to accomplish you dreams. First set your destination and then set your course.

I think it’s important to have three things mapped out to have a complete plan:

1. Your 3 dreams to accomplish each quarter

2. Your ‘I am’ statements

3. A plan of action (The Daily 8)

NOW LET’S TALK ABOUT OUR TOPIC FOR TONIGHT:

INTERNET LEADS, SOCIAL MEDIA AND BRANDING

THIS IS MY DISCLAIMER:

Before I start I want to say that everything that I say is my opinion based on my personal experience. I am going to tell you how it is from my perspective. There are exceptions to everything I say here. AND . . . I’m not RIGHT. This is just the way that I have chosen to build my business. You can choose to follow it or not based on your own experiences.

You may not agree with me and that’s okay! You probably won’t convince me to do it another way but you are certainly free, as an independent business owner to do it your way.

INTERNET LEADS:

Is it possible to find someone that has built a long-term, self-sustaining residual income through buying or creating cold market Internet leads? Yes, it’s possible, but they are hard to find. Most people that have built their businesses this way have found themselves having to continually rebuild over and over again. I’ll share my experiences with you.

1. Most of the top earners in network marketing do it the old fashioned way. They meet people and get to know them. They develop trust and mutual respect for each other. They share their business with the people that they know. They sponsor 1-4 people per month. They create opportunities for their ‘community’ to interact with each other through live events. Typically they don’t buy leads. Why?

a. People that work leads experience LOTS of rejection. Cold market is brutal.

Cold calling from even the most ‘qualified’ leads is the toughest way to build the business.

Even if you get really good at it, most others won’t make 100 to 150 calls a day to leadsand therefore your business becomes completely non-duplicatable. After getting’beat up’ by 10 or 15 people, most distributors will quit.

b. Good leads are expensive – Even if you have the money, the people you sponsor typically will not.

It’s hard enough to get someone to part with $500 to start a business. Now imagine trying to get themto spend $200 to $600 PER MONTH to buy leads. Now think about getting your team to do the same thing.

Again . . . totally not duplicatable! AND the cheaper the leads, the more resistant they typically are to hearingwhat you have to say. They will hang up on you; cuss you out, report you to the telemarketing regulators, etc.

Yuck!

c. Working Internet leads take a HIGH level of skill. It’s an art form that takes years to perfect. It’s notlike asking someone you know to take a look at a cool idea. You must practice scripts and get your timing down to a tee. You must be able to overcome objections, close hard and deal with lots of competition by other people that are calling the same leads. Again . . . most people will not do what it takes to master the skill of sponsoring Internet leads. I would never want to build my business this way. In fact I would probably quit in a week if this were required. It’s just not my bag to build in this way. AND it’s not duplicatable!

Please, please, please, . . . if you feel the need to ‘defend’ Internet leads, go back and read the first part of my e-mail. I’m just sharing my perspective.

Let me share a story with you from my last company . . .

As Ambassadors (the top position) in the company we were asked to call and congratulate the new SD’s on their promotions. An SD should take between 4-6 years to create and should be making no less than $40,000/mo. Once in awhile we would find an SD that would do it in 12-18 months. Sounds impressive. Usually when we called, we found out that our new SD was 18-25 years old and was making less than $2000 per month! When asked a few questions, we found out they were building by buying leads and ‘stacking’ their way to a promotion. So in other words they had a title and very little income. Usually they were very discouraged and on the verge of quitting. They were getting virtually no duplication for the reasons I shared earlier. I spoke with no less than 10 new SD’s that had built their businesses the way I just described using Internet leads. Most of them quit before ever getting to their 2nd year in the business because they believed they should be earning much more money than they were after achieving an SD title.

SOCIAL MEDIA

There are only a few things I want to say about Social Media.

1. It’s really fun and addicting – Imagine if you spend 1 hour a day on Face book or Twitter. No big deal . . .that’s only about 350 hours per year. Now what if your team does the same? Let’s say you have 100 people on your team that spend 1 hour a day . . . that’s 100 hours TODAY on face book! How much business could be done with those 100 hours? 35,000 hours per year on face book! Ouch! It’s addicting and it really doesn’t build the business.

2. Face book and LinkedIn are extremely valuable for connecting with people from your past. I search for names of the people from my past all the time. Once I find them, I can look through their friends and find others that I haven’t spoken to in years. TIP: In your profile, leave great details about your past so that the system can ‘link’ you with others that have similar profiles. I NEVER TALK BUSINESS ON FACEBOOK. I keep it personal. Any business talk will be done ‘offline’. The quickest way to get people to remove you as a friend is to try and recruit on face book. Use it to meet people and to reconnect with those you have lost touch with. Schedule a phone call and get re-acquainted. Get an address so you can send a card, but be very gentle about trying to recruit people before really re-establishing your relationship. My best advice is to ‘relax’ and let it happen naturally. LinkedIn is a much more professional site that links you to others in business.

3. Use Face book to post quotes, have fun and post fun photos of your family, team etc. Show LIFESTYLE on Face book. Let people have a ‘glimpse’ of your life. Keep it fun and positive. Don’t be a ‘Debbie Downer’. Be someone others will want to connect with.

4. Take business ‘offline’. You can post a personal message in the other person’s inbox, but again, do not ever try and recruit people through a post regardless of how tempting it may be. It’s obnoxious and it turns people away from you.

BRANDING

We could do a whole course on ‘Branding’ but for now I’m just going to make a few comments. Beach Money is a ‘Brand’. When people think of Jordan Adler, they think of ‘Beach Money’ and residual income. I had no intention of creating a brand when I wrote the book, however it kinda caught on and became my own personal brand. You’ll notice that a brand can start with your ‘I am’ statements. For example, Mohammed Ali became known as ‘The Greatest’. It became his personal brand. He said it over and over again . . . “I am the greatest!’ I encourage you to really look at who you want to become in the eyes of others and begin to brand yourself. Who are you? What do you represent? I met a nice lady who coined herself as a ‘CARDiologist’ She had scrubs made with a ‘CARDiologist’ logo on them. She’s ‘branding’ herself as the CARDiologist. Brands are all around us. Take a look at them. Observe other brands and begin to look at who you want to become that will set you apart and help others to remember you. Make sure your brand says what you want it to say. ‘The Situation’ from Jersey Shore is a brand. ROCKY is a brand. EAGLE is a brand! Branding can help you to differentiate yourself and be remembered . . . have fun with your brand. Come up with something cool that can serve you and your team.

So there you go! 2011 here we come! Get clear . . . have fun. Keep it simple. Focus on the fundamentals, work hard and see the job through! Let’s have the best year of our life!

By the way, Kody has some big plans for us . . . do you have big plans for him? I sure do!


December 6, 201

WHAT I LEARNED FROM 5 SIX FIGURE MONTHLY EARNERS:

I was reminded of many things as I experienced this training for the first time with ‘Fresh Eyes’.

1. Explain to a young person they have two options Plan A or Plan B . . . which do you choose?

Plan A:
Enroll in College
Pay up to $100,000
Take out loans that you
will be paying off for the next
10 to 20 years
Graduate in 4 years without
a job
2 weeks off a year for the rest of your life
Retire with a gold watch if you are one of the lucky ones

OR
Plan B:
Enroll in our Personal Development Program
Pay under $1000 (textbooks
written by people that are millionaires)
Get coached and mentored by people with a dream
lifestyle that want to teach you to do the same
Retire in 3-5 years with a residual income
Travel the world and have lots of time with your family
and those important to you

2. The young Gen Y movement is the future of Network Marketing

They have proven they can organize a ‘movement’ as they did getting Obama elected (whether you liked him or not) using social media. They recreated a political structure. A young generation of peoplehave not banded together like this since the rally’s and protests ending the vietnam war in the 60′s. They are entrepreneurs and don’t want to be like their parents. They have seen the struggles of their parents working in a ‘broken’ system. They are the ‘we can do anything’ generation and they are plugged in with iphones, blackberries and computers. In fact the Gen Y’s are inventing and running the high tech world we live it (think facebook).

They are the basketball moving through the garden hose and we are seeing the young generation with no boundaries joining network marketing at breakneck speed. We will likely see another movement emerge (it really already is . . . validated by so many successful entrepreneurs – validating the young
people (vs invalidating them which has happened in past generations – think about it . . . most of the new technologies we are enjoying today are being run by the younger generation). Largest movement in MLM history. They truly bring nationalities together – worldwide expansion.

3. What to say when someone says . . . ‘How much money are you making?’
(before you are making it) In reality it’s not okay to tell people how much you are making even when you are making a lot so the question is relevant regardless of whether you are brand new or an experienced top earner.

Here are a couple of good answers:

A. I’m getting paid exactly what I should be making based on what I have done

B. I don’t know, I haven’t finished collecting it . . . I’m still getting paid on work I did last month and the month before that! (think about it . . . once you have a team started, your checks come in whether you work or not. Over time, you can collect thousands, hundreds of thousands and even millions of dollars off work you started months or years prior) I have a few friends that collect 10′s of thousands of dollars a year and never work the business.

C. I’m still learning the system (Any professional must learn a system before having success – Doctors, Attorneys, Accountants, etc must all learn a system before they reap the rewards . . . we are no different)

4. Would I hire me?? Imagine if you were looking for someone to ‘run’ your business.
Would you hire you? If not consider re-inventing yourself and become the person you would hire
to do the job

5. “This may or may not be for you and the timing my not be right but I want to show
it to you and have you decide”

6. Step into the ‘Gap’. The ‘experts’ will always say . . . “it won’t work” This is where the greatest
opportunity lies. Be bold enough to step into that gap! Step into it with a level of energy and positivity
that attracts others. You be the leader that fills that gap! No one has ever done anything great
that wasn’t a dreamer. Become a dreamer and fill that gap.

7. A way to look at things:
I make $6 per minute . . . every minute of every day that I’m breathing. Whether I’m awake or
sleeping. I get paid for telling stories. In fact, I’m one of the highest paid story tellers in the world
for the reason that i just said . . . $6 per minute each and every moment of each and every day.
I may only tell 2 stories a day but I get paid a lot to tell them!

8. Yes and No are a Package Deal . . . most people go around trying to avoid ‘no’s so they
never talk to anyone. But we all want ‘yes’s'! No’s and yes’s come together like the front and the
back of your hand. You can’t have one without the other. (Read ‘Go for No’!) YES is the destination
and NO is the strategy. Go for no.

9. Juan Carlos from Mexico spoke no english 22 years old
22 years in the business. 10 years before his first $100,000 month. 7 years
with almost no income . . . just personal development. He’s a legend in MLM.
He didn’t quit.


November 15, 2010

Holiday Tips and More Great Stuff:
MEGAN’S TIPS:

I just have a few tips to share this week. I would love to get more from those listening so please send them in by emailing me at socmegan@gmail.com.

Many tips I received this week said to make sure you send yourself a copy of your Christmas or Holiday card so you can proofread it for any typos before you send it out to your entire list. Very smart.

I would like to add that it is imperative to get your entire campaign out before December 15th if you want your cards to arrive before the 25th. I would even go so far as to say, get your cards out by December 5th.

Now is a great time to start compiling your list and checking for correct addresses. Email your face book friends. Perhaps you’ve connected with people from your past this year. Maybe you’ve made new contacts that you don’t otherwise communicate with. Also, if you’ve moved this year, like I have, reaching out to collect and verify addresses will most likely give you an opportunity to update those that give you their addresses.

Paula Yudelevit

Suggested a great tip for any holiday, but especially for Thanksgiving. Put a favorite recipe on one of the panels of your campaign card.

As a side note, if you are planning on sending Thanksgiving cards, make sure to get them out this week. Thanksgiving is already one week from Thursday!

Paul Smith suggested something I know I already do. Many of you may already do this as well. Keep your camera with you or if you have an adequate camera phone, keep it handy when at holiday parties or family functions so you capture the festivities and send them as a great sentimental keepsake.

It’s rare that I will be at a Sendoutcards event and there aren’t at least 10 people with a camera ready for pictures to capture that “picture plus moment!”

Thanks for sending in your holiday tips of the week

Remember that there are 4 legs to the table and without all 4 legs the table is unstable . . . soooo, one leg is the DREAM. The second leg is the PRODUCT. The third is the PROCESS (How to) and the 4th is the SYSTEM. Megan’s tips were around strengthening the PRODUCT leg and I’m going to spend a few minutes on the PROCESS.

Let’s talk about GROUPS and a couple of ideas for following up.

I have my contacts set up in groups and then I simply ‘Act on Promptings’ (part of the two fold mission of SOC). I scan my groups once a week and look for groups that haven’t heard from me in awhile that I’m inspired to send a card to.

Here are a few of the most common groups I send cards to.

POTENTIAL DISTRIBUTORS (Those that have looked at SOC and haven’t gotten started)

LEADERS OF INFLUENCE (People with large networks)

REAL ESTATE INDUSTRY

CLOSE FRIENDS ASSOCIATIONS AND EVENTS THAT I HAVE ATTENDED and met people (I set up a separate group for each one)

Once in awhile I’ll have a ‘FLASH’ of inspiration for a card and I look to see who I might send it to. Sometimes it’s just a card. Sometimes it has brownies or a DVD. There is no right or wrong. It really depends on what you inspired to do and what your budget can handle. Again, I visually scan my groups once per week or so and decide who I want to send cards to (Card from 35,000 feet – Wi-Fi on Aircraft was sent to about 1000 people and I immediately signed up 3 distributors that have been ‘looking’ at SOC for 5 years!)

If you are not sure how to set up or send a campaign to a group, watch the webinars under SYSTEM TRAINING on your MAIN MENU. You’ll need to learn to do it to send your Holiday cards so you may as well learn to do it now! It’s really, really simple once you try it!

Please e-mail your questions to Megan.


WHAT TO SAY IN FOLLOW UP CARDS:

Write this down . . . “There is no LINE’ A line is something someone teaches you to say to GET someone to sign up. Remember, we are not out to GET people . . . we are out to GIVE something to people that makes them say hmmmm . . . I really like this! I could use this! I could share this!

A ‘line’ is manipulation.

It’s not sincere. It’s canned. We all need to look at the people we are showing SOC to as potential partners. We treat each person with respect whether they are working with us or not. It’s not us against them. In other words we don’t approach it as ‘What can I do or say to GET THEM TO SIGN UP?!’

Instead, we look at each person as someone to share our excitement and knowledge of the system so that they can truly appreciate how it will help them. We speak from the heart. We give them ideas that will help them be better human beings and have a better experience of life.

When someone asks me what they should say in their follow up cards my answer is always . . . ‘I can’t answer that because I don’t know your relationship with each person you are following up with.’

Be sincere. Share what you love about the system. Explain why you love it and how you use it. Ask them to try it for themselves. Get their feedback after they send a card. Show them how they can make money by helping others get started. There is no right or wrong. Speak from the heart. Anything ‘canned’ will feel ‘canned’ and end up in the trash. Most importantly, ACT ON

PROMPTINGS!

Finally . . . be careful who you get advice from . . . There is a guy I know that works for a company that sells $9000 Coaching programs. The programs help people increase their income and productivity as an entrepreneur. He has told me no less than 10 times in the past 3 years that he is ‘ready to sign up’ in SOC. Each time I say ‘Let’s go’, he says . . . he doesn’t have the money. This is not a function of him being low paid. It’s a function of him not managing his money well and integrity around his word. How can I do business with a guy like that? He’s not a product of his product. He’s been through the programs himself yet his results stink. He wants me to buy his coaching services yet his business life is a wreck. He’s not a very good product of the product. I’m not so much concerned about whether he sells a solid product. I know he does. I have a hard time doing business with a guy that doesn’t stay true to his word and can’t come up with $500 to go into business after 3 years of setting an intention!

There are many ‘gurus’ out there that say they will ‘help you’ build a business yet they have never built anything substantial using what they sell. I would never take advice from a financial planner that doesn’t have his or her financial house in order. I would be very careful about buying investment property from a Realtor that has never owned investment property. I would also be very careful about taking advise from Network Marketers that have never built a substantial business. It’s so easy to get sidetracked by people giving you tips about how to build the business yet they have never built a 5 or 6 figure Network Marketing income. Take advise from those that are doing it successfully.

Your sponsor may not be active or successful in the business and that’s okay . . . but go upline and find someone that has what you want. Look for the fruit on the tree and follow that advice.

You can’t go wrong if you follow the advice of the top 10 or 20 team builders in SOC.

1. Expand your DREAM by reading, listening to CD’s and going to seminars

2. Use the PRODUCT to it’s full capability

3. Practice the PROCESS till you become really good at it

(The Daily 8)

4. Plug people into the SYSTEM. Let it work for you! It’s free to promote and it will make you more money than you can imagine if you will just use it.

By doing these 4 things, you will be strengthening all 4 legs of the table and you will go on to build a solid and successful business.


November 8, 2010

SPONSORING AND LEADING YOUR FIRST TEAM:
(LEADING . . . not MANAGING). No one likes to be told what to do.
Imagine everyone ‘managing’ their team . . . no one is growing. Lead by example. ‘Manager’ is not the best title for the first promotion because everyone thinks that now they have to ‘manage’ their team. When you have $50,000 a month in volume coming from 5 or more legs then it’s okay to start ‘managing’. Until that time LEAD by EXAMPLE. Do what you want your team to do!

You must go wide before you can go deep

Width builds income and depth builds security

Doing meetings and walk-throughs for your group with them present builds depth and trains them . . . one on ones, two on ones and group meetings.

Working together as a team to build depth.
Build based on your commitment not based on your emotion that day.

Get rid of your TV for 2-3 years. It turns the brain to jelly. Use that time to grow personally by reading and listening to CD’s. You’ll find at least 10 extra hours a week to build your business so you can have a residual income.

4 legs to the table of building:
DREAM – Exercise the dream muscles again
PRODUCT – Use it and believe in it
PROCESS – HOW to build (Fast Start Plan)
3 basic steps . . .
SYSTEM – Plug in . . . the system frees YOU up so you can have a life.
(Weekly Conf Calls, SOCTV, Super Saturdays, Treat ‘Em Rights, Convention)

When one or more legs of the table aren’t in place, the table doesn’t stand.

October 25, 2010- Sponsoring your Whole Town
THE 100/0 PRINCIPLE (2 minutes):

http://www.100-0principle.com/?cm_mmc=CheetahMail-_-MO-_-10.18.10-_-HUZOMovie

THIS 20 MINUTE VIDEO WILL CHANGE YOUR LIFE:
It’s done by Jessica Jackley the Co-Founder of Kiva. Kiva is the organization that 100% of the profits from Beach Money go to. She is speaking at the TED Conference. Turn off all distractions and watch this one . . . It’s called
‘Poverty, Money and – Love . . . ‘

If you are having a rough day, it will pick you up. Work
to capture the PASSION of Jessica Jackley.

http://www.ted.com/talks/jessica_jackley_poverty_money_and_love.html

HOW TO SPONSOR YOUR WHOLE TOWN:

We are in the business of ‘Networking’. As I was walking through the downtown area of ‘The Loop’ in Chicago, I was asking myself, “What would it take to sponsor this whole city?” There are skyscrapers all around me and literally tens of thousands of people within eyesight! I can imagine thousands and thousands of people sitting at their desks and on their i-phones sending cards around the world from this city. Each time I go to a TreatEmRight Seminar I am reminded that every single person needs SendOutCards for different reasons. Some need it because they need to receive cards. Many people are afraid and hurting. People need to be lifted up. Many feel alone and discouraged. They need encouragement from another human being. Others need to send cards so they can feel connected. And of course there are many that need our opportunity . . . options are pretty limited for creating income and I can’t think of a more fun or worthwhile business.

When I started with SendOutCards approximately 6 years ago, there was virtually no one in Arizona doing it. Today we have 5,000 distributors and 11 Executives in our State. Now that’s a far cry from sponsoring the whole city of Phoenix (3.5 million people) but it’s a start.

Again, we are in the business of ‘Networking’. Networking is connecting with people and being of service. It’s forging mutually beneficial relationships. When we talk about contacting our ‘Warm Market’ we are talking about contacting those people we know (which by the way are the people we have met, connected with at some level and built relationships with!)

I don’t know of a faster way to Sponsor a town or city than to ‘Network’ with people.

Imagine how a forest fire grows. It usually starts with a lightening strike or a careless camper. From there it begins to burn until it gets out of control. Once it’s out of control, it’s very difficult to stop. Embers from the forest fire spark off and blow across the freeway to start more fires. One fire can turn to many. In fact the HOTTER the fire is where it started that faster it grows. WIND also plays a role!

There are clues all around us for sponsoring an entire town or city . . .JUST LOOK AT PEOPLE AND ASK YOURSELF HOW THERE GOT TO BE
SO MANY? Each person is connected to the others at some level. Some people don’t have any kids and some have 11 or more!

OR LOOK AT NATURE . . . How did a forest become a forest? It really started with a seed.
Each tree is connected to the others at some level

Networks are all around us! Isn’t this how Facebook started and grew?

What can we learn from all of this?

Well sitting here in Chicago, I must ask myself . . . how can I quickly expose this entire city to our company? It will start with one or two. I will work with those one or two to create a small team . . . from there we can begin to get into the ‘Networks’ of other people. Everyone is connected to others and by finding the most influential people in each group, WE can begin to build a fire that will burn across the entire city!

Networking is the most valuable skill you can develop for building a big team in your city and growing it into other cities. I have probably only sponsored people in about 25 cities but my team is now in about 8,000 towns and cities. I have only visited a handful of the cities that are represented by our group.

So how do you quickly develop the skill of networking?

TWO THINGS:

1. Read about it

2. Do it.

The more you do it, the better you will get at it. Don’t delay. Learn by doing.
Here are some great books you can read on Networking:
A Referral of a Lifetime by Tim Templeton
Endless Referrals by Bob Burg
The Go Giver by Bob Burg
The 29% Solution by Dr Ivan Misner
Business by Referral by Dr Ivan Misner
Truth or Delusion by Dr Ivan Misner

AGAIN . . . THERE IS NO MORE VALUABLE SKILL YOU CAN DEVELOP FOR ANY BUSINESS THAN NETWORKING!

Networking can quickly get you to the most well-connected and influential people in your community. You’ll cut years off of your timeline by networking because much of the legwork and relationship building has already been done for you!

For example, Kathy Ireland, Tom Hopkins, Janet Jackson, Elizabeth Taylor and many many others are in my organization and I didn’t know or sponsor any of them! They came in under people that ALREADY had relationships with them or their organizations. Do you see the power in this?

In fact, almost ALL of my growth is a result of powerful networks that are already in place. We get paid well to tap into networks that are already in place!

Here are just a few of the THOUSANDS of networks that are already in place:

TRADE ASSOCIATIONS
REALTORS
PLUMBERS
PUBLIC SPEAKERS
STAY AT HOME MOMS
WORKING MOMS
BUSINESS OWNERS
ENTREPRENEURS
DOCTORS
CHIROPRACTORS
SURGEONS
CHURCHES
SOFTBALL LEAGUES
PROFESSIONAL ATHLETES
ENTERTAINERS
ACTORS
PRODUCERS
DIRECTORS
AUTHORS
MASSAGE THERAPISTS
GARDENERS
POETS
CIGAR SMOKERS
TRUCKERS
HEALTH PROFESSIONALS
TRAVEL PROFESSIONALS
NETWORK MARKETERS
COMMUNITY GROUPS
LIONS CLUBS
KIWANAS CLUBS
INVESTORS
GYMNASTS
BOOSTER CLUBS

This list is endless . . . people that have common interests are usually connected in some way and when the right person comes into your group, you’ll have a direct connection to all of those people over night. There is no faster way to connect with people than to tap in to a pre-existing network.

So what’s the key to sponsoring your entire city? The answer is meeting and connecting to the right people. I’m not suggesting cold calling. I’m talking about ‘Networking’. Have you heard the phrase 6 degrees of separation?

In fact, Jim Packard is a master at getting referrals from his customers. Because of this ONE SKILL he has built an organization of over 14,000 people!

So . . . when you meet the right person what do you say to them?

“I want to show you something that could have great benefit to you in your organization (or your network). I just want to show it to you and have you tell me the implications of it . . . ”

Rapport is the most important aspect of success in networking. Build rapport and be generous. It couldn’t hurt to send someone a Starbucks card in advance if you want some of their time. Always look for introductions. I would much rather have a strong introduction on a three way call than to ‘cold call’ someone.

If there is someone I want to meet, I ask someone that I know that might know that person and ask them to introduce me. The bigger your personal network gets the easier this is to do. Your goal is to build a big network of people that trust and like you. You want to hold close to you a network of people that others want a piece of because then they will be contacting you!

I want to close with this thought . . . some of you are seeing an opportunity now that you didn’t see a few minutes ago. You are looking at things from a different point of view. You are flying higher and seeing a perspective that was out of sight a few moments ago. Because of this new view of life, you will make better choices that will lead to quicker success. Keep this in mind when you get stuck . . . usually it’s not so much WHAT you are doing wrong. It usually has more to do with how you are looking at things and your POINT OF VIEW. Change your point of view and you can change your life. If you are working hard and not having great results, it may be that you need to change how you are viewing things.This is why personal development is so important. Our minds expand . . . we see things differently and as a result we make better decisions.

Those that have climbed higher on the mountain can see things that we can’t always see. They can provide direction that can serve us. I am always looking to surround myself with those more successful than myself. I can gain insights that can help me in being more productive and successful at what ever I do.



October 18, 2010- The Game of Sendoutcards:

THE ‘GAME’ OF SENDOUTCARDS:

When you look at something as a ‘game’ a few things begin to

happen:

GAME DEFINITION: An activity engaged in for amusement or play.

Games are:

1. More fun

2. Easy to measure

Games give you:

1. Control of your destiny.

2. A challenge to ‘win’

(we were taught as children to play games to win)

Games are invented much like SendOutCards was ‘invented’. Let’s look at what a game entails. In other words, if we look at what makes up a good game and then we incorporate those same things into the ‘game’ of SOC, we can have a more fulfilling experience while playing:

1. There is usually some type of ‘interface’ like a game board

or website that has characters, objects, places, etc.

2. There is usually something to ‘do’ or ‘accomplish’ – This is the

‘Object of the Game’ – The first question we ask when sitting down to

play a game is “What’s the object of the game?”

3. There are almost always instructions and rules for play.

4. There is a way to ‘keep score’

5. Most of us play to ‘win’

6. There is sometimes an element of ‘luck’ involved.

7. Winning or losing us usually not a matter of ‘life’ or ‘death’. If we lose it’s a bummer, but life goes on.

8. Some games are more challenging than others and some people tend to do better than others.

9. We can develop our ‘skills’ to get better at games as we play more often.

10. Cheating almost always has negative consequences.

11. Games cause us to focus

12. Competition in games can cause us to be more productive than if we weren’t playing against someone else.

So how can we apply these simple principles to the ‘Game’ of SendOutCards.

1. Our ‘interface’ (gameboard) is the world filled with people and the SendOutCards websites:

a. www.sendoutcards.com to manage your business and send cards and gifts.

b. www.socretail.com/YOURID# to manage ‘Retail Accounts’

c. www.sendoutcards.com/YOURID# to manage ‘showing SOC to others

2. The ‘Object of the Game’ is to achieve the two fold mission of SendOutCards.

a. to act on promptings and help others do the same.

b. to achieve financial freedom and help others do the same

3. The Instructions and Rules for play come in your kit and are on the SendOutCards site under ‘System Training’ and the Policies and Procedures.

4. We keep score using ‘The Daily 8′ (www.thedaily8.com) and our BUSINESS OFFICE

5. How do we know when we are winning? Here are some of the things I use to determine

whether I am winning:

a. My paycheck – My paycheck is a ‘measuring stick’ that determines how well I am doing

at serving other people in this game. In other words if I am acting on promptings and ‘moving’ people in

a positive way, if I am helping others do the same, my check will go up. If not, it won’t grow.

b. The number of people I meet and the quality of the relationships that I have with them: The ‘gameboard players’ are the people in the world. They must want to ‘play’ with me in life. In order for that to happen, I need to:

1). Meet them

2). Get to know them personally

3). Stay in touch with them

4). Add value to their lives

When I do this successfully, I add new people to my personal network which ‘advances’ me in my game! This involves personal phone calls, meetings, sending cards, socializing, giving back by being generous, etc.

c. How good I feel and how happy I am – Each day that I can wake up, feel good and experience happiness is a win for me. I am unable to play the game when I’m not feeling good or if I’m unhappy. So I ‘win’ each day that I experience happiness

d. Progress on my personal development plan – I win when I’m growing personally. I strive to learn something new every day which includes listening to personal development CD’s and reading from personal development books. I can also grow through the people I meet.

There is a direct connection between your personal success in business and life AND 3 things:

1). The size of your network

2). The quality of your relationships

3). Your personal growth

**************************************************

HERE’S AN EXAMPLE:

Hey Jordan!

Hope all is well in your neck of the woods.

Listen, something weird is going on.� I think I mentioned to you that in addition to having a coaching practice, I also do corporate training.�

That was a primary source income for me when I left the practice of law to start my coaching business at the end of 2005. But that work began to dry up in the fall of 2008.� By 2009 there was nothing going on.�

Well, about a month ago I got offered 3 training gigs.� I thought that was absolutely fantastic.Fast forward to today, I’ve now got 11 training gigs on my calendar total!� And they’re all before the end of the year.

It seems so bizarre to go from 0 to 11 in a matter of a few weeks. My first thought is that it was a sign that the economy is beginning to recover. And that’s great of course, but then I started to wonder if it was something else.� Because of SOC, personal development has become a daily habit for me.� (I’ve actually been meditating quite a bit on the words you mentioned to me in our most recent email communication: congruity, conviction, knowing, and the energy you send out.)

It just occurred to me that maybe the personal development work I’ve been doing isn’t just fueling my SOC business but also my “daytime” gig.

I’d love to know what you think… .

Best,

Monica

*******************************************************************************************

6. Yes . . . there is an element of ‘Luck’ involved. But what is luck? Can you attract it?

I think so. In fact one of my ‘I am’ statements is ‘I am lucky’. Did you guys see what happened

at the convention? Out of thousands of entrants I won 2 out of the first 3 drawings. Linda Clemmons was blown away. Many of you thought it was set up. I was on stage in front of almost 4,000 of you and drew my own name to fly on the private jet to Vegas that night. It wasn’t set up. I REALLY pulled my own name!! Of course I through it back since I was providing the trip. But then guess what happened? Linda Clemmons pulled my name to win the new Mustang Convertible! I through that one back as well. Linda came over to me afterwards and said she wanted to go to Vegas with me. I AM lucky! Why? Because I said so . . . Is it lucky that I found Jim Packard or that David Frey came into my group or that Demarr kept sending me cards? Was it just dumb luck that Todd called me back or that I decided to do SendOutCards when virtually every one of the so-called ‘experts’ said there was no money to be made? Yes, there is luck involved but you can start being ‘lucky’ today.

7. In a game, winning is not a matter of ‘life or death’. But lots of you guys simply ‘freak out’ when things don’t go your way. I get it . . . when I joined SOC, I was going through $20,000 per month in savings. That can create a lot of stress. Money is like water . . . it flows into your life and it flows out of your life. We must take it in stride. Never let crisis turn into ruin. Money is ‘energy’. Money is ‘ideas’. It’s not real. It’s an agreement. It’s available to all of us in abundance. Never let the highs get too high and never let the lows get to low. In the game of SendOutCards, it’s not life or death. I understand that for some of you it’s really really important for you to make this work. I’m just talking about one of the basic fundamental principles to playing this game at your best. Most of the time it won’t serve you to make it so serious that the world will come to an end if you don’t win. In fact, you’ll do much better if it becomes fun and really not that i

mportant for you to win. I really think that because I didn’t plan on being ‘big’ in SOC, it went much faster. In Jim Packard’s words (now this is profound wisdom folks . . . ‘Have fun!’)

8. Stretch yourself to the level necessary for maximum fulfillment. Games are fulfilling when you are challenged. Games are also more fun when you are competing and making progress. Think about it. A game is really not that great if it’s too stressful or if you are not making progress. In fact think about games you’ve played where you were so far behind it just wasn’t fun. Now think about games you’ve played where you had some tough competition, you lost the game but the challenge was made it really fun! We must be challenged and we must grow and compete to enjoy the process. In the game of SOC if you are sending out cards and acting on promptings, you’ll never really lose.

9. We already talked about the importance of personal growth. We win as we grow. Measure your success not just based on your check but also based on your personal growth. Your check will rise to meet the level of your impact on the world. Your impact on the world will expand as you grow personally.

10. Cheating in our game involves doing things that hurt other people or that cheats the company in some way. You’ll never win in the long run by cheating. Cutting corners or breaking policies to get a promotion will hurt you in the long run.

11 and 12. Why is it that many times in periods of challenge we get extremely focused? When we have a clear and definitive ‘purpose’ we can get extremely focused. Imagine the mom that has to save her child from harm. There is no fear and there is extreme focus. Sometimes a will to win can help to create that focus. For some people, the stresses of winning or challenge can cause ‘shut-down’. You may know what I’m talking about. Or . . . you might find those stresses motivating in some way. They may cause you to get focused and ‘driven’. You must find your own balance. Competitive stress can motivate you or cause you to shut down. I can go to downtown Chicago . . . look around in awe at the sheer size of the city and get completely overwhelmed. OR, I can look at the thousands and thousands of people and get extremely focused on how I will impact so many lives as SendOutCards moves through the networks across the skyscrapers of the city.

SendOutCards is simply ideas that have been put together in a way to positively serve humanity. As you ‘view’ SendOutCards as a game, you gain power over it as something fun and playful vs something serious and difficult.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PLAYING THE (what to do) :

There are specific instructions to playing the game. The instructions are given to you in your kit and on your website . . . ie; How to send a card, How to send campaign, How to send out a DVD or a Gift, How to show someone the video, How to show someone how to send a card, etc. Send a Card a Day and a Gift a Week. Do at least 1 Gift Acct Walk-Through per day, etc. There are videos that give you the instructions under ‘System Training’

RULES TO THE GAME (a guide for conduct or action): There are also some rules to follow: ie; Don’t use ‘income projections’ to recruit, Be respectful of others recruiting efforts, Do the right thing, etc. You’ll find these in the policies and procedures. There are also rules to life . . . when you follow them you’ll attract great people. When you don’t, you’ll drive people away. ‘How to win friends and influence people’ by Dale Carnegie and ‘The Magic of Thinking Big’ by David Schwartz are great books for learning these fundamental rules. There are also ‘Rules’ to playing the ‘Network Marketing’ Game. There are many books that help to lay out these rules for you.

How you measure a win is up to you. I gave you my

criteria. You may define your ultimate win in the following way . . .

WIN: Financial Freedom

BIG WIN:
Financial Freedom for you someone else EVEN BIGGER WIN: New people in your organization achieving financial freedom each month AND . . . THE MOTHERLOAD: As a result of what you have started, people in other organizations are achieving financial freedom


October 11, 2010- “Is it Just Me?”

Is it just me? Random thoughts . . .

A business for the cost of car payment! $500. It dawned on me that most people don’t hesitate to have a car payment that they pay every single month for the cost of our business one time. And most people that say they don’t have the money to get started in our business are spending $1000 on a flat screen TV that does nothing but feed the mind with negative info. Is it just me or is it really most likely not the money that’s the issue . . . it’s usually that someone doesn’t believe it’s true or they don’t believe that THEY can do it.

I find it interesting that many adults can’t find $457 to start a business after working for 5 to 35 years of their lives. Wouldn’t you think THAT would be enough to get them to figure out how to get things going. But noooooo! Why? Because most people lack the confidence to do it. That’s wher we come in. We help them believe that they can do it and then we show them how they can do it. This is what you get paid for. . . . interestingly ‘broke’ college students figure out how to get $500-$1000 for an iphone and a laptop. They ‘figure it out’ because it’s important to them. When this becomes important to someone AND they believe they can do it . . . then (and only then) will they come up with the money.

Have you ever noticed that when you ‘need’ a loan, the banks won’t give you one. Yet people that don’t need money are always being offered opportunities to ‘borrow’ money. The ‘systems” way of rewarding those that demonstrate responsibility is to offer them the option to borrow more money. A bank knows that a responsible person will most likely pay it back. The same holds true for people that are looking for help in the business. There are people that ‘need’ your time (they don’t necessarily want it) and there are people that ‘deserve’ your time. In other words they have earned a spot on your calendar. If someone has a good ‘credit score’ with you (in other words they have earned the right to receive your help, then spend some time helping them to get going. When someone ‘needs’ your time and attention, more often than not, you will be let down by their lack of ambition. If you are one of the needy ones, it’s time to ‘shift’ that energy and become someone who deserves the t

ime of your upline because of your commitment, enthusiasm, ambition, positive attitude and work ethic.

Ironically if were to go to someone famous like Brett Favre, Robert Duvall or Eminem and offer them an opportunity that could pay them $100,000 per month, they would laugh in face and say they are not interested. Why? Because $100,000 per month wouldn’t even pay their basic expenses. However when presented to someone down at the office, they laugh at you for being outrageously ridiculous. “What?? $100,000 per month?? It must be a SCAM!!” :) We live in a different world. In the entertainment business, $100,000 per month is not a lot of money if you are a top performer. They make millions. If you can’t act, sing or play football, our business can offer you an opportunity to make $10,000, $20,000, $50,000 or even more than $100,000 per month without an outrageously ridiculous up-front start up cost. Do you realize how few people make ‘bank’ in professional athletics, entertainment and music? It’s a fraction of a fraction of a percent. Yet millions pursue it every day. We offer

a level playing field to ANYONE wanting to play. AND did you ever stop to think that the ‘investment’ to become a famous author, athlete or entertainer FAR exceeds the investment to become a successful network marketer. There are headshots, training camps, acting classes, auditions, uniforms, etc for years and years and years with no guarantees. But until someone believes that it’s possible, no investment will be made!

In my first 2 years or so I used to say, “I think this is going to be big” And you know what . . . I was right. It got pretty big. Well, after convention, I had the same occurrence. I really think this is going to be big! When I look at where we have come from and the plans for expansion that are in place, I can honestly tell you that I think this is going to be really big. In fact anyone that was at the convention will tell you the exact same thing. So guess what I started saying to people once again . . . “I really think this is going to be big!” AND . . . I have people today that say . . . “man, I wish I had listened to you 5 years ago!” In fact I have people that signed up 5 years ago that didn’t do a darn thing . . . and some of them have said . . . “Man, I wish I had done something with it!” Well, I promise you that there will be people that will ‘think about it’ for the next 5 years and say, “Man, I wish I had listened to you back in 2010!” Don’t let yourself be that

person!

Write this down . . . (SENDOUTCARDS + YOU = Retire Early)

We all have SendOutCards. SendOutCards is a vehicle for helping people to act on Promptings and for Financial Independence. But SendOutCards is SendOutCards. If SendOutCards was the answer, wouldn’t everyone that was signed up be successful? SendOutCards is simply a vehicle. You must add your unique element of YOU into the equation. Your excitement, your ingenuity, your ideas, your relationships. So as you combine SendOutCards with your unique YOU you’ll begin to experience some growth in your team and your checks. Do you see that it’s YOU that differentiates the winners from the losers? YOU make the difference.

REALLY??

I find it interesting that each of these professions require an investment in education of $20,000 up to $150,000 with no guaranteo of anything but a diploma. Our business has a potential much greate and offers residual income where YOU control your own time for under $500.

>Get paid to use your creativity and imagination with these great-paying jobs!

By Chris Kyle

Imagine this: getting paid to let your imagination run wild.

If you’re a creative person with a great imagination, we’ve got some ideas to help you turn your passion into a profit with one of these eight great-paying careers.

1. Graphic Designer

graphic designer, you can use your active imagination to dazzle clients by imagining and executing visual solutions to their communication problems. Training: Interactive media is a game changer for graphic designers, who often earn a bachelor’s in computer aided design, animation, or graphic design and multimedia. Shorter certificate programs can also help you keep pace with the competition.

Pay: Graphic designers earned an annual average salary of $42,400 in 2008. Those specializing in computer systems design earned an average of $47,860.
Find Graphic Design degree programs now.

2. Marketing Professional Creative brainstorming sessions are the norm for

marketers, who are constantly coming up with fresh ways to communicate with consumers.

Training: It’s not enough to come up with a brilliant plan. You need to know how to execute it.

Marketing/communications

programs can help you launch your career. An MBA can help you land a more senior position.

Pay: Marketing managers earned an average of $108,580 per year in 2008.

Search for online and local Marketing programs now.

3. Detective/Forensics

If you enjoy detective stories, why not live the life yourself?

Before detectives and forensics specialists can get the bad guy, they have to imagine how he did it.

Training: An active imagination can help law enforcement personnel envision crime-scene scenarios and motivations for different suspects. A lot of legwork is required, but imagination can be the key to cracking a case. A degree in forensics/crime scene, police & law enforcement, or

Criminal justice can help make that your job description.

Pay: The median annual wage for detectives and criminal investigators in 2008 was $60,910.

Find Criminal Justice & Security degree programs now.

4. Business Entrepreneur

Walt Disney once famously said, “If you can dream it, you can do it.” Creating a successful company requires bold, unconventional thinking. Some people call visionary businesspeople “crazy” -

> until their idea becomes huge. There are no guarantees in the

> business world, but every great business starts with that new

> idea. Do you have what it takes to make an idea come to life?

> Training: Get started with an associate’s
> or bachelor’s
> degree in business administration or e-business/e-commerce,
> and finish with an MBA.
> Pay: SimplyHired.com says the average entrepreneur earns
> $111,000.
> Search
> for local and online Business degree programs.
> 5. Video Game Designer
> Sharing their own mind-blowing ideas can quickly turn profitable for video
> game designers since imagining new worlds is what they do for a living.
> Training: But imagining that brave new world is just the first
> step. Getting a degree in video
> game design or animation
> can help you share that vision with the rest of us.
> Pay: Video game designers new to the job make about $46,000,
> according to AnimationArena.com.
> Discover
> the magic behind video games with a Video Game Design program.
> 6. Forensic Accountant
> Money laundering is a dirty business that requires smart,
> creative accountants
> to visualize how the white collar criminals do what they do.
> Training: Math courses are the obvious choice here and you’ll get
> plenty of those while getting a bachelor’s degree in accounting
> or busines.
> administration. An associate’s
> degree in accounting can help you land a more entry-level job.
> Pay: Accountants and auditors earn $59,430, with the top ten
> percent clearing over $100,000, according to the Department of
> Labor.
> Find
> online and local schools with Accounting programs.
> 7. Teacher
> An active imagination and a flair for creativity helps teachers
> connect with students. And the more they inspire the students,
> the more the students return the favor.
> Training: Teachers need an active imagination – and credentials.
> Thankfully, getting your education
> degree or teaching
> certificate has never been easier, thanks to a proliferation of online
> teaching programs.
> Pay: Forbes magazine says new teachers made $49,000 in 2005-06,
> the most recent year for which data is available.

Find

> online Teaching degree programs now.
> 8. Chef
> Among other things, inventiveness is a key to being a great chef.
> Great dishes won’t make as big a splash if the artistic
> presentation isn’t up to par.

Training: Prior experience in the industry may help you get your foot in the door. If you want to get formal training, look into getting a degree in culinary arts.

Pay:
Chefs, and head cooks earn an average of $38,770 per year.That average goes up ($44,660 per year) for those in traveler accommodation.

Search for Culinary Schools near you. Unless otherwise noted, all salary data is from The U.S. Department of Labor, and represents the annual average salary in


May 2008.

Again, the schools to participate in these careers cost 20 to 100 times what it costs to participate in our opportunity. And our training ranges from ‘Free’ to $25. The value you get from being involved in this program is unmatched. AND the potential for gain is unmatched.

Let’s take a look at OPTIONS for a family of 4 that are having some financial struggles. Tom and his wife Judy both work and they have to put their kids in childcare which costs them $500 per week for 2 kids.

When they are both working they have to earn an additional $2000per month AFTER taxes which means they must make an additional $3000 per month.

The husband gets laid off. The wife makes $4000 per month at her job. Her take home is about $3000 per month after taxes. Their expenses are $7000 per month so they are upside down by about $4000 per month. They have $30,000 in credit card debt and their house is maxed out. They have gone through all of their savings and they are scared because after 3 months of looking for a job, they aren’t even getting calls back from employers. The situation is grim. What are their options?

1. Tom could go back to school to be better qualified for a higher paying job. The problem is higher paying jobs aren’t available right now. The few that do exist are in short supply and the competition is fierce. It doesn’t solve the problem that Tom and Judy have right now. They are upside down and have no money to pay for additional schooling.

2. Tom could go get a part time job to hold them over. Well . . . now they are dealing with the real life childcare issue. Tom can’t seem to find a part timejob that will pay him enough to even cover the childcare while he’s away from home.

3. Tom could open a franchise. Most franchises cost between $20,000 and $500,000 and require liquid assets of $50,000 or more. Tom and Judy have neither.

4. Tom could start a traditional business and take out a loan to get things going. Tom has no experience running a traditional business and no one will give him a loan because he has no experience and no customers. He also has heard that it typically takes 1-3 years to break even before any profits are realized. This option is out.

5. Tom can’t sing, act or play sports to the degree that anyone would want to pay him. These are the issues that many families are dealing with today. Network Marketing provides the only viable option that I can see today.

1. The start up cost is minimal at a few hundred dollars
2. It can be worked PART TIME from HOME. So typically childcare is not needed.
3. It gives you the flexibility to work as much or as little as you choose. You control your own hours
4. It has unlimited growth potential and you can start being profitable very quickly because the upfront commitment is so small
5. It provides RESIDUAL which can provide income even during the time that you take a break

6. You typically get free training and support from others that have already done it.


SUMMARY:

PT JOB :( More time away from the kids. No residual. Cost of childcare

GO BACK TO SCHOOL :( $20,000-$150,000 and no income. No guarantees but a diploma

OPEN A FRANCHISE :( Close doors money stops. Manage teenagers. No residual. 3-5 years to break even OPEN A TRADITIONAL BUSINESS :( 90% failure. $20,000 to $150,000 startup. 3-5 years to profitability. BECOME AN ENTERTAINER, AUTHOR OR PROFESSIONAL :( No skills. High risk. Expensive to start.

ATHLETE.

BUILD A NETWORK MARKETING BUSINESS. :) Low start up. Free training. Unlimited Potential. Residual Income. Work from home. Support from team.

Hey Jordan,

I wanted to get your perspective on some stuff that came bubbling up for me at Convention. What I saw as contradictions in my mind. I need a little help reconciling them I think. I guess my biggest concern is, what if they are internal blockages that are holding me back?

Again, this is just when you have time. And if it’d be easier to talk through some of this on the phone, I’m happy to do that instead.

1. Give to give vs. give to get

Makes sense overall as a concept absolutely. But when I put the concept of “give to give” up against some of my “I am” statements, it feels challenging to reconcile the two. For example, when I say out loud, “I live a life of service,” it feels like “give to give.” But when I say, “I am on the Orlando trip in 2011″ or “I am an Executive by Convention 2011″ it feels like I’m focused on getting something rather than giving.

Not to mention, the latter brings up the green-eyed monster. Speaking of which…

MY ANSWER: Keep in mind that the achievement of your dreams and goals will only happen when you add value to the lives of others. You must give to give in order to see your dreams and goals come to fruition. Any success that doesn’t come from a place of giving will be short lived.

There is no giving without getting . . . just like your hand has a front and a back. You can’t have the front without the back. You must receive as you give and vice versa

2. Re: approaching people to share SOC: “You can’t say the right thing to the wrong person” and “You can’t say the wrong thing to the right person” vs. being a powerful communicator and storyteller

I take comfort from the former. But if that’s true, then how do you reconcile it with the latter?

MY ANSWER: For some people there is NOTHING you can do to stop them from ‘seeing’ it. And for others, there is NOTHING you can say right to get them to see it. Just let go of the requirement to do it right.

3. Time is one of the unalterable principles of success of vs. folks who shot up to Executive in 4 months

The former is comforting but again, how do you reconcile that with the latter? Perhaps it’s not time per se but how many hours you spend showing the presentation…

MY ANSWER: It doesn’t have to do with ‘time’. It has to do with congruity, conviction, knowing, and the energy you send out. The number of exposures does play into it but only when everything else is in balance. It’s a function of letting go and allowing vs trying harder or trying to do it right.

4. Celebrating others’ achievements vs. envy

OK this is embarrassing but at first I was delighted to clap as people crossed the stage but the more it went on, the more I felt this wrenching in my gut that I so badly wanted to be one of them. And it got hard to celebrate them. Blushing now. Is feeling envious a stumbling block or motivation or both?

MY ANSWER: I understand this feeling. In my early successes in Excel, I felt the same thing . . . I felt the ‘pain’ of seeing so many people go across the stage but not me. It actually served me because it gave me a little ‘fight’ to go get it done. It was just the right amount of anxiety to set me into action. That ‘off-balanceness’ is sometimes what’s needed on the other side of motivation

5. Believing vs. doubting

I’ll go ahead and admit I vacillate between the two. And I worry that all that back-and-forth may impede my progress. But I’m hoping that as long as I continue to feed my faith and move forward in spite of doubt that I’ll be able to build an amazing business. Is that so?

MY ANSWER: You’ll always go back and forth between believing and doubting. Doubting is a part of being human. You must get really good at letting go of doubt when it comes up and also transcending from belief to ‘knowing’. There is no doubt in knowing. Kody know’s . . . it’s way more than belief. Think about your faith. It’s the same thing. Believing and doubting live in the same space. But knowing has a place all of its own.

6. Your approach to showing SOC vs. Tommy Wyatt’s friend calling him every day for a month until he agreed to take a look

What you’ve taught me is simply to check in with folks after a GAW to see if they’ve had a chance to send another card. It sounds like Tommy’s friend almost drove him nuts. I’m assuming that that’s just a personality-driven difference as to how to show the business, and we get to choose. In other words, one isn’t better than the other, simply different. After all, your approach feels more comfortable for me.

There is fine line between being persistent and stalking. You can’t cross over that line. You must be gentle with people. Feed them info and then gently check in . . . let them lead but ‘be there’ when the time is right. Actually I sponsored Tommy. I sent him cards for a year but he was really resistant to the opportunity. He then signed up to send cards and used the system for a year. He then started building 2 years after I sent him his first card. You may be thinking about.

7. And the big one: affirmation and action, plus the law of attraction vs. God’s plan for you

This is a big one that I struggle with. Just to be clear, I believe in affirmation and action.� I’ll confess I’ve thought long and hard about the law of attraction (ala Wallace Wattles, The Science of Getting Rich, and “the thinking stuff”) but I’m still not sure what to think.� I do believe that our thoughts affect our emotions which affects our actions.� In other words, if you’re always thinking, “I can’t do this,” and saying, “I can’t do this,” you’ll feel crappy and you won’t do it. I also think that ” as a confident, dynamic, and positive person” definitely makes people want to be around me

With that said, my struggle comes from the fact that I wonder if maybe as much as I affirm and take action to succeed at the business, me succeeding may or may not be part of God’s plan. What do I take from that then?� Not that I shouldn’t do my affirmations or take action. Absolutely I should.� But the law of attraction won’t determine whether or not I achieve Executive by Convention 2011; that’s God’s will.� I guess I’m just curious here about how you see all of this.

MY ANSWER: God wants you to win so you can serve and inspire others. We were ALL born to do that (at everything we do).

INSERTING A DVD IN A CARD:

I got the question today from a new distributor asking if she should put a DVD in EVERY card she sends since we talk about sending out a personal heartfelt card a day AND card with a DVD every day.

The answer is nooooo. Never ever ever put a DVD in a card that is designed to celebrate the life of someone else or just to lift them up. A heartfelt card has NO AGENDA and you are not looking for a ‘reaction’. You are simply sending out to give. No DVD. Just a card to say Thank You, Thinking of You, Nice to Meet you. Congratulations, Happy Birthday, etc. These cards are to touch someone’s life positively. The DVD should be only put in a card that is sent to introduce SOC to someone. Think of someone that could benefit from the 2 fold mission of SOC and then send them a card explaining the business with a free DVD in it. Do this daily as well. In this card tell them why you are excited about it and why you want them to watch it. Then ask them to watch it and tell you what they think. If they don’t call you (which they probably won’t), place a quick 60 second call to them to see if they received it and if they had a chance to watch it. If not, ask them to set aside 15 minutes to watch it. You will get nothing but positive comments from those that watch it. Then have them send a card if they haven’t done so :

Either you choose change or change will choose you!


October 4, 2010- CONVENTION RECAP
BY THE WAY . . . I have had a bunch of people that wanted my talk from
convention including the ‘Penguin Rap’ (which by the way, I DID write myself!)

So at the bottom of this e-mail is my entire talk from Convention including the
‘I am Statements’ . . .

Check out www.thecoolbuzz.com (Password: thecoolbuzz)
for a reply of this webcast under ‘Conf Call Replays)

RANDOM ACTS OF KINDNESS:

Please send a card . . . on www.thecoolbuzz.com.
Joe asked Lawrencene to join SOC 2 days after he was diagnosed
with Cancer. Today he was in 8 hours of surgeries just days
after being diagnosed. I’ve been sending them cards for 5 years.
Joe is Lawrencene’s soulmate. They are kind people with
a beautiful family.


CONVENTION 2010 – MAKING A DIFFERENCE:

MEGAN’S SONG:
Megan has had an ‘I am’ Statement for a few years and this weekend
she lived one of them . . . I came on stage to HER DEBUT SINGLE ‘My Decision’
Almost 4000 people heard it. It will make you want to dance!
I got chills! It’s really really good. Check it out and buy it. It’s $1.99.
www.megandrescher.com.
Leave a comment on her site!
I am proud of being able to help Megan achieve one of her ‘I am’ Statements!
This single is ‘HIT’ quality!

MEGAN’S COMMENTS:

My debut single entitled “My Decision” was written specifically for me by my producer, Scottie Briggs. For those of you who ever feel like you are in a rut and lacking motivation to do what needs to be done, this song is for you. Please go towww.megandrescher.com and click on the link that says MY DECISION. It will take you to the site where you can purchase my song for $1.99. All proceeds go to the production of my first album. This has been my goal and my dream since I was 17 years old. Please leave a comment and encourage others to do the same. I appreciate all the kind words, smiles, hugs and support everyone in Sendoutcards has given me. Thank you Thank you Thank you!

NEW BUSINESS PRESENTION:

https://www.sendoutcards.com/cgi-bin/trncustomer.pl?income_opportunities:

(I meant to send this out in my call announcement last night but accidently deleted the link)
PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE WATCH IT NOW!
EVERYONE must watch the new Business Presentation online (now being sent in cards as well!) It’s 15 minutes. You’ll be blown away. It appears to be the same until you click the PLAY button. You’ll want to send it out to everyone you have ever come in contact with.
I got the question . . . ‘Should I call each person and tell them to watch it, should I e-mail the OR should I send it out in a card?’ First watch it and then do ALL OF THE ABOVE! This is really compelling and you’ll want everyone to see it. :)
Make sure you have each person send a card as well . . . I have found that you will triple your results if they send a card as well as watch the video.


Summer Gehrke wrote:

“I wish everyone I know could have experienced what we experienced this weekend. All the positivity, philanthropy, and inspiration…meeting people who truly want to make a difference in this world, and give of themselves, their time, and their money. It was so amazing, and I am already excited for next year in Vegas!!!” (that’s right! The convention will be in Vegas next year!)

We raised $10′s of thousands for the Make-A-Wish Foundation
and one of the amazing moments of the event was when 5 year
old Carlos Diaz took the stage as the Super Hero ‘Happy Man’
He has a rare spine disease that requires him to have painful
surgeries to straighten his spine every six months while he
is growing. He had a grin ear to ear as he ‘ZAPPED’ the crowd with
kindness. We gra